<PAGE>
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(MARK ONE)
[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934.
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998.
[_] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (NO FEE REQUIRED).
FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM TO
COMMISSION FILE NO. 1-13300
CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
DELAWARE 54-1719854
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION) IDENTIFICATION NO.)
2980 FAIRVIEW PARK DRIVE, SUITE 1300
FALLS CHURCH, VIRGINIA 22042-4525
(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES) (ZIP CODE)
REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: (703) 205-1000
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT:
NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE ON
TITLE OF EACH CLASS WHICH REGISTERED
------------------- ----------------
Common Stock, $.01 Par Value New York Stock Exchange
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights* New York Stock Exchange
__________
* Attached to each share of Common Stock is a Right to acquire 1/100th of a
share of the Registrant's Cumulative Participating Preferred Stock, par value
$.01 per share, which Rights are not presently exercisable.
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT:
None
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No _______
-------
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [_]
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the
registrant as of the close of business on February 26, 1999.
Common Stock, $.01 Par Value: $8,318,490,040*
__________
* In determining this figure, the registrant assumed that the executive officers
of the registrant and the registrant's directors are affiliates of the
registrant. Such assumption shall not be deemed to be conclusive for any other
purpose.
The number of shares outstanding of the registrant's common stock as of the
close of business on February 26, 1999:
Common Stock, $.01 Par Value: 65,855,648 shares
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
1. Portions of the Annual Report to stockholders for the year ended December
31, 1998 are incorporated by reference into Parts I, II and IV.
2. Portions of the Proxy Statement for the annual meeting of stockholders to
be held on April 29, 1999 are incorporated by reference into Part III.
_______________________________________________________________________________
<PAGE>
CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
1998 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Item 1. Business.................................................................................. 1
Overview.................................................................................. 1
Lines of Business......................................................................... 2
Competition............................................................................... 5
Employees................................................................................. 6
Supervision and Regulation................................................................ 6
Risk Factors.............................................................................. 10
Statistical Information................................................................... 14
Item 2. Properties................................................................................ 14
Item 3. Legal Proceedings......................................................................... 14
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders....................................... 15
Item 5. Market for Company's Common Stock and Related Stockholder Matters......................... 15
Item 6. Selected Financial Data................................................................... 15
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations..... 15
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk................................ 15
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data............................................... 15
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure...... 15
Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Company........................................... 16
Item 11. Executive Compensation.................................................................... 16
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management............................ 16
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions............................................ 16
Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K........................... 16
</TABLE>
ii
<PAGE>
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS.
OVERVIEW
Capital One Financial Corporation (the "Corporation"), is a holding company,
incorporated in Delaware on July 21, 1994, whose subsidiaries provide a variety
of products and services to consumers using its proprietary information-based
strategy ("IBS"). The Corporation's principal subsidiary, Capital One Bank (the
"Bank"), a limited purpose Virginia state chartered credit card bank, offers
credit card products. Capital One, F.S.B. (the "Savings Bank"), a federally
chartered savings bank, offers consumer lending and deposit products. Capital
One Services, Inc., another subsidiary of the Corporation, provides various
operating, administrative and other services to the Corporation and its
subsidiaries. Unless indicated otherwise, the term "Company" refers to the
Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries and for periods prior to the
Separation (as defined herein), Signet Bank's/1/ credit card division. The
Company's common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol
COF. The Company's principal executive office is located at 2980 Fairview Park
Drive, Suite 1300, Falls Church, Virginia 22042-4525 (telephone number (703)
205-1000).
The Company commenced operations in 1953, the same year as the formation of
what is now MasterCard International, and is one of the oldest continually
operating bank card issuers in the United States. The Company is among the ten
largest issuers of Visa and MasterCard credit cards in the U.S. based on managed
credit card loans outstanding as of December 31, 1998. The growth in the
Company's managed credit card loans and accounts has been due largely to credit
card industry dynamics and the success of the Company's IBS initiated in 1988.
Prior to November 22, 1994, the Bank conducted its operations as a division of
Signet Bank, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Signet Banking Corporation ("Signet").
Pursuant to the terms of an agreement among Signet, Signet Bank and the
Corporation, Signet Bank contributed designated assets and liabilities of its
credit card division to the Bank, initially established as a subsidiary of
Signet Bank (the "Separation"). Signet Bank immediately distributed the capital
stock of the Bank to Signet, which then contributed such stock to the
Corporation. Concurrently with the Separation, the Corporation issued 7,125,000
shares of the Corporation's common stock, par value $.01 ("Common Stock") in an
initial public offering. On February 28, 1995, Signet distributed all of the
remaining shares of the Common Stock held by it to Signet shareholders of record
as of February 10, 1995.
In June 1996, the Company established the Savings Bank to expand the Company's
product offerings and its relationship with its cardmembers. The Savings Bank
currently takes deposits and offers credit cards and installment loans, in each
case both unsecured and secured. The Savings Bank expects to offer multiple
financial products and services to existing cardmembers and other households
using the Company's IBS and existing information technology systems.
Through a branch of the Bank in the United Kingdom and several non-bank
operating subsidiaries, the Company offers credit card products outside of the
United States, with an initial focus on the United Kingdom and Canada. The
Company also offers various non-card consumer lending products, automobile
financing and telecommunications services through its subsidiaries.
Information-Based Strategy
The Company's IBS is designed to allow the Company to differentiate among
customers based on credit risk, usage and other characteristics and to match
customer characteristics with appropriate product offerings. IBS involves
developing sophisticated models, information systems, well-trained personnel and
a flexible culture to create credit card or other products and services that
address the demands of changing consumer and competitive markets. By using
sophisticated statistical modeling techniques, the Company segments its
potential customer lists based upon the integrated use of credit scores,
demographics, customer behavioral characteristics and other criteria. By
actively testing a wide variety of product and service features, marketing
channels and other aspects of its offerings, the Company designs and targets
customized solicitations at various customer segments, thereby enhancing
customer response levels and maximizing returns on investment within given
underwriting parameters.
___________________
/1/ Signet Bank and Signet Banking Corporation have since been acquired by First
Union National Bank and First Union Corporation, respectively, as of November
30, 1997.
<PAGE>
Continued integrated testing and model development builds on information
gained from earlier phases and is intended to improve the quality, performance
and profitability of the Company's solicitation and account management
initiatives. The Company applies IBS to all areas of its business, including
solicitations, account management, credit line management, pricing strategies,
usage stimulation, collections, recoveries and account and balance retention.
BUSINESS SEGMENTS
The Company maintains three distinct business segments: lending,
telecommunications and "other." The lending segment is comprised primarily of
credit card lending activities. The telecommunications segment consists
primarily of direct marketing of wireless telephone service. "Other" consists
of various, non-lending new business initiatives, including taking deposits.
Lending
The Company offers an array of general purpose credit card products to
consumers throughout the United States and in the United Kingdom and Canada.
Products consist of varying annual percentage rates ("APRs") and fee
combinations (annual membership, past-due, overlimit, returned check, cash
advance and other fees), credit limits and other special features or services,
depending on the risk profile and other characteristics of the targeted consumer
segment. The Company offers premium ("platinum" and "gold") cards and unsecured
and secured standard credit card products. The Company's credit card and other
lending opportunities include, and are expected to continue to include, low
introductory and intermediate-rate balance transfer products, low non-
introductory rate products, and other customized credit card products, such as
secured cards, affinity and co-branded cards, student cards and other cards
tailored for specific consumer segments. The Company's customized products are
distinguished by a varied range of credit lines, pricing structures and other
characteristics. Platinum and gold cards, for example, generally have higher
lines of credit and additional ancillary benefits. The Company uses information
derived from proprietary statistical models and targets consumers with carefully
matched combinations of pricing, credit analysis and packaging. The Company's
pricing philosophy reflects a risk-based approach where consumers with better
credit qualifications generally merit more favorable pricing. The Company
continually tests new product offerings and pricing combinations targeted to
different consumer segments. For example, the Company's low non-introductory
rate products, which are marketed to consumers with the best established credit
profiles, are characterized by higher credit lines, lower yields and an
expectation of lower delinquencies and credit losses than the traditional low
introductory rate balance transfer products. On the other hand, certain other
customized card products are characterized by lower credit lines, higher yields
(including fees) and in some cases, higher delinquencies and credit losses than
the Company's traditional products. These products also involve higher
operational costs but exhibit better response rates, less adverse selection,
less attrition and a greater ability to reprice than the Company's traditional
introductory rate products.
Additionally, the Company has been applying its IBS to other financial and
non-financial products and services. On July 31, 1998, the Company completed the
acquisition of Summit Acceptance Corporation ("Summit"), a Texas corporation.
Summit is an automobile finance lender located in Dallas, Texas. It offers
loans throughout the United States, secured by automobiles, which are marketed
principally through dealer networks. Summit is the Company's platform to test
and apply its IBS to the automobile loan market.
The Company has also expanded its existing operations outside of the United
States, with an initial focus on the United Kingdom and Canada. The Company has
experienced growth in the number of accounts and loan balances in its
international business. To support the continued growth of its United Kingdom
business and any future business in Europe, in July 1998, the Company opened a
new operations center in Nottingham, England.
Telecommunications
The Company continues its efforts to market telecommunications services
through its subsidiary America One Communications, Inc. ("America One").
America One's initial business, the reselling of wireless services through
direct marketing channels, has recently begun to experience growth in the number
of customers and accounts. As a result of the expenses necessary to build the
operations to support this new business and to acquire new accounts, to date
this business negatively impacts earnings.
2
<PAGE>
Geographic Diversity
Loan portfolio concentration within a specific geographic region or
demographic portion of the population may be regarded as positive or negative
based upon the current and expected credit characteristics and performance of
the portfolio. The Company's consumer loan portfolio is geographically diverse.
See Note P to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 53 of the Company's
Annual Report to its stockholders for the year ended December 31, 1998 (the
"Annual Report"), which is incorporated herein by reference.
Origination and Risk Management
The Company originates accounts through (i) applications mailed directly to
prospective accountholders, (ii) direct mail and telemarketing solicitations for
accounts from individuals whose creditworthiness was prescreened, (iii)
arrangements with affinity groups, (iv) conversion of existing non-premium
accounts to premium accounts, (v) application information taken over the
telephone or through the Internet from prospective accountholders, (vi)
newspaper, magazine, radio, television and Internet advertisements and (vii)
location or event marketing. For account originations and solicitation activity
since 1990, the Company has focused largely on prescreened direct mail and
telemarketing targeted to multiple consumer segments with varying combinations
of product structure and pricing. In general, the Company's prescreening and
underwriting criteria are intended to identify and avoid potential losses.
These procedures are based on limited information, however, and it is not
possible for the Company to identify all potential losses. Since the
introduction of IBS in 1988, the Company has steadily increased its marketing
efforts and has developed a sophisticated screening process to target potential
consumers. The Company tracks and periodically reviews the results of each
solicitation. Management information systems and processes enable management to
monitor the effectiveness of prescreening and underwriting criteria, and such
criteria are modified based on the results obtained from this process.
The Company employs a comprehensive risk management process that integrates
all aspects of an account's life cycle, from origination to closure. Marketing
and credit policy decisions are made by a credit policy group consisting of
senior management representatives from the credit operations, risk management
and marketing and analysis units. This group originates credit policy from the
viewpoints of both profitability and credit risk, based on prescreening
criteria, proprietary model development and usage, as well as reviews of test
programs and test results. Significant test results are reviewed before the
widespread introduction of a tested policy or product.
The Company uses various credit risk scores, generated by both third party
providers of scoring models and by proprietary models. These scores are used,
together with other criteria, in multiple screening reviews at both the
prescreening stage and the credit application stage. Score usage continues after
the account has been established and throughout its life cycle to adjust credit
lines, pricing and collection policies.
Credit Operations
The Company's credit extension process is actively managed by senior
management and is designed to bring consistency in credit practices and
operating efficiencies. The Company's scoring technology and verification
procedures are highly automated with limited judgmental review. The credit
evaluation process is based on proprietary models using, among other things,
scores developed by nationally recognized scoring firms and tailored to
individual programs. These scores are validated, monitored and maintained by the
Company as part of IBS. The scores provide a statistically measurable way to
make decisions about applications, to evaluate risk and to modify credit
extension policies.
The Company's prescreened account solicitation process generally utilizes
information from credit reporting agencies to identify consumers who are likely
to be approved for a credit card account. The sets of underwriting criteria
used to prescreen potential applicants vary from time to time in accordance with
the Company's established policies and procedures relating to the operation of
its consumer revolving lending business, as such policies may be changed from
time to time, and include various models, including risk models, designed to
predict the credit risk of potential cardholders. In order to establish the
amount of the customer's credit line, the information on returned applications
is analyzed and may be verified. Each customer whose credit request meets all of
the underwriting criteria is generally offered a line of credit equal to or in
excess of a minimum level which is established for each product offering.
3
<PAGE>
The Company may also manually review applications that are rejected by the
Company's credit scoring system because of inconsistencies in application
information, an inquiry from a rejected applicant or for other reasons. Credit
analysts then have the ability to override decisions made by the system upon the
receipt of additional information from an applicant or otherwise.
For non-pre-screened solicitations, the Company acquires names of prospective
customers from a variety of sources, including list vendors, and then edits the
list utilizing internal and external sources to ensure quality and accuracy.
The prospective customers on the final list are mailed solicitations.
Prospective customers who respond to a solicitation are approved or declined
based on the characteristics drawn from both the application submitted and a
credit reporting agency.
Under the Company's secured credit card program, an accountholder provides the
Company with a sum of money in the form of a check or money order as security
for such accountholder's payment obligations arising under the secured credit
card. The funds equal all, or a portion, of the credit limit available to the
accountholder. If a secured credit card account becomes delinquent, the Company
may immediately withdraw funds from the deposit account to satisfy the
accountholder's payment obligations. Notwithstanding this right to immediately
withdraw funds, the Company typically will not withdraw funds until shortly
before the secured credit card account is charged off as uncollectible.
Account Management
Management has found that active account management is necessary in order to
respond to the changing economic environment and cardholder risk, usage and
payment patterns. The Company applies new credit scores to each account multiple
times each year and new behavioral scores for open accounts each month. This
information is used in account management strategies relating to credit lines,
pricing, usage stimulation, retention and collection. For creditworthy and
profitable accounts, such periodic review may result in more favorable pricing,
higher credit lines or other enhancements which, based on testing, are likely to
increase account usage or the overall profitability of an account. Conversely,
for delinquent or other accounts with significant credit risk, periodic review
may result in an account being reassigned to a higher risk category and hence
not being eligible for credit line increases or, in certain circumstances,
having pricing adjusted upward or the credit line reduced.
The IBS approach has allowed the Company to develop customized collections and
pricing strategies based on cardholder behavior. Similarly, IBS has been used in
developing the Company's retention strategies. The Company has developed
integrated systems which evaluate account profitability and risk, test various
strategies for cost and effectiveness in retaining cardholders and assist
service representatives in negotiating potential pricing alternatives. Certain
of the Company's products, including the introductory interest rate program and
balance transfer program, have a repricing feature after an initial period. The
Company has developed methodologies for retaining these accounts and the
balances in these accounts after the expiration of the initial period.
Collection Procedures
The Company generally considers an account delinquent if a minimum payment due
thereunder is not received by the Company by the accountholder's payment due
date. The Company makes use of behavioral scoring models designed to predict
the probability of an account charging off. Based on the behavioral score and
certain other factors, the Company determines the timing of the collection
activity to be implemented for the account. Delinquent accounts are currently
referred for contact by phone between seven and 60 days after contractual
delinquency, depending on the accountholder's risk profile. In any event, the
accountholder's statement reflects the request for payment of past due amounts.
Efforts to collect delinquent credit card accounts are generally made by the
Company's regular collection group, supplemented in certain cases by collection
agencies.
The focus of the Company's response to an early stage delinquency is
rehabilitation and identification of the causes for delinquency. The Company's
policies and procedures are designed to encourage accountholders to pay
delinquent amounts; for example, once a delinquent account has re-established a
payment pattern with three consecutive minimum monthly payments, it can be re-
aged as current. Federal guidelines restrict how frequently an account can be
re-aged, renewed or extended.
The Company reserves the right to suspend charging privileges at any time
after an account enters the collections process. In most cases, an account is
restricted and charging privileges are suspended no later than 105 days after
contractual delinquency. The Company may also, at its discretion, enter into
arrangements with delinquent accountholders to extend or otherwise change
payment schedules.
4
<PAGE>
During the fourth quarter of 1997, the Company modified its methodology for
charging off credit card loans. The Company now charges off as uncollectible an
account (net of collateral) at 180 days past-due versus the prior practice of
charging off the account in the next billing cycle after becoming 180 days past-
due. In connection with a secured card account, except as set forth below, funds
deposited as collateral will generally be applied to payment on the account
shortly before the account is charged off as uncollectible. With respect to
bankrupt customers, the Company generally charges off the account within 30 days
after the Company receives the bankruptcy petition and, with respect to secured
credit card accounts, funds deposited as collateral will be applied in
satisfaction of the account only after the bankruptcy automatic stay is lifted.
The Company charges off accounts of deceased customers within 60 days of
receiving proper notice if no estate exists against which a proof of claim can
be filed, no other party remits payments or no other responsible party is
available. The Company's credit evaluation, servicing and charge off policies
and collection practices may change over time in accordance with the business
judgment of the Company, applicable law and guidelines established by applicable
regulatory authorities.
Technology/Systems
A key part of the Company's strategic focus is the development of flexible,
high-volume systems capable of handling the Company's growth and changes in
marketing and account management strategies. Management believes that the
continued development and integration of these systems is important to its
efforts to reduce its operating costs and maintain a competitive advantage.
The Company has developed proprietary integrated systems which allow
associates to manage the large volumes of data collected through the IBS process
and to utilize such data in the Company's account solicitations, application
processing, account management and retention strategies. The Company uses this
information to predict consumer behavior and then matches prospects to lending
products with various terms and fees. These systems also allow the Company's
customer service representatives to access account specific information when
responding to customer inquiries.
Funding
The Company's primary methods of funding include loan securitizations, issuing
certificates of deposit, senior and deposit notes and other borrowings, and fed
funds purchased from financial institutions. For a discussion of the Company's
funding program, see pages 19-20 and pages 28-29 of the Annual Report under the
respective headings "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations--Managed Consumer Loan Portfolio" and "--
Funding," which are incorporated herein by reference.
COMPETITION
As a marketer of credit card products, the Company faces intense and
increasing competition in all aspects of its business from numerous bank and
non-bank providers of financial services. Many of these companies are
substantially larger and have more resources than the Company. The Company
competes with national, regional and local issuers of Visa and MasterCard credit
cards. In addition, American Express, Discover Card, Diner's Club and, to a
certain extent, smart cards and debit cards, represent additional competition in
the general purpose credit card market. In general, customers are attracted to
credit card issuers largely on the basis of price, credit limit and other
product features and customer loyalty is often limited. The Company believes
that IBS will allow it to more effectively compete in this and new markets.
There can be no assurance, however, that the Company's ability to market its
services successfully or to obtain adequate yield on its loans will not be
impacted by the nature of the competition that now exists or may later develop.
In addition, the Company faces competition in seeking public funding from
banks, savings banks, money market funds and a wide variety of other entities
that take deposits and/or sell debt securities, some of which are publicly
traded. Many of these companies are substantially larger, have more capital and
other resources and have better financial ratings than the Company. Accordingly,
there can be no assurance that competition from these other borrowers will not
increase the Company's cost of funds.
5
<PAGE>
EMPLOYEES
As of December 31, 1998, the Company employed 10,073 full-time and 359 part-
time employees, which the Company refers to as "associates." A central part of
the Company's philosophy is to attract and maintain a highly capable staff. The
Company views current associate relations to be satisfactory. None of the
Company's associates are covered under collective bargaining agreements.
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
General
The Bank is a banking corporation chartered under Virginia law and a member of
the Federal Reserve System, the deposits of which are insured by the Bank
Insurance Fund (the "BIF") of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the
"FDIC"). The Bank is subject to comprehensive regulation and periodic
examination by the Bureau of Financial Institutions of the Virginia State
Corporation Commission (the "Bureau of Financial Institutions"), the Federal
Reserve Board (the "Federal Reserve"), the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, the
FDIC and in the case of the United Kingdom branch of the Bank, the Financial
Services Authority. The Bank is not a "bank" under the Bank Holding Company Act
of 1956, as amended (the "BHCA"), because it (i) engages only in credit card
operations, (ii) does not accept demand deposits or deposits that the depositor
may withdraw by check or similar means for payment to third parties or others,
(iii) does not accept any savings or time deposits of less than $100,000, other
than as permitted as collateral for extensions of credit, (iv) maintains only
one office that accepts deposits and (v) does not engage in the business of
making commercial loans. Due to the Bank's status as a limited purpose credit
card bank, any non-credit card operations which may be conducted by the Company
must be conducted in other operating subsidiaries of the Company.
The Savings Bank is a federal savings bank chartered by the Office of Thrift
Supervision (the "OTS") and is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System.
Its deposits are insured by the Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF") of
the FDIC. The Savings Bank is subject to comprehensive regulation and periodic
examination by the OTS and the FDIC.
The Corporation is not a bank holding company under the BHCA as a result of
the Corporation's ownership of the Bank because the Bank is not a "bank" as
defined under the BHCA. If the Bank failed to meet the credit card bank
exemption criteria described above, the Bank's status as an insured depository
institution would make the Corporation subject to the provisions of the BHCA,
including certain restrictions as to the types of business activities in which a
bank holding company and its affiliates may engage. Becoming a bank holding
company under the BHCA would affect the Corporation's ability to engage in
certain non-banking businesses. In addition, for purposes of the BHCA, if the
Bank failed to qualify for the credit card bank exemption, any entity that
acquired direct or indirect control of the Bank and also engaged in activities
not permitted for bank holding companies could be required either to discontinue
the impermissible activities or to divest itself of control of the Bank.
As a result of the Corporation's ownership of the Savings Bank, the
Corporation is a unitary savings and loan holding company subject to regulation
by the OTS and the provisions of the Savings and Loan Holding Company Act. As a
unitary savings and loan holding company, the Corporation generally is not
restricted under existing laws as to the types of business activities in which
it may engage so long as the Savings Bank continues to meet the qualified thrift
lender test (the "QTL Test"). If the Corporation ceased to be a unitary savings
and loan holding company as a result of its acquisition of an additional savings
institution or as a result of the failure of the Savings Bank to meet the QTL
Test, the types of activities that the Corporation and its non-savings
association subsidiaries would be able to engage in would generally be limited
to those eligible for bank holding companies.
The Corporation is also registered as a financial institution holding company
under Virginia law and as such is subject to periodic examination by the Bureau
of Financial Institutions.
Dividends and Transfers of Funds
The principal source of funds for the Corporation to pay dividends on stock,
make payments on debt securities and meet other obligations is dividends from
its direct and indirect subsidiaries. There are various federal and Virginia law
limitations on the extent to which the Bank and the Savings Bank can finance or
otherwise supply funds to the Corporation through dividends, loans or otherwise.
These limitations include minimum regulatory capital requirements, Federal
Reserve, OTS and Virginia law requirements concerning the payment of dividends
out of net profits or surplus, Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act
governing transactions between an insured depository institution and its
affiliates and general federal and Virginia regulatory oversight to prevent
unsafe or unsound practices. In general, federal banking laws prohibit an
insured depository institution, such as the Bank
6
<PAGE>
and the Savings Bank, from making dividend distributions if such distributions
are not paid out of available earnings or would cause the institution to fail to
meet applicable capital adequacy standards. In addition, the Savings Bank is
required to give the OTS at least 30 days' advance notice of any proposed
dividend. Under OTS regulations, other limitations apply to the Savings Bank's
ability to pay dividends, the magnitude of which depends upon the extent to
which the Savings Bank meets its regulatory capital requirements. In addition,
under Virginia law, the Bureau of Financial Institutions may limit the payment
of dividends by the Bank if the Bureau of Financial Institutions determines that
such a limitation would be in the public interest and necessary for the Bank's
safety and soundness.
Capital Adequacy
The Bank and the Savings Bank are currently subject to capital adequacy
guidelines adopted by the Federal Reserve and the OTS, respectively. For a
further discussion of the capital adequacy guidelines, see page 29 of the Annual
Report under the heading "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations--Capital Adequacy" and Note K to
Consolidated Financial Statements on page 51, which are incorporated herein by
reference.
FDICIA
Among other things, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act
of 1991 ("FDICIA") requires federal bank regulatory authorities to take "prompt
corrective action" ("PCA") in respect of insured depository institutions that do
not meet minimum capital requirements. FDICIA establishes five capital ratio
levels: well-capitalized, adequately-capitalized, undercapitalized,
significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. Under applicable
regulations, an insured depository institution is considered to be well-
capitalized if it maintains a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (or core capital
to risk-adjusted assets in the case of the Savings Bank) of at least 6.00%, a
total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.00% and a Tier 1 leverage capital
ratio (or core capital ratio in the case of the Savings Bank) of at least 5.00%,
and is not otherwise in a "troubled condition" as specified by its appropriate
federal regulatory agency. An insured depository institution is considered to be
adequately-capitalized if it maintains a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (or
core capital to risk-adjusted assets in the case of the Savings Bank) of at
least 4.00%, a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8.00% and a Tier 1
leverage capital ratio (or core capital ratio in the case of the Savings Bank)
of at least 4.00% (3.00% for certain highly rated institutions), and does not
otherwise meet the well-capitalized definition. The three undercapitalized
categories are based upon the amount by which the insured depository institution
falls below the ratios applicable to adequately-capitalized institutions. The
capital categories are determined solely for the purposes of applying FDICIA's
PCA provisions, as discussed below, and such capital categories may not
constitute an accurate representation of the overall financial condition or
prospects of the Bank or the Savings Bank.
As of December 31, 1998, each of the Bank and the Savings Bank met the
requirements for a "well-capitalized" institution. A "well-capitalized"
classification should not necessarily be viewed as describing the condition or
future prospects of a depository institution, including the Bank and the Savings
Bank.
Under FDICIA's PCA system, an insured depository institution in the
"undercapitalized category" must submit a capital restoration plan guaranteed by
its parent company. The liability of the parent company under any such guarantee
is limited to the lesser of 5.00% of the insured depository institution's assets
at the time it became undercapitalized, or the amount needed to comply with the
plan. An insured depository institution in the undercapitalized category also is
subject to limitations in numerous areas including, but not limited to, asset
growth, acquisitions, branching, new business lines, acceptance of brokered
deposits and borrowings from the Federal Reserve. Progressively more burdensome
restrictions are applied to insured depository institutions in the
undercapitalized category that fail to submit or implement a capital plan and to
insured depository institutions that are in the significantly undercapitalized
or critically undercapitalized categories. In addition, an insured depository
institution's primary federal banking agency is authorized to downgrade the
institution's capital category to the next lower category upon a determination
that the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition or is engaged in an
unsafe or unsound practice. An unsafe or unsound practice can include receipt by
the institution of a less than satisfactory rating on its most recent
examination with respect to its capital, asset quality, management, earnings or
liquidity.
"Critically undercapitalized" insured depository institutions (which are
defined to include institutions that still have a positive net worth) may not,
beginning 60 days after becoming "critically undercapitalized," make any payment
of principal or interest on their subordinated debt (subject to certain limited
exceptions). Thus, in the event an institution became "critically
undercapitalized," it would generally be prohibited from making payments on its
subordinated debt securities. In addition, "critically undercapitalized"
institutions are subject to appointment of a receiver or conservator.
7
<PAGE>
FDICIA requires the federal banking agencies to review the risk-based capital
standards to ensure that they adequately address interest rate risk,
concentration of credit risk and risks from non-traditional activities. The OTS
amended its risk-based capital rules to incorporate interest rate risk
requirements under which a savings bank must hold additional capital if it
projects an excessive decline in "net portfolio value" in the event interest
rates increase or decrease by two percentage points. These standards are not yet
in effect.
FDICIA also requires the FDIC to implement a system of risk-based premiums for
deposit insurance pursuant to which the premiums paid by a depository
institution will be based on the probability that the FDIC will incur a loss in
respect of such institution. The FDIC has since adopted a system that imposes
insurance premiums based upon a matrix that takes into account an institution's
capital level and supervisory rating.
The Bank and the Savings Bank may accept brokered deposits as part of their
funding. Under FDICIA, only "well-capitalized'" and "adequately-capitalized"
institutions may accept brokered deposits. "Adequately-capitalized"
institutions, however, must first obtain a waiver from the FDIC before accepting
brokered deposits, and such deposits may not pay rates that significantly exceed
the rates paid on deposits of similar maturity from the institution's normal
market area or the national rate on deposits of comparable maturity, as
determined by the FDIC, for deposits from outside the institution's normal
market area.
Liability for Commonly-Controlled Institutions
Under the "cross-guarantee" provision of the Financial Institutions Reform,
Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 ("FIRREA"), insured depository institutions
such as the Bank and the Savings Bank may be liable to the FDIC in respect of
any loss or reasonably anticipated loss incurred by the FDIC resulting from the
default of, or FDIC assistance to, any commonly controlled insured depository
institution. The Bank and the Savings Bank are commonly controlled within the
meaning of the FIRREA cross-guarantee provision.
Investment Limitation and Qualified Thrift Lender Test
Federally-chartered savings banks such as the Savings Bank are subject to
certain investment limitations. For example, federal savings banks are not
permitted to make consumer loans (i.e., certain open-end or closed-end loans for
personal, family or household purposes, excluding credit card loans) in excess
of 35% of the savings bank's assets. Federal savings banks are also required to
meet the QTL Test, which generally requires a savings bank to maintain at least
65% "portfolio assets" (total assets less (i) specified liquid assets up to 20%
of total assets, (ii) intangibles, including goodwill and (iii) property used to
conduct business) in certain "qualified thrift investments" (residential
mortgages and related investments, including certain mortgage backed and
mortgage related investments, small business related securities, certain state
and federal housing investments, education loans and credit card loans) on a
monthly basis in nine out of every 12 months. Failure to qualify under the QTL
Test could subject the Savings Bank to substantial restrictions on its
activities and to certain other penalties, and could subject the Company to the
provisions of the BHCA, including the activity restrictions that apply generally
to bank holding companies and their affiliates. As of December 31, 1998, 86.07%
of the Savings Bank's portfolio assets were held in qualified thrift
investments, and the Savings Bank was in compliance with the QTL Test.
Lending Activities
The activities of the Bank and the Savings Bank as consumer lenders are also
subject to extensive regulation under various federal laws including the Truth-
in-Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act,
the Community Reinvestment Act and the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act,
as well as to various state laws. Regulators are authorized to impose penalties
for violations of these statutes and, in certain cases, to order the Bank and
the Savings Bank to pay restitution to injured borrowers. Borrowers may also
bring actions for certain violations. Federal bankruptcy and state debtor relief
and collection laws also affect the ability of the Bank and the Savings Bank to
collect outstanding balances owed by borrowers who seek relief under these
statutes.
8
<PAGE>
Year 2000
On October 15, 1998, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency --
Department of Treasury, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the OTS -- Department
of Treasury, together published Interagency Guidelines establishing Year 2000
Standards for Safety and Soundness. These were made effective November 2, 1998,
by the Federal Reserve (Amendments to Regulation H Membership of State Banking
Institutions in the Federal Reserve System, Appendix D-2 -- Interagency
Guidelines Establishing Year 2000 Standards for Safety and Soundness) (the
"Standards"). Among other things, the Standards require components and
timetables for the review of mission critical systems for year 2000 readiness,
renovation of internal and external mission critical systems, testing of mission
critical systems, business resumption contingency planning, remediation
contingency planning, customer risk assessment and involvement of the board of
directors and management. The Company's year 2000 plan is subject to and in
compliance with the Standards. For a further discussion of the Company's
preparation for the year 2000, see pages 33-34 of the Annual Report under the
heading "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations -- Business Outlook -- Year 2000."
Legislation
From time to time legislation has been proposed in Congress to limit interest
rates and fees that could be charged on credit card accounts or otherwise
restrict practices of credit card issuers. Various bills have also been
introduced that would eliminate a separate savings bank charter, possibly
requiring that existing savings banks become banks; eliminate or restrict the
authority of a unitary savings and loan holding company to engage in activities
ineligible for bank holding companies; and repeal in some respects the
provisions of the Glass-Steagall Act prohibiting certain banking organizations
from engaging in certain securities activities and the provisions of the BHCA
prohibiting affiliations between banking organizations and non-banking
organizations. Legislation has also been proposed to change existing federal
bankruptcy laws. It is unclear at this time whether and in what form any such
legislation will be adopted or, if adopted, what its impact on the Bank, the
Savings Bank or the Company would be. Congress may in the future consider other
legislation that would materially affect the banking or credit card industries.
Investment in the Corporation, the Bank and the Savings Bank
Certain acquisitions of capital stock may be subject to regulatory approval or
notice under federal or Virginia law. Investors are responsible for insuring
that they do not, directly or indirectly, acquire shares of capital stock of the
Company in excess of the amount which can be acquired without regulatory
approval.
The Bank and the Savings Bank are each "insured depository institutions"
within the meaning of the Change in Bank Control Act. Consequently, federal law
and regulations prohibit any person or company from acquiring control of the
Company without, in most cases, prior written approval of the Federal Reserve or
the OTS, as applicable. Control is conclusively presumed if, among other things,
a person or company acquires more than 25% of any class of voting stock of the
Corporation. A rebuttable presumption of control arises if a person or company
acquires more than 10% of any class of voting stock and is subject to any of a
number of specified "control factors" as set forth in the applicable
regulations.
Although the Bank is not a "bank" within the meaning of Virginia's reciprocal
interstate banking legislation (Chapter 15 of Title 6.1 of the Code of
Virginia), it is a "bank" within the meaning of Chapter 13 of Title 6.1 of the
Code of Virginia governing the acquisition of interests in Virginia financial
institutions (the "Financial Institution Holding Company Act"). The Financial
Institution Holding Company Act prohibits any person or entity from acquiring,
or making any public offer to acquire, control of a Virginia financial
institution or its holding company without making application to, and receiving
prior approval from, the Bureau of Financial Institutions.
Interstate Taxation
Several states have passed legislation which attempts to tax the income from
interstate financial activities, including credit cards, derived from accounts
held by local state residents. Based on the volume of its business in these
states and the nature of the legislation passed to date, the Company currently
believes that this development will not materially affect the financial
condition of the Bank, the Savings Bank or the Company. The states may also
consider legislation to tax income derived from transactions conducted through
the Internet. The Company currently solicits accounts and takes account
information via the Internet. It is unclear at this time, however, whether and
in what form any such legislation will be adopted or, if adopted, what its
impact on the Company would be.
9
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
This Annual Report on form 10-K contains forward-looking statements. We may
also make written or oral forward-looking statements in our periodic reports to
the Securities and Exchange Commission on Forms 10-Q and 8-K, in our annual
report to shareholders, in our proxy statements, in our offering circulars and
prospectuses, in press releases and other written materials and in oral
statements made by our officers, directors or employees to third parties.
Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about our beliefs
and expectations, are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements
include information relating to growth in diluted earnings per share, return on
equity, growth in managed loans outstanding and customer accounts, net interest
margins, funding costs, operations costs and employment growth, marketing
expense, delinquencies and charge-offs. Forward-looking statements also include
statements using words such as "expect," "anticipate," "intend," "plan,"
"believe," "estimate" or similar expressions. These statements are based on
current plans, estimates and projections, and therefore you should not place
undue reliance on them.
Although the Company has tried to discuss all important factors, please be
aware that other risks may prove to be important in the future. New risks may
emerge at any time and it is not possible for the Company to predict such risks
or to estimate the extent to which they may affect the Company's financial
performance.
Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. They
involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including the risks discussed
below. The Company's future performance and actual results may differ materially
from those expressed in these forward-looking statements. Many of the factors
that will determine these results and values are beyond the Company's ability to
control or predict. This section highlights specific risks that could affect
the Company and its business.
Intense Competition
The Company faces intense competition from many other providers of credit
cards and other financial products and services. In particular, the Company
competes with national, regional and local bank card issuers, and with other
general purpose credit or charge card issuers. The Company also competes, to a
lesser extent, with "smart card" and debit card providers and with single
purpose card issuers, such as department stores. Many of these companies are
substantially larger than the Company and have more capital and other resources
than the Company does. Additionally, other credit card companies compete with
the Company for customers by offering lower interest rates and fees. Because
customers generally choose credit card issuers based on price (mostly interest
rates and fees), credit limit and other product features, customer loyalty is
limited. The Company may lose entire accounts, or may lose account balances, to
competing card issuers.
In the past, the Company has faced intense competition primarily with its low
introductory rate credit cards. Recently, however, the competition with the
Company's other credit card products, such as its low fixed rate cards, secured
cards and other customized cards, has also become more intense. The Company
expects that competition will continue to grow more intense with respect to all
of its products, including the Company's products in the United Kingdom and
Canada, the telecommunications services offered by America One and the
automobile loans offered by Summit.
Accounts and Loan Balances Will Fluctuate
The Company's accounts and loan balances and the rate at which they grow are
affected by a number of factors, including how the Company allocates its
marketing investment among different products and the rate at which customers
transfer their accounts and loan balances to competing card issuers. Accounts
and loan balances are also affected by general economic conditions, which may
increase or decrease the amount of spending by customers and their ability to
repay their loans, and other factors beyond the control of the Company
Because the Company designed its IBS to take advantage of market
opportunities, it is difficult for the Company to forecast how it will spend its
marketing funds and on which products. Likewise, the Company's account and loan
balance growth is affected by many factors, including the ones mentioned above.
The Company's results, therefore, will vary as marketing investments, accounts
and loan balances fluctuate.
10
<PAGE>
Difficulty of Sustaining and Managing Growth
The Company's growth strategy is threefold. First, the Company seeks to
continue to grow its domestic credit card business. Second, the Company desires
to grow its lending business internationally, in the United Kingdom, Canada and
beyond. Third, the Company hopes to identify and pursue new business
opportunities, both financial and non-financial. The Company's management
believes that, through IBS, the Company can grow its credit card portfolio both
domestically and internationally and develop new products and services.
However, there are a number of factors that can affect the Company's ability to
do so including:
. the Company's ability to retain existing customers and to attract new
customers;
. the growth of existing and new account balances;
. the delinquency and charge off levels of accounts;
. the availability of funding on favorable terms;
. the amount of funds available for marketing investment used to solicit new
customers;
. general economic and other factors;
. a favorable interest rate environment;
. the Company's ability to build or acquire the necessary operational and
organizational infrastructure; and
. the Company's ability to recruit experienced management and operations
personnel.
The Company's expansion internationally is affected by additional factors such
as limited access to information, differences in cultural attitudes toward
credit, new regulatory and legislative environments and differences from the
United States historical experience of portfolio performance in different
countries.
Difficulties or delays in the development, production, testing and marketing
of new products or services will affect the success of such products or
services. Such difficulties could include:
. failure to implement new product or service programs on time;
. failure of customers to accept these products or services;
. operational difficulties or delays;
. losses arising from the testing of new products or services; and
. legal and other difficulties.
In addition, the Company's new product and services may not achieve the same
financial results as the Company has achieved in the past from its credit card
business.
Limited Availability of Financing and Variable Funding Costs
Like most credit card companies, the Company's primary source of funding is
the securitization of consumer loans. Securitization transactions involve the
sale of beneficial interests in consumer loan balances. Until now, the Company
has completed securitization transactions on terms that it believes are
favorable. The availability of securitization funding, however, depends on how
difficult and expensive such funding is. Securitizations can be affected by
many factors, such as whether a third party will guarantee the Company's
obligations and the rates at which accountholders have repaid their balances in
the past. In addition, legal, regulatory, accounting and tax changes can make
securitization funding more difficult, more expensive or unavailable on any
terms. Securitizations may not always offer the Company attractive funding, and
the Company may have to seek other more expensive funding sources in the future.
In general, the amount, type and cost of the Company's financing affects the
Company's financial results. Changes within the Company's organization, changes
in the activities of parties the Company has agreements or understandings with,
and changes affecting the Company's investments could all make the financing
available to the Company more difficult, more expensive or unavailable on any
terms. In addition, banks, savings banks and similar companies compete with the
Company for funding. Some of these institutions are publicly traded. Many of
these institutions are substantially larger, have more capital and other
resources and have better financial ratings than the Company. Competition from
these other borrowers may increase the Company's cost of funds. Events that
disrupt capital markets and other reasons beyond the Company's control could
also make the Company's funding sources more expensive or unavailable.
11
<PAGE>
Risk of Increased Delinquencies and Credit Losses
The Company, like other consumer lenders, faces the risk that accountholders
will not repay their loans, resulting in accounts becoming uncollectible.
Consumers who miss payments on their loans often fail to repay them, and
consumers who file for protection under the bankruptcy laws generally do not
repay their loans. Therefore, the rate of missed payments, or "delinquencies,"
on the Company's portfolio of loans, and the rate at which consumers may be
expected to file for bankruptcy, can be used to predict the future rate at which
the Company charges off its consumer loans. A high charge-off rate would hurt
the Company's financial performance and the performance of the Company's
securitizations.
Widespread increases in past-due payments and nonpayment are most likely to
occur if the country or a regional area encounters an economic downturn, such as
a recession, but they could also occur for other reasons. For example, fraud
can cause loss. In addition, the age and rate of growth, or "seasoning," of a
consumer loan portfolio also affects the rate of missed payments and loans
charged off as uncollectible. If the Company makes fewer loans than it has in
the past, the proportion of new loans in its portfolio will decrease and the
delinquency rate and charge-off rate may increase. Therefore, the seasoning of
accounts may require higher loan loss provisions and reserves. This would
result in lower earnings unless offset by other changes.
In addition, the Company markets many of its secured card products and other
customized credit card products to consumers with limited credit histories. As a
result, these underserved markets sometimes have less experience with credit
risk and performance. These markets, in some cases, also have higher delinquency
and charge-off rates. Although the Company believes that its IBS can help it to
effectively price these products in relation to their risk, the Company may not
set high enough fees and rates for these accounts to offset the higher
delinquency and loss rates that the Company expects.
Risk of Economic Downturns and Social Factors
Delinquencies and credit losses in the credit card industry generally increase
during periods of an economic downturn or recession. Likewise, consumer demand
may decline during an economic downturn or recession. Accordingly, an economic
downturn or recession (either local or national) can hurt the Company's
financial performance as accountholders default on their loans or carry lower
balances. As the Company increasingly markets its cards internationally, an
economic downturn or recession outside the United States could also hurt the
Company's financial performance. A variety of social factors may also cause
changes in credit card use, payment patterns and the rate of defaults by
accountholders. Social factors include changes in consumer confidence levels,
the public's perception of the use of credit cards and changing attitudes about
incurring debt and the stigma of personal bankruptcy. The Company believes that
it can manage these risks through its underwriting criteria and product design.
Nevertheless, underwriting criteria and design may not be enough to protect the
Company's growth and profitability during a sustained period of economic
downturn or recession or a material shift in social attitudes.
Risk of Interest Rate Fluctuations
The Company, like other financial institutions, borrows money from
institutions and depositors in order to lend money to customers. The Company
earns interest on the consumer loans it makes, and pays interest on the deposits
and borrowings it uses to fund those loans. The difference between these two
rates affects the value of the Company's assets and liabilities. If the rate of
interest the Company pays on its borrowings increases more than the rate of
interest the Company earns on its loans, the Company's earnings could fall. The
Company's earnings could also be hurt if the rates on its consumer loans fall
more quickly than those on its borrowings.
The Company manages these risks partly by changing the interest rates it
charges on its customer accounts. The success of repricing accounts to match an
increase or decrease in the Company's borrowing rates depends on the overall
product mix of such accounts, the actual amount of accounts repriced, the rate
at which the Company is originating new accounts, and the Company's ability to
retain accounts (and the related loan balances) after being repriced. For
example, if the Company increases the interest rate it charges on its consumer
loan accounts and the accountholders close their accounts as a result, then the
Company won't be able to match its increased borrowing costs as quickly.
The Company also manages the risk of interest rate fluctuations through
various financial instruments and techniques, such as interest rate swaps and
similar financial instruments, hedging and other techniques. The goal is to
maintain an interest rate neutral or "matched" position, where interest rates on
loans and borrowings go up or down by the same amount and at the same time. The
Company cannot, however, always achieve this position at a reasonable cost.
Furthermore, if these techniques become unavailable or impractical, then the
Company's earnings could be hurt.
12
<PAGE>
Regulation and Legislation Can Change
Federal and state laws and rules significantly limit the types of activities
in which the Company engages. For example, federal and state consumer
protection laws and rules limit the manner in which the Company may offer and
extend credit. From time to time, the United States Congress and the states
consider changing these laws and may enact new laws or amend existing laws to
regulate further the consumer lending industry. Such new laws or rules could
limit the amount of interest or fees the Company can charge or restrict its
ability to collect on account balances, or materially affect the Company or the
banking or credit card industries in some other manner. Various bills have also
been introduced that would eliminate a separate savings bank charter, possibly
requiring that existing savings banks become banks; eliminate or restrict the
authority of a unitary savings and loan holding company to engage in activities
ineligible for bank holding companies; and repeal in some respects the
provisions of the Glass-Steagall Act prohibiting certain banking organizations
from engaging in certain securities activities and the provisions of the BHCA
prohibiting affiliations between banking organizations and non-banking
organizations. The laws governing bankruptcy and debtor relief also could
change, making it more expensive or more difficult for the Company to collect
from its customers. Congress is currently considering legislation that would
change the existing federal bankruptcy laws. Because it is not clear whether or
in what form Congress may adopt this legislation, the Company cannot predict how
this legislation may affect the Company, the Bank or the Savings Bank.
In addition, the existing laws and rules are complex. If the Company fails
to comply with them it might not be able to collect its loans in full, or it
might be required to pay damages or penalties to its customers. For these
reasons, new or changes in existing laws or rules could hurt the Company's
profits.
Expenses and Other Costs Will Fluctuate
The Company's expenses and other costs, such as associate and marketing
expenses, directly effect its earnings results. Many factors can influence the
amount of the Company's expenses, as well has how quickly they grow. As the
Company's business develops, changes or expands, additional expenses can arise
from asset purchases, structural reorganization or a reevaluation of business
strategies. Other factors that can affect expenses include legal and
administrative cases and proceedings, which can be expensive to pursue or
defend. In addition, accounting policies that change can significantly effect
how the Company calculates its expenses and earnings.
Risk of Technology Delays and Year 2000 Compliance
The Company uses its sophisticated computer systems in all aspects of its
business, from IBS to payment processing to customer service. The Company also
uses various outside vendors of computer systems and products. System delays,
malfunctions and errors in these systems could cause delays and additional costs
in most areas in which the Company relies on computers. In addition, if
computer problems are not corrected quickly, customers could become
dissatisfied. This could affect the Company's customer base and the level of
service it provides.
The "Year 2000 Issue," for example, has arisen because many computer systems
around the world use two digits instead of four digits to define a year. As a
result, many computers will read the year 2000 as 1900 unless these computers
are modified or replaced. The Company's preparations for the year 2000 are
described on pages 33-34 of the Annual Report under the heading "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -
Business Outlook - Year 2000." The Company expects to have all of its system
modifications completed and tested extensively by the end of 1999, but
unforeseen problems could arise if the Company, or the companies with which it
does business, are not prepared for the year 2000. The Company relies heavily
on its computers and any delays or malfunctions could hurt the Company's
financial results. In addition, vendors used by the Company might not be year
2000 compliant. If these vendors don't provide the products, services or
systems that the Company needs, the Company's business and operations could be
hurt. For example, if the United States postal service or the Company's
telephone carriers are not year 2000 compliant, the Company's ability to solicit
new customers and service the accounts of its existing customers could be
disrupted or delayed.
13
<PAGE>
Statistical Information
The statistical information required by Item 1 is in the Annual Report, and is
incorporated herein by reference, as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE IN THE COMPANY'S ANNUAL
REPORT TO ITS STOCKHOLDERS FOR
GUIDE 3 DISCLOSURE THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
-------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
I. Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity;
Interest Rates and Interest Differential............................ 20-24
II. Investment Portfolio................................................ 45
III. Loan Portfolio...................................................... 19-20, 25-28, 30, 53
IV. Summary of Loan Loss Experience..................................... 26-28, 46
V. Deposits............................................................ 23, 28-29
VI. Return on Equity and Assets......................................... 17
VII. Other Borrowings.................................................... 28-29
</TABLE>
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.
The Company leases its principal executive office at 2980 Fairview Park Drive,
Suite 1300, Falls Church, Virginia, consisting of approximately 43,400 square
feet. The lease commenced January 1, 1995 and the Company has exercised its
option to extend the lease until February 28, 2005.
The Company owns administrative offices and credit card facilities in
Richmond, Virginia, consisting of approximately 470,000 square feet, from which
it conducts its credit, collections, customer service and other operations. The
Company also leases additional facilities consisting of an aggregate of
approximately 1,800,000 square feet (excluding the principal executive office)
from which credit, collections, customer service and other operations are
conducted, primarily in Virginia, Florida, Texas and London. The Company also
owns a facility in Nottingham, Great Britain, consisting of approximately
267,000 square feet. The Company expects to lease or purchase additional
facilities in Florida, Texas, Virginia, Washington and the United Kingdom
consisting of an aggregate of approximately 1,180,000 square feet.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
During 1995, a lawsuit was filed against the Bank on behalf of a putative
class of California debtors alleging that certain collection practices engaged
in by Signet Bank and, subsequently, by the Bank violated certain California
state laws and constitutional and common law duties. Specifically, plaintiffs
allege that filing lawsuits in Virginia against California debtors who had
defaulted on their credit card agreements, obtaining judgments in Virginia and
enforcing those judgments using Virginia garnishments proceedings was improper.
In early 1997, the Superior Court of California in the County of Almeda
entered judgment in favor of the Bank on all of the plaintiffs' claims. The
plaintiffs appealed the ruling to the California Court of Appeals. In early
1999, the California Court of Appeals affirmed the trial court's ruling in favor
of the Bank on six counts, but reversed the trial court's ruling on two counts
of the plaintiffs' complaint. The Bank intends to petition for further
appellate review of the California Court of Appeals ruling on the two remaining
counts.
Because no specific measure of damages is demanded in the complaint of the
California case and the trial court entered judgment in favor of the Bank before
the parties completed any significant discovery, an informed assessment of the
ultimate outcome of this case cannot be made at this time. Management believes,
however, that there are meritorious defenses to this lawsuit and intends to
defend it vigorously.
The Company is commonly subject to various other pending and threatened legal
actions arising from the conduct of its normal business activities. In the
opinion of management, the ultimate aggregate liability, if any, arising out of
any pending or threatened action will not have a material adverse effect on the
consolidated financial condition of the Company. At the present time, however,
management is not in a position to determine whether the resolution of any
pending or threatened litigation will have a material adverse effect on the
Company's results of operations in any future reporting period.
14
<PAGE>
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.
During the fourth quarter of the Company's fiscal year ending December 31,
1998, no matters were submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Company.
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
The information required by Item 5 is included under "Supervision and
Regulation-Dividends and Transfers of Funds" herein and in the Annual Report on
pages 28-29 under the headings "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Funding" and "--Capital
Adequacy," on page 35 under the heading "Selected Quarterly Financial Data" and
on page 51 in Note K to Consolidated Financial Statements, and is incorporated
herein by reference and filed as part of Exhibit 13.
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
The information required by Item 6 is included in the Annual Report on page 17
under the heading "Selected Financial and Operating Data," and is incorporated
herein by reference and filed as part of Exhibit 13.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
The information required by Item 7 is included in the Annual Report on pages
18-34 under the heading "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations," and is incorporated herein by reference
and filed as part of Exhibit 13.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
The information required by Item 7A is included in the Annual Report on pages
30-31 under the heading "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations--Interest Rate Sensitivity," and is
incorporated herein by reference and filed as part of Exhibit 13.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
The information required by Item 8 is included in the Annual Report on page 37
under the heading "Report of Independent Auditors," on pages 38-54 under the
headings "Consolidated Balance Sheets," "Consolidated Statements of Income,"
"Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity," "Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows" and "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" and
on page 35 under the heading "Selected Quarterly Financial Data," and is
incorporated herein by reference and filed as part of Exhibit 13.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
Not applicable.
15
<PAGE>
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY.
The information required by Item 10 is included in the Company's 1999 Proxy
Statement (the "Proxy Statement") on pages 5-7 under the heading "Information
About Our Directors and Executive Officers" and on page 4 under the heading
"Information About Capital One's Common Stock Ownership--Section 16(a)
Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance," and is incorporated herein by
reference. The Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days of the end of the
Corporation's 1998 fiscal year.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
The information required by Item 11 is included in the Proxy Statement on
pages 8-9 under the heading "Information About Our Directors and Executive
Officers--Compensation of the Board," on pages 10-16 under the heading
"Compensation of Executive Officers" and on pages 17-20 under the heading
"Report on Executive Compensation of the Compensation Committee," and is
incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.
The information required by Item 12 is included in the Proxy Statement on page
3 under the heading "Information About Capital One's Common Stock Ownership,"
and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.
The information required by Item 13 is included in the Proxy Statement on
page 9 under the heading "Information About Our Directors and Executive
Officers--Related Party Transactions with Directors," and is incorporated herein
by reference.
PART IV
ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
(a) (1) The following consolidated financial statements of Capital One
Financial Corporation, included in the Annual Report, are incorporated herein by
reference in Item 8:
Report of Independent Auditors, Ernst & Young LLP
Consolidated Balance Sheets--As of December 31, 1998 and 1997
Consolidated Statements of Income--Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and
1996
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity--Years ended
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows--Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and
1996
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Selected Quarterly Financial Data--As of and for the years ended December 31,
1998 and 1997
(2) All schedules are omitted since the required information is either not
applicable, not deemed material, or is shown in the respective financial
statements or in notes thereto.
(3) Exhibits:
16
<PAGE>
The following exhibits are incorporated by reference or filed herewith.
References to (i) the "1994 Form 10-K" are to the Company's Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994; (ii) the "1995 Form 10-K" are to
the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995;
(iii) the "1996 Form 10-K" are to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 1996; and (iv) the "1997 Form 10-K" are to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
- ----------
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
- --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
3.1 Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Capital One Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1
of the 1994 Form 10-K).
3.2 Restated Bylaws of Capital One Financial Corporation (as amended January 24, 1995) (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.2 of the 1994 Form 10-K).
4.1 Specimen certificate representing the Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the 1997 Form 10-K).
4.2 Rights Agreement dated as of November 16, 1995 between Capital One Financial Corporation and Mellon Bank, N.A.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company's Report on Form 8-K, filed November 16, 1995).
4.3 Amended and Restated Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement dated as of April 30, 1996 between Capital One Bank and
Chemical Bank (including exhibits A-1, A-2, A-3 and A-4 thereto) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the
Company's quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ending June 30, 1996).
4.4 Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement dated as of April 30, 1996 between Capital One Bank and Chemical Bank (including
exhibits A-1 and A-2 thereto) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Company's quarterly report on Form 10-Q
for the period ending June 30, 1996).
4.5.1 Senior Indenture and Form T-1 dated as of November 1, 1996 among the Company and Harris Trust and Savings Bank
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company's Report on Form 8-K, filed November 13, 1996).
4.5.2 Copy of 7.25% Notes Due 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5.2 of the 1996 Form 10-K).
4.6.1 Declaration of Trust, dated as of January 28, 1997, between the Bank and The First National Bank of Chicago, as
trustee (including the Certificate of Trust executed by First Chicago Delaware Inc., as Delaware trustee)
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6.1 of the 1996 Form 10-K).
4.6.2 Copies of Certificates Evidencing Capital Securities (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6.2 of the 1996 Form
10-K).
4.6.3 Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of January 31, 1997, by and among the Bank, The First National
Bank of Chicago and First Chicago Delaware Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6.3 of the 1996 Form 10-K).
4.7 Indenture, dated as of January 31, 1997, between the Bank and The First National Bank of Chicago (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.7 of the 1996 Form 10-K).
4.8.2 Copy of 7 1/8% Notes due 2008.
</TABLE>
17
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
4.9 Issue and Paying Agency Agreement dated as of October 24, 1997 between Capital One Bank, Morgan Guaranty Trust Company
of New York, London Office, and the Paying Agents named therein.
10.1 Amended and Restated Distribution Agreement dated April 30, 1996 among Capital One Bank and the agents named therein
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's quarterly report on Form 10-Q for period ending June 30,
1996).
10.1.1 Amendment to Amended and Restated Distribution Agreement dated April 21, 1998 among Capital One Bank and the agents
named therein.
10.2 Distribution Agreement dated April 30, 1996, among Capital One Bank and the agents named therein (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company's quarterly report on Form 10-Q for period ending June 30, 1996).
10.2.1 Amendment to Distribution Agreement dated April 30, 1998, among Capital One Bank and the agents named therein.
10.3.1 Change of Control Employment Agreement dated as of November 1, 1994 between Capital One Financial Corporation and
Richard D. Fairbank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the 1994 Form 10-K).
10.3.2 Amendment to the Change of Control Agreement between Capital One Financial Corporation and Richard D. Fairbank dated
as of September 15, 1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12.1 of the 1995 Form 10-K).
10.3.3 Amended and Restated Change of Control Employment Agreement dated as of December 18, 1997 between Capital One
Financial Corporation and Richard D. Fairbank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.3 of the 1997 Form 10-K).
10.4.1 Change of Control Employment Agreement dated as of November 1, 1994 between Capital One Financial Corporation and
Nigel W. Morris (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the 1994 Form 10-K).
10.4.2 Amendment to the Change of Control Agreement between Capital One Financial Corporation and Nigel W. Morris dated as of
September 15, 1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13.1 of the 1995 Form 10-K).
10.4.3 Amended and Restated Change of Control Employment Agreement dated as of December 18, 1997 between Capital One
Financial Corporation and Nigel W. Morris (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.3 of the 1997 Form 10-K).
10.6.1 Change of Control Employment Agreement dated as of November 1, 1994, between Capital One Financial Corporation and
John G. Finneran, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the 1994 Form 10-K).
10.6.2 Amendment to Change of Control Employment Agreement dated as of December 18, 1997 between Capital One Financial
Corporation and John G. Finneran, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the 1997 Form 10-K).
</TABLE>
18
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
10.7 Capital One Financial Corporation 1994 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of
the 1996 Form 10-K).
10.8 Intentionally left blank.
10.9 Form of Change of Control Agreement between Capital One Financial Corporation and certain of its senior executives.
10.10 Form of Amendment to Change of Control Agreement between Capital One Financial Corporation and certain of its
senior executives.
10.11 Capital One Financial Corporation Excess Savings Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of the
1995 Form 10-K).
10.12 Capital One Financial Corporation Excess Benefit Cash Balance Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.21 of the 1995 Form 10-K).
10.13 Capital One Financial Corporation 1994 Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.22 of the 1995 Form 10-K).
10.14 1995 Non-Employee Directors Stock Incentive Plan, (incorporated by reference to Registrant's Registration Statement on
Form S-8 Commission File No. 33-91790, filed May 1, 1995).
10.15 Intentionally left blank.
10.16 Consulting Agreement dated as of April 5, 1995, by and between Capital One Financial Corporation and American
Management Systems, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 of the 1995 Form 10-K).
10.17.1 Amended and Restated Lease Agreement dated as of October 14, 1998 between First Security Bank of Utah, N.A., as owner
trustee for the COB Real Estate Trust 1995-1, as lessor and Capital One Realty, Inc., as lessee.
10.17.2 Guaranty dated as of October 14, 1998 from Capital One Bank in favor of First Security Bank, N.A., as owner trustee
for the COB Real Estate Trust 1995-1, First Union National Bank, as indenture trustee, Lawyers Title Realty Services,
Inc., as deed of trust trustee, and the Note Purchasers, Registered Owners and LC Issuer referred to therein.
10.18 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 25, 1996, among Capital One Financial Corporation, Capital
One Bank, Capital One, F.S.B. and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.21 of the 1996 Form 10-K).
10.19 Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated as of August 29, 1997 by and among Capital One Finance Company and Capital
One Inc., as original borrowers, Capital One Financial Corporation, as original guarantor, and the agents and lenders
named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of the 1997 Form 10-K).
13 The portions of Capital One Financial Corporation's 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders that are incorporated by
reference herein.
21 Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
27 Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
19
<PAGE>
(b) Reports on Form 8-K
The Company filed on October 13, 1998 a Current Report on Form 8-K dated October
13, 1998, Commission File No. 1-13300, enclosing its press release dated October
13, 1998.
The Company filed on October 21, 1998 a Current Report on Form 8-K dated October
20, 1998, Commission File No. 1-13300, enclosing its press release dated October
20, 1998.
The Company filed on December 8, 1998 a Current Report on Form 8-K dated
December 7, 1998, Commission File No. 1-13300, enclosing its press release dated
December 7, 1998.
20
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By: /s/ David M. Willey
---------------------------
David M. Willey
Senior Vice President, Finance and Accounting,
Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
Date: March 25, 1999
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, THIS
REPORT HAS BEEN SIGNED BELOW BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS ON BEHALF OF THE
REGISTRANT AND IN THE CAPACITIES INDICATED ON THE 25TH DAY OF MARCH, 1999.
SIGNATURE TITLE
--------- -----
/s/ Richard D. Fairbank Director, Chairman and Chief Executive
- -------------------------- Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
Richard D. Fairbank
/s/ Nigel W. Morris Director, President and Chief Operating Officer
- --------------------------
Nigel W. Morris
/s/ David M. Willey Senior Vice President, Finance and Accounting,
- -------------------------- Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
David M. Willey (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)
/s/ W. Ronald Dietz Director
- --------------------------
W. Ronald Dietz
/s/ James A. Flick, Jr. Director
- --------------------------
James A. Flick, Jr.
/s/ Patrick W. Gross Director
- --------------------------
Patrick W. Gross
/s/ James V. Kimsey Director
- --------------------------
James V. Kimsey
/s/ Stanley I. Westreich Director
- --------------------------
Stanley I. Westreich
21
<PAGE>
EXHIBITS TO CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
DATED DECEMBER 31, 1998
COMMISSION FILE NO. 1-13300
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
- ------------
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
- ------------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
3.1 Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Capital One Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1
of the 1994 Form 10-K).
3.2 Restated Bylaws of Capital One Financial Corporation (as amended January 24, 1995) (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.2 of the 1994 Form 10-K).
4.1 Specimen certificate representing the Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the 1997 Form 10-K).
4.2 Rights Agreement dated as of November 16, 1995 between Capital One Financial Corporation and Mellon Bank, N.A.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company's Report on Form 8-K, filed November 16, 1995).
4.3 Amended and Restated Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement dated as of April 30, 1996 between Capital One Bank and
Chemical Bank (including exhibits A-1, A-2, A-3 and A-4 thereto) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the
Company's quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ending June 30, 1996).
4.4 Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement dated as of April 30, 1996 between Capital One Bank and Chemical Bank (including
exhibits A-1 and A-2 thereto) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Company's quarterly report on Form 10-Q
for the period ending June 30, 1996).
4.5.1 Senior Indenture and Form T-1 dated as of November 1, 1996 among the Company and Harris Trust and Savings Bank
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company's Report on Form 8-K, filed November 13, 1996).
4.5.2 Copy of 7.25% Notes Due 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5.2 of the 1996 Form 10-K).
4.6.1 Declaration of Trust, dated as of January 28, 1997, between the Bank and The First National Bank of Chicago, as
trustee (including the Certificate of Trust executed by First Chicago Delaware Inc., as Delaware trustee)
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6.1 of the 1996 Form 10-K).
4.6.2 Copies of Certificates Evidencing Capital Securities (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6.2 of the 1996 Form 10-
K).
4.6.3 Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of January 31, 1997, by and among the Bank, The First National
Bank of Chicago and First Chicago Delaware Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6.3 of the 1996 Form 10-K).
</TABLE>
22
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
4.7 Indenture, dated as of January 31, 1997, between the Bank and The First National Bank of Chicago (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.7 of the 1996 Form 10-K).
4.8.2 Copy of 7 1/8% Notes due 2008.
4.9 Issue and Paying Agency Agreement dated as of October 24, 1997 between Capital One Bank, Morgan Guaranty Trust Company
of New York, London Office, and the Paying Agents named therein.
10.1 Amended and Restated Distribution Agreement dated April 30, 1996 among Capital One Bank and the agents named therein
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's quarterly report on Form 10-Q for period ending June 30,
1996).
10.1.1 Amendment to Amended and Restated Distribution Agreement dated April 21, 1998 among Capital One Bank and the agents
named therein.
10.2 Distribution Agreement dated April 30, 1996, among Capital One Bank and the agents named therein (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company's quarterly report on Form 10-Q for period ending June 30, 1996).
10.2.1 Amendment to Distribution Agreement dated April 30, 1998, among Capital One Bank and the agents named therein.
10.3.1 Change of Control Employment Agreement dated as of November 1, 1994 between Capital One Financial Corporation and
Richard D. Fairbank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the 1994 Form 10-K).
10.3.2 Amendment to the Change of Control Agreement between Capital One Financial Corporation and Richard D. Fairbank dated
as of September 15, 1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12.1 of the 1995 Form 10-K).
10.3.3 Amended and Restated Change of Control Employment Agreement dated as of December 18, 1997 between Capital One
Financial Corporation and Richard D. Fairbank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.3 of the 1997 Form 10-K).
10.4.1 Change of Control Employment Agreement dated as of November 1, 1994 between Capital One Financial Corporation and
Nigel W. Morris (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the 1994 Form 10-K).
10.4.2 Amendment to the Change of Control Agreement between Capital One Financial Corporation and Nigel W. Morris dated as of
September 15, 1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13.1 of the 1995 Form 10-K).
10.4.3 Amended and Restated Change of Control Employment Agreement dated as of December 18, 1997 between Capital One
Financial Corporation and Nigel W. Morris (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.3 of the 1997 Form 10-K).
10.6.1 Change of Control Employment Agreement dated as of November 1, 1994, between Capital One Financial Corporation and
John G. Finneran, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the 1994 Form 10-K).
</TABLE>
23
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
10.6.2 Amendment to Change of Control Employment Agreement dated as of December 18, 1997 between Capital One Financial
Corporation and John G. Finneran, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the 1997 Form 10-K).
10.7 Capital One Financial Corporation 1994 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of
the 1996 Form 10-K).
10.8 Intentionally left blank.
10.9 Form of Change of Control Agreement between Capital One Financial Corporation and certain of its senior executives.
10.10 Form of Amendment to Change of Control Agreement between Capital One Financial Corporation and certain of its
senior executives.
10.11 Capital One Financial Corporation Excess Savings Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of the
1995 Form 10-K).
10.12 Capital One Financial Corporation Excess Benefit Cash Balance Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.21 of the 1995 Form 10-K).
10.13 Capital One Financial Corporation 1994 Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.22 of the 1995 Form 10-K).
10.14 1995 Non-Employee Directors Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Registrant's Registration Statement on
Form S-8 Commission File No. 33-91790, filed May 1, 1995).
10.15 Intentionally left blank.
10.16 Consulting Agreement dated as of April 5, 1995, by and between Capital One Financial Corporation and American
Management Systems, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 of the 1995 Form 10-K).
10.17.1 Amended and Restated Lease Agreement dated as of October 14, 1998 between First Security Bank of Utah, N.A., as owner
trustee for the COB Real Estate Trust 1995-1, as lessor and Capital One Realty, Inc., as lessee.
10.17.2 Guaranty dated as of October 14, 1998 from Capital One Bank in favor of First Security Bank, N.A., as owner trustee
for the COB Real Estate Trust 1995-1, First Union National Bank, as indenture trustee, Lawyers Title Realty Services,
Inc., as deed of trust trustee, and the Note Purchasers, Registered Owners and LC Issuer referred to therein.
10.18 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 25, 1996, among Capital One Financial Corporation, Capital
One Bank, Capital One, F.S.B. and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.21 of the 1996 Form 10-K).
10.19 Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated as of August 29, 1997 by and among Capital One Finance Company and Capital
One Inc., as original borrowers, Capital One Financial Corporation, as original guarantor, and the agents and lenders
named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of the 1997 Form 10-K).
13 The portions of Capital One Financial Corporation's 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders that are incorporated by
reference herein.
21 Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
27 Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
24
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 4.8.2
[Face of Note]
UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR THE INDIVIDUAL
SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY, THIS GLOBAL SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED
EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR ANY SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY
APPOINTED AS SUCH PURSUANT TO THE SENIOR INDENTURE (THE "DEPOSITARY") TO A
NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR
ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO
SUCH A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS
THIS GLOBAL SECURITY IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE
DEPOSITARY TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR
PAYMENT, AND ANY SECURITY ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITARY OR
ITS NOMINEE OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
OF THE DEPOSITARY AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE, ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON
IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
CUSIP No. 14040HAD7
No. R-001 $200,000,000
CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
7 1/8% NOTES DUE 2008
Capital One Financial Corporation, a corporation duly organized and
existing under the laws of Delaware (the "Company"), for value received, hereby
promises to pay to Cede & Co. or registered assigns the principal sum of TWO
HUNDRED MILLION United States Dollars at the Company's office or agency for said
purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, on August 1, 2008 in
such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment
shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts, and to pay
interest semi-annually in arrears on February 1 and August 1 of each year (each
an "interest payment date"), commencing February 1, 1999, on said principal sum
in like coin or currency at the rate per annum set forth above at said office or
agency from July 27, 1998 or from the most recent February 1 or August 1, as the
case may be, to which interest on the Securities has been paid or duly provided
for, until payment of said principal sum has been made or duly provided for;
provided that, unless this Security is a Security issued in global form (a
"Global Security"), interest may be paid, at the option of the company, by
mailing a check therefor payable to the Holder entitled thereto at his last
address as it appears on the Security Register. The interest so payable will be
paid to the Person in whose name this Global Security (or one or more
Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the January 15
or July 15, as the case may be, next preceding such interest payment date,
unless the Company shall default in the payment of interest due on such interest
payment date after taking into account any applicable grace period, in which
case such defaulted interest shall be paid as set forth in the Senior Indenture.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, as long as this Security is a Global Security,
the Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, and interest on,
this Security to the
<PAGE>
2
Holder hereof or a single nominee of the Holder, or, at the option of the
Company, to such other Persons as the Holder hereof may designate, by wire
transfer of immediately available funds on the date such payments are due.
Reference is made to the further provisions set forth on the reverse
hereof. Such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as
though fully set forth at this place.
This Security shall not be valid or obligatory until the certificate
of authentication hereon shall have been duly signed by the Trustee acting under
the Senior Indenture.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly
executed.
Dated: July ____, 1998
CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:_______________________________
Name:
Title:
[CORPORATE SEAL] Attest By:________________________
Name:
Title:
This is one of the Securities issued under the within-mentioned Senior
Indenture.
Dated: July ____, 1998
HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK
By:______________________________
Authorized Officer
<PAGE>
[Reverse of Note]
Capital One Financial Corporation
7 1/8 % Notes Due 2008
This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of debt securities of
the Company, of the series hereinafter specified, all issued or to be issued
under an Indenture, dated as of November 1, 1996 (the "Senior Indenture"), and
duly executed and delivered by the Company to Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as
trustee (hereinafter, the "Trustee"), to which reference to the Senior Indenture
is hereby made for a description of the respective rights and duties thereunder
of the Trustee, the Company and the Holders of the Securities. This Security is
one of a series designated as the "7 1/8 % Notes due 2008" of the Company
(hereinafter called the "Notes"), issued under the Senior Indenture and limited
in aggregate principal amount to $200,000,000.
Neither the Senior Indenture nor the Notes limit or otherwise restrict
the amount of indebtedness which may be incurred or other securities which may
be issued by the Company. The Notes issued under the Senior Indenture will be
direct, unsecured obligations of the Company and will mature on August 1, 2008.
The Notes rank on parity with all other unsecured, unsubordinated indebtedness
of the Company.
The Notes will bear interest at the rate of 7 1/8 % per annum. The
Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company at
any time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal
amount of such Notes, and (ii) as determined by the Quotation Agent (as defined
below), the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of
principal and interest thereon (not including any portion of such payments of
interest accrued as of the date of redemption) discounted to the date of
redemption on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve
30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate (as defined below) plus 25 basis
points plus, in each case, accrued interest thereon to the date of redemption.
"Adjusted Treasury Rate" means, with respect to any redemption date,
the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the
Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue
(expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable
Treasury Price for such redemption price.
"Comparable Treasury Issue" means the United States Treasury security
selected by the Quotation Agent as having a maturity comparable to the remaining
term of the Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of
selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new
issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term
of such Notes.
"Comparable Treasury Price" means, with respect to any redemption
date, (i) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such
redemption date, after excluding
<PAGE>
2
the highest and lowest such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (ii) if the
Trustee obtains fewer than three such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the
average of all such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations.
"Quotation Agent" means the Reference Treasury Dealer appointed by the
Company.
"Reference Treasury Dealer" means (i) each of J.P. Morgan Securities
Inc., Chase Securities Inc., Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation, Lehman Brothers Inc. and their respective successors; provided,
however, that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a primary U.S.
Government securities dealer in New York City (a "Primary Treasury Dealer"), the
Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer; and (ii) any
other Primary Treasury Dealer selected by the Company.
"Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations" means, with respect to each
Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by
the Company, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue
(expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in
writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.
The Notes are not entitled to any sinking fund.
In case an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing with
respect to the Notes, the principal hereof may be declared, and upon such
declaration shall become, due and payable, in the manner, with the effect and
subject to the conditions provided in the Senior Indenture. The Senior Indenture
provides that in certain circumstances such declaration and its consequences may
be waived by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Notes then Outstanding. However, any such consent or waiver by the Holder shall
not affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.
The Senior Indenture permits the Company and the Trustee, without the
consent of the Holders of the Notes for certain situations and with the consent
of not less than two-thirds of the Holders in aggregate principal amount of the
Outstanding Notes in other situations, to execute supplemental indentures adding
to, modifying or changing various provisions to the Senior Indenture; provided
that no such supplemental indenture, without the consent of the Holder of each
Outstanding Security affected thereby, shall (i) change the Stated Maturity of
the principal of, or any installment of interest on the Notes, or reduce the
principal amount thereof or the interest thereon, or change the place or
currency of payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes, or impair the
right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or after the
Stated Maturity thereof, or change the Company's obligation to pay additional
amounts (except as otherwise contemplated in the Senior Indenture); (ii) reduce
the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, the consent of
whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of
whose Holders is required for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions
of the Senior Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequence)
provided
<PAGE>
3
for in the Senior Indenture; or (iii) modify any of the provisions of Sections
902, 513 or 1008 of the Senior Indenture, except to increase any such percentage
or provide that certain other provisions of the Senior Indenture cannot be
modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding
Security affected thereby.
The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any
term, provision or condition set forth in Section 1005, 1006 or 1007 of the
Senior Indenture, if before the time for such compliance, the Holders of at
least a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by act of such
Holders, either shall waive such compliance in such instance or generally shall
have waived compliance with such term, provision or condition, but no such
waiver shall extend to or affect such term, provision or condition except to the
extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the
obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such
term, provision or condition shall remain in full force and effect.
No reference herein to the Senior Indenture and no provision of this
Note or of the Senior Indenture shall alter or impair the obligations of the
Company, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, premium,
if any, and interest on this Note at the place, at the respective times, at the
rate and in the coin and currency herein prescribed.
The Notes are issuable in registered form without coupons in
denominations of $1,000 and any multiple thereof.
At the office or agency of the Company referred to on the face hereof
and in the manner and subject to the limitations provided in the Senior
Indenture, the Notes may be exchanged for a like aggregate principal amount of
Notes of other authorized denominations.
Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of the Notes at the
above-mentioned office or agency of the Company, a new Note or Notes of
authorized denominations, for a like aggregate principal amount, will be issued
to the transferee as provided in the Senior Indenture. No service charge shall
be made for any such transfer, but the Company may require payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in
relation thereto.
Prior to due presentation of this Note for registration of transfer,
the Company, the Trustee, and any authorized agent of the Company or the
Trustee, may deem and treat the Holder hereof as the absolute owner of the Note
(whether or not this Note shall be overdue and made by anyone other than the
Company or the Trustee or any authorized agent of the Company or the Trustee),
for the purpose of receiving payment of, or on account of, the principal hereof
and, subject to the provisions on the face hereof, interest hereon and for all
other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any authorized agent
of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.
No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of, or the
interest on,
<PAGE>
4
this Note, for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, or
based on or in respect of the Senior Indenture or any indenture supplemental
thereto, against any incorporator, shareholder, officer or director, as such,
past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor corporation, either
directly or through the Company or any successor corporation, whether by virtue
of any constitution, statute or rule of law or by the enforcement of any
assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance
hereof and as part of the consideration for the issue hereof, expressly waived
and released.
THIS NOTE SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER THE LAWS OF THE
---------------------------------------------------------------------
STATE OF NEW YORK, AND FOR ALL PURPOSES SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE LAWS OF SAID STATE, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
All terms used in this Note (and not otherwise defined in this Note)
that are defined in the Senior Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to
them in the Senior Indenture.
<PAGE>
Exhibit 4.9
CONFORMED COPY
CAPITAL ONE BANK
PROGRAMME FOR THE ISSUANCE
OF DEBT INSTRUMENTS
____________________________________________
ISSUE AND PAYING AGENCY AGREEMENT
____________________________________________
24 October, 1997
CLIFFORD CHANCE
NEW YORK AND LONDON
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
SECTION 1. INTERPRETATION............................................................. 1
SECTION 2. APPOINTMENT OF THE PAYING AGENTS........................................... 5
SECTION 3. THE INSTRUMENTS............................................................ 5
SECTION 4. ISSUANCE OF INSTRUMENTS.................................................... 6
SECTION 5. REPLACEMENT INSTRUMENTS.................................................... 10
SECTION 6. PAYMENTS TO THE ISSUE AND PAYING AGENT..................................... 10
SECTION 7. PAYMENTS TO HOLDERS OF INSTRUMENTS......................................... 11
SECTION 8. MISCELLANEOUS DUTIES OF THE ISSUE AND PAYING AGENT AND THE PAYING
AGENTS..................................................................... 13
SECTION 9. EARLY REDEMPTION AND EXERCISE OF OPTIONS................................... 17
SECTION 10. APPOINTMENT AND DUTIES OF THE CALCULATION AGENT............................ 17
SECTION 11. FEES AND EXPENSES.......................................................... 18
SECTION 12. TERMS OF APPOINTMENT....................................................... 19
SECTION 13. CHANGES IN AGENTS.......................................................... 20
SECTION 14. NOTICES.................................................................... 22
SECTION 15. LAW AND JURISDICTION....................................................... 23
SECTION 16. MODIFICATION............................................................... 24
SECTION 17. COUNTERPARTS............................................................... 24
THE FIRST SCHEDULE............................................................................ 25
FORM OF TEMPORARY GLOBAL INSTRUMENT...................................................... 25
THE SECOND SCHEDULE........................................................................... 37
FORM OF PERMANENT GLOBAL INSTRUMENT...................................................... 37
THE THIRD SCHEDULE............................................................................ 42
FORM OF DEFINITIVE INSTRUMENT............................................................ 42
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>............................................................................................. <C>
THE FOURTH SCHEDULE............................................................................. 53
PROVISIONS FOR MEETINGS OF THE HOLDERS OF INSTRUMENTS...................................... 53
THE FIFTH SCHEDULE.............................................................................. 60
THE SPECIFIED OFFICES OF THE PAYING AGENTS AND THE CALCULATION AGENT....................... 60
THE SIXTH SCHEDULE.............................................................................. 61
CALCULATION AGENT APPOINTMENT LETTER....................................................... 61
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
THIS ISSUE AND PAYING AGENCY AGREEMENT is made the 24th day of October, 1997
______________________________________
BETWEEN:
(1) CAPITAL ONE BANK (the "Issuer");
(2) MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, LONDON OFFICE in its capacities
as issue and paying agent (the "ISSUE AND PAYING AGENT", which expression
shall include any successor to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York,
London Office in its capacity as such) and as Calculation Agent (as defined
herein)); and
(3) MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, BRUSSELS OFFICE and KREDIETBANK
S.A. LUXEMBOURGEOISE in their capacities as paying agents (the "PAYING
AGENTS", which expression shall include the Issue and Paying Agent and any
substitute or additional paying agents appointed in accordance herewith).
WHEREAS:
(A) The Issuer has established a programme (the "PROGRAMME") for the issuance
of debt instruments (the "INSTRUMENTS"), in connection with which it has entered
into a dealership agreement (as amended, supplemented or replaced, the
"DEALERSHIP AGREEMENT") dated 24 October, 1997 and made between the Issuer,
Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited, Morgan Stanley Bank AG, Morgan
Stanley S.A., ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Barclays de Zoete Wedd Limited, Chase
Manhattan International Limited, Deutsche Bank AG London, Goldman Sachs
International, Lehman Brothers International (Europe), J.P. Morgan Securities
Ltd. and Salomon Brothers International Limited (the "DEALERS", which expression
shall include any substitute or additional dealers appointed in accordance with
the Dealership Agreement).
(B) Instruments may be issued on a listed or unlisted basis. The Issuer has
made an application to the Luxembourg Stock Exchange for Instruments issued
under the Programme to be listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, in connection
with which application the Issuer has procured in preparation of the Information
Memorandum (as defined herein). Application will be made, in certain
circumstances to list French Franc Instruments (as defined in the Information
Memorandum (as defined herein)) on the Paris Stock Exchange. Instruments may be
listed on such other stock exchange or stock exchanges as the Issuer and the
relevant Dealer(s) may agree.
(C) The parties hereto wish to record certain arrangements which they have made
in relation to the Instruments to be issued under the Programme.
IT IS AGREED as follows:
SECTION 1. INTERPRETATION
1.01 In this Agreement:
"BANKING DAY" means a day (other than Saturdays) on which commercial banks
are open for business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign
currency deposits) in the place where the specified office of the Issue
and Paying Agent is located and in London;
"CALCULATION AGENT" means, in relation to any Series of Instruments, the
institution appointed as calculation agent for the purposes of such
Instruments and named as such in the relevant Pricing Supplement, in the
case of the Issue and Paying Agent, pursuant to Section 10, in the case of
a Dealer, pursuant to Section 4 of the Dealership Agreement and, in the
case of any other institution pursuant to a letter of appointment in, or
substantially in, the form set out in the Sixth Schedule and, in any case,
any successor to such institution in its capacity as such;
"CEDEL BANK" means Cedel Bank, societe anonyme;
a "CLAUSE" means, unless the context indicates otherwise, a clause in a
section hereof;
a "COUPON" means an interest coupon and where the context permits, a
Talon, in each case appertaining to a Definitive Instrument;
"DEFINITIVE INSTRUMENT" means an Instrument in definitive form
substantially in the form set out in the Third Schedule hereto;
"EUROCLEAR" means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels
office, as operator of the Euroclear system;
"EVENT OF DEFAULT" means any of the circumstances or events set out as an
event of default in the Terms and Conditions;
the "EXCHANGE ACT" means the United States Securities Exchange Act of
1934;
"GLOBAL INSTRUMENT" means a Temporary Global Instrument or, as the context
may require, a Permanent Global Instrument;
"INFORMATION MEMORANDUM" means the information memorandum and information
memorandum addendum each dated 24 October 1997 the preparation of which
has been procured by the Issuer in connection with the application for
Instruments to be listed on the Luxembourg and Paris Stock Exchange, and
any further information memorandum and information memorandum addendum, in
each case, prepared in connection with the listing of any Instruments on
any other stock exchange together with any information incorporated
therein by reference, as the same may be amended, supplemented, updated
and/or substituted from time to time;
"INSTALMENT INSTRUMENT" means an Instrument the principal amount of which
is repayable by Instalments;
"LOCAL TIME" in relation to any payment, means the time in the city or
town in which the relevant bank or the relevant branch or office thereof
is located, and any reference to "LOCAL BANKING DAYS" in relation thereto
is to days (other than Saturdays and Sundays) on which commercial banks
are open for business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign
<PAGE>
currency deposits) in such city or town;
"LONDON BUSINESS DAY" means a day on which commercial banks and foreign
exchange markets are open for business in London;
references to a "MASTER TEMPORARY GLOBAL INSTRUMENT" and a "MASTER
PERMANENT GLOBAL INSTRUMENT" are to an Instrument substantially in the form
set out in the First and Second Schedule hereto (respectively) which are
complete save in that they require completion by the Issue and Paying
Agent, on behalf of the Issuer, as to the details of the Tranche of
Instruments to which they will relate;
"OUTSTANDING" means, in relation to any Series of Instruments, all such
Instruments and any Coupons relating thereto other than:
(i) those which have been redeemed in full or purchased and
cancelled pursuant to the Terms and Conditions;
(ii) those in respect of which the date for redemption in full
(including, but not limited to, the due date for payment of
the final instalment in respect of an Instalment Instrument)
has occurred and the redemption moneys therefor (including all
arrears of interest to such date for redemption) have been
duly paid to the Issue and Paying Agent in the manner provided
for in this Agreement (and, where appropriate, notice to that
effect has been given in accordance with the Terms and
Conditions) and remain available for payment in accordance
with the Terms and Conditions;
(iii) those which have been forfeited or have become void or claims
in respect of which have become prescribed under the Terms and
Conditions;
(iv) (for the purpose only of ascertaining the amount outstanding
and without prejudice to their status for any other purpose)
those Instruments which are alleged to have been lost, stolen
or destroyed and in respect of which replacement Instruments
have been issued pursuant to the Terms and Conditions;
(v) those Instruments which have been mutilated or defaced and
which have been surrendered or cancelled and in respect of
which replacement Instruments have been issued pursuant to the
Terms and Conditions;
(vi) any Temporary Global Instrument to the extent that it has been
exchanged for Definitive Instruments or a Permanent Global
Instrument; and
(vii) any Permanent Global Instrument to the extent that it has been
exchanged for Definitive Instruments,
"PERMANENT GLOBAL INSTRUMENT" means a Global Instrument representing
Instruments in bearer form and which shall be substantially in the form set
out in the Second Schedule hereto;
<PAGE>
"RECEIPT" means a payment receipt appertaining to an Instalment Instrument
in definitive form;
"RELEVANT AGREEMENT" means an Agreement between the Issuer and any
Dealer(s) for the sale by the Issuer and the purchase by such Dealer(s) of
any Instruments;
"RELEVANT DEALER" means, in respect of any Tranche of Instruments, the
institution specified as such in the relevant Pricing Supplement or, if
there is only one Dealer in respect of such Tranche of Instruments, such
Dealer;
a "SCHEDULE" means, unless the context indicates otherwise, to a schedule
hereto;
a "SECTION" means, unless the context indicates otherwise, to a section
hereof;
the "SECURITIES ACT" is to the United States Securities Act of 1933, as
amended;
"SERIES" means a Tranche or Tranches of Instruments the terms of which are
identical except that the issue date and the amount of the first payment of
interest may be different in respect of different Tranches and a Series may
comprise Instruments in more than one denomination;
the "SPECIFIED OFFICE" of any Paying Agent or Calculation Agent means the
office specified against its name in the Fifth Schedule or, in the case of
any Paying Agent or Calculation Agent not originally party hereto,
specified in its terms of appointment (or, in the case of a Calculation
Agent which is a Dealer, specified for the purposes of Section 6 of the
Dealership Agreement) or such other office in the same city or town as such
Paying Agent or, as the case may be, such Calculation Agent may specify by
notice to the Issuer and the other parties hereto in accordance with Clause
13.08;
a "TALON" means a talon exchangeable for further Coupons;
"TEMPORARY GLOBAL INSTRUMENT" means a Global Instrument representing
Instruments in bearer form and which shall be substantially in the form set
out in the First Schedule hereto;
the "TERMS AND CONDITIONS" means, in relation to any Instruments, the terms
and conditions applicable to such Instruments set out in the Information
Memorandum, as amended or supplemented or replaced in the Pricing
Supplement prepared in respect of such Instruments and any reference to a
numbered "Condition" is to the correspondingly numbered provision thereof;
and
"TRANCHE" means Instruments which are issued on the same issue date, the
terms of which are identical in all respects (save that a Tranche may
comprise Instruments in more than one denomination).
1.02 Terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meanings ascribed to
them in the Terms and Conditions.
1.03 Section and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only and shall not
affect the
<PAGE>
construction or interpretation of this Agreement.
1.04 In this Agreement, any reference to payments of principal or interest
includes any additional amounts payable in relation thereto under the Terms and
Conditions.
SECTION 2. APPOINTMENT OF THE PAYING AGENTS
2.01 The Issuer appoints each of the Paying Agents at their respective
specified offices as its agent in relation to the Instruments for the purposes
specified in this Agreement and in the Terms and Conditions and all matters
incidental thereto.
2.02 Each of the Paying Agents accepts its appointment as agent of the Issuer
in relation to the Instruments and shall perform all matters expressed to be
performed by it in, and otherwise comply with, the Terms and Conditions and the
provisions of this Agreement and, in connection therewith, shall take all such
action as may be incidental thereto.
SECTION 3. THE INSTRUMENTS
3.01 Each Temporary and Permanent Global Instrument shall:
(a) be printed, lithographed or typewritten in substantially the form
(duly completed) set out in (in the case of a Temporary Global
Instrument) the First Schedule and (in the case of a Permanent
Global Instrument) the Second Schedule but with such modifications,
amendments and additions as the Relevant Dealer and the Issuer
shall have agreed to be necessary;
(b) have attached thereto or incorporated by reference therein the
Terms and Conditions;
(c) be executed manually or in facsimile by a duly authorised officer
of the Issuer or shall be a duplicate of the relevant master
Temporary Global Instrument or, as the case may be, master
Permanent Global Instrument supplied by the Issuer under Clause
4.02 hereof and, in any case, shall be authenticated manually by or
on behalf of the Issue and Paying Agent; and
(d) bear a unique serial number.
3.02 Each Definitive Instrument shall:
(a) be in substantially the form (duly completed) set out in the Third
Schedule but with such modifications, amendments and additions as
the Relevant Dealer and the Issuer shall have agreed to be
necessary;
(b) unless the contrary is specified in the relevant Pricing
Supplement, be in the format from time to time specified by the
International Primary Market Association or any successor body
thereto;
(c) have a unique serial number printed thereon;
<PAGE>
(d) if so specified in the relevant Pricing Supplement, have Coupons
attached thereto at the time of its initial delivery;
(e) if so specified in the relevant Pricing Supplement, have a Talon
attached thereto at the time of its initial delivery;
(f) in the case of an Instalment Instrument, if so specified in the
relevant Pricing Supplement, have a Receipt attached thereto at the
time of its initial delivery;
(g) have the Terms and Conditions endorsed thereon, or attached thereto or
incorporated by reference therein;
(h) be executed manually or in facsimile by a duly authorised officer of
the Issuer and authenticated manually by or on behalf of the Issue and
Paying Agent;
(i) be printed in accordance with the requirements of any clearing system,
by which such Instruments are intended to be accepted;
(j) be printed in accordance with the requirements of any stock exchange,
on which such Instruments may be listed; and
(k) be printed in accordance with, and otherwise satisfy, any other
applicable legal and/or regulatory requirements.
3.03 Each master Temporary Global Instrument and master Permanent Global
Instrument, if any, will be signed manually by a duly authorised officer of the
Issuer. A master Temporary Global Instrument or master Permanent Global
Instrument may be used provided that the person(s) whose signature(s) appear
thereon was an authorised signatory at the date of signing such master Temporary
Global Instrument or master Permanent Global Instrument notwithstanding that any
such person may, for any reason (including death), have ceased to be such
authorised signatory at the time of the creation and issue of the relevant
Tranche or the issue and delivery of the relevant Instrument.
3.04 Any facsimile signature affixed to an Instrument may be that of a person
who is at the time of the creation and issue of the relevant Tranche an
authorised signatory for such purpose of the Issuer notwithstanding that such
person may for any reason (including death) have ceased to be such an authorised
signatory at the time at which the relevant Instrument may be delivered.
3.05 The Issuer shall promptly notify in writing the Issue and Paying Agent of
any change in the names of the person or persons whose signatures are to be
used.
SECTION 4. ISSUANCE OF INSTRUMENTS
4.01 Upon the conclusion of any Relevant Agreement, the Issuer shall, as soon as
practicable but in any event, not later than 2.00 p.m. (London time) on the
third Banking Day prior to the proposed Issue Date:
(a) confirm by tested telex or tested facsimile to the Issue and Paying
Agent all such information as the Issue and Paying Agent may
reasonably require to carry out its
<PAGE>
functions under this Agreement and in particular, whether customary
eurobond or medium term note settlement and payment procedures will
apply to the relevant Tranche and (if a master Global Instrument is to
be used), such details as are necessary to enable it to complete a
duplicate or duplicates of the master Global Instrument and (if medium
term note settlement and payment procedures are to apply) the account
of the Issuer to which payment should be made;
(b) deliver a copy, duly executed, of the Pricing Supplement in relation
to the relevant Tranche to the Issue and Paying Agent; and
(c) unless a master Global Instrument is to be used and the Issuer shall
have provided such document to the Issue and Paying Agent pursuant to
Clause 4.02, ensure that there is delivered to the Issue and Paying
Agent an appropriate Global Instrument (in unauthenticated form but
executed on behalf of the Issuer and otherwise complete) in relation
to the relevant Tranche.
4.02 The Issuer may, at its option, deliver from time to time to the Issue and
Paying Agent a stock of master Temporary Global Instruments and master Permanent
Global Instruments (in unauthenticated form but executed on behalf of the
Issuer).
4.03 The Issue and Paying Agent shall on behalf of the Issuer, where the
relevant Instruments are to be listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, deliver
a copy of the Pricing Supplement in relation to the relevant Tranche to the
Luxembourg Stock Exchange as soon as practicable but in any event not later than
2.00 p.m. (local time) no later than three Luxembourg business days prior to the
proposed issue date therefor.
4.04 Except in the case of issues of Instruments which are syndicated among two
or more Dealers, in which event this Clause 4.04 shall not apply, on or before
10.00 a.m. (London time) on the Banking Day prior to the issue date in relation
to each Tranche, the Issue and Paying Agent shall authenticate and deliver the
relevant Global Instrument to the relevant depositary for Euroclear and/or Cedel
Bank and/or any other relevant clearing system. The Issue and Paying Agent
shall give instructions to Euroclear and/or Cedel Bank and/or any other relevant
clearing system to credit Instruments represented by a Global Instrument to the
Issue and Paying Agent's distribution account and to hold each such Instrument
to the order of the Issuer pending delivery to the relevant Dealer(s) on a
delivery against payment basis (or on such other basis as shall have been agreed
between the Issuer and the Relevant Dealer and notified to the Issue and Paying
Agent) in accordance with the normal procedures of Euroclear or Cedel Bank or
such other clearing system, as the case may be and, following payment, to credit
the Instruments represented by such Global Instrument to such securities
account(s) as shall have been notified to the Issue and Paying Agent by the
Issuer. The Issue and Paying Agent shall on the issue date in respect of the
relevant Tranche and against receipt of funds from the relevant Dealer(s)
transfer the proceeds of issue to the Issuer to the account notified in
accordance with Clause 4.01 above.
If no such securities account(s) shall have been specified, or the relevant
Tranche is not intended to be cleared through any clearing system, the Issue and
Paying Agent shall authenticate and make available at its specified office on
the issue date in respect of the relevant Tranche the relevant Global
Instrument.
<PAGE>
4.05 If the Issue and Paying Agent should pay an amount (an "ADVANCE") to the
Issuer in the belief that a payment has been or will be received from a Dealer,
and if such payment is not received by the Issue and Paying Agent on the date
that the Issue and Paying Agent pays the Issuer, the Issuer shall forthwith
repay the advance (unless prior to such repayment the payment is received from
the Dealer) and shall pay interest on such amount which shall accrue (as well
after as before judgment) on the basis of a year of 360 days (365 days (366 days
in the case of a leap year) in the case of an advance paid in sterling) and the
actual number of days elapsed from the date of payment of such advance until the
earlier of (i) repayment of the advance or (ii) receipt by the Issue and Paying
Agent of the payment from the Dealer, and at the rate per annum which is the
aggregate of one per cent. per annum and the rate reasonably determined and
certified by the Issue and Paying Agent and expressed as a rate per annum as
reflecting its cost of funds for the time being in relation to the unpaid
amount.
4.06 The Issuer shall, in relation to each Tranche of Instruments which is
represented by a Temporary Global Instrument, ensure that there is delivered to
the Issue and Paying Agent not less than ten (five, in the case of an exchange
for the Permanent Global Instrument) Banking Days before the relevant Temporary
Global Instrument becomes exchangeable therefor, the Permanent Global Instrument
(in unauthenticated form, but executed by the Issuer and otherwise complete) in
relation thereto unless a master Permanent Global Instrument is to be used and
the Issuer has provided the relevant document to the Issue and Paying Agent
pursuant to Clause 4.02 or, as the case may be, the Definitive Instruments (in
unauthenticated form, but executed by the Issuer and otherwise complete) in
relation thereto. The Issue and Paying Agent shall authenticate and deliver
such Permanent Global Instrument or, as the case may be, Definitive Instruments
in accordance with the terms hereof and of the relevant Temporary Global
Instrument.
4.07 The Issuer shall, in relation to each Tranche of Instruments which is
represented by a Permanent Global Instrument in relation to which an exchange
notice has been given in accordance with the terms of such Permanent Global
Instrument or which is due to be exchanged in accordance with its terms, ensure
that there is delivered to the Issue and Paying Agent not less than ten Banking
Days before the latest date on which the relevant notice period expires or, in
any event, on which such Permanent Global Instrument may be exchanged prior to
becoming void, the Definitive Instruments (in unauthenticated form but executed
by the Issuer and otherwise complete) in relation thereto. The Issue and Paying
Agent shall authenticate and deliver such Definitive Instruments in accordance
with the terms hereof and of the relevant Permanent Global Instrument.
4.08 Where any Definitive Instruments are to be delivered in exchange for a
Temporary Global Instrument or a Permanent Global Instrument, the Issue and
Paying Agent shall ensure that (i) in the case of Definitive Instruments with
Coupons attached, such Definitive Instruments shall have attached thereto only
such Coupons as shall ensure that neither loss nor gain of interest shall accrue
to the bearer thereof; (ii) in the case of Instalment Instruments which are
Definitive Instruments with Receipts, such Definitive Instruments shall have
attached thereto only such Receipts in respect of Instalment Amounts as shall
not then have been paid; and (iii) in the case of Instalment Instruments which
are Definitive Instruments without Receipts, any Instalment Amounts that shall
have then been paid shall be noted on the grid endorsed on such Definitive
Instruments.
4.09 The Issue and Paying Agent shall hold in safe custody all unauthenticated
Temporary Global Instruments, Permanent Global Instruments or Definitive
Instruments (including any Coupons attached thereto) delivered to it in
accordance with this Section 4 and Section 5 and shall ensure that the same (or,
in the case of a master Global Instrument copies thereof) are authenticated and
<PAGE>
delivered only in accordance with the terms hereof and, if applicable, the
relevant Instrument. The Issuer shall ensure that each of the Issue and Paying
Agent and the Replacement Agent (as defined in Clause 5.01) holds sufficient
Instruments, Receipts or Coupons to fulfil its respective obligations under
Section 4 and Section 5 and each of the Issue and Paying Agent and the
Replacement Agent undertakes to notify the Issuer if it holds insufficient
Instruments, Receipts or Coupons for such purposes.
4.10 The Issue and Paying Agent is authorised by the Issuer to authenticate such
Temporary Global Instruments, Permanent Global Instruments, or, as the case may
be, Definitive Instruments as may be required to be authenticated hereunder by
the signature of any of its officers or any other person duly authorised for the
purpose by the Issue and Paying Agent.
4.11 On each occasion on which a portion of a Temporary Global Instrument or a
Permanent Global Instrument is exchanged for a portion of a Permanent Global
Instrument or, as the case may be, for Definitive Instruments, the Issue and
Paying Agent shall note or procure that there is noted on the Schedule to the
Temporary Global Instrument or, as the case may be, Permanent Global Instrument
the aggregate principal amount thereof so exchanged and the remaining principal
amount of the Temporary Global Instrument or, as the case may be, Permanent
Global Instrument (which shall be the previous principal amount thereof less
(or, in the case of a Permanent Global Instrument in respect of an exchange of a
portion of a Temporary Global Instrument for a Permanent Global Instrument,
plus) the aggregate principal amount so exchanged) and shall procure the
signature of such notation on its behalf. The Issue and Paying Agent shall
cancel or procure the cancellation of each Temporary Global Instrument or, as
the case may be, Permanent Global Instrument against surrender of which it has
made full exchange for a Permanent Global Instrument or Definitive Instruments.
4.12 The Issuer shall, in relation to any Definitive Instruments to which a
Talon is attached upon the initial delivery thereof, on each occasion on which a
Talon becomes exchangeable for further Coupons, not less than five Banking Days
before the date on which the final Coupon comprised in any Coupon sheet (which
includes a Talon) matures ("TALON EXCHANGE DATE"), ensure that there is
delivered to the Issue and Paying Agent such number of Coupon sheets as may be
required in order to enable the Paying Agents to fulfil their obligation under
Clause 4.13 hereof.
4.13 The relevant Paying Agent shall, against the presentation and surrender of
any Talon, on or after the Talon Exchange Date in respect of such Talon, deliver
a Coupon sheet provided that if any Talon is presented and surrendered for
exchange to a Paying Agent and the Replacement Agent (as defined in Clause 5.01)
has delivered a replacement therefor such Paying Agent shall forthwith notify
the Issuer of such presentation and surrender and shall not exchange against the
same unless and until it is so instructed by the Issuer. After making such
exchange, the Paying Agent shall cancel each Talon surrendered to it and in
respect of which a Coupon sheet shall have been delivered and shall (if such
Paying Agent is not the Issue and Paying Agent) deliver the same to the Issue
and Paying Agent.
4.14 The Issuer undertakes to notify the Issue and Paying Agent of any changes
in the identity of the Dealers appointed generally in respect of the Programme
and the Issue and Paying Agent agrees to notify the other Paying Agents thereof
as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.
4.15 In the case of Partly Paid Instruments, on each occasion that payment is
made to the Issuer in accordance with the Terms and Conditions of any Partly
Paid Instalment in respect of any
<PAGE>
Instruments, the Issue and Paying Agent shall note or procure that there is
noted on the Schedule to the relevant Global Instrument (i) the aggregate
principal amount of such payment, and (ii) the increased principal amount of the
relevant Instrument (which shall be the previous principal amount plus the
amount referred to at (i) above) and shall procure the signature of such
notation on its behalf.
4.16 In the case of Partly Paid Instruments, on each occasion on which any
Instruments are to be forfeited, the Issuer will give notice thereof to the
Issue and Paying Agent of the aggregate principal amount of Instruments which
are to be forfeited.
4.17 In the case of Partly Paid Instruments, on each occasion on which any
Instruments are forfeited, the Issue and Paying Agent shall note or procure that
there is noted on the Schedule to the Temporary Global Instrument or Permanent
Global Instrument, the aggregate principal amount so forfeited and the remaining
principal amount of the Temporary Global Instrument or Permanent Global
Instrument and shall procure the signature of such notation on its behalf. The
Issue and Paying Agent shall cancel or procure the cancellation of each
Temporary Global Instrument or, as the case may be, Permanent Global Instrument
in respect of which all the Instruments represented thereby have been forfeited.
SECTION 5. REPLACEMENT INSTRUMENTS
5.01 The Issue and Paying Agent or, as the case may be in respect of any
Instruments, the Paying Agent named in the relevant Pricing Supplement (in such
capacity "REPLACEMENT AGENT") shall, upon and in accordance with the
instructions (which instructions may, without limitation, include terms as to
the payment of expenses and as to evidence, security and indemnity) of the
Issuer but not otherwise, authenticate and deliver a Temporary Global
Instrument, Permanent Global Instrument, Definitive Instrument, Receipt or
Coupon, as the case may be, as a replacement for any of the same which has been
mutilated or defaced or which has or has been alleged to have been destroyed,
stolen or lost Provided that no Temporary Global Instrument, Permanent Global
Instrument, Definitive Instrument, Receipt or Coupon, as the case may be, shall
be delivered as a replacement for any of the same which has been mutilated or
defaced otherwise than against surrender of the same.
5.02 Each replacement Temporary Global Instrument, Permanent Global Instrument,
Definitive Instrument, Receipt or Coupon delivered hereunder shall bear a unique
serial number and be in a form otherwise identical to the Instrument it so
replaces.
5.03 The Replacement Agent shall cancel each mutilated or defaced Temporary
Global Instrument, Permanent Global Instrument, Definitive Instrument, Receipt
or Coupon surrendered to it and in respect of which a replacement has been
delivered.
5.04 The Replacement Agent shall notify the Issuer and the other Paying Agents
of the delivery by it in accordance herewith of any replacement Temporary Global
Instrument, Permanent Global Instrument, Definitive Instrument, Receipt or
Coupon, specifying the serial number thereof and the serial number (if any and
if known) of the Instrument which it replaces and confirming (if such be the
case) that the Instrument which it replaces has been cancelled.
5.05 Unless the Issuer instructs otherwise, the Replacement Agent shall destroy
each mutilated or defaced Temporary Global Instrument, Permanent Global
Instrument, Definitive Instrument, Receipt or Coupon surrendered to and
cancelled by it and in respect of which a replacement has been
<PAGE>
delivered and shall, as soon as reasonably practicable but not later than three
months after such destruction, furnish the Issuer with a certificate as to such
destruction and specifying the serial numbers of the Temporary Global
Instrument, Permanent Global Instrument and Definitive Instruments
(distinguishing between different denominations) in numerical sequence and the
total number by payment or maturity date of Receipts and Coupons (distinguishing
Talons) as destroyed.
SECTION 6. PAYMENTS TO THE ISSUE AND PAYING AGENT
6.01 In order to provide for the payment of interest and principal or, as the
case may be, any other amount payable in respect of the Instruments of each
Series as the same shall become due and payable, the Issuer shall pay to the
Issue and Paying Agent on or before the date on which such payment becomes due
an amount equal to the amount of principal or, as the case may be, interest
(including for this purpose any amounts remaining payable in respect of
uncancelled Coupons pertaining to Definitive Instruments which have been
cancelled following their purchase in accordance with the Terms and Conditions)
then becoming due in respect of such Instruments or any other amount payable.
6.02 Each amount payable by the Issuer under Clause 6.01 shall be paid
unconditionally by credit transfer in the currency in which the Instruments of
the relevant Series are denominated or, if different, payable and in immediately
available, freely transferable funds not later than 10.00 a.m. (local time) on
the relevant day to such account with such bank as the Issue and Paying Agent
may by notice to the Issuer have specified for the purpose. The Issuer shall,
before 10.00 a.m. (local time) on the second local banking day before the due
date of each payment by it under Clause 6.01, confirm to the Issue and Paying
Agent by tested telex that it has given irrevocable instructions for the
transfer of the relevant funds to the Issue and Paying Agent and the name and
the account of the bank through which such payment is being made.
6.03 The Issue and Paying Agent shall be entitled to deal with each amount paid
to it hereunder in the same manner as other amounts paid to it as a banker by
its customers provided that:
(a) it shall not against the Issuer exercise any lien, right of set-off or
similar claim in respect thereof; and
(b) it shall not be liable to any person for interest thereon.
6.04 All moneys paid to the Issue and Paying Agent by the Issuer in respect of
any Instrument shall be held by the Issue and Paying Agent from the moment when
such moneys are received until the time of actual payment thereof, for the
persons entitled thereto, to apply the same in accordance with Section 7 and it
shall not be obliged to repay any such amount unless or until claims against the
Issuer in respect of the relevant Instruments are prescribed or the obligation
to make the relevant payment becomes void or ceases in accordance with the Terms
and Conditions, in which event it shall repay, as soon as practicable, to the
Issuer such portion of such amount as relates to such claim or payment by paying
the same by credit transfer to such account with such bank as the Issuer may by
notice to the Issue and Paying Agent have specified for the purpose.
6.05 If the Issue and Paying Agent has not, (a) by 1.00 p.m. (local time) on the
second local banking day before the due date of any payment to it under Clause
6.01, received notification of the relevant payment confirmation referred to in
Clause 6.02 it shall forthwith notify the Issuer or (b) by
<PAGE>
10.00 (a.m.) (local time) on the due date of any payment received the full
amount payable under Clause 6.01 it shall forthwith notify the Issuer and the
Paying Agents thereof. If the Issue and Paying Agent subsequently receives
notification of such payment instructions or payment of the amount due, it shall
forthwith notify the Issuer and the Paying Agents thereof.
SECTION 7. PAYMENTS TO HOLDERS OF INSTRUMENTS
7.01 Each Paying Agent acting through its specified office shall make payments
of interest or, as the case may be, principal in respect of Instruments in
accordance with the Terms and Conditions applicable thereto (and, in the case of
a Temporary Global Instrument or a Permanent Global Instrument, the terms
thereof) Provided that:
(a) if any Temporary Global Instrument, Permanent Global Instrument,
Definitive Instrument, Receipt or Coupon is presented or surrendered
for payment to any Paying Agent and such Paying Agent has delivered a
replacement therefor or has been notified that the same has been
replaced, such Paying Agent shall forthwith notify the Issuer of such
presentation or surrender and shall not make payment against the same
until it is so instructed by the Issuer and has received the amount to
be so paid;
(b) a Paying Agent shall not be obliged (but shall be entitled) to make
such payments if it is not able to establish that the Issue and Paying
Agent has received (whether or not at the due time) the full amount of
the relevant payment due to it under Clause 6.01;
(c) each Paying Agent shall cancel or procure the cancellation of each
Temporary Global Instrument, Permanent Global Instrument, Definitive
Instrument (in the case of early redemption, together with such
unmatured Receipts or Coupons or unexchanged Talons as are attached to
or are surrendered with it at the time of such redemption), Receipt
or, as the case may be, Coupon against surrender of which it has made
full payment and shall (if such Paying Agent is not the Issue and
Paying Agent) deliver or procure the delivery of each Temporary Global
Instrument, Permanent Global Instrument, Definitive Instrument
(together with as aforesaid) Receipt or Coupon so cancelled by it to
the Issue and Paying Agent; and
(d) in the case of payment of principal or, as the case may be, interest
against presentation of a Temporary Global Instrument or a Permanent
Global Instrument or in the case of payment of an Instalment Amount in
respect of an Instalment Instrument against presentation of a
Definitive Instrument without Receipts, the relevant Paying Agent
shall note or procure that there is noted on the Schedule thereto (or,
in the absence of a Schedule, on the face thereof) the amount of such
payment and, in the case of payment of principal, the remaining
principal amount of the relevant Instrument (which shall be the
previous principal amount less the principal amount in respect of
which payment has then been paid) and shall procure the signature of
such notation on its behalf.
7.02 None of the Paying Agents shall exercise any lien, right of set-off or
similar claim against any person to whom it makes any payment under Clause 7.01
in respect thereof, nor shall any commission or expense be charged by it to any
such person in respect thereof.
<PAGE>
7.03 If a Paying Agent other than the Issue and Paying Agent makes any payment
in accordance with Clause 7.01:
(a) it shall notify the Issue and Paying Agent of the amount so paid by
it, the serial number of the Temporary Global Instrument, Permanent
Global Instrument, Definitive Instrument or Coupon against
presentation or surrender of which payment of principal or interest
was made and the number of Coupons by maturity against which payment
of interest was made; and
(b) subject to and to the extent of compliance by the Issuer with Clause
6.01 (whether or not at the due time), the Issue and Paying Agent
shall reimburse such Paying Agent for the amount so paid by it by
payment out of the funds received by it under Clause 6.01 of an amount
equal to the amount so paid by it by paying the same by credit
transfer to such account with such bank as such Paying Agent may by
notice to the Issue and Paying Agent have specified for the purpose.
7.04 If the Issue and Paying Agent makes any payment in accordance with Clause
7.01, it shall be entitled to appropriate for its own account out of the funds
received by it under Clause 6.01 an amount equal to the amount so paid by it.
7.05 If any Paying Agent makes a payment in respect of Instruments at a time at
which the Issue and Paying Agent has not received the full amount of the
relevant payment due to it under Clause 6.01, and the Issue and Paying Agent is
not able out of the funds received by it under Clause 6.01 to reimburse such
Paying Agent therefor (whether by payment under Clause 7.03 or appropriation
under Clause 7.04), the Issuer shall from time to time on demand pay to the
Issue and Paying Agent for the account of such Paying Agent:
(a) the amount so paid out by such Paying Agent and not so reimbursed to
it; and
(b) interest on such amount from the date on which such Paying Agent made
such payment until the date of reimbursement of such amount,
Provided that any payment made under paragraph (a) above shall satisfy pro tanto
the Issuer's obligations under Clause 6.01.
7.06 Interest shall accrue for the purpose of paragraph (b) of Clause 7.05 (as
well after as before judgment) on the basis of a year of 360 days (365 days (366
days in the case of a leap year) in the case of an amount in sterling) and the
actual number of days elapsed and at the rate per annum which is the aggregate
of one per cent. per annum and the rate per annum specified by the Issue and
Paying Agent as reflecting its cost of funds for the time being in relation to
the unpaid amount.
7.07 If at any time and for any reason a Paying Agent makes a partial payment in
respect of any Temporary Global Instrument, Permanent Global Instrument,
Definitive Instrument or Coupon surrendered for payment to it, such Paying Agent
shall endorse thereon (and, in the case of an Instalment Instrument which is a
Definitive Instrument, on the relevant Receipt) a statement indicating the
amount and date of such payment.
<PAGE>
SECTION 8. MISCELLANEOUS DUTIES OF THE ISSUE AND PAYING AGENT AND THE PAYING
AGENTS
CANCELLATION, DESTRUCTION AND RECORDS
8.01 The Issue and Paying Agent shall:
(a) separately in respect of each Series of Instruments, maintain a record
of all Temporary Global Instruments, Permanent Global Instruments,
Definitive Instruments, Receipts and Coupons delivered hereunder and
of their redemption, payment, exchange, forfeiture (in the case of
Partly Paid Instruments), cancellation, mutilation, defacement,
alleged destruction, theft or loss or replacement Provided that no
record need be maintained of the serial numbers of Receipts or Coupons
(save insofar as that a record shall be maintained of the serial
numbers of unmatured Receipts and Coupons and/or unexchanged Talons
missing at the time of redemption or other cancellation of the
relevant Definitive Instruments and, in the case of Coupons, of any
subsequent payments against such Coupons) and shall send forthwith to
the other Paying Agents a list of any unmatured Receipts and Coupons
and/or unexchanged Talons missing upon redemption of the relevant
Definitive Instrument;
(b) separately in respect of each Series of Instruments, maintain a record
of all certifications received by it in accordance with the provisions
of any Temporary Global Instrument;
(c) upon request by the Issuer, inform the Issuer of the spot rate of
exchange quoted by it for the purchase of the currency in which the
relevant Instruments are denominated against payment of United States
dollars (or such other currency specified by the Issuer) on the date
on which the Relevant Agreement (as defined in the Dealership
Agreement) in respect of such Instruments was made; and
(d) make such records available for inspection at all reasonable times by
the Issuer and the other Paying Agents.
8.02 The Paying Agents shall make available to the Issue and Paying Agent such
information as may reasonably be required for the maintenance of the records
referred to in Clause 8.01.
8.03 The Issuer may from time to time deliver to the Issue and Paying Agent
Definitive Instruments and unmatured Coupons appertaining thereto for
cancellation, whereupon the Issue and Paying Agent shall cancel such Definitive
Instruments and Coupons. The Issuer may from time to time procure the delivery
to the Issue and Paying Agent of a Temporary Global Instrument or a Permanent
Global Instrument with instructions to cancel a specified aggregate principal
amount of Instruments represented thereby (which instructions shall be
accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the Issue and Paying Agent that the
Issuer is entitled to give such instructions) whereupon the Issue and Paying
Agent shall note or procure that there is noted on the Schedule to such
Temporary Global Instrument or Permanent Global Instrument the aggregate
principal amount of Instruments so to be cancelled and the remaining principal
amount thereof (which shall be the previous principal amount thereof less the
aggregate principal amount of the Instruments so cancelled) and shall procure
the
<PAGE>
signature of such notation on its behalf.
8.04 As soon as practicable (but in any event not later than three months) after
each interest or other payment date in relation to any Series of Instruments,
after each date on which Instruments are cancelled in accordance with Clause
8.03, and after each date on which the Instruments fall due for redemption, the
Issue and Paying Agent shall notify the Issuer and the other Paying Agents (on
the basis of the information available to it and distinguishing between the
Instruments of each Series) of the serial numbers of any Definitive Instruments
and/or the number of Coupons (by reference to maturity) against presentation or
surrender of which payment has been made and of the serial numbers of any
Definitive Instruments (distinguishing between different denominations) or, as
the case may be, Coupons which have not yet been presented or surrendered for
payment.
8.05 The Issue and Paying Agent may destroy each Temporary Global Instrument,
Permanent Global Instrument, Definitive Instrument, Receipt and Coupon delivered
to or cancelled by it in accordance with Clause 4.11, Clause 4.13, Clause 4.17,
paragraph (c) of Clause 7.01 or (where there is no principal amount remaining of
such Temporary Global Instrument or Permanent Global Instrument) delivered to
and cancelled by it in accordance with Clause 8.03, in which case it shall as
soon as reasonably practicable (but not later than 3 months after such
destruction) furnish the Issuer with a certificate as to such destruction
distinguishing between the Instruments of each Series and specifying the serial
numbers of the Temporary Global Instrument, Permanent Global Instrument and
Definitive Instruments in numerical sequence (and containing particulars of any
unmatured Receipts or Coupons and unexchanged Talons attached thereto or
surrendered therewith) and the total number by payment or maturity date of
Receipts and Coupons (distinguishing Talons) so destroyed.
MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF INSTRUMENTS
8.06 Each Paying Agent shall, at the request of the Holder of any Instrument
held in a clearing system issue voting certificates and block voting
instructions in a form and manner which comply with the provisions of the Fourth
Schedule (except that it shall not be required to issue the same less than
forty-eight hours before the time fixed for any meeting therein provided for)
and shall perform and comply with the provisions of the Fourth Schedule. Each
Paying Agent shall keep a full record of voting certificates and block voting
instructions issued by it and will give to the Issuer not less than twenty-four
hours before the time appointed for any meeting or adjourned meeting full
particulars of all voting certificates and block voting instructions issued by
it in respect of such meeting or adjourned meeting.
DOCUMENTS AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION
8.07 The Issuer shall provide to the Issue and Paying Agent for distribution
among the Paying Agents:
(a) specimen Instruments;
(b) sufficient copies of all documents required to be available for
inspection as provided in the Information Memorandum or, in relation
to any Instruments, the Terms and Conditions or Pricing Supplement in
respect of such Instruments; and
(c) in the event that the provisions of such Condition become relevant in
relation to any
<PAGE>
Instruments, the documents required under the Condition headed "Early
Redemption for Taxation Reasons".
8.08 Each Paying Agent shall make available for inspection during normal
business hours at its specified office such documents as may be specified as so
available at the specified office of such agent in the Information Memorandum
or, in relation to any Instruments, the Terms and Conditions or Pricing
Supplement in respect of such Instruments, or as may be required by any stock
exchange on which the Instruments may be listed and, without prejudice to the
generality of the foregoing, the Issue and Paying Agent and the Paying Agent
with its specified office in Luxembourg shall make available for inspection
during normal business hours at its specified office copies of the Information
Memorandum and all other documents listed in paragraph 4 of the General
Information section of the information memorandum addendum dated 24 October 1997
and, in the event that the provisions of such Condition become relevant, the
certificate required in the Condition headed "Early Redemption for Taxation
Reasons".
NOTIFICATIONS AND FILINGS
8.9 The Issue and Paying Agent shall (on behalf of the Issuer) make all
necessary notifications and filings as may be required from time to time in
relation to the issue, purchase and redemption of Instruments by all applicable
laws, regulations and guidelines and, in particular but without limitation,
those promulgated by, Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities, in the
case of Instruments denominated in or linked to Japanese Yen, the Bank of
England, in the case of Instruments denominated in or linked to Pounds Sterling,
the Tresor, in the case of Instruments denominated in or linked to French Francs
and the Deutsche Bundesbank, in the case of Instruments denominated in or linked
to Deutsche Marks.
Save as aforesaid, the Issuer shall be solely responsible for ensuring that each
Instrument to be issued or other transactions to be effected hereunder shall
comply with all applicable laws and regulations of any governmental or other
regulatory authority in connection with any Instrument and that all necessary
consents and approvals of, notifications to and registrations and filings with,
any such authority in connection therewith are effected, obtained and maintained
in full force and effect.
INDEMNITY
8.10 Each of the Paying Agents shall severally indemnify the Issuer against any
claim, demand, action, liability, damages, cost, loss or expense (including,
without limitation, legal fees and any applicable value added tax) which it may
incur, otherwise than by reason of the Issuer's own negligence or wilful
misconduct, as a result or arising out of or in relation to any breach by such
Paying Agent of the terms of this Agreement or such Paying Agent's own
negligence or wilful misconduct.
NOTICES
8.11 The Issue and Paying Agent agrees with the Issuer that, to the extent that
it is notified by each relevant Dealer that the distribution of the Instruments
of any Tranche is complete, it will notify the relevant Dealers of the
completion of distribution of the Instruments of any Tranche which are sold to
or through more than one Dealer.
<PAGE>
8.12 The Issue and Paying Agent shall immediately notify the Issuer of any
notice delivered to it declaring an Instrument due and payable by reason of an
Event of Default or requiring any breach of any provision of the Issue and
Paying Agency Agreement or the Terms and Conditions applicable to any Tranche of
Instruments to be remedied.
8.13 The Issue and Paying Agent shall, upon and in accordance with the
instructions of the Issuer but not otherwise, arrange for the publication in
accordance with the Terms and Conditions of any notice which is to be given to
the Holders of any Instruments and shall supply a copy thereof to each other
Paying Agent.
ECU
8.14 If, in respect of any Series of Instruments denominated in ECU, a payment
is to be made in the Selected Currency, the Issue and Paying Agent shall:
(a) without liability on its part, choose the Selected Currency as
provided in Condition 9C and shall forthwith notify the Issuer and the
Paying Agents thereof; and
(b) promptly perform the other duties required of it under Condition 9C.
SECTION 9. EARLY REDEMPTION AND EXERCISE OF OPTIONS
9.01 If the Issuer intends (other than consequent upon an Event of Default) to
redeem all or any of the Instruments prior to their stated maturity date or to
exercise any other option under the Terms and Conditions, it shall, not less
than 14 days prior to the latest date for the publication of the notice of
redemption or of exercise of the Issuer's option required to be given to the
Holders of any Instruments, give notice of such intention to the Issue and
Paying Agent stating the date on which such Instruments are to be redeemed or
such option is to be exercised.
9.02 In respect of any Instruments which carry any right of redemption or other
right exercisable at the option of the Holders of such Instruments, the Issuer
will provide the Paying Agents with copies of the form of the current redemption
notice or exercise notice and the Paying Agents will make available forms of the
current redemption notice or exercise notice to Holders of Instruments upon
request during usual business hours at their respective specified offices. Upon
receipt of any Instrument deposited in the exercise of such option, the Paying
Agent with which such Instrument is deposited shall hold such Instrument
(together with, in the case of a Definitive Instrument, any Receipts and/or
Coupons relating to it deposited with it) on behalf of the depositing Holder of
such Instrument (but shall not, save as provided below, release it) until the
due date for redemption of the relevant Instrument consequent upon the exercise
of such option, or, as the case may be, the date upon which the exercise of such
option takes effect when, in the case of redemption and subject as provided
below, it shall present such Instrument (and any such Receipts and/or Coupons)
to itself for payment in accordance with the Terms and Conditions and shall pay
such moneys in accordance with the directions of the Holder of the Instrument
contained in the relevant redemption notice. In the case of an exercise of any
other option, the relevant Paying Agent shall take such steps as may be required
to be taken by it in the Terms and Conditions. If, prior to such due date for
its redemption or the date upon which the exercise of such option takes effect,
an Event of Default occurs in respect of such Instrument or if upon due
presentation payment of such redemption moneys is improperly withheld or
refused, the Paying Agent concerned shall, without prejudice to the exercise of
such
<PAGE>
option, mail such Instrument (together with any such Receipts and/or Coupons) by
uninsured post to, and at the risk of, the Holder of the relevant Instrument at
such address as may have been given by such Holder in the relevant redemption
notice.
9.03 At the end of any applicable period for the exercise of such option or, as
the case may be, not later than 7 days after the latest date for the exercise of
such option in relation to a particular date, each Paying Agent shall promptly
notify the Issue and Paying Agent of the principal amount of the Instruments in
respect of which such option has been exercised with it together with their
serial numbers and the Issue and Paying Agent shall promptly notify such details
to the Issuer.
SECTION 10. APPOINTMENT AND DUTIES OF THE CALCULATION AGENT
APPOINTMENT
10.01 The Issuer appoints the Issue and Paying Agent at its specified office as
Calculation Agent in relation to each Series of Instruments in respect of which
it is named as such in the relevant Pricing Supplement(s) for the purposes
specified in this Agreement and in the Terms and Conditions and all matters
incidental thereto.
10.02 The Issue and Paying Agent accepts its appointment as Calculation Agent
in relation to each Series of Instruments in respect of which it is named as
such in the relevant Pricing Supplement(s) and shall perform all matters
expressed to be performed by it in, and otherwise comply with, the Terms and
Conditions and the provisions of this Agreement and, in connection therewith,
shall take all such action as may be incidental thereto. The Issue and Paying
Agent acknowledges and agrees that it shall be named in the relevant Pricing
Supplement(s) as Calculation Agent in respect of each Series of Instruments
unless the Dealer (or one of the Dealers) through whom such Instruments are
issued has agreed with the Issuer to act as Calculation Agent or the Issuer
otherwise agrees to appoint another institution as Calculation Agent.
CALCULATIONS AND DETERMINATIONS
10.03 The Calculation Agent shall in respect of each Series of Instruments in
relation to which it is appointed as such:
(a) obtain such quotes and rates and/or make such determinations,
calculations, adjustments, notifications and publications as may be
required to be made by it by the Terms and Conditions at the times and
otherwise in accordance with the Terms and Conditions; and
(b) maintain a record of all quotations obtained by it and of all amounts,
rates and other items determined or calculated by it and make such
record available for inspection at all reasonable times by the Issuer
and the Paying Agents.
INDEMNITY
10.04 The Calculation Agent shall indemnify the Issuer against any claim,
demand, action, liability, damages, cost, loss or expense (including, without
limitation, legal fees and any applicable value
<PAGE>
added tax) which it may incur, otherwise than by reason of the Issuer's own
negligence or wilful misconduct, as a result or arising out of or in relation to
any breach by the Calculation Agent of the terms of this Agreement or the
Calculation Agent's own negligence or wilful misconduct.
SECTION 11. FEES AND EXPENSES
11.01 The Issuer shall pay to the Issue and Paying Agent for account of the
Paying Agents such fees as may have been agreed between the Issuer and the Issue
and Paying Agent in respect of the services of the Paying Agents hereunder (plus
any applicable value added tax). The Issuer shall pay to any Calculation Agent
such fees as may have been agreed between the Issuer and such Calculation Agent
in respect of its services hereunder (plus any applicable value added tax).
11.02 The Issuer shall on demand reimburse the Issue and Paying Agent, each
Paying Agent and each Calculation Agent for all expenses (including, without
limitation, legal fees and any publication, advertising, communication, courier,
postage and other out-of-pocket expenses) incurred in connection with its
services hereunder (plus any applicable value added tax).
11.03 The Issuer shall pay all stamp, registration and other taxes and duties
(including any interest and penalties thereon or in connection therewith) which
may be payable upon or in connection with the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and any letters of appointment under which any Paying Agent or
Calculation Agent is appointed as agent hereunder, and shall indemnify each
Paying Agent and each Calculation Agent (each an "INDEMNIFIED PARTY") against
any claim, demand, action, liability, damages, cost, loss or expense (including,
without limitation, legal fees and any applicable value added tax) which it may
incur as a result or arising out of or in relation to any failure to pay or
delay in paying any of the same. The foregoing indemnity shall extend also to
the employees, officers, directors and agents of such indemnified party and to
any person controlling any indemnified party (within the meaning of the
Securities Act).
SECTION 12. TERMS OF APPOINTMENT
12.01 Each of the Paying Agents and (in the case of (d), (e) and (f)) each
Calculation Agent may, in connection with its services hereunder:
(a) except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or as required
by law or opposition procedures for Instruments registered with
SICOVAM, in particular French Decree No. 56-27 of 11 January 1956 as
amended by French Decree No. 93-225 of 16 February 1993 relating to
lost and stolen securities and notwithstanding any notice to the
contrary or any memorandum thereon, treat the bearer of any Instrument
or Coupon as the absolute owner thereof and make payments thereon
accordingly;
(b) assume that the terms of each Instrument, Receipt or Coupon as issued
are correct;
(c) refer any question relating to the ownership of any Instrument,
Receipt or Coupon or the adequacy or sufficiency of any evidence
supplied in connection with the replacement of any Instrument, Receipt
or Coupon to the Issuer for determination by the Issuer and rely upon
any determination so made;
<PAGE>
(d) rely upon the terms of any notice, communication or other document
reasonably believed by it to be genuine;
(e) engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers or other
experts whose advice or services may to it seem necessary and rely
upon any advice so obtained (and such Paying Agent or, as the case may
be, such Calculation Agent shall be protected and shall incur no
liability as against the Issuer in respect of any action taken, or
suffered to be taken, in accordance with such advice and in good
faith); and
(f) treat itself as being released from any obligation to take any action
hereunder which it reasonably expects will result in any expense or
liability to it, the payment of which within a reasonable time is not,
in its reasonable opinion, assured to it.
12.02 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary expressed or implied herein
(other than in Clause 6.04 hereof) or in the Terms and Conditions applicable to
any Instruments, none of the Paying Agents nor any Calculation Agent shall, in
connection with their or its services hereunder, be under any fiduciary duty
towards any person other than the Issuer, be responsible for or liable in
respect of the authorisation, validity or legality of any Instrument, Receipt or
Coupon issued or paid by it hereunder or any act or omission of any other person
(including, without limitation, any other party hereto and, in the case of the
Calculation Agent, any bank from whom any quote may have been obtained) or be
under any obligation towards any person other than the Issuer and, in the case
of the Paying Agents, the other Paying Agents.
12.03 Each Paying Agent and Calculation Agent may purchase, hold and dispose of
Instruments or Coupons and may enter into any transaction (including, among
other transactions, any depositary, trust or agency transaction) with any
Holders or owners of any Instruments or Coupons or with any other party hereto
in the same manner as if it had not been appointed as the agent of the Issuer in
relation to the Instruments.
12.04 The Issuer shall indemnify each Paying Agent and each Calculation Agent
(each, an "INDEMNIFIED PARTY") against any claim, demand, action, liability,
damages, cost, loss or expense (including, without limitation, legal fees and
any applicable value added tax) which it may incur, other than such costs and
expenses as are separately agreed to be reimbursed out of the fees payable under
Clause 11.01 and otherwise than by reason of its own negligence or wilful
misconduct or breach of the terms of this Agreement, as a result or arising out
of or in relation to its acting as the agent of the Issuer in relation to the
Instruments. The foregoing indemnity shall extend also to the employees,
officers, directors and agents of such indemnified party and to any person
controlling any indemnified party (within the meaning of the Securities Act).
SECTION 13. CHANGES IN AGENTS
13.01 Any Paying Agent or Calculation Agent may resign its appointment as the
agent of the Issuer hereunder and/or in relation to any Series of Instruments
upon the expiration of not less than thirty days' notice to that effect by such
Paying Agent or Calculation Agent to the Issuer (with a copy, if necessary, to
the Issue and Paying Agent) Provided, however, that:
(a) in relation to any Series of Instruments any such notice which would
otherwise expire within thirty days before or after the maturity date
of such Series or any interest or
<PAGE>
other payment date in relation to any such Series shall be deemed, in
relation to such Series only, to expire on the thirtieth day following
such maturity date or, as the case may be, such interest or other
payment date; and
(b) in respect of any Series of Instruments, in the case of the Issue and
Paying Agent or the Calculation Agent, the only remaining Paying Agent
with its specified office in a continental European city or, so long
as such Instruments are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange
and/or any other stock exchange, the Paying Agent with its specified
office in Luxembourg and/or in such other place as may be required by
such other stock exchange, in the circumstances described in Condition
9A.04, the Paying Agent with its specified office in New York City,
such resignation shall not be effective until a successor thereto has
been appointed by the Issuer as the agent of the Issuer in relation to
such Series of Instruments or in accordance with Clause 13.05 and
notice of such appointment has been given in accordance with the Terms
and Conditions.
13.02 The Issuer may revoke its appointment of any Paying Agent or Calculation
Agent as its agent hereunder and/or in relation to any Series of Instruments by
not less than thirty days' notice to that effect to such Paying Agent or, as the
case may be, Calculation Agent Provided, however, that in respect of any Series
of Instruments, in the case of the Issue and Paying Agent or the Calculation
Agent, the only remaining Paying Agent with its specified office in a
continental European city or, so long as such Instruments are listed on the
Luxembourg Stock Exchange and/or any other stock exchange, the Paying Agent with
its specified office in Luxembourg and/or in such other place as may be required
by such other stock exchange, in the circumstances described in Condition 9A.04,
the Paying Agent with its specified office in New York City, such revocation
shall not be effective until a successor thereto has been appointed by the
Issuer as the agent of the Issuer in relation to such Series of Instruments and
notice of such appointment has been given in accordance with the Terms and
Conditions.
13.03 The appointment of any Paying Agent or Calculation Agent as the agent of
the Issuer hereunder and in relation to each relevant Series of Instruments
shall terminate forthwith if any of the following events or circumstances shall
occur or arise, namely: such Paying Agent or, as the case may be, Calculation
Agent becomes incapable of acting; such Paying Agent or, as the case may be,
Calculation Agent is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; such Paying Agent or, as
the case may be, Calculation Agent files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or
makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors or consents to the
appointment of a receiver, administrator or other similar official of all or any
substantial part of its property or admits in writing its inability to pay or
meet its debts as they mature or suspends payment thereof; a resolution is
passed or an order is made for the winding-up or dissolution of such Paying
Agent or, as the case may be, Calculation Agent; a receiver, administrator or
other similar official of such Paying Agent or, as the case may be, Calculation
Agent or of all or any substantial part of its property is appointed; an order
of any court is entered approving any petition filed by or against such Paying
Agent or, as the case may be, Calculation Agent under the provisions of any
applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law; or any public officer takes charge or
control of such Paying Agent or, as the case may be, Calculation Agent or of its
property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or
liquidation.
13.04 The Issuer may (and shall where necessary to comply with the Terms and
Conditions) appoint substitute or additional agents in relation to the
Instruments and shall forthwith notify the other parties
<PAGE>
hereto thereof, whereupon the parties hereto and such substitute or additional
agents shall thereafter have the same rights and obligations among them as would
have been the case had they then entered into an agreement in the form mutatis
mutandis of this Agreement.
13.05 If, in relation to any Series of Instruments, any Paying Agent or
Calculation Agent gives notice of its resignation in accordance with Clause
13.01, the provisions of paragraph (b) of Clause 13.01 apply and by the tenth
day before the expiration of such notice a successor to such Paying Agent or, as
the case may be, Calculation Agent as the agent of the Issuer in relation to
such Instruments has not been appointed by the Issuer, such Paying Agent or, as
the case may be, Calculation Agent may itself, following such consultation with
the Issuer as may be practicable in the circumstances, appoint as its successor
any reputable and experienced bank or financial institution (which will ensure
compliance with the Terms and Conditions) and give notice of such appointment in
accordance with the Terms and Conditions, whereupon the parties hereto and such
successor agent shall thereafter have the same rights and obligations among them
as would have been the case had they then entered into an agreement in the form
mutatis mutandis of this Agreement.
13.06 Upon any resignation or revocation becoming effective under this Section
13, the relevant Paying Agent or, as the case may be, Calculation Agent shall:
(a) be released and discharged from its obligations under this Agreement
(save that it shall remain entitled to the benefit of and subject to
and bound by (as appropriate) the provisions of Clause 8.10, Clause
10.04, Clause 11.03, Section 12 and this Section 13);
(b) repay to the Issuer such part of any fee paid to it in accordance with
Clause 11.01 as may be agreed between the relevant Paying Agent or, as
the case may be, Calculation Agent and the Issuer;
(c) in the case of the Issue and Paying Agent, deliver to the Issuer and
to the successor Issue and Paying Agent a copy, certified as true and
up-to-date by an officer of the Issue and Paying Agent, of the records
maintained by it in accordance with Section 8;
(d) in the case of a Calculation Agent, deliver to the Issuer and to the
successor Calculation Agent a copy, certified as true and up-to-date
by an officer of such Calculation Agent of the records maintained by
it in accordance with Clause 10.03; and
(e) forthwith (upon payment to it of any amount due to it in accordance
with Section 11 or Clause 12.04) transfer all moneys and papers
(including any unissued Temporary Global Instruments, Permanent Global
Instruments, Definitive Instruments, Receipts, Coupons or Talons) held
by it hereunder to its successor in that capacity and, upon
appropriate notice, provide reasonable assistance to such successor
for the discharge by it of its duties and responsibilities hereunder.
13.07 Any corporation into which any Paying Agent or Calculation Agent may be
merged or converted, any corporation with which any Paying Agent or Calculation
Agent may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger,
conversion or consolidation to which any Paying Agent or Calculation Agent shall
be a party, shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be the
<PAGE>
successor to such Paying Agent or, as the case may be, Calculation Agent as
agent of the Issuer hereunder and in relation to the Instruments without any
further formality, whereupon the parties hereto and such successor agent shall
thereafter have the same rights and obligations among them as would have been
the case had they then entered into an agreement in the form mutatis mutandis of
this Agreement. Notice of any such merger, conversion or consolidation shall
forthwith be given by such successor to the Issuer and the other parties hereto
and in accordance with Condition 14.
13.08 If any Paying Agent or Calculation Agent decides to change its specified
office (which may only be effected within the same city) it shall give notice to
the Issuer (with a copy, if necessary, to the Issue and Paying Agent) of the
address of the new specified office stating the date on which such change is to
take effect, which date shall be not less than thirty days after the date of
such notice. The relevant Paying Agent or Calculation Agent shall at its own
expense not less than fourteen days prior to the date on which such change is to
take effect (unless the appointment of the relevant Paying Agent or Calculation
Agent is to terminate pursuant to any of the foregoing provisions of this
Section 13 on or prior to the date of such change) publish or cause to be
published notice thereof in accordance with the Terms and Conditions.
SECTION 14. NOTICES
All notices and communications hereunder shall be made in writing (by letter,
telex or fax), shall be effective upon receipt by the addressee and shall be
sent as follows:
(a) if to the Issuer to it at:
Address: c/o Capital One Services, Inc.
2980 Fairview Park Drive
Suite 1400
Falls Church
Virginia 22042
Fax: + 703 205 1748
Attention: Director of Capital Markets
(b) if to a Paying Agent, to the Issue and Paying Agent at:
Address: 60 Victoria Embankment
London EC4Y 4JP
Telex: 896631 MGT G
Fax: +44 171 325 0522
Attention: Global Trust & Agency Services
(or in the case of a Issue and Paying Agent not originally a party
hereto, specified by notice to the other parties hereto at or about
the time of its appointment as the agent of the Issuer)
(c) if to a Calculation Agent to it at the address, fax or telex number
specified by notice to the other parties hereto at or about the time
of its appointment as the agent of the
<PAGE>
Issuer
or, in any case, to such other address, telex number or fax number or for the
attention of such other person or department as the addressee has by prior
notice to the sender specified for the purpose.
SECTION 15. LAW AND JURISDICTION
15.01 This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with,
the laws of the State of New York and, to the extent applicable, U.S. Federal
law.
15.02 Each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees that the courts of England
shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or proceedings,
and to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection with this
Agreement (respectively, "PROCEEDINGS" and "DISPUTES") and, for such purposes,
irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts.
15.03 Each of the parties hereto further agrees that the courts of the State of
New York and the United States District Court located in the Borough of
Manhattan in New York shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any
Proceedings and to settle any Disputes and, for such purposes, irrevocably
submits to the jurisdiction of such courts.
15.04 The Issuer irrevocably waives any objection which it might now or
hereafter have to the courts referred to in Clauses 15.02 and 15.03 being
nominated as the forum to hear and determine any Proceedings and to settle any
Disputes and agrees not to claim that any such court is not a convenient or
appropriate forum.
15.05 The Issuer agrees that the process by which any Proceedings are begun may
be served on it by being delivered (a) in connection with any Proceedings in
England, to Capital One Bank, 18 Hanover Square, third floor, London W1R 9DA and
(b) in connection with any Proceedings in New York, to CSC - The United States
Corporation Company, 80 State Street, Sixth Floor, Albany, NY 12207 or other its
principal place of business in New York from time to time being. If the
appointment of either of the persons mentioned in this Clause ceases to be
effective, the Issuer shall forthwith appoint a further person in England or, as
the case may be, in New York, to receive service of process on its behalf and,
failing such appointment within fifteen days, the Issue and Paying Agent, shall
be entitled to appoint such a person by notice to the Issuer. Nothing contained
herein shall affect the right of any party to serve process in any other manner
permitted by applicable law.
15.06 The submission to the jurisdiction of the courts referred to in Clauses
15.02 and 15.03 shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right
of any Paying Agent or Calculation Agent to take Proceedings against the Issuer
in any other court of competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of Proceedings
in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of Proceedings in any other
jurisdiction (whether concurrently or not) if and to the extent permitted by
applicable law.
SECTION 16. MODIFICATION
For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement may be amended by further agreement
among the parties hereto and without the consent of the Holders of any of the
Instruments.
SECTION 17. COUNTERPARTS
<PAGE>
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different
parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be
deemed to be an original and all of which when so executed shall constitute one
and the same binding agreement between the parties.
AS WITNESS the hands of the duly authorised representatives of the parties
hereto the day and year first before written.
<PAGE>
THE FIRST SCHEDULE
FORM OF TEMPORARY GLOBAL INSTRUMENT
Series Number:[ ]
Serial Number:[ ]
[Tranche Number:[ ]]
THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE
UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "SECURITIES ACT"). NEITHER THIS
GLOBAL NOTE NOR ANY PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED
STATES OR TO ANY U.S. PERSON UNLESS AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT IS AVAILABLE.
CAPITAL ONE BANK
(Incorporated in the State of Virginia, United States of America)
PROGRAMME FOR THE ISSUANCE OF DEBT INSTRUMENTS
TEMPORARY GLOBAL INSTRUMENT
representing up to
[AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF TRANCHE]
[TITLE OF INSTRUMENTS]
This global Instrument is a Temporary Global Instrument without interest coupons
issued in respect of an issue of [aggregate principal amount of Tranche] in
aggregate principal amount of [title of Instruments] (the "INSTRUMENTS") by
Capital One Bank (the "ISSUER").
This Temporary Global Instrument is issued pursuant to an Issue and Paying
Agency Agreement (as supplemented, amended or replaced, the "ISSUE AND PAYING
AGENCY AGREEMENT") dated 24 October 1997 and made between the Issuer and Morgan
Guaranty Trust Company of New York, London office in its capacity as fiscal
agent (the "ISSUE AND PAYING AGENT", which expression shall include any
successor to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, London office in its
capacity as such), and certain other financial institutions named therein.
Words and expressions defined in the Terms and Conditions (as defined in the
Issue and Paying Agency Agreement) and the Issue and Paying Agency Agreement
shall have the same meanings in this Temporary Global Instrument.
The Issuer for value received promises, all in accordance with the "Terms and
Conditions" to pay to the bearer upon presentation or, as the case may be,
surrender hereof in respect of each Instrument for the time being from time to
time represented hereby, on the maturity date specified in the Terms and
Conditions or on such earlier date as any such Instrument may become due and
payable in accordance with the Terms and Conditions, the Redemption Amount or,
in the case of Instalment Instruments, in respect of each such Instrument for
the time being from time to time represented
<PAGE>
hereby, such Instalment Amounts on such dates as may be specified in the Terms
and Conditions or, if any such Instrument shall become due and payable on any
other date, the Redemption Amount and, in respect of each such Instrument, to
pay interest and all other amounts as may be payable pursuant to the Terms and
Conditions, all subject to and in accordance therewith.
Except as specified herein, the bearer of this Temporary Global Instrument is
entitled to the benefit of the Terms and Conditions and of the same obligations
on the part of the Issuer as if such bearer were the bearer of the Instruments
represented hereby and to the benefit of those provisions of the Terms and
Conditions (and the obligations on the part of the Issuer contained therein)
applicable specifically to Temporary Global Instruments, and all payments under
and to the bearer of this Temporary Global Instrument shall be valid and
effective to satisfy and discharge the corresponding liabilities of the Issuer
in respect of the Instruments.
Subject as provided in the Terms and Conditions with respect to Partly Paid
Instruments, this Temporary Global Instrument is exchangeable in whole or in
part for a Permanent Global Instrument or for Definitive Instruments. An
exchange for a Permanent Global Instrument or, as the case may be, Definitive
Instruments will be made only on or after the Exchange Date (specified in the
Terms and Conditions) and upon presentation or, as the case may be, surrender of
this Temporary Global Instrument to the Issue and Paying Agent at its specified
office and upon and to the extent of delivery to the Issue and Paying Agent of a
certificate or certificates issued by Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York,
Brussels office, as operator of the Euroclear System (the "EUROCLEAR SYSTEM") or
Cedel Bank, societe anonyme ("CEDEL BANK") or by any other relevant clearing
system and dated not earlier than the Exchange Date in substantially the form
set out in Annex I hereto or, as the case may be, in the form that is
customarily issued in such circumstances by such other clearing system. Any
Definitive Instruments will be made available for collection by the persons
entitled thereto at the specified office of the Issue and Paying Agent.
The Issuer undertakes to procure that the relevant Permanent Global Instrument
or Definitive Instruments will be duly issued in accordance with the Terms and
Conditions, the provisions hereof and of the Issue and Paying Agency Agreement.
The bearer of this Temporary Global Instrument shall not (unless, upon due
presentation of this Temporary Global Instrument for exchange (in whole or in
part) for a Permanent Global Instrument or for delivery of Definitive
Instruments, such exchange or delivery is improperly withheld or refused and
such withholding or refusal is continuing at the relevant payment date) be
entitled to receive any payment in respect of the Instruments represented by
this Temporary Global Instrument which falls due on or after the Exchange Date
or be entitled to exercise any option on a date after the Exchange Date.
Payments of interest otherwise falling due before the Exchange Date will be made
only upon presentation of this Temporary Global Instrument at the specified
office of any of the Paying Agents outside (unless Condition 9A.04 of the Terms
and Conditions applies) the United States and upon and to the extent of delivery
to the relevant Paying Agent of a certificate or certificates issued by the
Euroclear System or Cedel Bank or by any other relevant clearing system and
dated not earlier than the relevant interest payment date in substantially the
form set out in Annex II hereto or, as the case may be, in the form that is
customarily issued in such circumstances by such other clearing system.
In the event that (i) this Temporary Global Instrument is not duly exchanged,
whether in whole or in
<PAGE>
part, for a Permanent Global Instrument or, as the case may be, Definitive
Instruments by 6.00 p.m. (London time) on the thirtieth day after the time at
which the preconditions to such exchange are first satisfied or (ii) an Event of
Default occurs in respect of any Instruments of the relevant Series and such
Instruments are not duly redeemed (or the funds required for such redemption are
not available to the Issue and Paying Agent for the purposes of effecting such
redemption and remain available for such purpose) by 6.00 p.m. (London time) on
the thirtieth day after the day on which such Instrument became immediately
redeemable, each Holder or its successors or assigns may, without the consent
and to the exclusion of the bearer hereof, file any claim, take any action or
institute any proceeding to enforce, directly against the Issuer, the obligation
of the Issuer hereunder to pay any amount due in respect of each Instrument
represented by this Temporary Global Instrument which is credited to such
Holder's securities account with a clearing agent as fully as though such
Instrument were evidenced by a Definitive Instrument without the production of
this Temporary Global Instrument, provided that the bearer hereof shall not
theretofore have filed a claim, taken action or instituted proceedings to
enforce the same in respect of such Instrument. The face amount of this
Temporary Global Instrument shall be reduced by the face amount, if any, of each
Instrument represented hereby in respect of which full settlement has occurred
as a result of any such claim, action or proceeding by such relevant
accountholders or their successors or assigns.
On any occasion on which a payment of interest is made in respect of this
Temporary Global Instrument, the Issuer shall procure that the same is noted on
the Schedule hereto.
On any occasion on which a payment of principal is made in respect of this
Temporary Global Instrument or on which this Temporary Global Instrument is
exchanged in whole or in part as aforesaid or on which Instruments represented
by this Temporary Global Instrument are to be cancelled or (in the case of
Partly Paid Instruments) forfeited, the Issuer shall procure that (i) the
aggregate principal amount of the Instruments in respect of which such payment
is made (or, in the case of a partial payment, the corresponding part thereof)
or which are delivered in definitive form or which are to be exchanged for a
permanent global instrument or which are to be cancelled or forfeited and (ii)
the remaining principal amount of this Temporary Global Instrument (which shall
be the previous principal amount hereof less the amount referred to at (i)
above) are noted on the Schedule hereto, whereupon the principal amount of this
Temporary Global Instrument shall for all purposes be as most recently so noted.
On each occasion on which an option is exercised in respect of any Instruments
represented by this Temporary Global Instrument, the Issuer shall procure that
the appropriate notations are made on the Schedule hereto.
In the case of Partly Paid Instruments, on each occasion that payment is made to
the Issuer in accordance with the Terms and Conditions of any Partly Paid
Instalment in respect of the Instruments represented by this Temporary Global
Instrument, the Issuer shall procure that (i) the aggregate principal amount of
such payment and (ii) the increased principal amount of this Temporary Global
Instrument (which shall be the previous principal amount hereof plus the amount
referred to at (i) above) are noted on the Schedule hereto, whereupon the
principal amount of this Temporary Global Instrument shall for all purposes be
as most recently so noted.
This Temporary Global Instrument is governed by, and shall be construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York and, to the extent
applicable, U.S. Federal law.
<PAGE>
This Temporary Global Instrument shall not be valid for any purpose until
authenticated for and on behalf of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York,
London office as fiscal agent.
AS WITNESS the [facsimile/manual] signature of a duly authorised officer [a duly
authorised attorney on behalf] of the Issuer.
<PAGE>
THE SCHEDULE
PAYMENTS, DELIVERY OF DEFINITIVE INSTRUMENTS,
EXCHANGE FOR PERMANENT GLOBAL INSTRUMENT, EXERCISE OF OPTIONS, FORFEITURE
(IN THE CASE OF PARTLY PAID INSTRUMENTS) AND CANCELLATION OF INSTRUMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Date of Aggregate Amount of Amount of Aggregate Aggregate Aggregate Aggregate Remaining Authorised
payment, amount of interest principal principal principal principal principal principal signature of
delivery, Partly Paid then paid then paid amount of amount of amount of amount in amount of the Issue and
exchange, Instalments Definitive this Instruments respect of this Paying Agent
exercise of then paid (in Instruments Temporary then which Temporary
option (and the case of then delivered Global cancelled or, option is Global
date upon Partly Paid Instrument in the case of exercised Instrument
which exercise Instruments) then Partly Paid
is effective), exchanged Instruments,
forfeiture or for the forfeited
cancellation Permanent
Global
Instrument
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
CAPITAL ONE BANK
By: [manual/facsimile signature]
(duly authorised)
ISSUED in London as of [ ] 19[ ]
AUTHENTICATED for and on behalf of
MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
OF NEW YORK, LONDON OFFICE
as fiscal agent without recourse,
warranty or liability
By: [manual signature]
(duly authorised)
<PAGE>
ANNEX I
[Form of certificate to be given in relation to exchanges of this Temporary
Global Instrument for the Permanent Global Instrument or Definitive
Instruments:]
CAPITAL ONE BANK
[AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT AND TITLE OF INSTRUMENTS]
(THE "SECURITIES")
This is to certify that, based solely on certifications we have received in
writing, by tested telex or by electronic transmission from member
organisations appearing in our records as persons being entitled to a
portion of the principal amount set forth below (our "MEMBER
ORGANISATIONS") substantially to the effect set forth in the Issue and
Paying Agency Agreement as of the date hereof, [ ] principal amount of the
above-captioned Securities (i) is owned by persons that are not citizens or
residents of the United States, domestic partnerships, domestic
corporations or any estate or trust the income of which is subject to
United States Federal income taxation regardless of its source ("UNITED
STATES PERSONS"), (ii) is owned by United States persons that (a) are
foreign branches of United States financial institutions (as defined in
U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.165-12(c)(1)(v) ("FINANCIAL
INSTITUTIONS")) purchasing for their own account or for resale, or (b)
acquired the Securities through and are holding through on the date hereof
(as such terms "acquired through" and "holding through" are described in
U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.163-5(c) (2)(i)(D)(6)) foreign branches
of United States financial institutions (and in either case (a) or (b),
each such United States financial institution has agreed, on its own behalf
or through its agent, that we may advise the Issuer or the Issuer's agent
that it will comply with the requirements of Section 165(j)(3)(A), (B) or
(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations
thereunder), or (iii) is owned by United States or foreign financial
institutions for purposes of resale during the restricted period (as
defined in U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D)(7)), and
to the further effect that United States or foreign financial institutions
described in clause (iii) above (whether or not also described in clause
(i) or (ii)) have certified that they have not acquired the Securities for
purposes of resale directly or indirectly to a United States person or to a
person within the United States or its possessions.
As used herein, "UNITED STATES" means the United States of America
(including the States and the District of Columbia); and its "POSSESSIONS"
include Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, Wake
Island and the Northern Mariana Islands.
We further certify (i) that we are not making available herewith for
exchange (or, if relevant, exercise of any rights or collection of any
interest) any portion of the Temporary Global security excepted in such
certifications and (ii) that as of the date hereof we have not received any
notification from any of our Member Organisations to the effect that the
statements made by such Member Organisations with respect to any portion of
the part submitted herewith for exchange (or, if relevant, exercise of any
rights or collection of any interest) are no longer true and cannot be
relied upon as at the date hereof.
We understand that this certification is required in connection with
certain tax laws and, if applicable, certain securities laws of the United
States. In connection therewith, if
<PAGE>
administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in
connection with which this certification is or would be relevant, we
irrevocably authorise you to produce this certification to any interested
party in such proceedings.
Date: [ ]/1/
Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels office, as Operator of
the Euroclear System/Cedel Bank, societe anonyme]
By: [authorised signature]
_______________________________________________________________________________
/1/ To be dated not earlier than the Exchange Date.
<PAGE>
ANNEX II
[Form of certificate to be given in relation to payments of interest falling due
before the Exchange Date:]
CAPITAL ONE BANK
[AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT AND TITLE OF INSTRUMENTS]
(THE "SECURITIES")
This is to certify that, based solely on certifications we have received in
writing, by tested telex or by electronic transmission from member
organisations appearing in our records as persons being entitled to a
portion of the principal amount set forth below (our "MEMBER
ORGANISATIONS") substantially to the effect set forth in the Issue and
Paying Agency Agreement as of the date hereof, [ ] principal amount of the
above-captioned Securities (i) is owned by persons that are not citizens or
residents of the United States, domestic partnerships, domestic
corporations or any estate or trust the income of which is subject to
United States Federal income taxation regardless of its source ("UNITED
STATES PERSONS"), (ii) is owned by United States persons that (a) are
foreign branches of United States financial institutions (as defined in
U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.165-12(c)(1)(v) ("FINANCIAL
INSTITUTIONS")) purchasing for their own account or for resale, or (b)
acquired the Securities through and are holding through on the date hereof
(as such terms "acquired through" and "holding through" are described in
U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.163-5(c) (2)(i)(D)(6)) foreign branches
of United States financial institutions (and in either case (a) or (b),
each such United States financial institution has agreed, on its own behalf
or through its agent, that we may advise the Issuer or the Issuer's agent
that it will comply with the requirements of Section 165(j)(3)(A), (B) or
(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations
thereunder), or (iii) is owned by United States or foreign financial
institutions for purposes of resale during the restricted period (as
defined in U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D)(7)), and
to the further effect that United States or foreign financial institutions
described in clause (iii) above (whether or not also described in clause
(i) or (ii)) have certified that they have not acquired the Securities for
purposes of resale directly or indirectly to a United States person or to a
person within the United States or its possessions.
[As used herein, "UNITED STATES" means the United States of America
(including the States and the District of Columbia); and its "POSSESSIONS"
include Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, Wake
Island and the Northern Mariana Islands.]
We further certify (i) that we are not making available herewith for
exchange (or, if relevant, exercise of any rights or collection of any
interest) any portion of the Temporary Global security excepted in such
certifications and (ii) that as of the date hereof we have not received any
notification from any of our Member Organisations to the effect that the
statements made by such Member Organisations with respect to any portion of
the part submitted herewith for exchange (or, if relevant, exercise of any
rights or collection of any interest) are no longer true and cannot be
relied upon as at the date hereof.
We understand that this certification is required in connection with
certain tax laws and, if applicable, certain securities laws of the United
States. In connection therewith, if
<PAGE>
administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in
connection with which this certification is or would be relevant, we
irrevocably authorise you to produce this certification to any interested
party in such proceedings.
Date: [ ]/2/
[MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, BRUSSELS OFFICE, as Operator of
the Euroclear System/Cedel Bank, societe anonyme]
By: [authorised signature]
________________________________________________________________________________
/2/ To be dated not earlier than the relevant interest payment date.
<PAGE>
ANNEX III
[Form of account holder's certification referred to in the preceding
certificates:]
CAPITAL ONE BANK
[AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT AND TITLE OF INSTRUMENTS]
(THE "SECURITIES")
This is to certify that as of the date hereof, and except as set forth
below, the above-captioned Securities held by you for our account (i) are
owned by persons that are not citizens or residents of the United States,
domestic partnerships, domestic corporations or any estate or trust the
income of which is subject to the United States Federal income taxation
regardless of its source ("UNITED STATES PERSONS"), (ii) are owned by
United States person(s) that (a) are foreign branches of a United States
financial institution (as defined in U.S. Treasury Regulations Section
1.165-12(c)(1)(v)) ("FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS") purchasing for their own
account or for resale, or (b) acquired the Securities through and are
holding through on the date hereof (as such terms "acquired through" and
"holding through" are described in U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.163-
5(c) (2)(i) (D)(6)) foreign branches of United States financial
institutions (and in either case (a) or (b), each such United States
financial institution hereby agrees, on its own behalf or through its
agent, that you may advise the issuer or the issuer's agent that it will
comply with the requirements of Section 165(j)(3)(A), (B) or (C) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder),
or (iii) are owned by United States or foreign financial institution(s) for
purposes of resale during the restricted period (as defined in U.S.
Treasury Regulations Section 1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D)(7)), and in addition if
the owner of the Securities is a United States or foreign financial
institution described in clause (iii) above (whether or not also described
in clause (i) or (ii)) this is further to certify that such financial
institution has not acquired the Securities for purposes of resale directly
or indirectly to a United States person or to a person within the United
States or its possessions.
As used herein, "UNITED STATES" means the United States of America
(including the States and the District of Columbia); and its "POSSESSIONS"
include Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, Wake
Island and the Northern Mariana Islands.
We undertake to advise you promptly by tested telex on or prior to the date
on which you intend to submit your certification relating to the Securities
held by you for our account in accordance with your operating procedures if
any applicable statement herein is not correct on such date, and in the
absence of any such notification it may be assumed that this certification
applies as of such date.
This certification excepts and does not relate to [ ] of such interest in
the above Securities in respect of which we are not able to certify and as
to which we understand exchange and delivery of definitive Securities (or,
if relevant, exercise of any rights or collection of any interest) cannot
be made until we do so certify.
We understand that this certification is required in connection with
certain tax laws and, if applicable, certain securities laws of the United
States. In connection therewith, if administrative or legal proceedings are
commenced or threatened in connection with which this
<PAGE>
certification is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorise you to
produce this certification to any interested party in such proceedings.
Date: [ ]/3/
[ACCOUNT HOLDER] AS OR AS AGENT FOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THE
INSTRUMENTS.
By: [authorised signature]
______________________________________________________________________________
/3/ To be dated not earlier than fifteen days before the Exchange Date or,
as the case may be the relevant interest payment date.
<PAGE>
THE SECOND SCHEDULE
FORM OF PERMANENT GLOBAL INSTRUMENT
Series Number: [ ]
Serial Number: [ ]
[Tranche Number: [ ]]
ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO
LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS
PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.
CAPITAL ONE BANK
(incorporated in the State of Virginia, United States of America)
PROGRAMME FOR THE ISSUANCE OF DEBT INSTRUMENTS
PERMANENT GLOBAL INSTRUMENT
representing up to
[AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF TRANCHE]
[TITLE OF INSTRUMENTS]
This global instrument is a Permanent Global Instrument without interest coupons
issued in respect of an issue of [aggregate principal amount of Tranche] in
aggregate principal amount of [title of Instruments] (the "INSTRUMENTS") by
Capital One Bank (the "ISSUER").
This Permanent Global Instrument is issued pursuant to an Issue and Paying
Agency Agreement (as supplemented, amended or replaced, the "ISSUE AND PAYING
AGENCY AGREEMENT") dated 24 October 1997 and made between the Issuer and Morgan
Guaranty Trust Company of New York, London office in its capacity as fiscal
agent (the "ISSUE AND PAYING AGENT", which expression shall include any
successor to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, London Office in its
capacity as such), and certain other financial institutions named therein.
Words and expressions defined in the Terms and Conditions (as defined in the
Issue and Paying Agency Agreement) and the Issue and Paying Agency Agreement
shall have the same meanings in this Permanent Global Instrument.
The Issuer for value received promises, all in accordance with the Terms and
Conditions, to pay to the bearer upon presentation or, as the case may be,
surrender hereof in respect of each Instrument for the time being from time to
time represented hereby, on the maturity date specified in the Terms and
Conditions or on such earlier date as any such Instrument may become due and
payable in accordance with the Terms and Conditions, the Redemption Amount or,
in the case of Instalment Instruments, in respect of each such Instrument for
the time being from time to time represented hereby, such Instalment Amounts on
such dates as may be specified in the Terms and Conditions or,
<PAGE>
if any such Instrument shall become due and payable on any other date, the
Redemption Amount and, in respect of each such Instrument, to pay interest and
all other amounts as may be payable pursuant to the Terms and Conditions, all
subject to and in accordance therewith.
Except as specified herein, the bearer of this Permanent Global Instrument is
entitled to the benefit of the Terms and Conditions and of the same obligations
on the part of the Issuer as if such bearer were the bearer of the Instruments
represented hereby and to the benefit of those Terms and Conditions (and the
obligations on the part of the Issuer contained therein) applicable specifically
to Permanent Global Instruments, and all payments under and to the bearer of
this Global Instrument shall be valid and effective to satisfy and discharge the
corresponding liabilities of the Issuer in respect of the Instruments.
Interests in this Permanent Global Instrument will be exchanged (subject to the
period allowed for delivery as set out in (i) below), in whole but not in part
only and at the request of the bearer hereof, for Definitive Instruments (a) if
Euroclear or Cedel Bank or any other relevant clearing system including SICOVAM
is closed for business for a continuous period of 14 days (other than by reason
of legal holidays) or announces an intention permanently to cease business or
(b) any of the circumstances described in Condition 7 occurs or, (c) if so
requested by the bearer hereof. Whenever this Permanent Global Instrument is to
be exchanged for Definitive Instruments, the Issuer shall procure the prompt
delivery of such Definitive Instruments, duly authenticated and where and to the
extent applicable, with Receipts, Coupons and Talons attached in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the principal amount of this Permanent Global
Instrument to the bearer hereof against its surrender at the specified office of
the Issue and Paying Agent within 30 days of the bearer requesting such
exchange. Furthermore, if,
(i) Definitive Instruments have not been delivered in accordance with the
foregoing by 5.00 p.m. (London time) on the thirtieth day after the
bearer has requested exchange, or
(ii) the Permanent Global Instrument (or any part thereof) has become due
and payable in accordance with the Conditions or the date for final
redemption of the Permanent Global Instrument has occurred and, in
either case, payment in full of the amount of the Redemption Amount (as
defined in Condition 6.10) together with all accrued interest thereon
has not been made to the bearer in accordance with the Conditions on
the due date for payment,
then each Holder or its successors or assigns may, without the consent and to
the exclusion of the bearer hereof, file any claim, take any action or institute
any proceeding to enforce, directly against the Issuer, the obligation of the
Issuer hereunder to pay any amount due in respect of each Instrument represented
by this Permanent Global Instrument which is credited to such Holder's
securities account with a clearing agent as fully as though such Instrument were
evidenced by a Definitive Instrument without the production of this Permanent
Global Instrument, provided that the bearer hereof shall not theretofore have
filed a claim, taken action or instituted proceedings to enforce the same in
respect of such Instrument. The face amount of this Permanent Global Instrument
shall be reduced by the face amount, if any, of each Instrument represented
hereby in respect of which full settlement has occurred as a result of any such
claim, action or proceeding by such relevant account holders or their successors
or assigns.
On any occasion on which a payment of interest is made in respect of this
Permanent Global
<PAGE>
Instrument, the Issuer shall procure that the same is noted on the Schedule
hereto.
On any occasion on which a payment of principal is made in respect of this
Permanent Global Instrument or on which this Permanent Global Instrument is
exchanged as aforesaid or on which any Instruments represented by this Permanent
Global Instrument are to be cancelled or (in the case of Partly Paid
Instruments) forfeited, the Issuer shall procure that (i) the aggregate
principal amount of the Instruments in respect of which such payment is made
(or, in the case of a partial payment, the corresponding part thereof) or which
are delivered in definitive form or which are to be cancelled or forfeited and
(ii) the remaining principal amount of this Permanent Global Instrument (which
shall be the previous principal amount hereof less the amount referred to at (i)
above) are noted on the Schedule hereto, whereupon the principal amount of this
Permanent Global Instrument shall for all purposes be as most recently so noted.
In the case of Partly Paid Instruments, on each occasion that payment is made to
the Issuer in accordance with the Terms and Conditions of any Partly Paid
Instalment in respect of the Instruments represented by this Permanent Global
Instrument, the Issuer shall procure that (i) the aggregate principal amount of
such payment and (ii) the increased principal amount of this Permanent Global
Instrument (which shall be the previous principal amount hereof plus the amount
referred to at (i) above) are noted on the Schedule hereto, whereupon the
principal amount of this Permanent Global Instrument shall for all purposes be
as most recently so noted.
On each occasion on which an option is exercised in respect of any Instruments
represented by this Permanent Global Instrument, the Issuer shall procure that
the appropriate notations are made on the Schedule hereto.
Insofar as the Temporary Global Instrument by which the Instruments were
initially represented has been exchanged in part only for this Permanent Global
Instrument and is then to be further exchanged as to the remaining principal
amount or part thereof for this Permanent Global Instrument, then upon
presentation of this Permanent Global Instrument to the Issue and Paying Agent
at its specified office and to the extent that the aggregate principal amount of
such Temporary Global Instrument is then reduced by reason of such further
exchange, the Issuer shall procure that (i) the aggregate principal amount of
the Instruments in respect of which such further exchange is then made and (ii)
the new principal amount of this Permanent Global Instrument (which shall be the
previous principal amount hereof plus the amount referred to at (i) above) are
noted on the Schedule hereto, whereupon the principal amount of this Permanent
Global Instrument shall for all purposes be as most recently noted.
This Permanent Global Instrument is governed by, and shall be construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York and, to the extent applicable,
U.S. Federal law.
This Permanent Global Instrument shall not be valid for any purpose until
authenticated for and on behalf of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York,
London office as fiscal agent.
AS WITNESS the [facsimile/manual] signature of a duly authorised officer of the
Issuer.
<PAGE>
THE SCHEDULE
PAYMENTS, DELIVERY OF DEFINITIVE INSTRUMENTS, FURTHER EXCHANGES OF
THE TEMPORARY GLOBAL INSTRUMENT, EXERCISE OF OPTIONS, FORFEITURE
(IN THE CASE OF PARTLY PAID INSTRUMENTS) AND CANCELLATION OF INSTRUMENTS
<TABLE>
=================================================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Date of payment, Amount of Amount of Aggregate amount Aggregate Aggregate
delivery, further interest then principal then of Partly Paid principal amount principal
exchange of Temporary paid paid Instalments, then of Definitive amount of Instruments
Global Instrument, paid (in the case Instruments then cancelled or,
exercise of option of Partly Paid then delivered in the case of
(and date upon which Instruments) Partly Paid
exercise is Instruments,
effective), forfeited
forfeiture or
cancellation
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
=================================================================================================================================
<CAPTION>
==================================================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Aggregate Aggregate Current Authorized
principal principal principal signature of the
amount of amount in amount of issue and
further respect of this Global Paying Agent
exchanges which option Instrument
of is exercised
Temporary
Global
Instrument
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
CAPITAL ONE BANK
By: [manual/facsimile signature]
(duly authorised)
ISSUED in London as of [ ] 19[ ]
AUTHENTICATED for and on behalf of
MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
OF NEW YORK, LONDON OFFICE
as fiscal agent without recourse,
warranty or liability
By: [manual signature]
(duly authorised)
EXCHANGE NOTICE
............................., being the bearer of this Global Instrument at the
time of its deposit with the Issue and Paying Agent at its specified office for
the purposes of the Instruments, hereby exercises the option set out above to
have this Global Instrument exchanged in whole for Definitive Instruments and
directs that such Definitive Instruments be made available for collection by it
from the Issue and Paying Agent's specified office.
By: ...............................
(duly authorised)
<PAGE>
THE THIRD SCHEDULE
FORM OF DEFINITIVE INSTRUMENT
[On the face of the Instrument:]
Series Number: [ ]
Serial Number: [ ]
[Tranche Number: [ ]]
[Denomination]
ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO
LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS
PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.
CAPITAL ONE BANK
(incorporated in the State of Virginia, United States of America)
Programme for the Issuance of Debt Instruments
[AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF TRANCHE]
[TITLE OF INSTRUMENTS]
Capital One Bank (the "ISSUER") for value received promises, all in accordance
with the terms and conditions endorsed hereon (the "TERMS AND CONDITIONS") to
pay to the bearer upon presentation or, as the case may be, surrender hereof on
the maturity date specified in the Terms and Conditions or on such earlier date
as the same may become payable in accordance therewith the Redemption Amount or,
if this Instrument is an Instalment Instrument, such Instalment Amounts on such
dates as may be specified in the Terms and Conditions or if this Instrument
shall become due and payable on any other date, the Redemption Amount and to pay
interest and all other amounts as may be payable pursuant to the Terms and
Conditions, all subject to and in accordance therewith.
Words and expressions defined in the Terms and Conditions shall have the same
meanings when used on the face of this Instrument.
This Instrument is issued pursuant to an Issue and Paying Agency Agreement (as
supplemented, amended or replaced, the "ISSUE AND PAYING AGENCY AGREEMENT")
dated 24 October 1997 and made between the Issuer and Morgan Guaranty Trust
Company of New York, London office in its capacity as fiscal agent (the "ISSUE
AND PAYING AGENT" which expression shall include any successor to Morgan
Guaranty Trust Company of New York, London office in its capacity as such) and
certain other financial institutions named therein.
<PAGE>
[This Instrument shall not/Neither this Instrument nor any of the interest
coupons[, talons or receipts] appertaining hereto shall] be valid for any
purpose until this Instrument has been authenticated for and on behalf of the
Issue and Paying Agent.
This Instrument is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the
laws of the State of New York and, to the extent applicable, U.S. Federal law.
AS WITNESS the manual/facsimile signature of a duly authorised officer on behalf
of the Issuer.
CAPITAL ONE BANK
By: [manual/facsimile signature]
(duly authorised)
ISSUED in London as of [ ] 19[ ]
AUTHENTICATED for and on behalf of
MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
OF NEW YORK, LONDON OFFICE
as fiscal agent
without recourse, warranty or liability
By: [manual signature]
[(duly authorised)]
<PAGE>
[On the reverse of the Instruments:]
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
[As contemplated in the Information Memorandum and as amended supplemented or
replaced by the relevant Pricing Supplement]
[At the foot of the Terms and Conditions:]
ISSUE AND PAYING AGENT
MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
60 Victoria Embankment
London EC4Y 0JP
PAYING AGENTS
MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK KREDIETBANK S.A. LUXEMBOURGEOISE
35 Avenue de Arts 43 Boulevard Royal
Brussels B-10
<PAGE>
FORMS OF COUPONS
[Attached to the Instruments (interest-bearing, fixed rate or fixed coupon
amount and having Coupons):]
[On the front of Coupon:]
CAPITAL ONE BANK
PROGRAMME FOR THE ISSUANCE OF DEBT INSTRUMENTS
[AMOUNT AND TITLE OF INSTRUMENTS]
Series No: [ ]
Serial Number of Instrument: [ ]
Tranche No: [ ]
Coupon for [set out the amount due] due on [date] [Interest Payment Date falling
in [month, year]]/4/
Such amount is payable (subject to the Terms and Conditions applicable to the
Instrument to which this Coupon appertains, which shall be binding on the Holder
of this Coupon whether or not it is for the time being attached to such
Instrument) against surrender of this Coupon at the specified office of the
Issue and Paying Agent or any of the Paying Agents set out on the reverse hereof
(or any other or further fiscal or paying agents and/or specified offices from
time to time designated for the purpose by notice duly given in accordance with
such Terms and Conditions).
[The attention of Couponholders is drawn to Condition 9A.05(i) of the Terms and
Conditions. The Instrument to which this Coupon appertains may, in certain
circumstances specified in such Terms and Conditions, fall due for redemption
before the due date in relation to this Coupon. In such event the Paying Agent
to which such Instrument is presented for redemption may determine, in
accordance with the aforesaid Condition 9A.05(i) that this Coupon is to become
void.]/5/
AS WITNESS the Issuer has caused this Coupon to be duly executed by the
manual/facsimile signature of a duly authorised officer on behalf of the Issuer.
[ ]
By: [manual/facsimile signature]
(duly authorised)
________________________________________________________________________________
/4/ Only necessary where Interest Payment Dates are subject to adjustment in
accordance with a Business Day Convention.
/5/ This wording is only required if the provisions of paragraph (i) of
Condition 9A.05 apply and the aggregate amount of interest payments due in
respect of the relevant Instrument exceeds the Redemption Amount due in
respect of such Instrument.
<PAGE>
ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO
LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS
PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.
<PAGE>
[Attached to the Instrument (interest-bearing, floating rate or variable coupon
amount and having Coupons):]
CAPITAL ONE BANK
PROGRAMME FOR THE ISSUANCE OF DEBT INSTRUMENTS
[AMOUNT AND TITLE OF INSTRUMENTS]
Series No: [ ]
Serial Number of Instrument: [ ]
Tranche No: [ ]
Coupon for the amount due on [date] [Interest Payment Date falling in [month,
year]]/6/
[Coupon relating to the Instrument in the principal amount of [ ]]/7/
Such amount is payable (subject to the Terms and Conditions applicable to the
Instrument to which this Coupon appertains, which shall be binding on the Holder
of this Coupon whether or not it is for the time being attached to such
Instrument) against surrender of this Coupon at the specified office of the
Issue and Paying Agent or any of the Paying Agents set out on the reverse hereof
(or any other or further fiscal or paying agents and/or specified offices from
time to time designated for the purpose by notice duly given in accordance with
such Terms and Conditions).
[The Instrument to which this Coupon appertains may, in certain circumstances
specified in such Terms and Conditions, fall due for redemption before the due
date in relation to this Coupon. In such event, this Coupon will become void
and no payment will be made in respect hereof.]/8/
AS WITNESS the Issuer has caused this Coupon to be duly executed by the
manual/facsimile signature of a duly authorised officer on behalf of the Issuer.
[ ]
By: [manual/facsimile signature]
(director/duly authorised)
_______________________________________________________________________
/6/ Only necessary where Interest Payment Dates are subject to adjustment in
accordance with a Business Day Convention.
/7/ This wording is only required for Instruments which are issued in more than
one denomination.
/8/ Delete if the provisions of paragraph (ii) of Condition 9A.05 do not apply.
<PAGE>
ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO
LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS
PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.
<PAGE>
[On the reverse of each Coupon:]
ISSUE AND PAYING MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
AGENT: 60 Victoria Embankment
London EC4Y 0JP
PAYING MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
AGENTS: 35 Avenue de Arts
Brussels B-1040
KREDIETBANK S.A. LUXEMBOURGEOISE
43 Boulevard Royal
L-2955 Luxembourg
<PAGE>
FORM OF TALON
CAPITAL ONE BANK
PROGRAMME FOR THE ISSUANCE OF DEBT INSTRUMENTS
[AMOUNT AND TITLE OF INSTRUMENTS]
Series No: [ ]
Serial Number of Instrument: [ ]
Tranche No: [ ]
Talon for further Coupons
ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO
LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS
PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.
After all the Coupons appertaining to the Instrument to which this Talon
appertains have matured, further Coupons [(including, where appropriate, a Talon
for further Coupons)] will be issued at the specified office of the Issue and
Paying Agent or any of the Paying Agents set out in the reverse hereof (or any
other or further paying agents and/or specified offices from time to time
designated by notice duly given in accordance with the Terms and Conditions
applicable to the Instrument to which this Talon appertains (which shall be
binding on the Holder of this Talon whether or not it is for the time being
attached to such Instrument)) upon production and surrender of this Talon upon
and subject to such Terms and Conditions.
Under the said Terms and Conditions, such Instrument may, in certain
circumstances, fall due for redemption before the original due date for exchange
of this Talon and in any such event this Talon shall become void and no exchange
shall be made in respect hereof.
<PAGE>
[On the reverse of each Talon:]
ISSUE AND PAYING MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
AGENT: 60 Victoria Embankment
London EC4Y 0JP
PAYING MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
AGENTS: 35 Avenue de Arts
Brussels B-1040
KREDIETBANK S.A. LUXEMBOURGEOISE
43 Boulevard Royal
L-2955 Luxembourg
<PAGE>
FORM OF RECEIPT
CAPITAL ONE BANK
PROGRAMME FOR THE ISSUANCE OF DEBT INSTRUMENTS
[AMOUNT AND TITLE OF INSTRUMENTS]
Series No: [ ]
Serial Number of Instrument: [ ]
Tranche No: [ ]
Receipt for the sum of [ ] being the instalment of principal payable in
accordance with the Terms and Conditions endorsed on the Instrument to which
this Receipt appertains on [ ].
This Receipt is issued subject to and in accordance with the Terms and
Conditions applicable to the Instrument to which this Receipt appertains which
shall be binding on the Holder of this Receipt whether or not it is for the time
being attached to such Instrument.
This Receipt must be presented for payment together with the Instrument to which
it appertains in accordance with the Terms and Conditions.
This Receipt is not and shall not in any circumstances be deemed to be a
document of title and if separated from the Instrument to which it appertains
will not represent any obligation of the Issuer. Accordingly, the presentation
of such Instrument without this Receipt or the presentation of this Receipt
without such Instrument will not entitle the Holder to any payment in respect of
the relevant instalment of principal.
If the Instrument to which this Receipt appertains shall have become due and
payable before the due date for payment of the instalment of principal relating
to this Receipt, this Receipt shall become void and no payment shall be made in
respect of it.
<PAGE>
THE FOURTH SCHEDULE
PROVISIONS FOR MEETINGS OF THE HOLDERS OF INSTRUMENTS
1. DEFINITIONS: In this Agreement and the Conditions, the following
expressions have the following meanings:
"BLOCK VOTING INSTRUCTION" means, in relation to any Meeting, a document in
the English language issued by a Paying Agent:
(a) certifying that certain specified Instruments (the "DEPOSITED
INSTRUMENTS") have been deposited with such Paying Agent (or to its
order at a bank or other depositary) or blocked in an account with a
clearing system and will not be released until the earlier of:
(i) the conclusion of the Meeting; and
(ii) the surrender to such Paying Agent, not less than 48 hours before
the time fixed for the Meeting (or, if the Meeting has been
adjourned, the time fixed for its resumption), of the receipt for
the deposited or blocked Instruments and notification thereof by
such Paying Agent to the Issuer;
(b) certifying that the depositor of each deposited Instrument or a duly
authorised person on its behalf has instructed the relevant Paying
Agent that the votes attributable to such deposited Instrument are to
be cast in a particular way on each resolution to be put to the
Meeting and that, during the period of 48 hours before the time fixed
for the Meeting, such instructions may not be amended or revoked;
(c) listing the total number and (if in definitive form) the certificate
numbers of the deposited Instruments, distinguishing for each
resolution between those in respect of which instructions have been
given to vote for, or against, the resolution; and
(d) authorising a named individual or individuals to vote in respect of
the deposited Instruments in accordance with such instructions;
"CHAIRMAN" means, in relation to any Meeting, the individual who takes the
chair in accordance with paragraph 7 (Chairman);
"EXTRAORDINARY RESOLUTION" means a resolution passed at a Meeting duly
convened and held in accordance with this Schedule by a majority of not
less than three quarters of the votes cast;
"MEETING" means a meeting of Holders (whether originally convened or
resumed following an adjournment);
"PROXY" means, in relation to any Meeting, a person appointed to vote under
a Block Voting Instruction other than:
<PAGE>
0.1 any such person whose appointment has been revoked and in relation to
whom the Issue and Paying Agent has been notified in writing of such
revocation by the time which is 48 hours before the time fixed for
such Meeting; and
(b) any such person appointed to vote at a Meeting which has been
adjourned for want of a quorum and who has not been re-appointed to
vote at the Meeting when it is resumed;
"RELEVANT FRACTION" means:
(a) for all business other than voting on an Extraordinary Resolution, one
tenth;
(b) for voting on any Extraordinary Resolution other than one relating to
a Reserved Matter, one more than half; and
(c) for voting on any Extraordinary Resolution relating to a Reserved
Matter, three quarters;
provided, however, that, in the case of a Meeting which has resumed after
adjournment for want of a quorum it means:
(i) for all business other than voting on an Extraordinary Resolution
relating to a Reserved Matter, the fraction of the Outstanding
Principal Amount of the Instruments represented or held by the Voters
actually present at the Meeting; and
(ii) for voting on any Extraordinary Resolution relating to a Reserved
Matter, one quarter;
"RESERVED MATTER" means any proposal:
0.1 to change any date fixed for payment of principal or interest in
respect of the Instruments, to reduce the amount of principal or
interest payable on any date in respect of the Instruments or to alter
the method of calculating the amount of any payment in respect of the
Instruments on redemption or maturity or the date for any such
payment;
(b) to effect the exchange or substitution of the Instruments for, or the
conversion of the Instruments into, shares, bonds or other obligations
or securities of the Issuer or any other person or body corporate
formed or to be formed;
(c) to change the currency in which amounts due in respect of the
Instruments are payable;
(d) to change the quorum required at any Meeting or the majority required
to pass an Extraordinary Resolution; or
(e) to amend this definition;
<PAGE>
"VOTER" means, in relation to any Meeting, the bearer of a Voting
Certificate, a Proxy or the bearer of a Definitive Instrument who produces
such Definitive Instrument at the Meeting;
"VOTING CERTIFICATE" means, in relation to any Meeting, a certificate in
the English language issued by a Paying Agent and dated in which it is
stated:
(a) that certain specified Instruments (the "DEPOSITED INSTRUMENTS") have
been deposited with such Paying Agent (or to its order at a bank or
other depositary) or blocked in an account with a clearing system and
will not be released until the earlier of:
(i) the conclusion of the Meeting; and
(ii) the surrender of such certificate to such Paying Agent; and
(b) that the bearer of such certificate is entitled to attend and vote at
the Meeting in respect of the deposited Instruments;
"WRITTEN RESOLUTION" means a resolution in writing signed by or on behalf
of all Holders of Instruments who for the time being are entitled to
receive notice of a Meeting in accordance with the provisions of this
Schedule, whether contained in one document or several documents in the
same form, each signed by or on behalf of one or more such holders of the
Instruments;
"24 HOURS" means a period of 24 hours including all or part of a day upon
which banks are open for business in both the places where the relevant
Meeting is to be held and in each of the places where the Paying Agents
have their Specified Offices (disregarding for this purpose the day upon
which such Meeting is to be held) and such period shall be extended by one
period or, to the extent necessary, more periods of 24 hours until there is
included as aforesaid all or part of a day upon which banks are open for
business as aforesaid; and
"48 HOURS" means 2 consecutive periods of 24 hours.
2. ISSUE OF VOTING CERTIFICATES AND BLOCK VOTING INSTRUCTIONS: The Holder of
an Instrument may obtain a Voting Certificate from any Paying Agent or require
any Paying Agent to issue a Block Voting Instruction by depositing such
Instrument with such Paying Agent or arranging for such Instrument to be (to its
satisfaction) held to its order or under its control or blocked in an account
with a clearing system not later than 48 hours before the time fixed for the
relevant Meeting. A Voting Certificate or Block Voting Instruction shall be
valid until the release of the deposited Instruments to which it relates. So
long as a Voting Certificate or Block Voting Instruction is valid, the bearer
thereof (in the case of a Voting Certificate) or any Proxy named therein (in the
case of a Block Voting Instruction) shall be deemed to be the Holder of the
Instruments to which it relates for all purposes in connection with the Meeting.
A Voting Certificate and a Block Voting Instruction cannot be outstanding
simultaneously in respect of the same Instrument.
3. REFERENCES TO DEPOSIT/RELEASE OF INSTRUMENTS: Where Instruments are
represented by a Global Instrument or are held in definitive form within a
clearing system, references to the deposit, or release, of Instruments shall be
construed in accordance with the usual practices (including
<PAGE>
blocking the relevant account) of such clearing system.
4. VALIDITY OF BLOCK VOTING INSTRUCTIONS: A Block Voting Instruction shall be
valid only if it is deposited at the Specified Office of the Issue and Paying
Agent, or at some other place approved by the Issue and Paying Agent, at least
24 hours before the time fixed for the relevant Meeting or the Chairman decides
otherwise before the Meeting proceeds to business. If the Issue and Paying
Agent requires, a notarised copy of each Block Voting Instruction and
satisfactory proof of the identity of each Proxy named therein shall be produced
at the Meeting, but the Issue and Paying Agent shall not be obliged to
investigate the validity of any Block Voting Instruction or the authority of any
Proxy.
5. CONVENING OF MEETING: The Issuer may convene a Meeting at any time, and
shall be obliged to do so upon the request in writing of Holder holding not less
than one tenth of the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Instruments.
6. NOTICE: At least 21 days' notice (exclusive of the day on which the notice
is given and of the day on which the relevant Meeting is to be held) specifying
the date, time and place of the Meeting shall be given to the Holder and the
Paying Agents (with a copy to the Issuer). The notice shall set out the full
text of any resolutions to be proposed and shall state that the Instruments may
be deposited with, or to the order of, any Paying Agent for the purpose of
obtaining Voting Certificates or appointing Proxies not later than 48 hours
before the time fixed for the Meeting.
7. CHAIRMAN: An individual (who may, but need not, be a Holder) nominated in
writing by the Issuer may take the chair at any Meeting but, if no such
nomination is made or if the individual nominated is not present within 15
minutes after the time fixed for the Meeting, those present shall elect one of
themselves to take the chair failing which, the Issuer may appoint a Chairman.
The Chairman of an adjourned Meeting need not be the same person as was the
Chairman of the original Meeting.
8. QUORUM: The quorum at any Meeting shall be at least two Voters
representing or holding not less than the Relevant Fraction of the Outstanding
Principal Amount of the Instruments; provided, however, that, so long as at
least the Relevant Fraction of the Outstanding Principal Amount of the
Instruments is represented by a Global Instrument, a single Proxy representing
the Holder thereof shall be deemed to be two Voters for the purpose of forming a
quorum.
9. ADJOURNMENT FOR WANT OF QUORUM: If within 15 minutes after the time fixed
for any Meeting a quorum is not present, then:
(a) in the case of a Meeting requested by Holder, it shall be dissolved;
and
(b) in the case of any other Meeting, it shall be adjourned for such
period (which shall be not less than 14 days and not more than 42
days) and to such place as the Chairman determines; provided, however,
that:
(i) the Meeting shall be dissolved if the Issuer so decides; and
(ii) no Meeting may be adjourned more than once for want of a quorum.
10. ADJOURNED MEETING: The Chairman may, with the consent of (and shall if
directed by) any
<PAGE>
Meeting, adjourn such Meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no
business shall be transacted at any adjourned Meeting except business which
might lawfully have been transacted at the Meeting from which the adjournment
took place.
11. NOTICE FOLLOWING ADJOURNMENT: Paragraph 6 (Notice) shall apply to any
Meeting which is to be resumed after adjournment for want of a quorum save that:
(a) 10 days' notice (exclusive of the day on which the notice is given and
of the day on which the Meeting is to be resumed) shall be sufficient;
and
(b) the notice shall specifically set out the quorum requirements which
will apply when the Meeting resumes.
It shall not be necessary to give notice of the resumption of a Meeting which
has been adjourned for any other reason.
12. PARTICIPATION: The following may attend and speak at a Meeting:
(a) Voters;
(b) representatives of the Issuer and the Issue and Paying Agent;
(c) the financial advisers of the Issuer;
(d) the legal counsel to the Issuer and the Issue and Paying Agent; and
(e) any other person approved by the Meeting.
13. SHOW OF HANDS: Every question submitted to a Meeting shall be decided in
the first instance by a show of hands. Unless a poll is validly demanded before
or at the time that the result is declared, the Chairman's declaration that on a
show of hands a resolution has been passed, passed by a particular majority,
rejected or rejected by a particular majority shall be conclusive, without proof
of the number of votes cast for, or against, the resolution.
14. POLL: A demand for a poll shall be valid if it is made by the Chairman, the
Issuer or one or more Voters representing or holding not less than one fiftieth
of the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Instruments. The poll may be taken
immediately or after such adjournment as the Chairman directs, but any poll
demanded on the election of the Chairman or on any question of adjournment shall
be taken at the Meeting without adjournment. A valid demand for a poll shall not
prevent the continuation of the relevant Meeting for any other business as the
Chairman directs.
15. VOTES: Every Voter shall have:
(a) on a show of hands, one vote; and
(b) on a poll, the number of votes obtained by dividing that fraction of
the Outstanding Principal of the Instruments represented or held by
him by the lowest denomination of the Instruments.
<PAGE>
In the case of a voting tie the Chairman shall have a casting vote.
Unless the terms of any Block Voting Instruction state otherwise, a Voter shall
not be obliged to exercise all the votes to which he is entitled or to cast all
the votes which he exercises in the same way.
16. VALIDITY OF VOTES BY PROXIES: Any vote by a Proxy in accordance with the
relevant Block Voting Instruction shall be valid even if such Block Voting
Instruction or any instruction pursuant to which it was given has been amended
or revoked, provided that the Issue and Paying Agent has not been notified in
writing of such amendment or revocation by the time which is 24 hours before the
time fixed for the relevant Meeting. Unless revoked, any appointment of a Proxy
under a Block Voting Instruction in relation to a Meeting shall remain in force
in relation to any resumption of such Meeting following an adjournment;
provided, however, that no such appointment of a Proxy in relation to a Meeting
originally convened which has been adjourned for want of a quorum shall remain
in force in relation to such Meeting when it is resumed. Any person appointed
to vote at such a Meeting must be re-appointed under a Block Voting Instruction
Proxy to vote at the Meeting when it is resumed.
17. POWERS: A Meeting shall have power (exercisable by Extraordinary
Resolution), without prejudice to any other powers conferred on it or any other
person:
(a) to approve any Reserved Matter;
(b) to approve any proposal by the Issuer for any modification,
abrogation, variation or compromise of any of the Conditions or any
arrangement in respect of the obligations of the Issuer under or in
respect of the Instruments;
(c) to approve the substitution of any person for the Issuer (or any
previous substitute) as principal obligor under the Instruments;
(d) to waive any breach or authorise any proposed breach by the Issuer of
its obligations under or in respect of the Instruments or any act or
omission which might otherwise constitute an event of default under
the Instruments;
(e) to authorise the Issue and Paying Agent or any other person to execute
all documents and do all things necessary to give effect to any
Extraordinary Resolution;
(f) to give any other authorisation or approval which is required to be
given by Extraordinary Resolution; and
(g) to appoint any persons as a committee to represent the interests of
the Holder and to confer upon such committee any powers which the
Holder could themselves exercise by Extraordinary Resolution.
17. EXTRAORDINARY RESOLUTION BINDS ALL HOLDERS: An Extraordinary Resolution
shall be binding upon all Holders and Holders of Coupons, Talons and Receipts
whether or not present at such Meeting and each of the Holders shall be bound to
give effect to it accordingly. Notice of the result
<PAGE>
of every vote on an Extraordinary Resolution shall be given to the Holders and
the Paying Agents (with a copy to the Issuer) within 14 days of the conclusion
of the Meeting.
18. MINUTES: Minutes shall be made of all resolutions and proceedings at each
Meeting. The Chairman shall sign the minutes, which shall be prima facie
evidence of the proceedings recorded therein. Unless and until the contrary is
proved, every such Meeting in respect of the proceedings of which minutes have
been summarised and signed shall be deemed to have been duly convened and held
and all resolutions passed or proceedings transacted at it to have been duly
passed and transacted.
19. WRITTEN RESOLUTION: A Written Resolution shall take effect as if it were
an Extraordinary Resolution.
<PAGE>
THE FIFTH SCHEDULE
THE SPECIFIED OFFICES OF THE PAYING AGENTS AND THE CALCULATION AGENT
The Issue and Paying Agent and Calculation Agent:
Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York
60 Victoria Embankment
London EC4Y 0JP
Telex: 896631 MGT G
Fax: +44 171 325 0522
Attention: Global Trust & Agency Services
The other Paying Agents:
Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York
35 Avenue de Arts
Brussels B-1040
Telex: 61025 MTE CB
Fax: + 322 224 1431
Attention: Global Trust & Agency Services
Kredietbank S.A. Luxembourgeoise
43 Boulevard Royal
L-2955 Luxembourg
Telex: 3418 KBLUX LU
Fax: + 352 4797 5270
Attention: Division Coupons
<PAGE>
THE SIXTH SCHEDULE
[ON LETTERHEAD OF THE ISSUER]
CALCULATION AGENT APPOINTMENT LETTER
[for use if the Calculation Agent is NOT a Dealer]
[Date]
[Name of Calculation Agent]
[Address]
Dear Sirs,
CAPITAL ONE BANK
PROGRAMME FOR THE ISSUANCE OF DEBT INSTRUMENTS
We refer to the Issue and Paying Agency Agreement dated 24 October 1997 entered
into in respect of the above Programme for the Issuance of Debt Instruments
(such agreement, as modified or amended from time to time, the "ISSUE AND PAYING
AGENCY AGREEMENT") between ourselves as Issuer, Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of
New York, London office as fiscal agent and certain other financial institutions
named therein, a copy of which has been supplied to you by us.
Words and expressions defined in the Issue and Paying Agency Agreement shall
have the same meanings when used herein.
EITHER
[We hereby appoint you as Calculation Agent at your specified office detailed in
the Confirmation as our agent in relation to [specify relevant Series of
Instruments] (the "INSTRUMENTS") upon the terms of the Issue and Paying Agency
Agreement for the purposes specified in the Issue and Paying Agency Agreement
and in the Terms and Conditions and all matters incidental thereto.]/9/
OR
[We hereby appoint you as Calculation Agent at your specified office detailed in
the Confirmation set out below as our agent in relation to each Series of
Instruments in respect of which you are named as Calculation Agent in the
relevant Pricing Supplement upon the terms of the Issue and Paying Agency
________________________________________________________________________________
/9/ The Appointment Letter may either be used to appoint an institution as
Calculation Agent in respect of a particular Series of Instruments (first
alternative wording) or in respect of more than one Series of Instruments
(second alternative wording). Under the second alternative wording, the
Calculation Agent agrees to act as such in relation to any Series of
Instruments in respect of which it is named as Calculation Agent in the
relevant Pricing Supplement.
<PAGE>
Agreement and (in relation to each such Series of Instruments) in the Terms and
Conditions and all matters incidental thereto.]
We hereby agree that, notwithstanding the provisions of the Issue and Paying
Agency Agreement or the Terms and Conditions, your appointment as Calculation
Agent may only be revoked in accordance with Condition 11.01 thereof if you have
been negligent in the exercise of your obligations thereunder or have failed to
exercise or perform your obligations thereunder.
Please complete and return to us the Confirmation on the copy of this letter
duly signed by an authorised signatory confirming your acceptance of this
appointment.
This letter is governed by and construed in accordance with English law and the
provisions of Section 15 of the Issue and Paying Agency Agreement shall apply to
this letter as if set out herein in full.
Yours faithfully
CAPITAL ONE BANK
<PAGE>
CONFIRMATION
EITHER
We hereby accept our appointment as Calculation Agent of the Issuer in relation
to the Instruments, and shall perform all matters expressed to be performed by
the Calculation Agent in, and shall otherwise comply with, the Terms and
Conditions and the provisions of the Issue and Paying Agency Agreement and, in
connection therewith, shall take all such action as may be incidental thereto.
OR
We hereby accept our appointment as Calculation Agent of the Issuer in relation
to each Series of Instruments in respect of which we are named as Calculation
Agent in the relevant Pricing Supplement, and shall perform all matters
expressed to be performed by the Calculation Agent in, and shall otherwise
comply with (in relation to each such Series of Instruments) the Terms and
Conditions and the provisions of the Issue and Paying Agency Agreement and, in
connection therewith, shall take all such action as may be incidental thereto.
For the purposes of [the Instruments] [each such Series of Instruments] and the
Issue and Paying Agency Agreement our specified office and communication details
are as follows:
Address: [
]
Telex: [ ]
Fax: [ ]
Attention: [ ]
[Calculation Agent]
By:
Date:
[For the purposes of Article 1 of the Protocol annexed to the Convention on
Jurisdiction and the Enforcement of Judgments in Civil and Commercial Matters
signed at Brussels on 27 September 1968, the undersigned expressly and
specifically agrees in the terms of Clause 15.02 and 15.03 of the Issue and
Paying Agency Agreement as it is incorporated into this letter agreement.]/10/
[ ]
________________________________________________________________________________
/10/ Insert only where Calculation Agent is domiciled in Luxembourg.
<PAGE>
By:
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
CAPITAL ONE BANK
By: /s/
-----------------------
S. TISA
MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST
COMPANY OF NEW YORK, LONDON OFFICE
as Issue and Paying Agent,
and Calculation Agent
By: /s/
-----------------------
R. THOROGOOD
MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, BRUSSELS OFFICE
as Paying Agent
By: /s/
-----------------------
R. THOROGOOD
KREDIETBANK S.A. LUXEMBOURGEOISE
as Paying Agent
By: /s/
-----------------------
R. THOROGOOD
For the purposes of Article 1 of the Protocol annexed to the Convention on
Jurisdiction and the Enforcement of Judgments in Civil and Commercial Matters
signed at Brussels on 27 September 1968, the undersigned expressly and
specifically agrees in the terms of Clause 15.02 and 15.03.]
KREDIETBANK S.A. LUXEMBOURGEOISE
By: /s/
-----------------------
R. THOROGOOD
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.1.1
Capital One Bank
Senior and Subordinated Bank Notes
Due From 30 Days to 30 Years from Date of Issue
AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED
DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT DATED APRIL 30, 1996
April 21, 1998
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
INCORPORATED
BANCAMERICA ROBERTSON STEPHENS
CHASE SECURITIES INC.
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
SECURITIES CORPORATION
LEHMAN BROTHERS
LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES LLC
SALOMON BROTHERS INC
c/o Merrill Lynch & Co.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
World Financial Center
North Tower, 10th Floor
New York, New York 10281-1310
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Capital One Bank, a banking association chartered under the laws of
the Commonwealth of Virginia (the "Bank"), desires to amend the Amended and
Restated
<PAGE>
Distribution Agreement, dated April 30, 1996, entered into with respect
to the distribution of the Bank's Senior and Subordinated Bank Notes due from 30
days to 30 years from date of issue (the "Notes"), and made between the Bank and
the Agents party thereto (which agreement, as amended from time to time, is
herein referred to as the "Distribution Agreement") to add BancAmerica Robertson
Stephens, Chase Securities Inc., and NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC (the
"Additional Agents") as Agents pursuant to Section 1(e) of the Distribution
Agreement and to remove Goldman, Sachs & Co. as an Agent under, and a party to,
the Distribution Agreement.
Each of the Additional Agents will serve as an Agent and be a party to
the Distribution Agreement in connection with the Notes, and will be vested with
all of the authority, rights, powers, duties and obligations of an Agent as if
originally named as an Agent under the Distribution Agreement.
Except as modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the
Distribution Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby
confirmed in all respects.
Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall
have the meanings attributed thereto in the Distribution Agreement.
Section 1. Amendments to the Distribution Agreement.
The Distribution Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
(a) From and after the date hereof, each of BancAmerica
Robertson Stephens, Chase Securities Inc., and NationsBanc Montgomery
Securities LLC (the "Additional Agents") shall be an Agent for all
purposes of the Distribution Agreement, the term "Agent" shall be
deemed to include BancAmerica Robertson Stephens, Chase Securities
Inc., and NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC whenever used in the
Distribution Agreement, with such conforming changes as may be
necessary, and Goldman, Sachs & Co. shall no longer be an Agent under,
or a party to, the Distribution Agreement. By its execution of this
Amendment, each of the Additional Agents agrees to be bound by, and
comply with, all of the provisions of the Distribution Agreement
applicable to the Agents thereunder. The obligations of the Agents
under the Distribution Agreement are several and not joint, and no
Agent shall be responsible for the obligations of any other Agent, nor
will the failure of any Agent to perform its obligations under the
Distribution Agreement relieve any other Agent from performance of its
obligations under the Distribution Agreement.
(b) In consideration of the Bank appointing each of the
Additional Agents as an Agent under the Distribution Agreement in
connection with the Notes, each of the Additional Agents hereby agrees
to perform all of the duties and obligations assumed by an Agent under
the Distribution Agreement and agrees to be bound by, and comply with,
all of the provisions of the Distribution Agreement as fully as though
such Additional Agent were a signatory to the Distribution Agreement.
2
<PAGE>
(c) The address of each of the Additional Agents for the
purposes of giving notices under Section 13 of the Distribution
Agreement is:
If to BancAmerica Robertson Stephens:
231 S. LaSalle Street, 18th Floor
Chicago, Illinois 60697
Attention: Matthew Carey/MTN Product
Management
Facsimile Number: (312) 974-8936
If to Chase Securities Inc.:
270 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Attention: Medium-Term Note Desk
Facsimile Number: (212) 834-6170
If to NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC:
NationsBank Corporate Center
100 N. Tryon Street
Charlotte, North Carolina 28255
Attention: Steve Austen
Facsimile Number: (704) 388-9939
Section 2. Representations and Warranties.
------------------------------
The Bank hereby repeats and reaffirms the representations and
warranties contained in Section 2 of the Distribution Agreement, with the same
force and effect as though such representations and warranties had been made as
of the date hereof, provided that all references in such representations and
warranties to (i) the Distribution Agreement shall refer to the Distribution
Agreement as amended by this Amendment, (ii) the Offering Circular shall refer
to the Offering Circular dated April 21, 1998, (iii) the Letters of
Representation shall refer to the Short-Term and Medium-Term Letters of
Representation dated April 30, 1997, and (iv) the Call Reports shall refer to
the Call Reports beginning with and including the Call Report for the period
ended December 31, 1995.
Section 3. Governing Law.
-------------
This Amendment shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
Section 4. Severability of Provisions.
--------------------------
Any provision of this Amendment which is prohibited or unenforceable
in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent
of such prohibition or
3
<PAGE>
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or
affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other
jurisdiction.
Section 5. Captions.
--------
The captions in this Amendment are for convenience of reference only
and shall not define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]
4
<PAGE>
If the foregoing is agreeable to you, please sign and return to the
Bank a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument along with all counterparts
will become a binding agreement between each of the Agents and the Bank in
accordance with its terms.
Very truly yours,
CAPITAL ONE BANK
By: /s/ Susanna K. Tisa
----------------------
Name: Susanna K. Tisa
Title: Director of Capital Market
CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,
as of the date first written above:
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
INCORPORATED
By: /s/
-------------------------
Name:
Title:
BANCAMERICA ROBERTSON STEPHENS
By: /s/
-------------------------
Name:
Title:
CHASE SECURITIES INC.
By: /s/
-------------------------
Name:
Title:
5
<PAGE>
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION
By: /s/
-------------------------
Name:
Title:
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
SECURITIES CORPORATION
By: /s/
-------------------------
Name:
Title:
LEHMAN BROTHERS
LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.
By: /s/
-------------------------
Name:
Title:
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
By: /s/
-------------------------
Name:
Title:
NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES LLC
By: /s/
-------------------------
Name:
Title:
SALOMON BROTHERS INC
By: /s/
-------------------------
Name:
Title:
6
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.2.1
Capital One Bank
Deposit Notes
Due From 30 Days to 30 Years from Date of Issue
AMENDMENT TO DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
DATED APRIL 30, 1996
April 30, 1998
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
INCORPORATED
BANCAMERICA ROBERTSON STEPHENS
CHASE SECURITIES INC.
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
SECURITIES CORPORATION
LEHMAN BROTHERS
LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES LLC
SALOMON BROTHERS INC
c/o Merrill Lynch & Co.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
World Financial Center
North Tower, 10th Floor
New York, New York 10281-1310
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Capital One Bank, a banking association chartered under the laws of
the Commonwealth of Virginia (the "Bank"), desires to amend the Distribution
Agreement, dated
<PAGE>
April 30, 1996, entered into with respect to the distribution of the Bank's
Deposit Notes due from 30 days to 30 years from date of issue (the "Notes"), and
made between the Bank and the Agents party thereto (which agreement, as amended
from time to time, is herein referred to as the "Distribution Agreement") to add
BancAmerica Robertson Stephens, Chase Securities Inc., and NationsBanc
Montgomery Securities LLC (the "Additional Agents") as Agents pursuant to
Section 1(e) of the Distribution Agreement and to remove Goldman, Sachs & Co. as
an Agent under, and a party to, the Distribution Agreement.
Each of the Additional Agents will serve as an Agent and be a party to
the Distribution Agreement in connection with the Notes, and will be vested with
all of the authority, rights, powers, duties and obligations of an Agent as if
originally named as an Agent under the Distribution Agreement.
Except as modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the
Distribution Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby
confirmed in all respects.
Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall
have the meanings attributed thereto in the Distribution Agreement.
Section 1. Amendments to the Distribution Agreement.
The Distribution Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
(a) From and after the date hereof, each of BancAmerica
Robertson Stephens, Chase Securities Inc., and NationsBanc Montgomery
Securities LLC (the "Additional Agents") shall be an Agent for all
purposes of the Distribution Agreement, the term "Agent" shall be
deemed to include BancAmerica Robertson Stephens, Chase Securities
Inc., and NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC whenever used in the
Distribution Agreement, with such conforming changes as may be
necessary, and Goldman, Sachs & Co. shall no longer be an Agent under,
or a party to, the Distribution Agreement. By its execution of this
Amendment, each of the Additional Agents agrees to be bound by, and
comply with, all of the provisions of the Distribution Agreement
applicable to the Agents thereunder. The obligations of the Agents
under the Distribution Agreement are several and not joint, and no
Agent shall be responsible for the obligations of any other Agent, nor
will the failure of any Agent to perform its obligations under the
Distribution Agreement relieve any other Agent from performance of its
obligations under the Distribution Agreement.
(b) In consideration of the Bank appointing each of the
Additional Agents as an Agent under the Distribution Agreement in
connection with the Notes, each of the Additional Agents hereby agrees
to perform all of the duties and obligations assumed by an Agent under
the Distribution Agreement and agrees to be bound by, and comply with,
all of the provisions of the Distribution Agreement as fully as though
such Additional Agent were a signatory to the Distribution Agreement.
2
<PAGE>
(c) The address of each of the Additional Agents for the
purposes of giving notices under Section 13 of the Distribution
Agreement is:
If to BancAmerica Robertson Stephens:
231 S. LaSalle Street, 18th Floor
Chicago, Illinois 60697
Attention: Matthew Carey/MTN Product
Management
Facsimile Number: (312) 974-8936
If to Chase Securities Inc.:
270 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Attention: Medium-Term Note Desk
Facsimile Number: (212) 834-6170
If to NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC:
NationsBank Corporate Center
100 N. Tryon Street
Charlotte, North Carolina 28255
Attention: Steve Austen
Facsimile Number: (704) 388-9939
Section 2. Representations and Warranties.
------------------------------
The Bank hereby repeats and reaffirms the representations and
warranties contained in Section 2 of the Distribution Agreement, with the same
force and effect as though such representations and warranties had been made as
of the date hereof, provided that all references in such representations and
warranties to (i) the Distribution Agreement shall refer to the Distribution
Agreement as amended by this Amendment, (ii) the Offering Circular shall refer
to the Offering Circular dated April 30, 1998, (iii) the Letters of
Representation shall refer to the Short-Term and Medium-Term Letters of
Representation dated April 30, 1996, and (iv) the Call Reports shall refer to
the Call Reports beginning with and including the Call Report for the period
ended December 31, 1995.
Section 3. Governing Law.
-------------
This Amendment shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
Section 4. Severability of Provisions.
--------------------------
Any provision of this Amendment which is prohibited or unenforceable
in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent
of such prohibition or
3
<PAGE>
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or
affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other
jurisdiction.
Section 5. Captions.
--------
The captions in this Amendment are for convenience of reference only
and shall not define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]
4
<PAGE>
If the foregoing is agreeable to you, please sign and return to the
Bank a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument along with all counterparts
will become a binding agreement between each of the Agents and the Bank in
accordance with its terms.
Very truly yours,
CAPITAL ONE BANK
By: /s/ John G. Finneran, Jr.
----------------------------
Name: John G. Finneran, Jr.
Title: Senior Vice President, General
Counsel & Corporate Secretary
CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,
as of the date first written above:
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
INCORPORATED
By: /s/
-----------------------
Name:
Title:
BANCAMERICA ROBERTSON STEPHENS
By: /s/
-----------------------
Name:
Title:
CHASE SECURITIES INC.
By: /s/
-----------------------
Name:
Title:
5
<PAGE>
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION
By: /s/
-----------------------
Name:
Title:
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
SECURITIES CORPORATION
By: /s/
-----------------------
Name:
Title:
LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.
By: /s/
-----------------------
Name:
Title:
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
By: /s/
-----------------------
Name:
Title:
NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES LLC
By: /s/
-----------------------
Name:
Title:
SALOMON BROTHERS INC
By: /s/
-----------------------
Name:
Title:
6
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.9
CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
---------------------------------
[_________________]
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
--------------------
AGREEMENT by and between CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION, a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), and ________________(the "Executive"), dated as of
the 14th day of May 1996.
The Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") has determined that it
is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to assure that the
Company will have the continued dedication of the Executive, notwithstanding the
possibility, threat or occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined below) of
the Company. The Board believes it is imperative to diminish the inevitable
distraction of the Executive by virtue of the personal uncertainties and risks
created by a pending or threatened Change of Control and to encourage the
Executive's full attention and dedication to the Company currently and in the
event of any threatened or pending Change of Control, and to provide the
Executive with compensation and benefits arrangements upon a Change of Control
which ensure that the compensation and benefits expectations of the Executive
will be satisfied and which are competitive with those of other corporations.
Therefore, in order to accomplish these objectives, the Board has caused the
Company to enter into this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
<PAGE>
1. Certain Definitions.
-------------------
(a) The "Effective Date" shall be the first date during the "Change
of Control Period" (as defined in Section 1(b)) on which a Change of Control
occurs. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if the
Executive's employment with the Company is terminated or the terms and
conditions of the Executive's employment are adversely changed in a manner which
would constitute grounds for a termination of employment by the Executive for
Good Reason prior to the date on which a Change of Control occurs, and it is
reasonably demonstrated that such termination of employment or adverse change
(i) was at the request of a third party who has taken steps reasonably
calculated to effect the Change of Control or (ii) otherwise arose within six
months of and in connection with or anticipation of the Change of Control, then
for all purposes of this Agreement the "Effective Date" shall mean the date
immediately prior to the date of such termination of employment or adverse
change.
(b) The "Change of Control Period" is the period commencing on the
date hereof and ending on the third anniversary of such date; provided, however,
that commencing on the date one year after the date hereof, and on each annual
anniversary of such date (such date and each annual anniversary thereof is
hereinafter referred to as the "Renewal Date"), the Change of Control Period
shall be automatically extended so as to terminate three years from such Renewal
Date, unless at least 60 days prior to the Renewal Date the Company shall give
notice to the Executive that the Change of Control Period shall not be so
extended.
2. Change of Control. For the purpose of this Agreement, a "Change of
-----------------
Control" shall mean:
(a) The acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the
meaning of
-2-
<PAGE>
Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the "Exchange Act")) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning
of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% (or, if such
shares are purchased from the Company, 40%) or more of either (i) the then
outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the "Outstanding Company
Common Stock") or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding
voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election
of directors (the "Company Voting Securities"), provided, however, that any
-------- -------
acquisition by (x) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any employee
benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or
any of its subsidiaries or (y) any corporation with respect to which,
immediately following such acquisition, more than 60% of, respectively, the
then outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the
combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such
corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then
beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate by all or
substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial
owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Company
Voting Securities immediately prior to such acquisition in substantially
the same proportion as their ownership, immediately prior to such
acquisition, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Company Voting
Securities, as the case may be, shall not constitute a Change of Control;
or
(b) Individuals who constitute the Board as of September 1, 1995 (the
"Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority
of the Board, provided that any individual becoming a director subsequent
to September 1, 1995 whose
-3-
<PAGE>
appointment to fill a vacancy or to fill a new Board position or whose
nomination for election by the Company's shareholders was approved by a
vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent
Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the
Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose
initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened
election contest relating to the election of the Directors of the Company
(as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under
the Exchange Act); or
(c) Approval by the shareholders of the Company of a reorganization,
merger or consolidation (a "Business Combination"), in each case, with
respect to which all or substantially all of the individuals and entities
who were the respective beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common
Stock and Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business
Combination do not in the aggregate, immediately following such Business
Combination, beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of,
respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined
voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the
corporation resulting from such Business Combination in substantially the
same proportion as their ownership immediately prior to such Business
Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Company Voting
Securities, as the case may be; or
(d) (i) a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or (ii)
sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company other than to a
-4-
<PAGE>
corporation with respect to which, immediately following such sale or
disposition, more than 60% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of
common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting
securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then
beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate by all or
substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial
owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Company
Voting Securities immediately prior to such sale or disposition in
substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Outstanding
Company Common Stock and Company Voting Securities, as the case may be,
immediately prior to such sale or disposition.
(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control shall not occur
with respect to the Executive by reason of any event which would otherwise
constitute a Change of Control if, immediately after the occurrence of such
event, individuals including such Executive who were executive officers of
the Company immediately prior to the occurrence of such event, own,
directly or indirectly, on a fully diluted basis, (i) 15% or more of the
then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or any acquiror or
successor to substantially all of the business of the Company or (ii) 15%
or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting
securities of the Company or any acquiror or successor to substantially all
of the business of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election
of directors.
3. Employment Period. The Company hereby agrees to continue the Executive
-----------------
in its employ, and the Executive hereby agrees to remain in the employ of the
Company, for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the
second anniversary of such date (the
-5-
<PAGE>
"Employment Period").
4. Terms of Employment.
-------------------
(a) Position and Duties.
-------------------
(i) During the Employment Period, (A) the Executive's position
(including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements),
authority, duties and responsibilities shall be at least commensurate
in all material respects with the most significant of those held,
exercised and assigned at any time during the 90-day period
immediately preceding the Effective Date and (B) the Executive's
services shall be performed at the location where the Executive was
employed immediately preceding the Effective Date or any office or
location less than 35 miles from such location.
(ii) During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of
vacation, sabbatical and sick or similar leave to which the Executive
is entitled, the Executive agrees to devote reasonable attention and
time during normal business hours to the business and affairs of the
Company and, to the extent necessary to discharge the responsibilities
assigned to the Executive hereunder, to use the Executive's reasonable
best efforts to perform faithfully and efficiently such
responsibilities. During the Employment Period it shall not be a
violation of this Agreement for the Executive to (A) serve on
corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees, (B) deliver
lectures, fulfill speaking engagements or teach at educational
institutions and (C) manage personal investments, so long as such
activities do not significantly interfere with the performance of the
Executive's
-6-
<PAGE>
responsibilities as an employee of the Company in accordance with this
Agreement. It is expressly understood and agreed that to the extent
that any such activities have been conducted by the Executive prior to
the Effective Date, the continued conduct of such activities (or the
conduct of activities similar in nature and scope thereto) subsequent
to the Effective Date shall not thereafter be deemed to interfere with
the performance of the Executive's responsibilities to the Company.
(b) Compensation.
------------
(i) Base Salary. During the Employment Period, the Executive
-----------
shall receive an annual base salary ("Annual Base Salary"), which
shall be paid at a monthly rate, at least equal to twelve times the
highest monthly base salary paid or payable, including by reason of
deferral and before any reduction for the amount of such annual base
salary which the Executive may have agreed to forgo in consideration
for the receipt of stock options, to the Executive by the Company and
its affiliated companies in respect of the twelve-month period
immediately preceding the month in which the Effective Date occurs.
During the Employment Period, the Annual Base Salary shall be reviewed
at least annually and shall be increased at any time and from time to
time as shall be substantially consistent with increases in base
salary awarded in the ordinary course of business to other peer
executives of the Company and its affiliated companies. Any increase
in Annual Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other
obligation to the Executive under this Agreement. Annual Base Salary
shall not be reduced after
-7-
<PAGE>
any such increase and the term Annual Base Salary as utilized in this
Agreement shall refer to Annual Base Salary as so increased. As used
in this Agreement, the term "affiliated companies" includes any
company controlled by, controlling or under common control with the
Company. Any payments of an Executive's Annual Base Salary made under
this Section 4(b)(i) may be reduced to the extent provided in an
election made by an Executive to forgo any or all base salary
otherwise payable in exchange for the receipt of stock options from
the Company. The Company shall maintain an account (the "Stock Option
Purchase Account"), the balance of which, as of any date, shall be
equal to the aggregate dollar amount of base salary and bonuses that
the Executive has agreed to forgo in exchange for the receipt of such
stock options, less the amount of such base salary or bonuses or other
compensation (including amounts payable upon termination of
employment) actually forgone.
(ii) Annual Bonus. In addition to Annual Base Salary, the
------------
Executive shall be awarded, for each fiscal year beginning or ending
during the Employment Period, an annual bonus (the "Annual Bonus") in
cash at least equal to the sum of the target award under the Company's
Executive Annual Cash Incentive Plan and any other target awards under
any other similar annual incentive plans (or, if no such target award
is designated under the Company's Executive Annual Cash Incentive Plan
or any similar plan, the midpoint between the high and low bonus
payable to the Executive under such plan); provided, however, that
-------- -------
such target or midpoint, as the case may be, shall not be less than
such target or midpoint under
-8-
<PAGE>
such plans in the year immediately preceding the Change of Control
(the "Recent Annual Bonus"). Each such Annual Bonus shall be paid no
later than the end of the third month of the fiscal year next
following the fiscal year for which the Annual Bonus is awarded,
unless the Executive shall elect to defer the receipt of such Annual
Bonus. Any payments of an Executive's Annual Bonus made under this
Section 4(b)(ii) may be reduced to the extent provided in an election
made by an Executive to forgo any or all bonus amounts otherwise
payable in exchange for the receipt of stock options from the Company.
(iii) Incentive, Savings and Retirement Plans. In addition to
---------------------------------------
Annual Base Salary and Annual Bonus payable as hereinabove provided,
the Executive shall be entitled to participate during the Employment
Period in all incentive, profit-sharing, savings and retirement plans,
practices, policies and programs (including any stock-based plans)
applicable generally to other peer executives of the Company and its
affiliated companies, but in no event shall such plans, practices,
policies and programs provide the Executive with incentive, savings
and retirement benefit opportunities (including under any stock-based
plans), in each case, less favorable, in the aggregate, except as
required to comply with statutory requirements of general application
which limit the level of benefit opportunity, than (x) the most
favorable of those provided by the Company and its affiliated
companies for the Executive under such plans, practices, policies and
programs as in effect at any time during the 90-day period immediately
preceding the Effective Date or (y) if more favorable to the
Executive, those provided at any time after the
-9-
<PAGE>
Effective Date to other peer executives of the Company and its
affiliated companies.
(iv) Welfare Benefit Plans. During the Employment Period, the
---------------------
Executive and/or the Executive's family, as the case may be, shall be
eligible for participation in and shall receive all benefits under
welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs provided by
the Company and its affiliated companies (including, without
limitation, medical, prescription, dental, disability, salary
continuance, employee life, group life, split-dollar life insurance,
accidental death and travel accident insurance plans and programs) to
the extent generally applicable to other peer executives of the
Company and its affiliated companies, but in no event shall such
plans, practices, policies and programs provide the Executive with
benefits which are less favorable, in the aggregate, than (x) the most
favorable of such plans, practices, policies and programs in effect
for the Executive at any time during the 90-day period immediately
preceding the Effective Date or (y) if more favorable to the
Executive, those provided at any time after the Effective Date
generally to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated
companies.
(v) Expenses. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall
--------
be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable
expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with the most
favorable policies, practices and procedures of the Company and its
affiliated companies in effect for the Executive at any time during
the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or,
-10-
<PAGE>
if more favorable to the Executive, as in effect generally at any time
thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and
its affiliated companies.
(vi) Fringe Benefits. During the Employment Period, the Executive
---------------
shall be entitled to fringe benefits in accordance with the most
favorable plans, practices, programs and policies of the Company and
its affiliated companies in effect for the Executive at any time
during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or,
if more favorable to the Executive, as in effect generally at any time
thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and
its affiliated companies.
(vii) Office and Support Staff. During the Employment Period, the
------------------------
Executive shall be entitled to an office or offices of a size and with
furnishings and other appointments, and to personal secretarial and
other assistance, at least equal to the most favorable of the
foregoing provided to the Executive by the Company and its affiliated
companies at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding
the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive, as provided
generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives
of the Company and its affiliated companies.
(viii) Vacation and Other Paid Leave. During the Employment
-----------------------------
Period, the Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation and other
paid leave in accordance with the most favorable plans, policies,
programs and practices of the Company and its affiliated companies as
in effect at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding
the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive,
-11-
<PAGE>
as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other
peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.
5. Termination of Employment.
-------------------------
(a) Death or Disability. The Executive's employment shall terminate
-------------------
automatically upon the Executive's death during the Employment Period. If the
Company determines in good faith that the Disability of the Executive has
occurred during the Employment Period (pursuant to the definition of Disability
set forth below), it may give to the Executive written notice in accordance with
Section 13(b) of this Agreement of its intention to terminate the Executive's
employment. In such event, the Executive's employment with the Company shall
terminate effective on the 30th day after receipt of such notice by the
Executive (the "Disability Effective Date"), provided that, within the 30 days
after such receipt, the Executive shall not have returned to full-time
performance of the Executive's duties. For purposes of this Agreement,
"Disability" means the absence of the Executive from the Executive's duties with
the Company on a full-time basis for 180 consecutive business days as a result
of incapacity due to mental or physical illness which is determined to be total
and permanent by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and
acceptable to the Executive or the Executive's legal representative (such
agreement as to acceptability not to be withheld unreasonably).
(b) Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive's employment
-----
during the Employment Period for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause"
means (i) an action taken by the Executive involving willful and wanton
malfeasance involving specifically a wholly wrongful and unlawful act, or (ii)
the Executive being convicted of a felony.
(c) Good Reason. The Executive's employment may be terminated during
-----------
the
-12-
<PAGE>
Employment Period by the Executive for Good Reason. For purposes of this
Agreement, "Good Reason" means
(i) The assignment to the Executive of any duties inconsistent in
any respect with the Executive's position (including status, offices,
titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties or
responsibilities as contemplated by Section 4(a) of this Agreement, or
any other action by the Company which results in a diminution in such
position, authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding for this
purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in
bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt
of notice thereof given by the Executive;
(ii) Any failure by the Company to comply with any of the
provisions of Section 4(b) of this Agreement, other than an isolated,
insubstantial and inadvertent failure not occurring in bad faith and
which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice
thereof given by the Executive;
(iii) The Company's requiring the Executive to be based at any
office or location other than that described in Section 4(a)(i)(B)
hereof;
(iv) Any purported termination by the Company of the Executive's
employment otherwise than as expressly permitted by this Agreement; or
(v) Any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy Section
11(c) of this Agreement.
(d) Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company for
---------------------
Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason shall be communicated by Notice of
Termination to theother
-13-
<PAGE>
party hereto given in accordance with Section 13(b) of this Agreement. For
purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" means a written notice
which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied
upon, (ii) to the extent applicable sets forth in reasonable detail the facts
and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive's
employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) if the Date of Termination
(as defined below) is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies
the termination date (which date shall be not more than fifteen days after the
giving of such notice). In the case of a termination of the Executive's
employment for Cause, a Notice of Termination shall include a copy of a
resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of
the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for
the purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and reasonable opportunity
for the Executive, together with the Executive's counsel, to be heard before the
Board prior to such vote), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board
the Executive was guilty of conduct constituting Cause. No purported termination
of the Executive's employment for Cause shall be effective without a Notice of
Termination. The failure by the Executive to set forth in the Notice of
Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good
Reason shall not waive any right of the Executive hereunder or preclude the
Executive from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Executive's
rights hereunder.
(e) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination" means the date of
-------------------
receipt of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein, as the
case may be; provided, however, that (i) if the Executive's employment is
terminated by the Company other than for Cause or Disability, the Date of
Termination shall be the date on which the Company notifies the
-14-
<PAGE>
Executive of such termination and (ii) if the Executive's employment is
terminated by reason of death or Disability, the Date of Termination shall be
the date of death of the Executive or the Disability Effective Date, as the case
may be.
(f) Transition Period. "Transition Period" means the period
-----------------
commencing on the Date of Termination and ending on the twenty-four month
anniversary of the Date of Termination.
6. Obligations of the Company upon Termination.
-------------------------------------------
(a) Death. If the Executive's employment is terminated by reason of
-----
the Executive's death during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall
terminate without further obligations to the Executive's legal representatives
under this Agreement, other than the following obligations: (i) payment of the
Executive's Annual Base Salary through the Date of Termination to the extent not
theretofore paid, (ii) payment of the product of (x) the greater of (A) the
annual bonus paid or payable, including by reason of deferral and before any
reduction for the amount of such bonus which the Executive may have agreed to
forgo in consideration for the receipt of stock options, (and annualized for any
fiscal year consisting of less than twelve full months or for which the
Executive has been employed for less than twelve full months) for the most
recently completed fiscal year and (B) the Recent Annual Bonus (such greater
amount hereafter referred to as the "Highest Annual Bonus") and (y) a fraction,
the numerator of which is the number of days in the current fiscal year through
the Date of Termination, and the denominator of which is 365 and (iii) payment
of any compensation previously deferred by the Executive (together with any
accrued interest thereon) and not yet paid by the Company and any pay for
vacation and sabbatical earned but not yet taken (the amounts described in
paragraphs (i),
-15-
<PAGE>
(ii) and (iii) are hereafter referred to as "Accrued Obligations"). The amount
of the Company's payment obligations under paragraphs (i) and (ii) of the
Accrued Obligations shall be reduced by the amount of any such Annual Base
Salary or Annual Bonus, respectively, that the Executive had elected to forgo in
consideration of the grant of stock options (the "Net Accrued Obligations"). All
Net Accrued Obligations shall be paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiary,
as applicable, in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination.
Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the Executive's
estate and family shall be entitled to receive benefits at least equal to the
most favorable benefits provided generally by the Company and any of its
affiliated companies to the estates and surviving families of peer executives of
the Company and such affiliated companies under such plans, programs, practices
and policies relating to death benefits, if any, as in effect generally with
respect to other peer executives and their estates and families at any time
during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more
favorable to the Executive and/or the Executive's family, as in effect on the
date of the Executive's death generally with respect to other peer executives of
the Company and its affiliated companies and their families.
(b) Disability. If the Executive's employment is terminated by reason
----------
of the Executive's Disability during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall
terminate without further obligations to the Executive, other than for Net
Accrued Obligations. All Net Accrued Obligations shall be paid to the Executive
in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. Anything in
this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the Executive shall be entitled
after the Disability Effective Date to receive disability and other benefits at
least equal to the most favorable of those generally provided by the Company and
its affiliated companies to
-16-
<PAGE>
disabled executives and/or their families in accordance with such plans,
programs, practices and policies relating to disability, if any, as in effect
generally with respect to other peer executives and their families at any time
during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more
favorable to the Executive and/or the Executive's family, as in effect at any
time thereafter generally with respect to other peer executives of the Company
and its affiliated companies and their families.
(c) Cause; Other than for Good Reason. If the Executive's employment
---------------------------------
shall be terminated for Cause during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall
terminate without further obligations to the Executive other than the obligation
to pay to the Executive Annual Base Salary through the Date of Termination plus
the amount of any compensation previously deferred by the Executive, in each
case to the extent theretofore unpaid. The amount of the Company's payment of
such Annual Base Salary shall be reduced by the amount of any such Annual Base
Salary that the Executive had elected to forgo in consideration of the grant of
stock options. If the Executive terminates employment during the Employment
Period other than for Good Reason, this Agreement shall terminate without
further obligations to the Executive, other than for Net Accrued Obligations.
In such case, all Net Accrued Obligations shall be paid to the Executive in a
lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination.
(d) Good Reason; Other Than for Cause or Disability. If, during the
-----------------------------------------------
Employment Period, the Company shall terminate the Executive's employment other
than for Cause or Disability, or if the Executive shall terminate employment
under this Agreement for Good Reason:
(i) The Company shall pay to the Executive in a lump sum in cash
-17-
<PAGE>
within 30 days after the Date of Termination the aggregate of the
following amounts:
(A) All Net Accrued Obligations; and
(B) The product of (x) two and (y) the sum of (i) Annual
Base Salary and (ii) the Highest Annual Bonus; and
(C) an amount equal to any unvested account balance in any
defined contribution plan, and any supplemental and excess
retirement plans with respect thereto, that would have vested
had the Executive's employment with the Company continued for
the duration of the Transition Period;
(D) an amount equal to the contributions and accrued
earnings that would have been made under any defined
contribution plan, and any supplemental and excess retirement
plans with respect thereto, had the Executive's employment with
the Company continued for the duration of the Transition Period
and had the Executive contributed to such plans at the highest
rate permitted by such plans, calculated assuming that the
terms of such plans are no less favorable than those in effect
during the 90-day period immediately prior to the Effective
Date, or if more favorable to the Executive, those in effect
generally at any time thereafter with respect to such plans for
other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated
companies; and
(ii) For the duration of the Transition Period, or such longer
period as any
-18-
<PAGE>
plan, program, practice or policy may provide, the Company shall
continue benefits to the Executive and/or the Executive's family at
least equal to those which would have been provided to them in
accordance with the plans, programs, practices and policies described
in Section 4(b)(iv) of this Agreement if the Executive's employment
had not been terminated in accordance with the most favorable plans,
practices, programs or policies of the Company and its affiliated
companies applicable generally to other peer executives and their
families during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective
Date or, if more favorable to the Executive, as in effect generally at
any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the
Company and its affiliated companies and their families. For purposes
of determining eligibility of the Executive for retiree benefits
pursuant to such plans, practices, programs and policies, the
Executive shall be considered to have remained employed for the
duration of the Transition Period and to have retired on the last day
of such period. In lieu of the benefits provided for in this Section
6(d)(ii), the Executive may elect within 60 days of the Date of
Termination to be paid an amount in cash equal to the present value of
such benefits on an after-tax basis. In determining present value, a
discount rate equal to the federal mid-term rate under Section 1274(d)
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") shall be
utilized. The right to continued benefits granted to Executive and/or
his family pursuant to this Section 6(d)(ii) shall be in addition to
any right of continued coverage under any of the plans, programs,
practices and policies described in Section 4(b)(iv) of this Agreement
-19-
<PAGE>
which Executive and/or his family may be entitled to under the
Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 ("COBRA") upon
any loss of coverage under such plans, programs, practices and
policies; and
(iii) The Company shall provide the Executive with outplacement
services (including office support and secretarial services), from a
vendor determined by the Company, at a cost not to exceed $30,000.
The amount payable by the Company to the Executive pursuant to Section
6(d)(i)(B) above will be reduced by any remaining balance in the Stock Option
Purchase Account.
7. Non-exclusivity of Rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or
-------------------------
limit the Executive's continuing or future participation in any benefit, bonus,
incentive or other plans, programs, policies or practices, provided by the
Company or any of its affiliated companies and for which the Executive may
qualify, nor shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as the
Executive may have under any other agreements with the Company or any of its
affiliated companies. Amounts which are vested benefits or which the Executive
is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program of
the Company or any of its affiliated companies at or subsequent to the Date of
Termination shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or
program except as explicitly modified by this Agreement. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, payment of amounts pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement shall be
in lieu of any severance benefits which would otherwise be paid or payable to
the Executive under the Capital One Financial Corporation Severance Pay Plan or
any successor thereto.
8. Full Settlement. The Company's obligation to make the payments
---------------
provided for in
-20-
<PAGE>
this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be
affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right
or action which the Company may have against the Executive or others. In no
event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any
other action by way of mitigation of, and no amounts earned by the Executive at
such other employment or otherwise shall reduce, the amounts payable to the
Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement. The Company agrees to
pay, to the full extent permitted by law, all legal fees and expenses which the
Executive may reasonably incur as a result of any contest in which there is a
reasonable basis for the claims or defenses asserted by the Executive and such
claims and defenses are asserted by the Executive in good faith (regardless of
the outcome thereof) by the Company, the Executive or others of the validity or
enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement or any
guarantee of performance thereof (including as a result of any contest by the
Executive about the amount of any payment pursuant to Section 9 of this
Agreement), plus in each case interest at the applicable federal rate provided
for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code; provided, however, that the Company shall
not be obligated to pay any such fees and expenses, and the Executive shall be
obligated to return any such fees and expenses that were advanced, if a court of
competent jurisdiction determines that the Executive was terminated for Cause.
9. Certain Additional Payments by the Company.
------------------------------------------
(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the
event the Executive's employment is terminated during the Employment Period by
the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason and it shall be
determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit
of the Executive, whether paid or payable or
-21-
<PAGE>
distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or
otherwise (a "Payment"), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section
4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Executive with
respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and
penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Excise Tax"), then
the Executive shall be entitled to elect (i) to receive an additional payment (a
"Gross-Up Payment") in an amount such that after payment by the Executive of all
taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes),
including, without limitation, any income taxes and Excise Tax imposed upon the
Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal
to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments or (ii) to have the Company reduce
any such Payments due hereunder to the extent and only to the extent necessary
to avoid the assessment of such Excise Tax (a "Payment Reduction"). If any
Payment Reduction is elected, the Payments shall be reduced in the order
specified by the Executive to the extent necessary to satisfy the requirements
of the preceding sentence.
(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 9(c), all determinations
required to be made under this Section 9, including whether a Gross-Up Payment
or a Payment Reduction is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment or
Payment Reduction and the assumptions to be used in arriving at such
determinations, shall be made by the Company's certified public accounting firm
immediately prior to the Effective Date (the "Accounting Firm") which shall
provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive
within fifteen business days of the Date of Termination, if applicable, or such
earlier time as is requested by the Company. All fees and expenses of the
Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. The initial Gross-Up
Payment or Payment Reduction, if any, as determined pursuant to this
-22-
<PAGE>
Section 9(b), shall be made by the Company within five days of the receipt of
the Accounting Firm's determination. If the Accounting Firm determines that no
Excise Tax is payable by the Executive, it shall furnish the Executive with a
written opinion that failure to report the Excise Tax on the Executive's
applicable federal income tax return would not result in the imposition of a
negligence or similar penalty. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be
binding upon the Company and the Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in
the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial
determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up
Payments or Payment Reductions which will not have been made by the Company
should have been made ("Underpayment" or, respectively, "Overpayment"),
consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. If it is
determined that any Overpayment has been made by the Company to the Executive,
the Executive shall be entitled to elect either to have the Company make a
further Payment Reduction or, in the event that the Company exhausts its
remedies pursuant to Section 9(c) and the Executive thereafter is required to
make a payment of any Excise Tax, to have the Company make a Gross-Up Payment
with regard to any Excise Tax incurred due to the original Overpayment. If it is
determined that any Underpayment has been made by the Company to the Executive,
in the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 9(c) and
the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the
Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred
and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the
benefit of the Executive.
(c) The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by
the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by
the Company of a
-23-
<PAGE>
Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no
later than ten business days after the Executive is informed in writing of such
claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on
which such claim is requested to be paid. The Executive shall not pay such claim
prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which it
gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that
any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies
the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires
to contest such claim, the Executive shall:
(i) Give the Company any information reasonably requested by the
Company relating to such claim,
(ii) Take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the
Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time,
including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with
respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the
Company,
(iii) Cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to
contest such claim, and
(iv) Permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to
such claim;
provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and
expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection
with such contest and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an
after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax, including interest and
penalties with respect thereto, imposed as a result of such
-24-
<PAGE>
representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation on the
foregoing provisions of this Section 9(c), the Company shall control all
proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may
pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and
conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its
sole option, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a
refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees
to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal,
in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the
Company shall determine; provided, however, that if the Company directs the
Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the
amount of such payment to the Executive, on an interest-free basis and shall
indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any
Excise Tax or income tax, including interest or penalties with respect thereto,
imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with
respect to such advance; and further provided that any extension of the statute
of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the
Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is
limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company's control of
the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment
would be payable hereunder and the Executive shall be entitled to settle or
contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue
Service or any other taxing authority.
(d) If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by
the Company pursuant to Section 9(c), the Executive becomes entitled to receive
any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive shall (subject to the
Company's complying with the
-25-
<PAGE>
requirements of Section 9(c)) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such
refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes
applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount
advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 9(c), a determination is made that
the Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and
the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest
such denial of refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after such
determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to
be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof,
the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.
(e) Payments or distributions by the Company to or for the benefit of
the Executive pursuant to (i) any grants made under any performance-based plan
of the Company on or after the first meeting of the Company's shareholders after
September 16, 1995 or (ii) any "incentive stock options" (within the meaning of
Section 422 of the Code) granted to the Executive prior to September 16, 1995
shall be "Excluded Payments." In the event that Payments which include Excluded
Payments are subject to Excise Tax, the determinations made pursuant to Section
9(b) above shall be calculated with respect to all Payments (including any
Excluded Payments), but any resulting Gross-Up Payment required to be made by
the Company shall be reduced by the product of the Gross-Up Payment multiplied
by a fraction the numerator of which is the Excluded Payments and the
denominator of which is all Payments (including the Excluded Payments).
10. Confidential Information. The Executive shall hold in a fiduciary
------------------------
capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret or confidential information,
knowledge or data relating to the Company or any of its affiliated companies,
and their respective businesses, which shall have
-26-
<PAGE>
been obtained by the Executive during the Executive's employment by the Company
or any of its affiliated companies and which shall not be or become public
knowledge (other than by acts by the Executive or representatives of the
Executive in violation of this Agreement). After termination of the Executive's
employment with the Company, the Executive shall not, without the prior written
consent of the Company, communicate or divulge any such information, knowledge
or data to anyone other than the Company and those designated by it. In no event
shall an asserted violation of the provisions of this Section 10 constitute a
basis for deferring or withholding any amounts otherwise payable to the
Executive under this Agreement. The obligations of this Section 10 are in
addition to and do not supersede any other confidentiality obligations of the
Executive to the Company.
11. Successors.
----------
(a) This Agreement is personal to the Executive and without the prior
written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by the Executive
otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement
shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's legal
representatives.
(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon
the Company and its successors and assigns.
(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or
indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or
substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume
expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same
extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession
had taken place. As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as
-27-
<PAGE>
hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as
aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of
law, or otherwise.
12. Funding. This Agreement constitutes an unfunded, unsecured obligation
-------
of the Company and any payments made hereunder shall be made from the general
assets of the Company. However, the Company either has established or will
establish within 90 days of the date hereof a trust pursuant to a trust
agreement in substantially the form of trust agreement attached hereto and shall
make contributions to such trust in accordance with the terms and conditions of
such trust agreement for the purpose of assisting the Company in meeting its
payment obligations under this Agreement.
13. Miscellaneous.
-------------
(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to principles of
conflict of laws. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions
hereof and shall have no force or effect. This Agreement may not be amended or
modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or
their respective successors and legal representatives.
(b) All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing
and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered or
certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:
If to the Executive:
--------------------
To the address shown on the Company's records for tax reporting
purposes.
If to the Company:
-----------------
Capital One Financial Corporation
2980 Fairview Park Drive
-28-
<PAGE>
Falls Church, Virginia 22042
Attention: Officer-in-Charge,
Human Resources Division
or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in
writing in accordance herewith. Notice and communications shall be effective
when actually received by the addressee.
(c) The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this
Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision
of this Agreement.
(d) The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this
Agreement such federal, state or local taxes as shall be required to be withheld
pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
(e) The Executive's failure to insist upon strict compliance with any
provision hereof or the failure to assert any right the Executive may have
hereunder, including, without limitation, the right to terminate employment for
Good Reason pursuant to Section 5(c)(i)-(v), shall not be deemed to be a waiver
of such provision or right or any other provision or right thereof.
(f) This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the Company
and the Executive with respect to the subject matter hereof. Until the
Effective Date, subject to the terms of any other employment agreement between
the Executive and the Company, the Executive shall continue to be an "employee
at will".
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive's hand
and, pursuant to the authorization from its Board of Directors, the Company has
caused these presents to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the
day and year first above written.
-29-
<PAGE>
______________________________
CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By: ____________________________
Richard D. Fairbank
Chief Executive Officer
-30-
<PAGE>
Capital One Financial Corporation
---------------------------------
Change of Control Employment Agreement
--------------------------------------
Each of the following executive officers of Capital One Financial Corporation
has entered into a Change of Control Employment Agreement in the form filed
herewith:
Marjorie M. Connelly
Matthew J. Cooper
James P. Donehey
Dennis H. Liberson
William J. McDonald
Peter Schnall
David M. Willey
-31-
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.10
CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT BETWEEN
CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND [ ]
________________________________________________________________________________
This Amendment of Agreement is by and between Capital One Financial
Corporation (the "Company") and [ ] (the "Executive") dated as
of [ ].
WHEREAS, the Company entered into an Employment Agreement with the
Executive dated as of [ ] (the "Agreement"), providing the
Executive with compensation and benefit arrangements upon a Change of Control
(as defined therein);
WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive have as of the date of this
Amendment of Agreement (the "Amendment") entered into a Nonstatutory Stock
Option Agreement (the "Stock Option Agreement"); and
WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive now wish to amend the Agreement, as
provided in this Amendment.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the agreements
contained herein, the Company and the Executive agree that the Agreement shall
be modified as follows, effective as of [ ]:
1. The first sentence of Section 9 (e) of the Agreement is amended to
read in its entirety as follows:
Payments or distributions by the Company to or for the benefit of
the Executive pursuant to any "incentive stock options" (within
the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) granted to the Executive
prior to September 16, 1995 shall be "Excluded Payments."
2. The amendment to the Agreement set forth in paragraph 1 of this
Amendment, is subject to Shareholder Approval as defined in the Stock
Option Agreement. If Shareholder Approval is not obtained, (i) this
Amendment and the amendment set forth in this Amendment shall be null
and void; and (ii) the Company and the Executive shall be bound by the
terms of the Agreement as in effect immediately before the execution
of this Amendment.
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Executive have executed this
Amendment as of the date first written above.
CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:__________________________
John G. Finneran, Jr.
Senior Vice President and
General Counsel
By:__________________________
Name:________________________
<PAGE>
Capital One Financial Corporation
----------------------------------
First Amendment to the Employment Agreement
-------------------------------------------
Each of the following executive officers of Capital One Financial Corporation
has entered into the First Amendment to Change of Control Employment Agreement
in the form filed herewith:
Marjorie M. Connelly
Matthew J. Cooper
James P. Donehey
Dennis H. Liberson
William J. McDonald
Peter Schnall
David M. Willey
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.17.1
AMENDED AND RESTATED LEASE AGREEMENT
between
FIRST SECURITY BANK, N.A.
and Val T. Orton,
not individually but solely in their capacities
as owner trustee under that certain
Amended and Restated Trust Agreement
dated as of October 14, 1998,
the trust thereunder being referred to as the
COB Real Estate Trust 1995-1,
as Lessor
and
CAPITAL ONE REALTY, INC.,
as Lessee
Dated as of October 14, 1998
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
1. Demise; Title; Condition................................ 1
2. Term.................................................... 2
3. Rent.................................................... 3
4. Use..................................................... 4
5. Net Lease; Nonterminability; Subordination of Indenture. 5
6. Taxes and Other Charges; Law and Agreements............. 7
7. Title; Liens............................................ 10
8. Indemnification; Fees and Expenses...................... 11
9. Environmental Matters................................... 12
10. Maintenance and Repair; Additions....................... 16
11. Trade Fixtures; Inspection.............................. 18
12. Condemnation and Casualty............................... 19
13. Insurance............................................... 26
14. Financial Statements; Other Information................. 30
15. The Ground Leases....................................... 31
16. Purchase Procedure...................................... 32
17. No Reliance............................................. 34
18. Quiet Enjoyment......................................... 34
19. Survival................................................ 34
<PAGE>
20. Subletting; Assignment.................................... 35
21. Advances by Lessor........................................ 36
22. Conditional Limitations -- Events of Default and Remedies. 36
23. Notices................................................... 41
24. Estoppel Certificates..................................... 42
25. No Merger................................................. 42
26. Surrender and Return...................................... 43
27. Separability.............................................. 45
28. Lessee's End of Term Purchase Options..................... 45
29. Signs; Showing............................................ 46
30. End of Term Adjustment.................................... 47
31. Nature of Lessor's Obligations; Limitations on Liability.. 48
32. Granting of Easements, Etc................................ 49
33. Lessee's Representations and Warranties................... 49
34. Recording................................................. 51
35. Miscellaneous............................................. 51
36. Ownership of the Leased Properties........................ 52
37. Purchase Options.......................................... 54
38. Substitution of Properties................................ 56
39. The Individual Trustee.................................... 59
<PAGE>
-iii-
SCHEDULE A Land Parcel
SCHEDULE B Basic Rent
SCHEDULE C Termination Values
SCHEDULE D Environmental Matters
SCHEDULE E Purchase Prices
SCHEDULE F Maximum Lessor and Lessee Risk Amounts
SCHEDULE G Permitted Encumbrances
SCHEDULE H Form of Supplement to Lease
SCHEDULE I Form of Certificate As to Insurance
SCHEDULE J Allocable Percentages
SCHEDULE K Form of Lessee Estoppel Certificate
<PAGE>
THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LEASE AGREEMENT, dated as of October 14, 1998 as
amended and supplemented from time to time (this Lease), by and between FIRST
-----
SECURITY BANK, N.A., a national banking association, and Val T. Orton, not
individually but solely in their capacities as owner trustee under that certain
Amended and Restated Trust Agreement dated as of the date hereof, the trust
thereunder being referred to as the COB Real Estate Trust 1995-1, as lessor
(together with their respective successors and assigns, collectively, Lessor),
------
having an office at 79 South Main Street, Salt Lake City, Utah 84111, and
CAPITAL ONE REALTY, INC., a Delaware corporation, as lessee (together with
their respective successors and permitted assigns, Lessee), having an address at
------
2980 Fairview Park Drive, Suite 1400, Falls Church, VA 22042.
Lessor and Lessee, as assignee of Guarantor's interest thereunder, have
entered into a Lease Agreement dated as of January 5, 1996, as amended and
supplemented (the Original Lease) with respect to those certain parcels of land
--------------
described in Schedule A annexed hereto (individually, a Land Parcel and
collectively, the Land Parcels). Lessor and Lessee each desire to amend,
------------
restate and supercede the Original Lease in order to modify the terms and
conditions thereof.
Lessor and Lessee hereby agree, for good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, one to the other, as
follows (capitalized terms not otherwise defined are defined in Appendix I
hereto):
1. Demise; Title; Condition. In consideration of the agreements and
------------------------
provisions of this Lease hereinafter stipulated to be observed and performed by
Lessee, Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor,
subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, for the terms
described in Article 2 hereof, all of Lessor's right, title and interest in (i)
the fee simple interest or ground leasehold interest, as applicable, in each
Land Parcel, including the fee interest in any Land Parcel as to which Lessor
currently holds a ground leasehold interest, if such fee interest is hereafter
acquired by Lessor; (ii) all buildings, structures, improvements and other real
and personal property now standing or at any time hereafter constructed or
placed upon any of the Land Parcels including, without limitation, all of
Lessor's right, title and interest in and to all building equipment and fixtures
of every kind and nature on each of the Land Parcels or in any such building,
structure or improvement, together with any and all Additions (all of the
foregoing described in this clause (ii), the Improvements to each Land Parcel);
------------
and (iii) all easements, rights and appurtenances thereto (Lessor's right, title
and interest in each Land Parcel, the Improvements and all such easements,
rights and appurtenances with respect thereto called the Leased Property).
---------------
Each Leased Property is demised and let in its present condition without
representation or warranty by Lessor (except as expressly set forth in Article
18), subject in each case to (a) the rights of any parties in possession
thereof, (b) the state of the title thereto existing at the time Lessor acquired
its interest in such Leased Property and at the commencement of the Term, (c)
<PAGE>
-2-
any state of facts which an accurate survey or physical inspection might show,
(d) all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances and restrictions now in
effect or hereafter adopted by any governmental authority having jurisdiction,
(e) any environmental conditions now or hereafter existing at, on or under such
Leased Property and (f) any violations of such laws, rules, regulations,
ordinances and restrictions which may exist at the commencement of the Term of
this Lease. Lessee has examined each Leased Property and has, as between Lessor
and Lessee, found the same to be satisfactory for its purposes. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, Lessee acknowledges and agrees that as
of the date hereof, Lessor's interest in each of Knolls Two Phase Three,
Renaissance Business Park Phase I and Renaissance Business Park Phase II is a
ground leasehold interest.
LESSOR HAS NOT MADE AN INSPECTION OF ANY LEASED PROPERTY AND MAKES NO
REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEASED
PROPERTY WHETHER NOW OR HEREAFTER EXISTING OR THE LOCATION, USE, DESCRIPTION,
DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR USE FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, CONDITION OR
DURABILITY THEREOF, OR AS TO QUALITY OF THE MATERIAL OR WORKMANSHIP THEREIN; AND
ALL RISKS INCIDENTAL TO THE LEASED PROPERTIES SHALL BE BORNE BY LESSEE. IN THE
EVENT OF ANY DEFECT OR DEFICIENCY OF ANY NATURE IN ANY LEASED PROPERTY OR ANY
FIXTURE OR OTHER ITEM CONSTITUTING A PORTION THEREOF, WHETHER PATENT OR LATENT,
LESSOR SHALL NOT HAVE ANY RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE
PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH HAVE BEEN NEGOTIATED AND ARE INTENDED TO BE A
COMPLETE EXCLUSION AND NEGATION BY LESSOR OF, AND LESSEE DOES HEREBY DISCLAIM
ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES BY LESSOR, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE LEASED
PROPERTIES WHETHER NOW OR HEREAFTER EXISTING OR ANY FIXTURE OR OTHER ITEM
CONSTITUTING A PORTION THEREOF, WHETHER ARISING PURSUANT TO THE UNIFORM
COMMERCIAL CODE OR ANY OTHER LAW NOW OR HEREAFTER IN EFFECT OR OTHERWISE.
2. Term.
----
(a) Subject to the provisions hereof, Lessee shall have and hold each
Leased Property for a term which shall begin on December ___, 1998 (the Basic
-----
Term Commencement Date) and end at midnight on the day immediately before the
- ----------------------
fifth anniversary of the Basic Term Commencement Date (the Basic Term), unless
----------
sooner terminated or extended as hereinafter provided. All representations,
warranties and covenants in this Lease shall become effective at the time of the
delivery hereof on the Basic Term Commencement Date.
<PAGE>
-3-
(b) So long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing on the last day of the then current Basic Term or Renewal Term
(except for the last day of the Maximum Lease Term), Lessee may elect (i) to
extend and renew the Term of this Lease with respect to all, but not less than
all, of the Leased Properties for up to two consecutive one-year terms (each, a
Renewal Term) or (ii) to terminate this Lease. Lessee shall be deemed to have
- ------------
elected to extend and renew this Lease for the next following Renewal Term
unless Lessee delivers a notice to the contrary to Lessor at least 180 days
before the end of the then current Term (a Termination Notice). A Termination
------------------
Notice shall specify whether Lessee intends to purchase Lessor's interest in
all, but not less than all, of the Leased Properties pursuant to paragraph (a)
of Article 28 hereof or to return possession of all, but not less than all, of
the Leased Properties pursuant to paragraph (b) of Article 30. Lessee's deemed
exercise of its election to extend this Lease made in accordance with the
provisions of this Article 2 at the end of the Basic Term or at the end of the
first Renewal Term shall automatically extend the Term of this Lease for the
first Renewal Term or the second Renewal Term, as the case may be, without need
for a further writing. However, either party, upon request of the other, will
execute and acknowledge, in form suitable for recording, an instrument
confirming the acceptance of each Leased Property for the Basic Term and any
such Renewal Term. Time shall be of the essence with respect to the giving of
notice by Lessee of its election not to extend any Term of this Lease.
3. Rent.
----
(a) During the Term of this Lease, Lessee shall pay the basic rent
provided for in Schedule B annexed hereto (Basic Rent) to Lessor (or to any
----------
other party as Lessor may from time to time specify in writing), by bank wire
transfer or electronic funds transfer (including automated clearinghouse
transfers) of immediately available federal funds initiated before 10:30 A.M.,
Eastern Time, at Lessor's address set forth above, or at such other place within
the continental United States to which bank wire or electronic funds transfers
can be made, as Lessor may from time to time designate to Lessee in writing.
Basic Rent during the Basic Term and any Renewal Term shall be due and payable
by Lessee in installments in the amounts set forth in Schedule B on the dates
set forth in Schedule B (Installment Payment Dates). If any Installment Payment
-------------------------
Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, Basic Rent shall be due and
payable on the next succeeding Business Day without interest or penalty if paid
on such Business Day. In the event of any assignment by Lessor to an Assignee
pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (b) of Article 20 hereof, all payments
that are assigned to such Assignee, whether Basic Rent, Additional Rent or
otherwise, shall be paid in such manner and in such place as shall be designated
by Lessor or such Assignee.
(b) All amounts that Lessee is required to pay or discharge pursuant to
this Lease in addition to Basic Rent (including, without limitation, amounts
payable as the Purchase Price, Termination Value or other amounts for each
Leased Property pursuant to any provision hereof, any Adjustment Price or
Maximum Lessee Risk Amount payable pursuant to Article 30, any
<PAGE>
-4-
Reinvestment Premium, any amounts payable pursuant to Article 21 hereof or as
liquidated damages pursuant to paragraph (c) of Article 22 hereof and any
indemnity payments payable pursuant to Articles 8 and 9 hereof), together with
every fine, penalty, overdue interest and cost which may be added for nonpayment
or late payment thereof, shall constitute additional rent hereunder (all of the
foregoing, Additional Rent). In the event of any failure by Lessee to pay or
---------------
discharge any such Additional Rent, Lessor shall have all rights, powers and
remedies provided for herein or by law or otherwise in the case of nonpayment of
Basic Rent. Lessee shall pay Additional Rent to Lessor (or to any other party
as Lessor may from time to time specify in writing) in the same manner specified
for the payment of Basic Rent or, with respect to portions of Additional Rent
payable to third parties, Lessee may pay such portions of Additional Rent
directly to the Persons entitled thereto. Lessee also covenants to pay to
Lessor on demand as Additional Rent, interest at the Overdue Rate, but in no
event greater than the maximum rate permitted by applicable law, on (i) all
overdue installments of Basic Rent from the due date thereof until paid in full,
(ii) all overdue amounts of Additional Rent, arising out of obligations which
Lessor shall have paid on behalf of Lessee pursuant to Article 21 hereof or
otherwise from the date of such payment by Lessor until paid in full and (iii)
each other sum required to be paid by Lessee hereunder which is overdue,
including without limitation, any Maximum Lessee Risk Amount or portion thereof,
Purchase Price, Termination Value or other amounts for the Leased Properties,
Adjustment Price, any Reinvestment Premium, and any amounts payable pursuant to
Article 21 hereof or as liquidated damages pursuant to paragraph (c) of Article
22 hereof, from the date such sum was due until the date received by the Person
entitled thereto.
(c) (i) The Termination Values, (ii) the Purchase Price, and (iii) the
Maximum Lessor Risk Amount and the Maximum Lessee Risk Amount, in each case,
shall be at least sufficient at all times during the Maximum Lease Term to pay
all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the indebtedness
evidenced by the Notes, to pay to Lessor the amount of the outstanding Equity
Investment and accrued and unpaid Equity Return and to pay the Reinvestment
Premium, if any, payable under the Notes and in respect of the Equity
Investment. The foregoing shall in no event constitute or be construed as a
guarantee by Lessee of the Notes and/or the Equity Investment.
4. Use. Lessee may use Capital One Operations Center as an operations
---
center for it and Guarantor and each of Knolls Office Building, Knolls Two Phase
Three, Renaissance Business Park Phase I and Renaissance Business Park Phase II
as a first-class office facility and for accessory parking and other ancillary
uses. With the prior written consent of Lessor, Indenture Trustee and LC
Issuer, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, Lessee may use any
Leased Property for any other lawful use that Lessee certifies (i) is not
generally hazardous or offensive, (ii) does not, in Lessee's good faith
determination, adversely affect the fair market value, utility or useful life of
such Leased Property and (iii) does not violate any applicable Legal
Requirement, Ground Lease, as applicable, or insurance required hereunder to be
maintained thereon.
<PAGE>
-5-
5. Net Lease; Nonterminability; Subordination of Indenture
-------------------------------------------------------
(a) This Lease is a "net lease" and Lessee shall pay all Basic Rent and
Additional Rent without notice, demand, counterclaim, set-off, deduction, or
defense, and without abatement, suspension, deferment, diminution or reduction,
free from any charges, assessments, impositions, expenses or deductions of any
and every kind or nature whatsoever including, without limitation (i) any right
Lessee may have against Lessor, any Ground Lessor, any contractor or any other
Person for any reason (whether in connection with this transaction or any other
transaction), (ii) any breach, default or misrepresentation by Lessor or any
other Person under this Lease or any other Operative Document to which it is a
party or (iii) any invalidity or unenforceability in whole or in part of this
Lease or any other document or instrument relating to the transactions evidenced
hereby or any other Operative Document to which it is a party, or any other
infirmity herein or therein, or any lack of power or authority of any party to
this Lease, or any other document or instrument related to the transactions
evidenced hereby. All costs, expenses and obligations of every kind and nature
whatsoever relating to each Leased Property and the appurtenances thereto and
the use and occupancy thereof by Lessee or anyone claiming by, through or under
Lessee as Lessee hereunder which may arise or become due during or with respect
to the period constituting the Term of this Lease shall be paid by Lessee, and
Lessee shall indemnify Lessor against any of the foregoing as provided in
Article 8. Lessee assumes, during the Term of this Lease, the sole
responsibility for the physical and environmental condition, use, operation,
maintenance and management of each Leased Property, and Lessee shall indemnify
Lessor with respect to the foregoing as provided in Article 8, and Lessor shall
have no responsibility in respect thereof and shall have no liability for damage
to the property of Lessee on any account or for any reason whatsoever, except as
specifically provided in Article 8.
(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided in paragraph (b) of Article 2,
paragraph (c) of Article 12, clause (ii) of paragraph (b) of Article 22 hereof,
Article 28, paragraph (d) of Article 37 and clause (ii) of paragraph (b) of
Article 38 (with respect to the affected Leased Property but not as to the
Exchange Property), this Lease shall not terminate as to any Leased Property,
nor shall Lessee have any right to terminate this Lease as to any Leased
Property, nor shall Lessee be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent
hereunder, nor shall Lessee have the right to be released or discharged from any
obligations or liabilities hereunder for any reason, including without
limitation, any damage to or destruction of all or part of any Leased Property;
any restriction, deprivation (including eviction) or prevention of, or any
interference with, any use or the occupancy of any Leased Property (whether due
to any defect in or failure of Lessor's title to any Leased Property, any Lessor
Lien or otherwise); any condemnation, requisition or other taking or sale of the
use, occupancy or title to any Leased Property; any action, omission or breach
on the part of any Ground Lessor or Lessor under any of the Ground Leases or on
the part of Lessor under this Lease or under any other agreement between Lessor
and Lessee; the inadequacy or failure of the description of any Leased Property
to demise and let to Lessee the
<PAGE>
-6-
property intended to be leased hereby; Lessee's acquisition of ownership of any
Leased Property or any sale or other disposition of any Leased Property; the
impossibility or illegality of performance by Lessor or Lessee or both; the
failure of Lessor to deliver possession of any Leased Property on the Basic Term
Commencement Date; the inability or failure of Lessor to take leasehold title to
any of the Land Parcel under any Ground Lease; any environmental condition
affecting any Leased Property; any action of any court, administrative agency or
other governmental authority; or any other cause, whether similar or dissimilar
to the foregoing, any present or future law notwithstanding.
(c) Lessee will remain obligated under this Lease in accordance with its
terms, and will not take any action to terminate (except as otherwise expressly
provided in paragraph (b) of Article 2, paragraph (c) of Article 12, clause (ii)
of paragraph (b) of Article 22, Article 28, paragraph (d) of Article 37 and
clause (ii) of paragraph (b) of Article 38 (with respect to the affected Leased
Property not as to the Exchange Property)), rescind or avoid this Lease for any
reason, notwithstanding any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation,
dissolution or other proceeding affecting Lessor, or any assignee of Lessor, or
any action with respect to this Lease which may be taken by any receiver,
trustee or liquidator, or any assignee of Lessor or by any court in any such
proceeding. Lessee waives all rights at any time conferred by statute or
otherwise to quit, terminate (except as otherwise expressly provided in
paragraph (b) of Article 2, paragraph (c) of Article 12, clause (ii) of
paragraph (b) of Article 22, Article 28, paragraph (d) of Article 37 and clause
(ii) of paragraph (b) of Article 38 (with respect to the affected Leased
Property not as to the Exchange Property)) or surrender (except upon a return of
the Leased Properties pursuant to Article 28 and then in accordance with Article
26) this Lease or any Leased Property or to any abatement or deferment of any
Basic Rent, Additional Rent or other sum payable by Lessee hereunder, or for
damage, loss or expense suffered by Lessee on account of any cause referred to
in this Article 5 or otherwise.
(d) This Lease and all rights of Lessee hereunder are subordinate to the
Indenture unless the Indenture Trustee elects, upon notification by the
Indenture Trustee to Lessee, for the Indenture to be subordinate to this Lease
and such rights.
(e) If any act or omission of Lessor would give Lessee the right,
immediately or after the lapse of a period of time, to cancel or terminate this
Lease, or to claim a partial or total eviction, Lessee shall not exercise such
right until (i) Lessee gives notice of such act or omission to Lessor and to the
Indenture Trustee, and (ii) a reasonable period of time for remedying such act
or omission elapses following the time when the Indenture Trustee becomes
entitled under the Indenture to remedy same (which reasonable period shall in no
event be less than the period to which Lessor is entitled under this Lease or
otherwise, after similar notice, to effect such remedy).
<PAGE>
-7-
(f) If the Indenture Trustee succeeds to the rights of Lessor under this
Lease, whether through possession or foreclosure action or delivery of a new
lease or deed, then, at the request of the Indenture Trustee and upon the
Indenture Trustee's written agreement to accept Lessee's attornment, Lessee
shall attorn to and recognize the Indenture Trustee as Lessee's landlord under
this Lease and shall promptly execute and deliver any instrument that the
Indenture Trustee shall reasonably request to evidence such attornment. Upon
such attornment, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct
lease between the Indenture Trustee and Lessee upon all of the terms and
conditions set forth in this Lease except that the Indenture Trustee shall not
be (i) liable for any previous act or omission of Lessor under this Lease, (ii)
subject to any offset which had accrued to Lessee against Lessor, (iii)
obligated to complete any construction of the Leased Properties, (iv) obligated
to make any payment to or on behalf of Lessee, (v) required to account for any
security deposit other than any actual delivered to the Indenture Trustee, or
(vi) bound by any previous modification of this Lease or by any prepayment of
more than one month's Basic Rent or Additional Rent unless such modification or
prepayment was expressly approved in writing by the Indenture Trustee through or
by reason of which the Indenture Trustee succeeded to the rights of Lessor under
this Lease.
(g) If the Indenture Trustee requires any modification of this Lease,
Lessee shall, upon notice thereof from Lessor, promptly execute and deliver to
Lessor the instrument accompanying said notice from Lessor to effect such
modification if such instrument is reasonable and does not adversely affect in
any respect any of Lessee's rights under this Lease and does not increase in any
respect any of Lessee's obligations under this Lease.
6. Taxes and Other Charges; Law and Agreements.
-------------------------------------------
(a) Lessee shall pay and discharge, on or before the last day upon which
the same may be paid without interest or penalty, and shall indemnify each
Indemnified Party on an after tax basis, from and against, all taxes, including
any tax based upon or measured by gross rentals or receipts from any Leased
Property, assessments, levies, fees, water and sewer rents and other
governmental and similar charges, general and special, ordinary or
extraordinary, and whether or not the same shall have been within the express
contemplation of the parties hereto, and any interest and penalties thereon,
however imposed, whether levied or imposed upon Lessor, Lessee, any Indemnified
Party, any Leased Property or any portion thereof, by any federal, state or
local government or taxing authority in the United States of or by any taxing
authority or governmental subdivision of any other country, upon or with respect
to (i) the transactions including, without limitation, any documentary stamp tax
or any intangible personal property tax on the Lessor or any other Indemnified
Party, (ii) the Leased Property or any portion thereof or interest therein or
the interest of Lessee or Lessor or any Indemnified Party therein, (iii) Basic
Rent or Additional Rent or other sums payable by Lessee hereunder, (iv) this
Lease or the interest of Lessee or any Indemnified Party hereunder, (v) the use,
occupancy, construction, purchase, ownership, maintenance, operation, repair,
rebuilding, possession, repossession, sale or disposition of any
<PAGE>
-8-
Leased Property or any portion thereof or (vi) gross receipts from any Leased
Property. If any tax or assessment levied or assessed against any Leased
Property may legally be paid in installments, Lessee shall have the option to
pay such tax or assessment in installments; provided, however, that upon the
termination or expiration of the Term of this Lease, as the same be extended
pursuant to the terms hereof, Lessee shall pay any such tax or assessment which
it has been paying in installments in full on or prior to such termination or
expiration date. Nothing in this Lease shall require payment by Lessee of any
franchise, estate, inheritance, succession, transfer, net income or profits
taxes of Lessor or any other Indemnified Party (including any minimum taxes and
withholding taxes), except for transfer taxes, recording fees, or similar
charges payable in connection with a conveyance hereunder to Lessee or in
connection with Lessor's exercise of remedies after an Event of Default
hereunder and any gross receipts or similar taxes imposed or levied upon,
assessed against or measured by the Basic Rent, Additional Rent or any other
sums payable by Lessee hereunder or levied upon or assessed against any Leased
Property, unless such taxes are in substitution for an income, profit or revenue
tax of Lessor or any other Indemnified Party, but then only to the extent of
such substitution and only to the extent that such tax, assessment or other
charge would be payable if such Leased Property were the only property of Lessor
subject thereto (the foregoing, collectively, Excluded Taxes). Lessee shall
--------------
prepare and file on a timely basis all returns and other materials required in
connection with any taxes, assessments or other charges that Lessee is required
to pay pursuant to this Article 6. Lessee shall furnish to Lessor promptly, and
in any event within 30 days after the later of the date the same becomes due and
payable and the date of written demand by Lessor, as the case may be, proof of
the payment of any such tax, assessment, fee, rent or charge which is payable by
Lessee and, upon written demand of Lessor, proof of the filing of all returns
and other materials required in connection therewith. The indemnity contained in
this Article 6 shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the
expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and are expressly made for the
benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, Lessor and each other Indemnified
Party.
(b) Lessee shall pay all charges for utility, communication and other
services to the extent rendered or used during the Term of this Lease on or
about each Leased Property, whether or not payment therefor shall become due
after the expiration of the Term of this Lease.
(c) Lessee shall at all times during the Term of this Lease, at Lessee's
own cost and expense, perform and comply with all Legal Requirements (except to
the extent any exemption or so called "grandfathering" provision is available to
Lessee), whether or not such Legal Requirements so involved shall necessitate
structural changes, improvements, interference with use and enjoyment of any
Leased Property, replacements or repairs, extraordinary as well as ordinary, and
Lessee shall so perform and comply, whether or not such Legal Requirements shall
now exist or shall hereafter be enacted or promulgated, and whether or not such
Legal Requirements can be said to be within the present contemplation of the
parties hereto. Lessee shall at all times during the Term of this Lease, at
Lessee's own cost and expense, perform and comply with the terms of any easement
granted or released pursuant to Article 32 hereof and
<PAGE>
-9-
shall perform all of the obligations of the grantor or releasor under the
related instrument of grant or release. Lessee shall, at its expense, comply
with all provisions of insurance policies required pursuant to Article 13
hereof, and with the provisions of all contracts, agreements, instruments and
restrictions existing at the commencement of this Lease or thereafter suffered
or permitted by Lessee, affecting any Leased Property or any part thereof or the
ownership, occupancy, use, operation or possession thereof.
(d) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) through (c) of this
Article 6 and those of Article 7, Lessee shall have the right to contest, by
appropriate legal proceedings, any tax, charge, levy, assessment, lien or other
encumbrance, and/or any Legal Requirement affecting any Leased Property, and to
postpone payment of or compliance with the same during the pendency of such
contest, provided that (i) the commencement and continuation of such proceedings
shall suspend the collection thereof from, and suspend the enforcement thereof
against, Lessor and any Leased Property, (ii) no part of any Leased Property nor
any Basic Rent or Additional Rent or other sums payable by Lessee hereunder
shall be in danger of being sold, forfeited, attached or lost, (iii) there shall
not exist (x) any interference with the use and occupancy of any Leased Property
or any part thereof, or (y) any interference with the payment of Basic Rent or
any Additional Rent (other than the portion subject to the contest), (iv) Lessee
shall promptly prosecute such contest to a final settlement or conclusion or, if
Lessee deems it advisable to abandon such contest, Lessee shall promptly pay or
perform the obligation which was the subject of such contest and (v) at no time
during the permitted contest shall there be a risk of the imposition of criminal
liability on Lessor arising from non-payment of the contested item or non-
compliance with the contested Legal Requirement. If any Default or Event of
Default hereunder shall have occurred and be continuing, or any such contest or
contests, individually or in the aggregate, at any one time pending with respect
to any Leased Property shall involve an amount of money or potential loss
(including fines and similar charges) in excess of $300,000, plus any security
theretofore provided pursuant to this provision, then Lessee shall either (i)
deposit with the Depositary (as defined in subparagraph (i) of paragraph (b) of
Article 12 of this Lease) an amount equal to 100% of the tax, charge, levy,
assessment, lien or other encumbrance affecting such Leased Property, which
amount may be invested in accordance with the terms and provisions set forth in
subparagraph (iv) of paragraph (b) of Article 12 of this Lease or (ii) post an
equivalent bond, or letter of credit from an institution (other than Lessee or
its Affiliates) meeting the requirements to be a Depositary under this Lease,
for security. Lessee shall not postpone the payment of any such tax, charge,
levy, assessment, lien or other encumbrance for such length of time as shall
permit any Leased Property, or any lien thereon created by such item being
contested, to be sold by federal, state, county or municipal authority for the
non-payment thereof; Lessee shall not postpone compliance with any such law,
rule, order, ordinance, regulation or other governmental requirement if Lessor
will thereby be subject to criminal prosecution, or if any municipal or other
governmental authority shall be in a position according to applicable law to
commence and carry out any work to comply with the same or to
<PAGE>
-10-
foreclose or sell any lien affecting all or part of any Leased Property which
shall have arisen by reason of such postponement or failure of compliance.
(e) In the event of the expiration or termination of this Lease as herein
provided or Lessee's abandonment of any Leased Property, the obligations and
liabilities of Lessee with respect to each Indemnified Party, actual or
contingent, under this Article 6 shall survive such termination or abandonment.
7. Title; Liens. Lessee represents and warrants to, and covenants with,
------------
Lessor that Lessor has and shall have good fee simple title to (or, with respect
to Knolls Two Phase Three, Renaissance Business Park Phase I and Renaissance
Business Park Phase II, so long as the respective Ground Leases are in effect, a
valid ground leasehold interest in) each and every Leased Property, subject only
to Permitted Encumbrances, and that Lessee shall warrant and defend the same to
Lessor against the lawful claims and demands of all Persons. Subject to the
provisions of paragraph (d) of Article 6, Lessee will promptly, but in any event
no later than the earlier of 30 days after its Actual Knowledge of the filing
thereof or the enforcement of the same, at its own expense, remove, satisfy or
discharge of record, by bond or otherwise, any charge, lien, security interest
or encumbrance upon any Leased Property, upon any Basic Rent, or upon any
Additional Rent or other sums payable by Lessee under this Lease which arises
for any reason (except for Lessor Liens and any other acts or omissions of
Lessor or anyone claiming by, through or under Lessor, without the consent of
Lessee), including all liens which arise out of Lessee's possession, use,
operation and occupancy of any Leased Property, but not including any Permitted
Encumbrances. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be construed as
constituting the consent or request of Lessor, express or implied, to or for the
performance by any contractor, laborer, materialman, or vendor of any labor or
services or for the furnishing of any materials for any construction,
alteration, addition, repair or demolition of or to any Leased Property or any
part thereof. Notice is hereby given that Lessor will not be liable for any
labor, services or materials furnished or to be furnished to Lessee, or to
anyone holding an interest in any Leased Property or any part thereof through or
under Lessee, and that no mechanic's or other liens for any such labor, services
or materials shall attach to or affect the interest of Lessor in and to any
Leased Property. In the event of the failure of Lessee to discharge any charge,
lien, security interest or encumbrance within the time period set forth above
and otherwise as aforesaid, except during the pendency of any contest permitted
and conducted pursuant to paragraph (d) of Article 6, after five days prior
notice to Lessee (or after shorter notice or without notice if prudent under the
circumstances to prevent enforcement or other action against Lessor or any
Leased Property), Lessor may discharge such items by payment or bond or both,
and Lessee will repay to Lessor, upon demand, any and all amounts paid therefor,
or by reason of any liability on such bond, and also any and all reasonable
incidental expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements,
incurred by Lessor in connection therewith.
<PAGE>
-11-
8. Indemnification; Fees and Expenses. Lessee shall pay, and shall
----------------------------------
protect, defend and indemnify each Indemnified Party against and hold each
Indemnified Party harmless from all liabilities, losses, damages, costs,
expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses), claims, demands or
judgments of any nature to the extent (a) arising or alleged to arise from or in
connection with the condition, use, operation, maintenance, subletting and
management of any Leased Property, (b) relating to any Leased Property and the
appurtenances thereto and the use and occupancy thereof by Lessee or anyone
claiming by, through or under Lessee or (c) arising or alleged to arise from or
in connection with any of the following events: (i) any injury to, or the death
of, any person or any damage to or loss of property on or adjacent to any Leased
Property or growing out of or directly or indirectly connected with, or alleged
to grow out of or be directly or indirectly connected with, the ownership, use,
nonuse, occupancy, operation, possession, condition, construction, repair or
rebuilding of any Leased Property or adjoining property, sidewalks, streets or
ways or resulting, or alleged to result, from the condition of any thereof,
other than and only to the extent of any injury, death, damage or loss arising
solely out of such Indemnified Party's gross negligence or willful misconduct
provided, however, such exception shall not apply in respect of Lessor or any
liability which is imputed to Lessor or any assignee solely by reason of its
interest in any Leased Property under this Lease; (ii) any claims by third
parties to the extent resulting from any violation or alleged violation by
Lessee of (A) any provision of this Lease, or (B) any Legal Requirement
affecting any Leased Property, or (C) any lease (other than this Lease) or other
agreement relating to any Leased Property as of the date hereof or hereafter in
effect to which Lessee is a party or by which Lessee is bound, or (D) any
contract or agreement to which Lessee is a party, or any restriction, law,
ordinance or regulation, affecting any Leased Property or the ownership, use,
nonuse, occupancy, condition, operation, possession, construction, repair or
rebuilding thereof or of adjoining property, sidewalks, streets or ways; (iii)
any contest permitted by paragraph (d) of Article 6; or (iv) Lessee's failure to
pay in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof any item of Additional
Rent payable by Lessee hereunder or (d) which may be imposed upon, incurred by
or asserted against any Indemnified Party in any way relating to or arising out
of (i) this Lease or the enforcement of any of the terms hereof and thereof
(other than by Lessee), including, without limitation, relating to amendments,
supplements, adjustments, waivers, consents, releases, substitutions,
terminations and refinancings or (ii) the acquisition or ownership of the
Beneficial Interests by Beneficiary including, without limitation, fees,
expenses, taxes set forth in the Sale and Assignment Agreement (BI Interests) or
the failure to so acquire such Beneficial Interests as set forth in such
Agreement. Lessee shall not be liable in any case to any Indemnified Party for
any liabilities, obligations, claims, damages, penalties, causes of action,
costs or expenses to the extent that they result solely from the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party; provided that the
exclusion with respect to gross negligence and willful misconduct in this
sentence shall not apply to ordinary negligence, as to which Lessee shall
indemnify each Indemnified Party pursuant to this Article 8. The foregoing
shall not be construed to give rise to any third party beneficiary rights with
respect to any Person who is not an Indemnified Party. If any Indemnified Party
shall be made a party to any such litigation commenced against Lessee, and if
Lessee, at its
<PAGE>
-12-
expense, shall fail to provide such Indemnified Party or its agent with counsel
approved by such Indemnified Party, as applicable, which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld, Lessee shall pay all reasonable costs and attorney's fees
and expenses incurred or paid by such Indemnified Party in connection with such
litigation. Nothing in this Article 8 is meant to limit or otherwise impair the
indemnification set forth in Article 9. To the extent legally permissible, the
Indemnified Parties consent to being represented by the same counsel as Lessee
in such action; provided, however, that any Indemnified Party may be represented
by separate counsel selected by such Indemnified Party and reasonably acceptable
to Lessee, at Lessee's expense if, in such Indemnified Party's reasonable
judgment, separate counsel is necessary to protect such Indemnified Party's
interest. The indemnity contained in this Article 8 shall continue in full force
and effect notwithstanding the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease
and are expressly made for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, Lessor
and each other Indemnified Party.
9. Environmental Matters.
---------------------
Lessee represents and warrants (with respect to statements made as of a
particular date) and covenants (with respect to future or ongoing obligations)
to the Indemnified Parties that:
(i) at all times during the Term of this Lease, each and every Leased
Property, Lessee, all sublessees and any assignee of Lessee shall
comply in all material respects with all applicable Environmental
Laws, including the effecting of cures in compliance with
Environmental Laws, if applicable; Lessee has, and has ensured that
all sublessees of each Leased Property have, obtained all permits,
licenses, and any other authorizations to conduct operations at such
Leased Property that are required under all applicable Environmental
Laws as of the Basic Term Commencement Date and shall obtain and shall
ensure that all sublessees of such Leased Property shall obtain, at
all times during the Term of this Lease, all permits, licenses, and
any other authorizations to conduct operations at such Leased Property
that are now or hereafter required under all Environmental Laws;
Lessee is, and has ensured that all sublessees of each Leased Property
are, in compliance in all material respects with all terms and
conditions of all permits, licenses, and any other authorizations
required under all applicable Environmental Laws as of the Basic Term
Commencement Date and Lessee shall, and shall ensure that all
sublessees of each Leased Property shall, comply in all material
respects with all terms and conditions of all permits, licenses, and
any other authorizations now or hereafter required under all
applicable Environmental Laws; Lessee shall cause any alterations of,
or construction on, each Leased Property to be done in accordance in
all material respects with applicable Environmental Laws, and in
connection with any such alterations or construction, shall remove and
dispose of, in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws, any
Hazardous Substances present upon any Leased Property other than
lawful
<PAGE>
-13-
quantities of Hazardous Substances used in compliance with
Environmental Laws in connection with Lessee's intended use of each
Leased Property in accordance with the provisions of Article 4,
where such uses will have no material adverse effect upon such
Leased Property;
(ii) as of the Basic Term Commencement Date, no notices, complaints or
orders of violation or non-compliance of any nature whatsoever
regarding alleged violations of, or strict liability under,
Environmental Laws have been issued to Lessee or, to the best of its
knowledge, to any Person regarding any Leased Property, and no
federal, state or local governmental environmental investigation or
legal action by a private party is pending or overtly threatened, in
each case with regard to any Leased Property or any use thereof or
any alleged violation of, or strict liability arising under,
Environmental Laws with regard to any Leased Property; no liens have
been placed upon any Leased Property in connection with any actual
or alleged liability under any Environmental Laws;
(iii) no Leased Property (a) as of the Basic Term Commencement Date has
been used by Lessee or, to the best of Lessee's knowledge after due
inquiry, by any other Person to generate, manufacture, refine,
produce or process any Hazardous Substance or to store, handle,
treat, dispose, transfer or transport any Hazardous Substance (other
than as set forth in Schedule D or other than normal and lawful uses
of such Hazardous Substances in lawful quantities and in compliance
with Environmental Laws in connection with Lessee's intended use of
any Leased Property in accordance with the provisions of Article 4),
where such uses would have a material adverse effect upon such
Leased Property, and (b) will be used by Lessee or any other Person
at any time during the Term of this Lease to generate, manufacture,
refine, produce or process any Hazardous Substance or to store,
handle, treat, dispose, transfer or transport any Hazardous
Substance or, other than normal and lawful uses of such Hazardous
Substances in lawful quantities and in compliance with Environmental
Laws in connection with Lessee's intended use of any Leased Property
in accordance with the provisions of Article 4, where such uses
would have a material adverse effect upon such Leased Property or;
(iv) as of the Basic Term Commencement Date, no surface impoundments are
(and during the Term of this Lease, none will be) constructed,
operated or maintained in or on any Leased Property and no above
ground tanks or other containment structures will be constructed,
operated or maintained on any Leased Property in violation of
applicable Environmental Laws and no underground storage tanks are
(and during the Term of this Lease, none will be) constructed,
operated or maintained in or on any Leased Property; as of the Basic
Term Commencement Date, to the best of Lessee's knowledge after due
inquiry, there is no asbestos nor
<PAGE>
-14-
asbestos-containing material (except commercially produced product in
non-friable bonded form, the presence of which complies with all
Environmental Laws) located in, on, at or under any Leased Property
nor is there any PCB-containing equipment, including PCB-containing
transformers located in, on, at or under any Leased Property nor will
any of the foregoing be located in, on, at or under any Leased
Property at any time during the Term of this Lease;
(v) as of the Basic Term Commencement Date, other than as set forth in
Schedule D, each Leased Property is free of Hazardous Substances at,
in, on, over or under such Leased Property, except in lawful
quantities and in compliance with Environmental Laws regardless of
the source of any such Hazardous Substances; and
(vi) at all times during the Term of this Lease, other than normal and
lawful uses of such Hazardous Substances in lawful quantities and in
compliance with Environmental Laws in connection with Lessee's
intended use of each Leased Property in accordance with the
provisions of Article 4, where such uses will have no material
adverse effect upon any Leased Property, each Leased Property shall
be maintained free of Hazardous Substances at, in, on, over or under
such Leased Property, regardless of the source of any such Hazardous
Substances.
Promptly upon obtaining Actual Knowledge thereof, Lessee shall give to
Lessor notice of the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the failure
of any Leased Property, any Ground Lessor, Lessee, any sublessee or assignee of
Lessee to comply with any Environmental Law in any material manner whatsoever;
(ii) the issuance to Ground Lessor, Lessor, Lessee, or any sublessee of space in
any Leased Property or any assignee of Lessee, of any notice, complaint or order
of violation or non-compliance of any nature whatsoever with regard to such
Leased Property or the use thereof with respect to Environmental Laws; (iii) any
notice of a pending or threatened investigation to determine whether Ground
Lessor's, Lessor's, Lessee's (or any sublessee's or assignee's) operations on
any Leased Property are in violation of any Environmental Law; (iv) any notice
from any governmental agency requiring any corrective action with respect to any
Leased Property or any portion thereof under any Environmental Law; (v) any
notice or other communication with respect to a pending or threatened private
party judicial or administrative action relating to violation of any
Environmental Law in connection with the use, occupancy or operation of any
Leased Property; (vi) the existence or threat of a release of a Hazardous
Substance at any Leased Property or any condition regulated by any Environmental
Law which is or must be reported to a governmental agency or that could have a
material adverse effect upon such Leased Property; or (vii) any other occurrence
or discovery or any condition at any Leased Property related to Environmental
Laws and which would constitute a material adverse effect on such Leased
Property.
<PAGE>
-15-
At any time if Lessor receives notice that an adverse change in the
environmental condition of any Leased Property has occurred or that an adverse
environmental condition with respect to any Leased Property has been discovered,
Lessor shall give notice thereof to Lessee, and if Lessee shall not (i)
diligently commence to cure such condition, to the extent necessary to meet
Legal Requirements or comply fully with applicable Environmental Laws or to
prevent a diminution in the fair market value of such Leased Property related to
such environmental condition, within 30 days after receipt of such notice (or
such shorter period as may be required by law or in the event of an emergency)
and (ii) thereafter diligently prosecute to completion such cure, then Lessor
may cause to be performed an environmental audit or risk assessment of such
Leased Property and the then uses thereof, and may take such actions as it may
reasonably deem necessary to cure such condition. Notwithstanding the foregoing
right to conduct audits or assessments, Lessor shall not be obligated to conduct
such audits or assessments or to take any actions in response to any findings.
Such environmental audit or assessment shall be performed by an environmental
consultant satisfactory to Lessor and shall include a review of the uses of such
Leased Property and compliance of the same with all Environmental Laws. All
costs and expenses reasonably incurred by Lessor in connection with such
environmental audit or assessment and any remediation required shall be paid by
Lessee upon demand.
Lessee agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Indemnified Party
from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, judgments, decrees,
orders, penalties, claims, charges, costs and expenses (including, without
limitation, fees and disbursements of counsel, consultants and expert witnesses
for such Indemnified Party), which may be suffered or incurred by, or asserted
against such Indemnified Party to the extent arising directly or indirectly out
of any violation of this Article 9 or out of the use, storage, transportation,
disposal, treatment, release, threatened release, discharge, emission,
generation or presence of any Hazardous Substances at, from, on, over, under or
in any Leased Property, regardless of whether occurring before, during or after
the Term of this Lease and regardless of the source of any such Hazardous
Substances, provided, that no Indemnified Party will be indemnified by Lessee
hereunder for environmental contamination to the extent caused solely by the
grossly negligent acts of such Indemnified Party, its employees, agents or
assigns, other than at the direction of Lessee or resulting from Lessee's
failure to comply with this Article 9, and with respect to Lessor, other than
any such liability which is imputed to Lessor (and not due solely to Lessor's
own gross negligence or willful misconduct), by reason of its interest in any
Leased Property under this Lease.
The warranties and obligations of Lessee, and the rights and remedies of
each Indemnified Party under this Article 9 are in addition to and not in
limitation of any other warranties, obligations, rights and remedies provided in
this Lease or otherwise at law or in equity.
<PAGE>
-16-
In the event of the termination of this Lease as to any Leased Property as
herein provided or Lessee's abandonment of any Leased Property, the obligations
and liabilities of Lessee with respect to each Indemnified Party, actual or
contingent, under this Article 9 and relating to the period through the end of
the Term of this Lease, whether arising before or after the end of the Term of
this Lease, shall survive such termination or abandonment.
10. Maintenance and Repair; Additions.
---------------------------------
(a) Lessee acknowledges that it has received each Leased Property in good
condition, repair and appearance on and as of the Basic Term Commencement Date.
Lessee will, at its cost and expense, keep and maintain each Leased Property,
including any altered, rebuilt, additional or substituted buildings, structures
and other improvements thereto including, without limitation, Additions
permitted by and in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Article 10, in the
same condition as existed on the Basic Term Commencement Date, ordinary wear and
tear excepted, and (except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c) of Article 12)
will make all structural and non-structural, and ordinary and extraordinary
changes, repairs and replacements, foreseen or unforeseen, which may be
required, whether or not caused by its act or omission, to be made upon or in
connection with the improvements to any Leased Property in order to keep the
same in such condition, ordinary wear and tear and the circumstances described
in paragraph (c) of Article 12 excepted, including taking, or causing to be
taken, action necessary to maintain each Leased Property in compliance in all
material respects with any applicable Legal Requirements, including all
applicable Environmental Laws. Lessee covenants to perform or observe all
terms, covenants or conditions of any reciprocal easement or maintenance
agreement to which it may at any time be a party or to which any Leased Property
is subject as of the Basic Term Commencement Date with respect to such Leased
Property. Lessee shall, at its expense, use its best efforts to enforce
compliance in all material respects with any reciprocal easement, maintenance or
other agreement benefitting any Leased Property by any other Person subject to
such agreement. Lessor shall not be required to maintain, alter, repair,
rebuild or replace any improvements on any Leased Property or to maintain any
Leased Property, and Lessee expressly waives the right to make repairs at the
expense of Lessor pursuant to any law at any time in effect. If Lessee shall
abandon any Leased Property, it shall give Lessor immediate notice thereof.
<PAGE>
-17-
(b) If Lessor or any appropriate authority determines that any
Improvements situated on any Leased Property at any time during the term of this
Lease shall encroach upon any property, street or right-of-way adjoining or
adjacent to any Leased Property, or shall violate the agreements or conditions
contained in any restrictive covenant affecting any Leased Property or any part
thereof, or shall impair the rights of others under or obstruct any easement or
right-of-way to which any Leased Property is subject, then, promptly after the
written request of Lessor, Lessee shall, at its expense, either (i) obtain
effective waivers or settlements of all claims, liabilities and damages
resulting from each such encroachment, violation, impairment or obstruction
whether the same shall affect Lessor, Lessee or both, or (ii) make such changes
in the improvements on such Leased Property and take such other action as shall
be necessary to remove such encroachments or obstructions and to end such
violations or impairments, including, if necessary, the alteration or removal of
any improvement on such Leased Property. Any such alteration or removal shall be
made in conformity with the following requirements of this Article 10 to the
same extent as if such alteration or removal were an alteration under the
provisions of paragraph (c) of this Article 10 and there shall be no abatement
of rent by reason of such alteration or removal.
(c) During the Term of this Lease, so long as no Default or Event of
Default hereunder has occurred and is continuing, after notice to Lessor and
upon Lessor's consent, to the extent required, Lessee may make any alterations,
additions, modifications or improvements to any Leased Property whether or not
structurally integrated with the existing Improvements on such Leased Property
(each an Addition), provided that, (A) no such Addition (i) reduces the fair
--------
market value of such Leased Property, taking into account any increase in the
fair market value of such Leased Property caused by prior improvements to such
Leased Property made by Lessee as permitted by this Lease at any time during the
Maximum Lease Term, adversely affects the structural integrity of such
Improvements, or impairs the utility or operation of such Leased Property; (ii)
reduces the remaining useful life of such Improvements; or (iii) violates any
agreement or restriction (x) to which such Leased Property is subject or (y)
which benefits such Leased Property, and (B) Lessee shall finance construction
of any Addition (i) using its own funds or (ii) through a borrowing unsecured by
any interest in any Leased Property or any portion thereof. With respect to a
Leased Property, any structural Addition (other than the Addition to the parking
garage under construction on the Leased Properties known as Renaissance Business
Park Phase I and Renaissance Business Park Phase II) the cost of which exceeds
an amount equal to (i) 10% of the Cost of the Property of such Leased Property
or, (ii) if greater, 10% of the fair market value of such Leased Property as
determined by the then most recent Appraisal of such Leased Property, shall
require Lessor's prior written consent. Each Addition shall be made in a good
and workmanlike manner using a quality of material and workmanship at least as
good as the original work or installation of such Improvements and otherwise in
conformance with the character and quality of such existing Improvements and in
compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements. Before undertaking any
Addition, Lessee shall deliver to Lessor an Officer's Certificate with respect
to satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the foregoing clauses (A) and
<PAGE>
-18-
(B) and upon the reasonable request by Lessor, fair market value and the
remaining useful life of such Improvements shall be determined by an Appraisal
of such Leased Property, performed at Lessee's sole cost and expense. Each
Addition shall be made at the sole cost and expense of Lessee, may not be
encumbered and shall become the property of Lessor and subject to this Lease and
any other Permitted Encumbrances affecting the related Leased Property. At
Lessor's request, from time to time, Lessee shall within five Business Days
thereafter execute and deliver to Lessor a lease supplement with respect to any
such Additions. Lessee's execution of a lease supplement for any such Addition
shall constitute (i) Lessee's acknowledgment and certification that any work
associated therewith complies with the requirements of this Article 10 and (ii)
as between Lessor and Lessee and for purposes of this Lease but for no other
purpose, Lessee's unconditional and irrevocable acceptance of such Addition for
lease hereunder, which acceptance shall not constitute a waiver of any rights,
against third parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in
this Article 10, Lessee may acquire and place upon, and remove from, any Leased
Property from time to time personal property consisting of furnishings and
equipment that are mobile and not affixed to the Land Parcel or to any portion
of any Leased Property in any manner, which furnishings and equipment shall
remain Lessee's property and may be encumbered by leases, purchase money or
similar security interests or in any other manner.
(d) All work done in accordance with this Article 10 shall comply with the
requirements of all insurance policies required to be maintained by Lessee under
Article 13 hereof. Lessee shall promptly pay all costs and expenses of each
such Addition, discharge all liens arising therefrom and procure and pay for all
permits and licenses required in connection therewith.
11. Trade Fixtures; Inspection.
--------------------------
(a) Lessor acknowledges and agrees that the items of trade fixtures,
machinery and equipment for each Leased Property (but specifically excluding
Improvements) are and shall remain the property of Lessee (Trade Fixtures) and
--------------
be treated as "trade fixtures" for the purposes of this Lease, and Lessee may
remove the same from any Leased Property at any time prior to the termination of
this Lease, provided that Lessee shall repair any damage to such Leased Property
resulting from such removal. Lessee may, at its own cost and expense, install
or place or reinstall or replace upon or remove from any Leased Property any
such Trade Fixtures. Any such Trade Fixtures shall not become the property of
Lessor (other than replacements of fixtures, machinery and equipment which are
the property of Lessor, which replacement shall also be the property of Lessor).
Replacements of fixtures, machinery and equipment which are property of the
Lessor shall be of at least equal quality to the replaced fixtures, machinery
and equipment when the replaced items were new. Lessee will be responsible for
the repair and maintenance of Trade Fixtures.
(b) Upon the request of Lessor, Indenture Trustee, Beneficiary or LC
Issuer, Lessee shall make Lessee's records pertaining to the maintenance of each
Leased Property available to
<PAGE>
-19-
Lessor for inspection. Lessee shall permit Lessor, Indenture Trustee, LC Issuer
and their respective agents, at any such party's risk and expense (except at the
expense of the Lessee during a Default or an Event of Default) and after
reasonable notice to visit and inspect any Leased Property, in a manner that
does not unreasonably interfere with Lessee's use and operation of such Leased
Property at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested,
including, without limitation, to make such inspections as any such party deems
necessary or desirable to insure compliance with the provisions of Article 9,
Article 10, this Article 11 and Article 26.
12. Condemnation and Casualty.
-------------------------
(a) Lessee hereby assigns to Lessor any award, compensation, insurance
proceeds or other payment to which Lessee may become entitled by reason of its
interest in any Leased Property (i) if any Leased Property, or any portion
thereof, is damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty or cause, or (ii) by
reason of any condemnation, requisition or other taking or sale of the use,
occupancy or title to any Leased Property or any portion thereof in, by or on
account of any actual or threatened eminent domain proceeding or other action by
any governmental authority, civil or military, or other Person having the power
of eminent domain. So long as there is no Default or Event of Default
continuing hereunder, Lessee is hereby authorized and empowered to, at its cost
and expense, in the name and behalf of Lessor and Lessee, or otherwise, to
appear in any such proceeding or other action, to negotiate, accept and
prosecute any claim for any award, compensation, insurance proceeds or other
payment on account of any such loss, damage or destruction, condemnation,
requisition or other taking or sale and to cause any such award, compensation,
insurance proceeds or other payment to be paid to Lessor provided that Lessee
shall not accept any Net Award without obtaining the prior written consent of
Lessor if the condemnation or casualty shall have adversely affected the fair
market value of such Leased Property by $100,000 or more (as determined by an
Engineer). In addition, so long as there is no Event of Default continuing
hereunder, Lessee, at its sole cost and expense, shall be entitled to submit,
negotiate, accept and prosecute a claim for any award, compensation or insurance
proceeds or other payment payable to Lessee to the extent payable for
interruption of business, moving expenses or any property owned by Lessee that
is not part of any Leased Property (any such insurance proceeds or other payment
payable to Lessee to the extent made for interruption of business, moving
expenses or any property owned by Lessee that is not part of any Leased Property
hereinafter referred to as Lessee's Loss), and Lessee shall retain any award
applicable thereto. Furthermore, Lessee shall use reasonable efforts to achieve
the maximum award obtainable under the circumstances. Lessor, Indenture
Trustee, Beneficiary and LC Issuer may, at their respective cost and expense
(unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing hereunder in
which event such appearance shall be at Lessee's sole cost and expense), appear
in any such proceeding or other action, in a manner consistent with the
foregoing. All amounts so paid or payable to Lessor or Lessee shall be retained
by, or paid over to, the party entitled thereto in accordance with this Article
12. To the extent that Lessor, Indenture Trustee,
<PAGE>
-20-
Beneficiary or LC Issuer does not appear and act at such proceeding, Lessee
shall take all reasonable appropriate action in connection with each such claim,
proceeding or other action, and shall pay its costs and expenses in connection
therewith.
(b) If any Leased Property or any part thereof shall be condemned or taken
in the exercise of the power of eminent domain by any sovereign, municipality or
other public or private authority or shall be damaged or destroyed by fire or
other casualty, and Lessee may not, or does not, elect to terminate the Lease
with respect to such Leased Property pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Article
12, then Lessee shall give prompt written notice of such condemnation or
casualty to Lessor and shall, at Lessee's own cost and expense, proceed with
diligence and promptness to carry out any necessary demolition and to restore,
repair, replace, and/or rebuild such Leased Property in order to restore such
Leased Property, as nearly as practicable, to a condition and fair market value
not less than the condition required to be maintained and fair market value
thereof immediately prior to such taking, damage or destruction. No repair work
done by Lessee pursuant to this paragraph shall violate the terms of any
restriction, easement, condition or covenant or other matter affecting title to
any Leased Property, and shall be undertaken and completed in a good and
workmanlike manner and in compliance in all material respects with the
requirements of Article 10 and with all Legal Requirements then in effect with
respect to the affected Leased Property. All work done in accordance with this
paragraph (b) of Article 12 shall comply with the requirements of all insurance
policies required to be maintained pursuant to this Lease.
Basic and Additional Rent shall not abate hereunder by reason of any taking
of, damage to or destruction of any Leased Property, and this Lease shall
continue in full force and effect and Lessee shall continue to perform and
fulfill all of Lessee's obligations, covenants and agreements hereunder
notwithstanding such taking, damage or destruction unless and until this Lease
is terminated pursuant to its terms except for those provisions which by their
terms survive such termination.
If a Default or Event of Default is continuing hereunder, Lessor shall
retain the Net Award in respect of a Leased Property to be applied to effect
compliance with Lessee's obligations hereunder. If the Net Award in respect of
a Leased Property is less than the estimated cost of restoring or rebuilding the
Improvements on the affected Leased Property to the condition and fair market
value required above in this paragraph (b), then Lessee shall deposit the amount
by which such estimated cost exceeds the Net Award with the Depositary as
described below or shall post an equivalent bond, whereupon such deposit or
bonded amount shall be part of the Net Award for purposes of this paragraph (c)
of this Article 12. If the Net Award in respect of a Leased Property does not
constitute a Major Casualty or Condemnation Amount, provided that there is no
Default or Event of Default continuing hereunder, then such Net Award shall be
promptly paid to Lessee to be applied to the repair and rebuilding work required
by this paragraph (b). For purposes of this Article 12, Major Casualty or
Condemnation Amount means,
<PAGE>
-21-
with respect to a Leased Property, an amount equal to (a) 5% of the Cost of the
Property of such Leased Property or, if greater, 5% of the fair market value of
such Leased Property as determined by the then most recent Appraisal of such
Leased Property or (b) if the Guarantor's unsecured senior funded indebtedness
is, at the time of such casualty or condemnation or at the time of payment of
the Net Award, rated by either Moody's or S&P lower than such indebtedness is
rated on the Basic Term Commencement Date the greater of (i) $300,000 and (ii)
1% of the Cost of the Property of such Leased Property or, if greater, 1% of the
fair market value of such Leased Property as determined by the then most recent
Appraisal of such Leased Property. If the Net Award in respect of a Leased
Property equals or exceeds a Major Casualty or Condemnation Amount, provided
that there is no Default or Event of Default continuing hereunder, then:
(i) the full amount thereof shall be paid to a depositary (the Depositary)
----------
to be selected as hereinafter provided. The Depositary shall be
either (x) Indenture Trustee, or (y) a bank or trust company located
in the state in which the affected Leased Property is located,
selected by Lessor which is authorized to do business in the state in
which the affected Leased Property is located, and which has a net
worth of $500,000,000 or more and has a credit rating from S&P or
Moody's (or any successor to either entity) of "A" or "A-2",
respectively, or better. The Depositary (if other than Lessee) shall
have no affirmative obligation to prosecute a determination of the
amount of, or to effect the collection of, any insurance proceeds or
condemnation award or awards, unless the Depositary shall have been
given an express written undertaking to do so. Moneys received by the
Depositary pursuant to the provisions of this Lease shall not be
commingled with the Depositary's own funds and shall be held by the
Depositary in trust separately for the uses and purposes provided in
this Lease. The Depositary shall place any moneys held by it into an
interest bearing account; any interest paid or received by the
Depositary on the moneys so held in trust shall be added to the moneys
so held in trust by the Depositary. In disbursing monies pursuant to
clause (ii) of this paragraph (b), the Depositary may rely
conclusively on the information contained in any notice given to the
Depositary by Lessee in accordance with the provisions of said clause
(ii), unless Lessor shall notify the Depositary in writing as provided
in said clause (ii) that Lessor intends to dispute such information,
in which case the disputed amount shall not be disbursed but shall
continue to be held by the Depositary until such dispute shall have
been resolved.
(ii) From time to time, Lessee may request reimbursement out of the Net
Award in respect of a Leased Property for the actual costs and
expenses incurred by Lessee in connection with such repair and
rebuilding. Such requests shall be made by written notice to the
Depositary, with a copy to Lessor, setting forth in reasonable detail
all of such costs and expenses then incurred by Lessee and including
the following:
<PAGE>
-22-
(1) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Lessee, dated not more
than ten days prior to the date of the proposed draw, (A)
requesting the payment of a specified amount of such Net Award;
(B) describing in reasonable detail the work (including all
architects', engineers' and builders' fees and expenses and other
similar fees and expenses in connection with such work) and
materials applied in connection with such repair and rebuilding
(or materials delivered to and safely stored on the affected
Leased Property, the ownership of which has passed to Lessee and
which is fully insured for loss or damage including coverage for
theft and malicious mischief) since the date of the last
certificate of Lessee; (C) stating that such specified amount
does not exceed the cost of such work and materials; (D) stating
that Lessor has approved the plans and specifications with
respect to such work and materials; and (E) stating that such
work and materials have not previously been made the basis of any
actual withdrawal of money;
(2) a certificate of an independent engineer or an independent
architect designated by Lessee (Engineer), who in either case
--------
shall be approved by Lessor, which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed, stating (A) that the work
(including all architect' engineers' and builders' fees and
expenses and other similar fees and expenses in connection with
such work) and materials described in the accompanying
certificates of Lessee were satisfactorily performed or furnished
and were necessary, appropriate or desirable to the restoration
or replacement of the Improvements in accordance with plans and
specifications therefor approved by Lessor; (B) that the amount
specified in such certificate of Lessee is not in excess of the
cost of such work and materials; and (C) the balance of the funds
being held by Lessor on an estimated basis equals or exceeds the
additional amount, if any, required to complete the restoration
or replacement of the Leased Properties; and
(3) such other additional data and upon satisfaction of such other
additional customary requirements (in any event including, to the
extent permitted by applicable law, evidence of the obtaining and
filing of no lien agreements in timely fashion, and lien waivers
from every contractor and subcontractor who performs any work or
supplies any material in connection with the repair and
rebuilding) as Lessor may reasonably require.
Subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing conditions, the
Depositary shall promptly disburse (but not prior to the expiration of
the five Business Day period
<PAGE>
-23-
set forth in the next following sentence of this clause (ii) and not
at any time during which a dispute shall exist between Lessor and
Lessee as to such amount) to Lessee out of such Net Award the amount
of such costs and expenses. If Lessor shall in good faith desire to
dispute the information contained in any notice given by Lessee
pursuant to this clause (ii), Lessor shall so notify Lessee and the
Depositary in writing within five Business Days after the giving of
such notice (the Dispute Notice), specifying the amount intended to
--------------
be disputed and the nature of the dispute, and Lessor and Lessee
shall negotiate in good faith to promptly settle any such dispute.
Within five days after delivery of the Dispute Notice, a duly
authorized representative of Lessee and Lessor shall meet to discuss
and to attempt to resolve such dispute. If no such resolution has
been reached within fifteen days after delivery of the Dispute
Notice, the dispute shall be referred to the Applicable Officer of
Lessee and to the most senior authorized representative of Lessor
charged with the administration of this Lease for resolution. Such
officers shall meet to discuss and attempt to resolve such dispute
within ten days after the expiration of such fifteen day period. If
such parties are unable to agree on an appropriate resolution within
fifteen days after the end of such fifteen day period, both parties
may pursue any rights and remedies they may have hereunder, at law
or in equity, and the Depositary shall hold such amounts in trust
pending the outcome thereof. The failure or refusal of either Lessor
or Lessee to meet and discuss any dispute as provided above shall
entitle the Depositary to immediately disburse the moneys held by it
at the direction of the party not so failing or refusing.
(iii) After reimbursement in respect of a Leased Property pursuant to
clause (ii) above, any remaining Net Award in respect of such Leased
Property shall be paid pursuant to paragraph (b) of Article 13.
(iv) Lessee may direct the investment of the amounts deposited with the
Depositary pursuant to clause (i) above in the following:
(A) repurchase obligations of one or more financial institutions
reasonably acceptable to Lessor at all times fully secured by
direct and general obligations of the United States of America or
obligations guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United
States of America with a maturity date not to exceed 365 days;
(B) direct and general obligations of the United States of
America or obligations guaranteed as to principal and interest by
the United States of America with a maturity date not to exceed
365 days purchased at a price of not more than par;
<PAGE>
-24-
(C) certificates of deposit of one or more financial
institutions reasonably acceptable to Lessor at all times insured
by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or collateralized by
obligations of the types described in the foregoing clauses (A)
and (B); or
(D) commercial paper which is rated "A-1" or better (or
comparable ratings) by S&P or "P-1" or better (or comparable
ratings) by Moody's, or the successors to such rating
organizations.
Such investments of such funds shall mature in such amounts and
on such dates as to provide that amounts sufficient to pay the
amounts requested, and due to, Lessee shall be available on the
due dates. The Depositary shall not be liable for any loss
resulting from the liquidation of any such investment in order to
pay such amounts. Lessee shall be responsible for any loss of
principal as a result of any investments Lessee has directed the
Depositary to make or has made itself in its capacity as the
Depositary.
(c) If at any time during the Term of this Lease, all or "substantially
all" (as defined below) of any Leased Property shall be condemned or taken in
the exercise of the power of eminent domain by any sovereign, municipality or
other public or private authority or shall be damaged or destroyed by fire or
other casualty or if, after any condemnation, taking or casualty of any Leased
Property, and if (i) the Board of Directors of Lessee shall have, in good faith,
determined that such condemnation, taking or casualty has rendered such Leased
Property permanently unsuitable for continued use in Lessee's business for
operations similar to those utilized by Lessee prior to the casualty or
condemnation in question and (ii) Lessee shall have provided to Lessor an
Officer's Certificate to that effect, then so long as there is no Default or
Event of Default continuing hereunder, Lessee may give notice to Lessor of
Lessee's intention to terminate this Lease with respect to such Leased Property.
"Substantially all" of a Leased Property shall be deemed to have been
condemned, damaged, destroyed or taken, as the case may be, if the Board of
Directors of Lessee shall have, in good faith, determined that the remaining
portion of affected Leased Property shall not be of sufficient size or character
to permit the continued operation by Lessee of its business operations on an
economically feasible basis, assuming that such remaining portion had been
repaired and restored to the fullest extent reasonably practicable.
If, pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (c) of this
Article 12, Lessee shall have determined not to restore any affected Leased
Property, then Lessee shall give notice to Lessor of Lessee's intention to
terminate this Lease with respect to such Leased Property not later than 120
days after the occurrence of such condemnation or taking or 90 days after the
<PAGE>
-25-
occurrence of such casualty (subject to extension by 30 days in the event the
insurer has not notified Lessee within 30 days after the occurrence of any such
casualty regarding the amount of proceeds to be awarded under the applicable
insurance policy), whichever is applicable. Lessee's notice to Lessor shall (i)
contain a description of the relevant condemnation, taking or casualty, (ii)
specify the date on which this Lease shall terminate with respect to such Leased
Property which shall be the Installment Payment Date first occurring at least 60
days after such notice is given (the Termination Date), and (iii) contain the
----------------
irrevocable offer of Lessee to purchase Lessor's interest in such Leased
Property (and, if applicable, the Net Award in respect thereof), on such
Termination Date for the Termination Value with respect to such Leased Property
but not the Reinvestment Premium. If Lessor shall reject any such offer to
purchase by written notice given to Lessee not later than 30 days prior to such
Termination Date, then, subject to the Indenture, this Lease shall terminate
with respect to the affected Leased Property on such Termination Date and the
Net Award, if applicable, in respect of such Leased Property, shall be paid and
belong to Lessor. Unless Lessor shall reject such offer to purchase as provided
in the preceding sentence, Lessor shall be conclusively deemed to have accepted
such offer, and on such Termination Date Lessor shall transfer, and Lessee shall
purchase, Lessor's interest in the affected Leased Property (and the Net Award,
if applicable, in respect thereof) in accordance with the provisions of Article
16 hereof. Upon completion of such purchase, and payment by Lessee of the
Allocable Percentage of the Termination Value with respect to such Leased
Property, the accrued and unpaid Basic Rent due on such Termination Date, any
accrued and unpaid Additional Rent then due, and any other sums owed by Lessee
pursuant to Article 16 hereof, the Net Award in respect of such Leased Property
shall be paid and belong to Lessee. Any Net Award or payment by Lessee of
Termination Value not used for the repair and/or restoration of the affected
Leased Property hereunder shall be used by Lessor to prepay the Notes in
accordance with Article 13(b) hereof and the Indenture.
In the event that this Lease terminates with respect to a Leased Property
as described in this Article 12, Lessee agrees to vacate and use its best
efforts to dispose of such Leased Property and agrees that no use will be made
of such Leased Property in the business of Lessee or any Affiliate thereof for a
period of one year following the date of purchase by Lessee except for a use
involving no substantial structural improvement thereon.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary contained in this
Article 12, in the event of a temporary condemnation with respect to any Leased
Property, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and Lessee shall be
entitled to the Net Award allocable to such temporary condemnation; except that
any portion of the Net Award allocable to the time period after the expiration
or termination of this Lease with respect to such Leased Property shall be paid
to Lessor unless Lessee shall have purchased such Leased Property in accordance
with the terms hereof, in which case, such portion of the Net Award shall be
paid to Lessee.
<PAGE>
-26-
13. Insurance.
---------
(a) Lessee shall, during the Term hereof, at its cost and expense,
maintain or cause to be maintained valid and enforceable insurance of the
following character and shall cause to be delivered to Lessor annual
certificates of the insurers as to such coverage:
(i) "all risks" property insurance (including flood insurance
with respect to any Leased Property located in a flood
hazard zone) covering each Leased Property and all
replacements and additions thereto, and all building
materials and other property which constitute part of any
Leased Property in a manner consistent with insurance
maintained by Lessee on properties similar to the Leased
Properties and in any event in amounts for such Leased
Property not less than the greater of (a) the actual
replacement cost of each Leased Property less land and other
uninsurable items and (b) the Termination Value of such
Leased Property;
(ii) public liability insurance covering legal liability against
claims for bodily injury, death or property damage,
occurring on, in or about each Leased Property and the
adjoining land, streets, sidewalks or ways or occurring as a
result of construction and use and occupancy of facilities
located on each Leased Property or as a result of the
construction thereof or the use of products or materials
manufactured, processed, constructed or sold, or services
rendered, on each Leased Property, in the minimum amount of
$1,000,000 with respect to any one occurrence, accident or
disaster or incidence of negligence and, on each Leased
Property, with umbrella excess liability coverage in the
amount of $50,000,000, which coverage should include
"premises/operations", "independent contractors", and
"blanket contractual" liabilities);
(iii) insurance during the course of any construction or repair of
any Improvements (including construction underway as of the
date hereof) against "all risks", including collapse and
transit coverage, during construction or repair of such
Improvements, covering the total value of work performed and
equipment, supplies and materials furnished, in an amount
equal to the actual replacement cost of such Improvements
less uninsurable items;
(iv) worker's compensation insurance (or other similar insurance
or self insurance program permitted and in compliance with
the laws of the state where each Leased Property is located)
covering all Persons employed in connection with any work
done on or about each Leased Property with respect to which
claims for death or
<PAGE>
-27-
bodily injury could be asserted against Lessor, Lessee or
each Leased Property, complying with the laws of the state
where each Leased Property is located; and
(v) such other insurance, in such amounts, against such risks,
and with such other provisions as is customarily and
generally maintained by operators of similar properties of a
financial standing similar to Lessee, including war risk
insurance (at and during such times as war risk insurance is
commonly obtained in the case of property similar to the
Leased Properties), when and to the extent obtainable.
Such insurance shall be written by reputable insurance companies of
recognized financial standing and which are legally qualified to issue such
insurance and shall name Lessee as insured and Lessor, the Indenture Trustee,
Beneficiary, LC Issuer and each Assignee thereof as additional insured with
respect to insurance described in clause (ii) or, to the extent applicable,
clause (v), above, and shall name the Indenture Trustee, as loss payee, for
distribution to itself with respect to insurance described in clauses (i), (iii)
and, to the extent applicable, clause (v) above. Lessee shall obtain all
insurance policies from insurance companies with a General Policy Rating of A:IX
or better in Best's Key Rating Guide. Such insurance may provide for such
deductible amounts of up to $500,000 per occurrence and may be obtained by
Lessee by endorsement on its blanket insurance policies, provided that each
Leased Property shall be separately scheduled so that no loss at any other
property shall reduce the amount payable with respect to such Leased Property.
(b) Any portion of the Net Award remaining after Lessee has repaired any
affected Leased Property pursuant to paragraph (b) of Article 12 shall be
delivered to Lessee, provided that either the fair market value of such Leased
Property after such repair is no less than the fair market value of such Leased
Property immediately prior to the event of loss with respect to which such Net
Award was paid, or that the aggregate amount of (i) such portion of the Net
Award so remaining and (ii) all amounts theretofore paid to Lessee pursuant to
this sentence, does not exceed $250,000. If the fair market value of any
affected Leased Property has been diminished, taking into account any increase
in the fair market value of such Leased Property caused by prior improvements to
such Leased Property made by Lessee as permitted by this Lease or such aggregate
amounts exceed $250,000, the excess shall, at Lessor's election, be retained by
Lessor and applied to the partial prepayment of the principal amount of each of
the Notes of the Series related to such Leased Property, together with accrued
and unpaid interest, but not Reinvestment Premium, and any amounts payable
pursuant to the terms thereof or in respect thereof from such excess amount and
not from any additional funds of Lessee or Lessor on the next Installment
Payment Date. After the retention of any such amount by Lessor, (i) each
installment of Basic Rent payable thereafter shall be reduced by an amount equal
to the amount of the reduction, if any, in payments of interest on the Notes
resulting from the application of
<PAGE>
-28-
such retained amount to the partial prepayment of the Notes, and (ii) the Cost
of the Properties, Purchase Price, Termination Values, Maximum Lessor Risk
Amount and Maximum Lessee Risk Amount shall be reduced by amounts that reflect
the reductions, if any, in principal outstanding on the Notes as a result of the
application of such retained amount to the partial prepayment of principal on
the Notes; provided, however, that Basic Rent as so reduced shall be at least
sufficient to pay each installment of interest on the Notes and the Equity
Return when due, and the Purchase Price and Termination Values as so reduced
shall be at least sufficient at all times during the Maximum Lease Term to pay
all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the Notes and
the Equity Investment, and, in the case of Purchase Price, the Reinvestment
Premium, if any. The Reinvestment Premium, if any, payable under this Lease
shall at all times during the Maximum Lease Term be sufficient to pay the
Reinvestment Premium as defined in and payable under the Notes plus the
Reinvestment Premium as defined in and payable under this Lease with respect to
the Equity Investment.
(c) In addition to the foregoing, every insurance policy maintained in
accordance with paragraph (a) of this Article 13 which shall name the Indenture
Trustee as loss payee, shall provide that the issuer waives all rights of
subrogation against the Indenture Trustee, and any successor to the Indenture
Trustee's interests in the Leased Property; and every insurance policy
maintained in accordance with clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (v) of paragraph (a)
of this Article 13 shall: (i) provide that 30 days advance written notice of
cancellation, modification, termination or lapse of coverage shall be given to
Lessor, the Indenture Trustee, LC Issuer, Beneficiary and each Assignee and that
such insurance, as to the interest of Lessor, Indenture Trustee, LC Issuer,
Beneficiary and such Assignee shall not be invalidated by any act or neglect of
such Persons or any other Person, nor by any foreclosure or any other
proceedings relating to any Leased Property, nor by any change in the title
ownership of any Leased Property, nor by use or occupation of any Leased
Property for purposes more hazardous than are permitted by such policy; (ii) be
primary and without right or provision of contribution as to any other insurance
carried by Lessor, any Assignee or any other interested party; and (iii) in the
event any insuring company is not domiciled within the United States of America,
include a United States Service of Suit clause (providing any actions against
the insurer by the named insured, Lessor and any Assignee are conducted within
the jurisdiction of the United States of America).
(d) Nothing in this Article 13 shall prevent Lessee from taking out
insurance of the kind and in the amount provided for under the preceding
paragraphs of this Article under a blanket insurance policy (or certificates
thereof acceptable to Lessor shall be delivered to Lessor) which may cover other
properties owned, operated, leased or occupied by Lessee as well as each Leased
Property; provided, however, that any such blanket insurance of the kind
provided for shall: (i) specifically refer to the Leased Properties as included
in the description of the insured real property and specify therein the amounts
exclusively allocated to the Leased Properties (or Lessee shall furnish Lessor
with a written statement from the insurers under such policies specifying the
amounts of the total insurance exclusively allocated to the Leased Properties);
and
<PAGE>
-29-
(ii) not contain any clause which would result in the insured thereunder being
required to create a reserve or carry any insurance with respect to the property
covered thereby in order to prevent the named insureds from becoming a co-
insurer of any loss with the insurer under such policy. Further, such policies
of blanket insurance shall, as respects the Leased Properties, contain the
various provisions required of such an insurance policy by the foregoing
provisions of this Article 13.
(e) Lessee shall not obtain or carry separate insurance concurrent in form
or contributing in the event of loss with that required in this Article 13 to be
furnished by Lessee, unless Lessor, the Indenture Trustee, LC Issuer,
Beneficiary and each Assignee are included therein additional insureds, with
losses payable as in this Lease provided and otherwise complying with the
requirements of paragraph (c) of this Article 13. Lessee shall immediately
notify Lessor whenever any such separate insurance is obtained and shall deliver
to Lessor, the Indenture Trustee, Beneficiary and LC Issuer certificates of
insurers evidencing such insurance.
(f) Lessee shall deliver to Lessor prior to the execution of this Lease
(or in the case of a Leased Property which first becomes subject to this Lease
thereafter, on the Basic Term Commencement Date with respect thereto)
certificates of insurers, evidencing all of the insurance required under
paragraph (a) of Article 13 hereof together with an independent broker's report
to the effect that such broker is familiar with the insurance requirements of
this Lease and the coverages maintained by Lessee and that Lessee is in
compliance with such requirements, in each case satisfactory to Lessor. Lessee
shall, within ten Business Days prior to the expiration of any required
insurance policy, deliver to Lessor, the Indenture Trustee, LC Issuer,
Beneficiary and each Assignee certificates of insurers evidencing the renewal of
any such policy and broker's reports to the same effect. If Lessee fails to
maintain or renew any insurance required by this Lease, or to pay the premium
therefor, or to so deliver any such certificate, then Lessor, at its option, but
without obligation to do so, may, upon five days' notice to Lessee, procure such
insurance. Any sums so expended by Lessor shall be Additional Rent hereunder
and shall be repaid by Lessee within five Business Days after notice to Lessee
of such expenditure and the amount thereof. With respect to any insurance
policy required to be maintained pursuant to this Lease, upon request of Lessor,
the Indenture Trustee, LC Issuer, Beneficiary or any Assignee, Lessee shall
deliver to such Person a copy of such insurance policy or relevant excerpt
thereof, provided that such request is accompanied by a certificate that such
policy or excerpt is needed for the conduct of legal proceedings or other valid
business purposes.
(g) Lessee shall comply with all of the terms and conditions of each
insurance policy maintained pursuant to the terms of this Lease, to the extent
necessary to avoid invalidating such insurance policy or impairing the coverage
available thereunder. In the event of the termination of this Lease as herein
provided or Lessee's abandonment of any Leased Property, the obligations and
liabilities of Lessee with respect to each Indemnified Party, actual or
contingent, under this Article 13, shall survive such termination or
abandonment.
<PAGE>
-30-
14. Financial Statements; Other Information.
---------------------------------------
(a) Lessee will deliver, or will cause Guarantor to deliver, to Lessor,
Indenture Trustee and LC Issuer the financial statements and information set
forth in Section 3.1 of the Guaranty. Concurrently with the delivery of annual
financial statements pursuant hereto, Lessee will deliver, or will cause
Guarantor to deliver, to Lessor, the Indenture Trustee and LC Issuer the
officer's certificate set forth in Section 3.2 of the Guaranty that there exists
no Default or Event of Default under this Lease or if any such Default or Event
of Default exists, specifying the nature thereof, the period of existence
thereof and what action Lessee or Guarantor proposes to take with respect
thereto and a certificate substantially in the form of Schedule I hereto. At
any time that the provisions of Section 3.1 of the Guaranty are not effective or
Lessee's financial information is not reflected therein, Lessee shall furnish
the following financial statements to Lessor, the Indenture Trustee and LC
Issuer: (i) at any time that Lessee is a public company, (A) as soon as
practicable, copies of all such financial statements, proxy statements, notices,
other communications and reports as Lessee shall send on a regular basis to its
shareholders and other information, if any, generally made available to banks
and other lenders and (B) copies of all regular, current or periodic reports
(including reports on Form 10-K, Form 8-K and Form 10-Q) which Lessee is or may
be required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any
governmental body or agency succeeding to the functions of the Securities and
Exchange Commission; and (ii) at any time that Lessee is not a public company
required to file reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission containing
such financial statements, as soon as practicable and in any event within 120
days after the end of each fiscal year, and within 60 days after the end of any
other fiscal quarter or shorter period, a consolidated statement of earnings,
and a consolidated statement of changes in financial position, a consolidated
statement of stockholders' equity, and a consolidated balance sheet of Lessee as
at the end of each such year or fiscal quarter or shorter period, setting forth
in each case in comparative form the corresponding consolidated figures from the
preceding annual audit or corresponding fiscal quarter or shorter period in the
prior fiscal year, as appropriate, all in reasonable detail and certified to
Lessee as to the annual consolidated statements by independent public
accountants of recognized national standing selected by Lessee, whose
certificate shall be based upon an examination conducted in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards and the application of such tests as said
accountants deem necessary under the circumstances. Lessee will keep accurate
records and books of account reflecting all its financial transactions with
respect to this Lease and the transactions contemplated hereby. In addition,
Lessee agrees upon prior written request to meet with Lessor, LC Issuer, the
Indenture Trustee and any Registered Owners of indebtedness secured by the
Indenture during normal business hours at mutually convenient times, from time
to time as reasonably requested, to discuss this transaction and Lessee's
business and financial condition generally.
<PAGE>
-31-
(b) Lessee shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Lessor, Indenture
Trustee and LC Issuer such additional information with respect to Lessee, the
Leased Properties, this Lease and the transactions contemplated hereby, as
Lessor, the Indenture Trustee or LC Issuer may reasonably request from time to
time.
15. The Ground Leases. Lessee acknowledges receipt of each Ground Lease
-----------------
and is familiar with the respective terms thereof. Lessee will, for the benefit
of Lessor, perform all obligations, covenants and agreements to be performed by
the lessee under each of the Ground Leases, including without limitation the
payment of all rent and other amounts due under such agreements and, as between
Lessor and Lessee, Lessor shall have no responsibility for compliance with such
obligations, covenants and agreements. Lessee will at all times do all things
necessary to compel performance by each Ground Lessor of all such Ground
Lessor's obligations, covenants and agreements under the applicable Ground Lease
and will give Lessor notice of all defaults under each Ground Lease, promptly
after obtaining Actual Knowledge thereof. Lessee will not amend, modify or
waive any of the provisions of any of the Ground Leases without the prior
written consent of Lessor, the Indenture Trustee and LC Issuer. In addition to,
and not in limitation of, Lessee's obligations set forth elsewhere in this
Lease, Lessee shall punctually pay and perform for the benefit of Lessor all of
the obligations and liabilities whatsoever of Lessee or Lessor under any
instrument that is a Permitted Encumbrance, including, without limitation,
payment of indemnification of Lessor from and against all claims for which
Lessor is liable thereunder. Lessee represents as of the Basic Term
Commencement Date that each of the Ground Leases is in full force and effect.
16. Purchase Procedure.
------------------
(a) In the event of the purchase of Lessor's interest in any Leased
Property by Lessee pursuant to any provision of this Lease, the terms and
conditions of this Article 16 shall apply.
(b) On the closing date fixed for the purchase of Lessor's interest in any
or all of the Leased Properties:
(i) Lessee shall pay to Lessor, in lawful money of the United States
in immediately available funds, at Lessor's address hereinabove
stated or at any other place in the United States which Lessor
may designate, the Purchase Price pursuant to Article 28 or
Termination Value and related amounts required to be paid
pursuant to paragraph (c) of Article 12, or Articles 22, 37 or
38, whichever is applicable, or, in the case of a purchase of
less than all of the Leased Properties, the Allocable Percentage
thereof; and
<PAGE>
-32-
(ii) Lessor shall execute and deliver to Lessee good and sufficient
special warranty deeds, assignments or such other instrument or
instruments as may be appropriate, which shall transfer all of
Lessor's interest in certain or all of the Leased Properties, as
appropriate, including any rights of Lessor against any party
through whom Lessor derived its title to such Leased Properties,
subject to (A) any encumbrances existing on the Basic Term
Commencement Date with respect thereto, (B) Permitted
Encumbrances as defined in clauses (a) through (c), (g) and (h)
of the definition thereof, (C) all liens, encumbrances, charges,
exceptions and restrictions attaching to any Leased Property
after the Basic Term Commencement Date with respect thereto
(other than those created or caused by or through Lessor or
Indenture Trustee without the consent of Lessee), and (D) all
Legal Requirements. In the case of a purchase of Lessor's
interest in any Leased Property by Lessee pursuant to paragraph
(c) of Article 12 hereof, Lessor shall also pay to Lessee the Net
Award, if any, in respect of each such Leased Property and assign
to Lessee all rights to any award not yet received; and
(iii) Lessee shall pay all charges incident to such transfer,
including but not limited to all transfer taxes, recording fees,
title insurance premiums and federal, state and local taxes,
except for any net income or profit taxes of Lessor, the
Indenture Trustee and the Registered Owners of the Notes and
reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses of counsel for Lessor,
the Indenture Trustee and the Registered Owners of the Notes; and
(iv) Lessee shall pay to Lessor all Basic Rent, Additional Rent and
other sums payable by Lessee under this Lease relating to such
Leased Properties, due and payable through the date Lessee
purchases Lessor's interest in such Leased Properties; and
(v) Except as otherwise provided herein, this Lease shall terminate
and be of no further force and effect with respect to each Leased
Property purchased by Lessee pursuant to this Article 16.
(c) Prior to (i) any purchase by Lessee or any third party of fewer than
all of the Leased Properties pursuant to any term or provision of this Lease or
(ii) any purchase by a third party of a Leased Property and substitution
therefor of Leased Properties pursuant to Article 38 of this Lease (whereby a
Substitution Adjustment is required to be paid by Lessee), the following
conditions shall have been satisfied:
<PAGE>
-33-
(i) Lessor shall have provided Lessee, at the cost of Lessee, with
revised versions of Schedules A, B, C, D, E, F, G, and J and
Appendix I to this Lease, reflecting the changes to be made
therein, taking into account such purchase or substitution and,
if applicable, the payment of any amount payable hereunder
including, without limitation, Article 37(b), or Substitution
Adjustment, all as determined by Lessor, and Lessee shall have
consented to such revised Schedules and Appendix, such consent
not to be unreasonably withheld.
(ii) Lessor shall have received a Lease Supplement in the form of
Schedule H annexed hereto and, if appropriate, a memorandum or
short form of lease with respect thereto, duly authorized,
executed and delivered by Lessee, as lessee, incorporating such
revised Schedule J into this Lease and containing such other
terms as Lessor, Indenture Trustee or Beneficiary or their
respective counsel may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate
by reason of the transactions contemplated by such purchase or
substitution.
17. No Reliance. Lessee hereby acknowledges that in negotiating the
-----------
terms of this Lease, it has sought, obtained and relied exclusively upon such
accounting, actuarial, tax and legal advice from its own or other independent
sources as it has deemed necessary, and further acknowledges that neither
Lessor, LC Issuer, Beneficiary, Placement Agent nor any of Lessor's, LC
Issuer's, Beneficiary's or Placement Agent's respective parent, subsidiaries,
affiliates or personnel has represented or warranted the legal, tax, economic,
accounting, or other consequences of the terms and provisions hereof and of the
other related agreements and documents.
18. Quiet Enjoyment. So long as no Default or Event of Default under
---------------
this Lease shall have occurred and be continuing, Lessor covenants (subject to
the first sentence of Article 7) that Lessee shall and may at all times
peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Leased Properties during the Term
of this Lease. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Lessor may exercise its
rights and remedies under paragraph (b) of Article 22 and Lessor, the Indenture
Trustee, LC Issuer, and any registered owners of indebtedness secured by the
Indenture or their agents may enter upon and inspect any Leased Property in
accordance with the provisions of Article 11 hereof. Any failure by Lessor to
comply with the foregoing warranty shall not give Lessee any right to cancel or
terminate the Lease, or to abate, reduce or make deduction from or offset
against any Basic Rent, as hereinafter defined, or Additional Rent or other sum
payable under this Lease, or to fail to perform or observe any other covenant,
agreement or obligation hereunder. Subject to the foregoing sentence, Lessee
shall have the right to obtain injunctive or other relief against Lessor for
breach of the aforesaid covenant of peaceful and quiet possession and enjoyment
of each Leased Property. Lessor shall keep each Leased Property free of Lessor
Liens.
<PAGE>
-34-
19. Survival. In the event of the termination of this Lease with
--------
respect to one or more Leased Properties, or all of the Leased Properties, as
herein provided, the obligations and liabilities of Lessor and Lessee, actual or
contingent, under this Lease which arose at or prior to such termination shall
survive such termination.
20. Subletting; Assignment.
----------------------
(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease,
Lessee shall not, without the prior written consent of Lessor, sublease any
Leased Property or any portion thereof except as set forth in the following
sentence, or assign (including by way of merger, consolidation or change in
control), transfer, mortgage, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise encumber its
leasehold estate hereunder or any of its rights, interests or obligations
hereunder and any attempted sublease, assignment, transfer, mortgage,
hypothecation, pledge or encumbrance by Lessee shall be null and void. So long
as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Lessee may
sublease a Leased Property to any Affiliate(s) of Lessee without Lessor's prior
written consent provided, however, (i) each such sublease shall expressly be
made subject to the provisions hereof, (ii) the term of any subletting shall not
extend beyond the Term of this Lease, (iii) no sublease shall affect or reduce
any obligation of the Lessee or right of the Lessor hereunder, (iv) all
obligations of the Lessee hereunder shall continue in full force and effect as
the obligations of a principal and not of a guarantor or surety, as though no
subletting had been made, and (v) Lessee shall deliver to Lessor a copy of the
sublease and such other agreements, instruments, certificates and opinions as
may be reasonably requested by Lessor including, without limitation, an
assignment of such sublease.
(b) Lessor may, at any time, without notice to, or the consent of, Lessee
sell, assign, transfer or grant a security interest in all or any part of
Lessor's rights, obligations, title or interest in, to and under any Leased
Property or any portion thereof, any Ground Lease, this Lease, and/or any Basic
Rent or Additional Rent payable under this Lease. Any entity to whom any such
sale, assignment, transfer or grant of security interest is made is herein
called an "Assignee" and any such sale, assignment, transfer or grant of
security interest is herein called an "assignment". Upon execution and delivery
of any such assignment, Lessor shall be released from its obligations hereunder
thereafter arising, provided, however, that if any such assignment is made as
collateral security, the execution and delivery thereof shall not impair or
diminish any obligations of Lessor hereunder. An Assignee may re-assign and/or
grant a security interest in any of such rights, obligations, title or interest
assigned to such Assignee. Lessee agrees to execute related acknowledgments and
other documents that may be reasonably requested by Lessor or an Assignee.
Lessor agrees that any such assignment will not materially change Lessee's
duties or materially increase its burdens or risks hereunder. Each such
assignment shall be subject to Lessee's rights hereunder so long as no Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing hereunder. Lessee shall be under no
obligation to any Assignee except upon written notice of such assignment from
Lessor or, in the case of a reassignment, from Assignee. Upon
<PAGE>
-35-
written notice to Lessee of an assignment, Lessee agrees to pay the Basic Rent
and Additional Rent to such Assignee in accordance with the instructions
specified in such notice without any abatement, defense, setoff, counterclaim or
recoupment whatsoever, and to otherwise comply with all notices, directions and
demands which may be given by Lessor or such Assignee in accordance with the
provisions of this Lease.
21. Advances by Lessor. If Lessee shall fail to make or perform any
------------------
payment or act required by this Lease, then, upon 15 days' notice to Lessee (or
upon shorter notice, or with no notice at all, to the extent necessary to meet
an emergency or a governmental or municipal time limitation or to prevent an
event of default under any mortgage affecting any Leased Property), Lessor may
at its option make such payment or perform such act for the account of Lessee,
and Lessor shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any default or released
Lessee from any obligation hereunder. Amounts so paid by Lessor and all
incidental costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and
expenses) incurred in connection with such payment or performance, together with
interest thereon at the Overdue Rate with respect to Additional Rent provided in
Article 3, from the date advanced through the date repaid by Lessee, shall
constitute Additional Rent and shall be paid by Lessee to Lessor on demand.
22. Conditional Limitations -- Events of Default and Remedies.
---------------------------------------------------------
(a) Any of the following occurrences or acts shall constitute an Event of
Default under this Lease and Lessee shall promptly notify Lessor of the
occurrence thereof:
(i) if Lessee shall (A) default in making payment of any installment
of Basic Rent or Additional Rent (other than as provided in (vi)
below) which default shall continue for five days after the same
shall be due or (B) fail to observe or perform any of the
covenants, agreements or obligations of Lessee set forth in
Articles 13, 20, 26, 28 or 30 hereof; or
(ii) if Lessee shall default in the performance of any covenant,
agreement or obligation on the part of Lessee to be performed
under this Lease other than such covenants that are specifically
referred to in the other clauses of this paragraph (a) of Article
22, and such default shall continue for any specific period
expressly provided with respect to such covenant, agreement or
obligation, or if no such specific period is provided, for a
period of 30 days after Actual Knowledge thereof by Lessee;
provided, however, that in the case of a default which can with
reasonable diligence be remedied by Lessee, but not within a
period of 30 days, if Lessee shall promptly commence to remedy
the default and thereafter shall prosecute the remedying of such
default with all reasonable diligence, the period of time after
obtaining such notice of default within which to remedy the
<PAGE>
-36-
default shall be extended for such period as may be reasonable to
remedy the same with all reasonable diligence, up to a maximum
period of 90 days after notice of such default from Lessor; and
provided further, that with respect to any contest by Lessee
pursuant to paragraph (d) of Article 6 hereof, any failure to
comply with the conditions precedent to the right to so contest
shall constitute an immediate Event of Default hereunder; or
(iii) if Lessee, Guarantor, or any Person succeeding to Lessee
or Guarantor by merger, consolidation or acquisition of all or
substantially all of its assets, shall file a petition in
bankruptcy or for reorganization or for an arrangement pursuant
to the Bankruptcy Act, or shall be adjudicated a bankrupt or
become insolvent or shall make an assignment for the benefit of
its creditors, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its
debts generally as they become due, or shall be dissolved, or
shall suspend payment of its obligations, or shall take any
corporate action in furtherance of any of the foregoing; or
(iv) if a petition or answer shall be filed proposing the adjudication
of Lessee, Guarantor or any Person succeeding to Lessee or
Guarantor by merger, consolidation or acquisition of all or
substantially all of its assets as a bankrupt or its
reorganization pursuant to the Bankruptcy Act, and (A) Lessee,
Guarantor or the successor of either shall consent to the filing
thereof, or (B) such petition or answer shall not be discharged
or denied within 60 days after the filing thereof; or
(v) if a receiver, trustee or liquidator (or other similar official)
shall be appointed for or take possession or charge of Lessee,
Guarantor or any Person succeeding to Lessee or Guarantor by
merger, consolidation or acquisition of all or substantially all
of its assets, or of all or substantially all of the business or
assets of Lessee or Guarantor or the successor of either, or of
such successor Person's estate or interest in any Leased
Property, and shall not be discharged within 60 days thereafter,
or if Lessee, Guarantor or the successor of either shall consent
to or acquiesce in such appointment; or
(vi) if Lessee shall fail to pay any Adjustment Price, Termination
Value, Purchase Price, Reinvestment Premium or Maximum Lessee
Risk Amount payable to Lessor as required by this Lease; or
<PAGE>
-37-
(vii) if any Leased Property shall have been left unattended, unsecured
and without maintenance in accordance with Article 10 hereof for
a period of 30 consecutive days; or
(viii) if any representation or warranty of Lessee or Guarantor set
forth herein, in the Guaranty, in any other Operative Document or
in any consent, notice, certificate, demand, request or other
instrument delivered by or on behalf of Lessee or Guarantor in
connection with or pursuant to this Lease or the Guaranty shall
prove to have been incorrect or misleading in any material
respect when made; or
(ix) if a final judgment or judgments for the payment of money
aggregating at least $35,000,000 (or such lesser amount
individually or in the aggregate, which may at the time be
applicable to Lessee or Guarantor, as the case may be, with
respect to their other indebtedness) shall be rendered against
Lessee or Guarantor and Lessee or Guarantor, as applicable, shall
not comply with such judgment, or discharge the same or cause it
to be discharged within 30 days from the entry thereof (or until
the expiration of the period in which an appeal may be filed if
such period should be longer), or shall not appeal therefrom or
from the order, decree or process upon which or pursuant to which
said judgment was granted, based or entered, and secure a stay of
execution pending such appeal; or
(x) if (A) Lessee or Guarantor is in default (as principal or as
guarantor or other surety) in the payment of any principal of or
premium or make-whole amount or interest on any indebtedness for
borrowed money beyond any period of grace provided without
respect thereto, or (B) Lessee or Guarantor is in default in the
performance of or compliance with any term of any evidence of any
indebtedness for borrowed money or of any mortgage, indenture or
other agreement relating thereto or any other condition exists,
and as a consequence of such default or condition such
indebtedness has become, or has been declared (or one or more
Persons are entitled to declare such indebtedness to be), due and
payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly
scheduled dates of payment, or (C) as a consequence of the
occurrence or continuation of any event or condition (other than
the passage of time or the right of the holder of indebtedness to
convert such indebtedness into equity interests), (1) Lessee or
Guarantor has become obligated to purchase or repay indebtedness
for borrowed money before its regular maturity or before its
regularly scheduled dates of payment, or (2) one or more Persons
have the right to require Lessee or Guarantor so to purchase or
repay such indebtedness, provided that the aggregate amount of
indebtedness affected by the events
<PAGE>
-38-
described in clauses (A), (B) and (C) above shall be, without
duplication, at least $35,000,000 (or such lesser amount which
may at the time be applicable to the events described in clause
(A), (B) or (C) above with respect to such other indebtedness);
or
(xi) if Lessee shall fail to surrender any Leased Property as and when
required and in the condition required in accordance with Article
26; or
(xii) if a default shall exist under any Ground Lease which has not
been cured within any cure period applicable under the related
Ground Lease; or
(xiii) if (x) any default shall have occurred and be continuing under
the Assignment of Lease or (y) Guarantor shall default in the due
performance or observance of any covenant, agreement or
obligation on the part of Guarantor in the Guaranty or (z) the
Guaranty or Assignment of Lease shall expire, cease to be in full
force and effect or otherwise terminate or Guarantor or any
Person acting on behalf of Guarantor shall contest in any manner
the validity, binding nature or enforceability of the Guaranty or
the Assignment of Lease.
(b) This Lease and the term and estate hereby granted are subject to the
limitation that whenever an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, Lessor may, at Lessor's option, elect to (i) lawfully re-enter one
or more of the Leased Properties, without notice, and remove all Persons and
property therefrom, either by summary proceedings or by any suitable action or
proceeding at law, or by other lawful means, without being liable to indictment,
prosecution or damages therefor, and may have, hold and enjoy the Leased
Properties, together with the appurtenances thereto and the improvements
thereon; and/or (ii) terminate this Lease at any time by giving notice in
writing to Lessee, electing to terminate this Lease and specifying the date of
termination, and the Term of this Lease shall expire by limitation at midnight
on the date specified in such notice as fully and completely as if said date
were the date herein originally fixed for the expiration of the Term hereby
granted, and Lessee shall thereupon quit and peacefully surrender the Leased
Properties to Lessor, without any payment therefor by Lessor, and upon the date
following the date specified in such notice, or at any time thereafter, Lessor
may re-enter one or more of the Leased Properties as provided in the preceding
clause (i).
(c) In case of any such re-entry, termination and/or dispossession by
summary proceedings or otherwise as provided in the immediately preceding
paragraph, (i) the Basic Rent and Additional Rent shall become due thereupon and
be paid up to the time of such re-entry, dispossession and/or expiration,
together with such expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and
disbursements, as Lessor shall incur in connection with such re-entry,
termination and/or dispossession by summary proceedings or otherwise; and (ii)
Lessor may in good faith relet one
<PAGE>
-39-
or more of the Leased Properties or any part or parts thereof (but shall be
under no obligation to do so), either in the name of Lessor or otherwise, for a
term or terms which may, at Lessor's option, be equal to or less than or exceed
the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Term of
this Lease; and (iii) Lessee shall also pay to Lessor the amount by which the
Basic Rent provided for in this Lease exceeds the net amount, if any, of the
rents collected on account of the leases of the Leased Properties for each
monthly portion of the period which would otherwise have constituted the Term of
this Lease (assuming that all renewal options have been exercised such that the
Term of this Lease would expire on the last day of the Maximum Lease Term),
which amounts shall be paid in monthly installments by Lessee on the respective
Installment Payment Dates specified therefor, and any suit brought to collect
said amounts for any monthly period shall not prejudice in any way the rights of
Lessor to collect the deficiency in any subsequent monthly period by a similar
action or proceeding; and (iv) Lessee shall also pay to Lessor all other damages
and expenses which Lessor shall reasonably have sustained by reason of the
breach of any provision of this Lease, including without limitation reasonable
attorneys' fees and expenses, brokerage commissions and expenses incurred in
altering, repairing and putting the Leased Properties and any buildings and
improvements thereon in good order and condition and in preparing the same for
reletting, which expenses shall be paid by Lessee as they are incurred by
Lessor; or (v) at the option of Lessor exercised at any time, Lessor forthwith
shall be entitled to recover from Lessee as liquidated damages, in addition to
any other proper claims but in lieu of and not in addition to any amount which
would thereafter have become payable under the preceding clause (iii), the
Termination Value for the date on which Lessor demands such payment, together
with any accrued and unpaid Basic Rent, Additional Rent and other sums payable
as of the date of such demand by Lessee under this Lease, plus the Reinvestment
Premium, whereupon Lessor shall transfer and convey to Lessee all of Lessor's
right, title and interest in and to the Leased Properties pursuant to the terms
of Article 16. Lessor, at Lessor's option, may make such alterations, repairs or
decorations to the existing Improvements on any Leased Property for uses similar
to those originally intended, as Lessor, in Lessor's sole judgment, considers
advisable and necessary for the purpose of reletting such Leased Property; and
the making of such alterations or decorations shall not operate or be construed
to release Lessee from liability hereunder as aforesaid.
(d) No receipt of moneys by Lessor from Lessee after a termination of this
Lease by Lessor shall reinstate, continue or extend the Term of this Lease or
affect any notice theretofore given to Lessee, or operate as a waiver of the
right of Lessor to enforce the payment of Basic Rent and Additional Rent, and
any Purchase Price, Termination Value, Maximum Lessee Risk Amount or related
amounts to be paid by Lessee to Lessor for the purchase or surrender of the
Leased Properties then due or thereafter falling due, it being agreed that after
the commencement of suit for possession of the Leased Properties, or after final
order or judgment for the possession of the Leased Properties, Lessor may
demand, receive and collect any moneys due or thereafter falling due without in
any manner affecting such suit, order or judgment, all such moneys collected
being deemed payments on account of the use and occupation of the Leased
Properties
<PAGE>
-40-
or, at the election of Lessor, on account of Lessee's liability hereunder.
Lessee hereby waives any and all rights of redemption provided by any law,
statute or ordinance now in effect or which may hereafter be enacted. Lessor
shall have, receive and enjoy as Lessor's sole and absolute property, without
right or duty to account therefor to Lessee unless Lessee makes payments of
Basic Rent to Lessor pursuant to clause (iii) of paragraph (c) of Article 22 in
which event Lessor shall account for such payments to Lessee in writing and such
accounting shall be deemed conclusive absent manifest error by Lessor, any and
all sums collected by Lessor as rent or otherwise upon reletting any Leased
Property after Lessor shall resume possession thereof as hereinbefore provided,
including, without limitation upon the generality of the foregoing, any amounts
by which the sum or sums so collected shall exceed the continuing liability of
Lessee hereunder.
(e) The word "re-enter", as used in this Lease, is not and shall not be
restricted to its technical legal meaning, but is used in the broadest sense
under applicable law. No such taking of possession of any Leased Property by
Lessor shall constitute an election to terminate the Term of this Lease unless
notice of such intention be given to Lessee or unless such termination be
decreed by a court having jurisdiction.
(f) If an action shall be brought for the enforcement of any provision of
this Lease, Lessee shall pay to Lessor and each Assignee all out-of-pocket costs
and expenses which may become payable as a result thereof, including reasonable
attorneys' fees and expenses.
(g) No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to Lessor is
intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and
remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any other legal or equitable right
or remedy given hereunder, or at any time existing. The failure of Lessor to
insist upon the strict performance of any provision or to exercise any option,
right, power or remedy contained in this Lease shall not be construed as a
waiver or a relinquishment thereof for the future. Receipt by Lessor of any
Basic Rent or Additional Rent or any other sum payable hereunder with knowledge
of the breach of any provision contained in this Lease shall not constitute a
waiver of such breach, and no waiver by Lessor of any provision of this Lease
shall be deemed to have been made unless made under signature of an authorized
representative of Lessor.
23. Notices. All notifications, notices, demands, requests and other
-------
communications herein provided for or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing
and shall be sent by (i) registered or certified mail, return receipt requested,
and the giving of such communication shall be deemed complete on the third
Business Day after the same is deposited in a United States Post Office with
postage charges prepaid, (ii) reputable overnight delivery service, and the
giving of such communication shall be deemed complete on the immediately
succeeding Business Day after the same is deposited with such delivery service
or (iii) legible fax with original to follow in
<PAGE>
-41-
accordance with clause (ii) above, and the giving of such communication shall be
complete upon confirmation of receipt:
(a) if to Lessor, addressed to such party at c/o First Security Bank,
N.A., 79 South Main Street, Salt Lake City, Utah 84111, Attn:
Corporate Trust Administration, or at such other address in the
continental United States as Lessor may furnish to Lessee in writing,
or
(b) if to Lessee, addressed to such party at 2980 Fairview Park Drive,
Suite 1400, Falls Church, Virginia 22042-4525, Attn: Assistant
Treasurer, with a copy to the Legal Department, or at such other
address in the continental United States as Lessee may furnish to
Lessor in writing.
24. Estoppel Certificates. Each party hereto agrees that at any time
---------------------
and from time to time during the term of this Lease, it will promptly, but in no
event later than 21 days after request by the other party hereto, execute,
acknowledge and deliver to such other party or to any prospective purchaser,
assignee or mortgagee designated by such other party, a certificate stating, to
the best of such party's knowledge, (a) that this Lease is unmodified and in
full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that this Lease is
in full force and effect as modified, and setting forth any modifications); (b)
the date to which Basic Rent, Additional Rent and other sums payable hereunder
have been paid; (c) whether or not there is an existing Default by Lessee in the
payment of Basic Rent or any other sum of money due or required to be paid
hereunder, and whether or not there is any other existing Default by Lessee with
respect to which a notice of Default has been delivered or of which the signer
has Actual Knowledge, and, if there is any such Default, specifying the nature
and extent thereof; (d) whether or not there are any setoffs, defenses or
counterclaims against enforcement of the obligations to be performed hereunder
existing in favor of the party executing such certificate; and (e) stating that
Lessee is in possession of the Leased Properties or setting forth the parties in
possession and identifying the instruments pursuant to which they took
possession.
25. No Merger. Lessee agrees that there shall be no merger of this Lease
---------
or of any sublease under this Lease or of any leasehold or subleasehold estate
hereby or thereby created with the fee or any other estate or ownership interest
in any Leased Property or any part thereof by reason of the fact that the same
person, firm, corporation or other entity may acquire or own or hold, directly
or indirectly, (a) this Lease or any sublease or any leasehold or subleasehold
estate created hereby or thereby or any interest in this Lease or any such
sublease or in any such leasehold or subleasehold estate and (b) (i) the fee
estate or other estate or ownership interest in any Leased Property or any part
thereof or (ii) the Beneficial Interest, and this Lease shall not be terminated
for any cause except as expressly provided herein and any instrument of transfer
shall so provide.
<PAGE>
-42-
26. Surrender and Return.
--------------------
(a) Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease
with respect to each Leased Property, and provided that Lessee, if so entitled,
has not exercised its option to purchase the Leased Properties pursuant to
Article 28 or otherwise hereunder, Lessee shall peaceably leave and surrender
and return each Leased Property to Lessor in the same condition in which such
Leased Property existed on the Basic Term Commencement Date with respect thereto
or any other Improvements (including any Additions that constitute part of the
Improvements) acquired and constructed pursuant to this Lease, except as
completed, repaired, rebuilt, restored, altered or added to as required by or
permitted by any provision of this Lease (ordinary wear and tear and the
consequences of casualty described in paragraph (c) of Article 12 hereof,
condemnation or taking excepted). Lessee shall remove from each Leased Property
on or prior to such expiration or earlier termination all property situated
thereon which is not the property of Lessor, and each Leased Property shall be
broom clean and Lessee shall repair any damage caused by such removal. Property
not so removed shall become the property of Lessor, and Lessor may cause such
property to be removed from the Leased Properties and disposed of, and Lessee
shall pay the reasonable cost of any such removal and disposition and of
repairing any damage caused by such removal.
(b) Except for surrender upon the expiration or earlier termination (due
to the exercise of remedies under Article 22 hereof) of the Term hereof, no
surrender to Lessor of this Lease or of any Leased Property shall be valid or
effective unless agreed to and accepted in writing by Lessor. At the request of
Lessor, Lessee shall execute, deliver and furnish such instruments, agreements,
releases, deeds, assignments, instruments, certificates and opinions as may be
necessary or desirable to effect the release and/or transfer by Lessee of its
right, title and interest in and to the Leased Properties to Lessor.
(c) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, upon the surrender
and return of any Leased Property to Lessor pursuant to this Article 26, such
Leased Property shall (i) be capable of being immediately utilized by a third-
party purchaser or third-party lessee without further inspection, repair,
replacement, alterations or improvements, licenses, permits, or approvals,
except for any of the foregoing required solely by virtue of the change in
ownership (other than to Lessor), use or occupancy of such Leased Property, (ii)
be in accordance and compliance with all Legal Requirements and Environmental
Laws including, without limitation, any of the foregoing required by virtue of a
change in ownership, use or occupancy of such Leased Property other than to
Lessee, (iii) be free and clear of any charge, lien, security interest or
encumbrance except for Permitted Encumbrances described in clauses (a), (c) and
(g) through (i) of the definition thereof, any liens for taxes, assessments and
other governmental charges, which are not then due and payable and which are not
allocable to the period before the date of termination or expiration of this
Lease, and Lessor Liens and any other liens or encumbrances
<PAGE>
-43-
arising solely from any acts or omissions of Lessor or anyone claiming by,
through or under Lessor, without the consent of Lessee. Until each Leased
Property has been surrendered and returned to Lessor in accordance with the
provisions of this Article 26, Lessee shall continue to pay Lessor all Basic
Rent and Additional Rent due hereunder.
(d) On or prior to the date of such surrender and return of any Leased
Property, Lessor shall have received from Lessee, at Lessee's expense, (i)
evidence satisfactory to Lessor of compliance with the provisions of this
Article 26, including without limitation, a "Phase I" and update thereto, if
applicable, or then comparable environmental assessment for such Leased Property
addressed and in form and substance satisfactory to Lessor and LC Issuer or, in
lieu of addressing such assessment to Lessor, accompanied by a letter permitting
Lessor and LC Issuer to rely thereon, performed by an independent, licensed
professional engineer satisfactory to Lessor and LC Issuer and which assessment
(w) shall be sufficient in scope to determine compliance with the then
applicable Environmental Laws, (x) shall reveal no actual or potential
environmental liabilities which cannot be remediated by the Lessee in compliance
with all applicable Legal Requirements and Environmental Laws and to the
satisfaction of Lessor and LC Issuer, and (y) if such environmental assessment
reveals the need for additional review, Lessee shall have provided such
additional information or environmental assessments as are required by Lessor
and LC Issuer and any remediation recommended therein to be performed shall have
been performed in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements and
Environmental Laws and to the reasonable satisfaction of Lessor and LC Issuer,
and evidence of compliance with Article 26(c)(ii) shall have been provided and
(ii) an Appraisal indicating that the Allocable Percentage of the Purchase Price
applicable to such Leased Property at such time is equal to or greater than the
fair market value of such Leased Property.
(e) Lessee acknowledges and agrees that a breach of any of the provisions
of this Article 26 may result in damages to Lessor that are difficult or
impossible to ascertain and that may not be compensable at law. Accordingly,
upon application to any court of equity having jurisdiction over any Leased
Property, Lessor shall be entitled to a decree against Lessee requiring specific
performance of the covenants of Lessee set forth in this Article 26 with respect
to such Leased Property.
(f) Upon the request of the Lessor, Lessee shall continue to maintain its
insurance policies for the Leased Properties, to the extent permitted by such
policies, provided that Lessor pays or reimburses Lessee for the pro rata cost
thereof and, provided further that, no third party has purchased such Leased
Property from Lessor.
27. Separability. Each provision contained in this Lease shall be
------------
separate and independent and the breach of any such provision by Lessor shall
not discharge or relieve Lessee from its obligation to perform each obligation
of this Lease to be performed by Lessee. If any provision of this Lease or the
application thereof to any Person or circumstance shall to any extent be invalid
and unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such
<PAGE>
-44-
provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is invalid
or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision of this
Lease shall be valid and shall be enforceable to the extent permitted by law.
28. Lessee's End of Term Purchase Options.
-------------------------------------
(a) If (i) no Default or Event of Default hereunder shall have occurred
and be continuing and (ii) this Lease shall not have been earlier terminated or
renewed (with respect to the next succeeding Renewal Term) by Lessee pursuant to
Article 2 hereof, Lessee shall be entitled, upon notice to Lessor as hereinafter
provided, to purchase Lessor's interest in all, but not less than all, of the
Leased Properties on the last day of the Basic Term or the then current Renewal
Term, as the case may be, for an amount, payable in immediately available
federal funds, equal to the Purchase Price at the end of the Basic Term or the
then current Renewal Term, as applicable. If Lessee intends to exercise its
purchase option granted hereunder with respect to the end of the Basic Term or
the end of the first Renewal Term, it shall give notice to Lessor to such effect
in the applicable Termination Notice in accordance with the provisions of
paragraph (b) of Article 2 hereof. If the Lessee intends to return and
surrender all of the Leased Properties at the end of the final Renewal Term, it
shall give notice thereof to Lessor at least 180 days prior to the end of such
Renewal Term, otherwise Lessee shall have been conclusively deemed to have
exercised its option to purchase the Leased Properties, without the need for any
further writing. If Lessee gives such notice to Lessor, the same shall
constitute a binding obligation of Lessee to purchase each and every Leased
Property and to pay Lessor the Purchase Price on the Term Termination Date
thereof. Any purchase by Lessee pursuant to this Article 28(a) shall be
consummated in accordance with the terms of Article 16 hereof.
(b) If, upon the expiration of the Basic Term or any Renewal Term of this
Lease, Lessee does not either (i) exercise its option to purchase the Leased
Properties pursuant to paragraph (b) of Article 2 hereof and paragraph (a) of
this Article 28 or been deemed to have exercised such option, under paragraph
(a) of this Article 28, or (ii) extend, if applicable, the Term of this Lease
pursuant to paragraph (b) of Article 2 hereof, Lessor shall have the right, and
Lessee shall have the obligation, as agent for Lessor (during the last 180 days
of the relevant Term (the Remarketing Period)), to use best efforts to obtain
------------------
bona fide cash bids for each Leased Property from prospective purchasers who are
financially capable of purchasing each Leased Property for cash in accordance
with the terms of this Lease. Upon the request of Lessor and at Lessee's sole
cost and expense, Lessee shall provide Lessor with a written report describing
in reasonable detail Lessee's efforts during the Remarketing Period to obtain
bona fide bids for the purchase of each Leased Property, including, without
limitation, a list of all brokers retained and Persons approached for the
purpose of soliciting bids to purchase such Leased Property. All bids received
by Lessor or Lessee prior to the end of the then current Term shall be certified
by Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, in writing, stating the name and
address of the bidder and the
<PAGE>
-45-
amount of such bid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessor and LC Issuer shall
have the right, but not the obligation, to seek bids for any Leased Property
during the Remarketing Period.
Not later than the applicable Term Termination Date, Lessor agrees to sell
each Leased Property to the cash bidder submitting the highest bid, in
accordance with the terms of Article 16 of this Lease, with such changes as are
necessary to reflect that the sale was to a third party and not Lessee;
provided, however, that (x) any such sale to a third party shall be consummated,
- -------- -------
and the sales price for each Leased Property shall be paid to Lessor in
immediately available funds, at Lessor's address hereinabove stated or at any
other place in the United States which Lessor may designate, on or before the
Term Termination Date; and (y) Lessor shall not be obligated to, and Lessor
shall not without the prior written consent of LC Issuer, consummate any
proposed sale of the Leased Properties if (I) the aggregate Net Proceeds from
the sale of the Leased Properties would be less than the Maximum Lessor Risk
Amount as of the applicable Term Termination Date, or (II) if Lessor has not
received the amounts, if any, payable by Lessee pursuant to paragraph (a) of
Article 30 and, if applicable, paragraph (c) of Article 30. After any such sale
with respect to the Leased Properties, the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (c)
of Article 30 shall apply.
29. Signs; Showing. If Lessee has not renewed this Lease for a Renewal
--------------
Term or given timely notice of its intention to purchase Leased Properties or
been deemed to have exercised its option to purchase the Leased Properties
pursuant to paragraph (a) of Article 28 on the Term Termination Date, during the
Remarketing Period, Lessor may, subject to all applicable governmental laws,
restrictive covenants, rules and regulations and without unreasonably
interfering with Lessee's business operations, (a) place signs in, on and around
the Leased Properties advertising that the same will be available for rent or
purchase, and (b) upon not less than 24 hours notice to Lessee, show the Leased
Properties to prospective lessees or purchasers at such reasonable times during
normal business hours as Lessor may elect. Lessee will be responsible for
hiring one or more brokers, whose services shall be compensated on a commission
basis, and making the Leased Properties available for inspection by prospective
purchasers. Lessee shall promptly upon notice permit inspection of the Leased
Properties and any maintenance records relating to the Leased Properties by the
Lessor and LC Issuer and any potential purchasers, during normal business hours
or otherwise upon reasonable request, and shall otherwise do all things
necessary to sell and deliver possession of the Leased Properties to any
purchaser. All such marketing fees, commissions, costs and expenses of the
Leased Properties shall be included among the deductions set forth in clause
(ii) of the definition of Net Proceeds.
30. End of Term Adjustment. (a) The provisions of this paragraph (a)
----------------------
shall apply only if a sale of the Leased Properties to a third party pursuant to
paragraph (b) of Article 28 has been consummated on or before the applicable
Term Termination Date. If the Net Proceeds following a sale of the Leased
Properties sold in accordance with paragraph (b) of Article 28
<PAGE>
-46-
hereof are less than the Purchase Price for the Leased Properties on the
applicable TermTermination Date as set forth in paragraph (a) of Article 28
hereof, Lessee shall, by 9:30 a.m. Eastern Time on such Term Termination Date,
pay to Lessor, by wire transfer of immediately available federal funds, an
amount equal to such deficiency (the Adjustment Price) plus accrued and unpaid
----------------
Basic Rent, if any, due and payable on the applicable Term Termination Date,
plus any Additional Rent then due and owing to Lessor hereunder; provided,
--------
however, that if all of the Limited Lessee Risk Conditions have been satisfied
- -------
and a certification to such effect shall have been delivered by Lessee to Lessor
and the Indenture Trustee on or before 9:30 a.m. Eastern time on the Term
Termination Date, the amount of the Adjustment Price payable by Lessee shall not
exceed the then applicable Maximum Lessee Risk Amount; otherwise, if any Limited
Lessee Risk Condition is not met, Lessee shall make the payments specified under
Article 30(b). If the Net Proceeds following such a sale pursuant to paragraph
(b) of Article 28 on or before the end of the Maximum Lease Term with respect to
the Leased Properties exceed the Purchase Price for the Leased Properties, and
if all of the Limited Lessee Risk Conditions have been satisfied and a
certification to such effect shall have been delivered by Lessee to Lessor and
the Indenture Trustee, and Lessee shall have paid to Lessor all amounts due and
payable on or before the Term Termination Date including all Basic Rent,
Additional Rent and all amounts due under paragraphs (a) or (c) of this Article
30, then Lessor shall, on the Term Termination Date, pay to Lessee by wire
transfer of immediately available federal funds, an amount equal to such excess,
as an adjustment to the Basic Rent payable under this Lease; provided, however,
that Lessor shall have the right to offset against such adjustment payable by
Lessor, any amounts then due and payable from Lessee to Lessor hereunder.
(b) If this Lease expires or terminates on a Term Termination Date and a
sale of the Leased Properties to Lessee pursuant to paragraph (a) of Article 28
or to a third party pursuant to paragraph (b) of Article 28 has not been
consummated on or before the applicable Term Termination Date for any reason,
then Lessee shall, by 9:30 a.m. Eastern Time on the applicable Term Termination
Date, pay to Lessor by wire transfer of immediately available funds, an amount
equal to (i) the Maximum Lessee Risk Amount, if all of the Limited Lessee Risk
Conditions have been met and Lessee shall have delivered the certifications
described in Article 30(a) on or before 9:30 a.m. Eastern time on such Term
Termination Date, or (ii) the Termination Value, if one or more of the Limited
Lessee Risk Conditions have not been met as of such Term Termination Date, plus,
in either case, the Basic Rent due and payable on the Term Termination Date,
plus all Additional Rent then due and owing for all of the Leased Properties.
Lessee shall promptly vacate the Leased Properties and surrender them to Lessor
on the Term Termination Date in accordance with the provisions of this Lease,
including Article 26. Notwithstanding the termination of this Lease with
respect to the Leased Properties, Lessee shall remain liable for the payment of
all applicable sales, excise and other taxes imposed as a result of the sale of
the Leased Properties, other than Excluded Taxes. This obligation shall survive
the termination of this Lease with respect to the Leased Properties, and upon
the consummation of the sale of any Leased Property at any time after the Term
Termination Date, Lessee shall pay on
<PAGE>
-47-
demand, or reimburse Lessor on demand for the payment of, all such sales, excise
and other taxes applicable to such Leased Property. In the event of any such
sale of any Leased Property at any time after the Term Termination Date with
respect thereto, Lessor shall retain the full proceeds of such sale.
(c) In the event that the Term Termination Date occurs prior to the last
day of the Maximum Lease Term, Lessee shall pay to Lessor by 9:30 a.m. Eastern
Time on such Term Termination Date, in addition to any Adjustment Price,
Termination Value or Maximum Lessee Risk Amount then payable pursuant to
paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) of this Article 30 and all other obligations
hereunder, an amount equal to the Reinvestment Premium.
(d) The provisions of Articles 28 and 30 are of the essence of this Lease,
and time is of the essence for payment and performance of the obligations of
Lessee set forth therein.
31. Nature of Lessor's Obligations; Limitations on Liability. Anything in
--------------------------------------------------------
this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, except as otherwise provided herein,
it is understood and agreed that (irrespective of any breach of any
representation, covenant, agreement or undertaking of any nature whatsoever made
in this Lease), no recourse shall be had under any rule of law, statute or
constitution or by the enforcement of any assessments or penalties or otherwise
for the payment of any sum hereunder or for any other claim hereunder against
(i) Lessor, Beneficiary or any past, present or future Affiliate, partner,
officer, director, any owner, shareholder, agent or employee of or in any
thereof or of any partner thereof or their legal representatives, successors or
assigns, (ii) any corporation, partnership (or any partner thereof), entity or
individual to which the Leased Properties, or any part thereof, shall have been
transferred or (iii) any Person for whom Lessor or Beneficiary was acting as an
agent for the account and benefit of such Person in entering into the
transactions evidenced by this Lease, and that such Person was or was alleged to
be the principal of Lessor. It is expressly understood that by the execution of
this Lease all such liability (a) of Lessor or Beneficiary or any past, present
or future Affiliate, partner, officer, director, any shareholder, agent or
employee thereof or director or shareholder of any partner thereof or any of
their respective legal representatives, successors or assigns, (b) of any such
corporation, partnership, individual or partner or (c) of such other Person, is
and is being expressly waived and released as a condition of and as a
consideration for the execution of this Lease by Lessor, that Lessee and its
successors and assigns as lessee hereunder agree to look solely to the Leased
Properties for the payment of any such sums or satisfaction of any such other
claims. The provisions of this Article 31 shall survive the termination of this
Lease.
32. Granting of Easements, Etc. If no Default or Event of Default
--------------------------
hereunder has occurred and is continuing, Lessor shall from time to time upon
the written request of Lessee join with Lessee (and at Lessee's sole cost and
expense), with respect to their interests in the Leased Properties to (i) grant
easements, licenses, rights of way and other rights and privileges in the nature
of easements for the purposes of providing utilities and the like to the Leased
Properties or
<PAGE>
-48-
for purposes of operating the Leased Properties and adjacent properties (such as
office park reciprocal easement agreements and the like), (ii) release existing
easements and appurtenances relating to the provision of utilities and the like
to the Leased Properties or for purposes of operating the Leased Properties and
adjacent properties (such as office park reciprocal easement agreements and the
like) and (iii) execute and deliver any instrument, in form and substance
reasonably acceptable to Lessor, necessary or appropriate to make or confirm
such grants or releases to any Person, with or without consideration, provided
that such grant or release does not (x) interfere with and is not detrimental to
the conduct of business on the affected Leased Property, (y) impair the
usefulness or useful life of such Leased Property or (z) impair the fair market
value of such Leased Property or cause a default under any other agreement to
which Lessee is a party or benefitting such Leased Property which default would
be reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on the usefulness or useful life
of such Leased Property or impair the fair market value of such Leased Property
and shall have delivered such other instruments, certificates, surveys, title
insurance policy endorsements and opinions of counsel as Lessor, the Indenture
Trustee or LC Issuer may reasonably request; and provided further that Lessor,
the Indenture Trustee and LC Issuer shall have the right, but not the
obligation, to obtain an independent Appraisal, at the expense of the Person
requesting such Appraisal, to verify the certification of Lessee as to the
effect of the proposed action on fair market value and if such Appraisal
concludes that the proposed action will impair the fair market value of the
affected Leased Property by 1% or more, Lessee shall reimburse Lessor, the
Indenture Trustee and LC Issuer, as applicable, for the costs of such Appraisal
and Lessor, the Indenture Trustee and LC Issuer shall either withhold its
consent or condition its consent upon payment by Lessee of an amount equal to
the diminution of fair market value. Any such request by Lessee shall be
accompanied by an Officer's Certificate as to compliance with the conditions set
forth in the foregoing clauses (x), (y) and (z).
33. Lessee's Representations and Warranties. Lessee hereby represents
---------------------------------------
and warrants that as of the Basic Term Commencement Date (a) Lessee is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws
of its state of incorporation set forth above, and is qualified to do business
in, and is in good standing in, each state or other jurisdiction in which the
nature of its business makes such qualification necessary (including, without
limitation, the Commonwealth of Virginia); (b) Lessee has the corporate power
and authority to execute and perform this Lease and to lease the Leased
Properties hereunder, and has duly authorized the execution, delivery and
performance of this Lease; (c) the leasing of the Leased Properties from Lessor
by Lessee, the execution and delivery of this Lease and any documents or
instruments related hereto, and the compliance by Lessee with the terms hereof
and thereof, and the payments and performance by Lessee of all of its
obligations hereunder and thereunder (i) have been duly and legally authorized
by appropriate corporate action taken by Lessee, (ii) are not in contravention
of, and will not result in a violation or breach of, any of the terms of
Lessee's Certificate of Incorporation (or equivalent document), its By-Laws, or
of any provisions relating
<PAGE>
-49-
to shares of the capital stock of Lessee, and (iii) will not violate or
constitute a breach of any applicable provision of law, any applicable order of
any court or other agency of government, or any indenture, agreement or other
instrument to which Lessee is a party, or by or under which Lessee or any of
Lessee's property is bound, or be in conflict with, result in a breach of, or
constitute (with due notice and/or lapse of time) a default under any such
indenture, agreement or instrument, or result in the creation or imposition of
any Lien upon any of Lessee's property or assets; (d) this Lease and all other
documents or instruments related hereto have been executed by the duly
authorized officer or officers of Lessee and delivered to Lessor and are the
legal, valid and binding obligations of Lessee, enforceable in accordance with
their terms except as certain rights and remedies set forth herein may be
limited by bankruptcy, reorganization and similar laws of general application
relating to or affecting the enforcement of Lessors' rights and general
principles of equity; (e) neither the execution and delivery of this Lease and
all other documents and instruments related hereto, nor the payment and
performance by Lessee of all of its obligations hereunder and thereunder,
requires the consent or approval of, the giving of notice to, or the
registration, filing or recording with, or the taking of any other action in
respect of, any federal, state, local or foreign government or governmental
authority or agency or any other Person; (f) no mortgage, deed of trust, or
other Lien which now covers or affects, or which may hereafter cover or affect,
any property or interest therein of Lessee, now attaches or hereafter will
attach to the Leased Properties or any portion thereof, the proceeds thereof or
this Lease, or in any manner affects or will affect adversely Lessor's rights
and security interest therein; (g) Lessee holds all licenses, certificates and
permits from governmental authorities necessary to use and operate the Leased
Properties in accordance with the provisions of this Lease; (h) there is no
litigation or other proceeding now pending or, to the best of Lessee's Actual
Knowledge, threatened, against or affecting Lessee, in any court or before any
regulatory commission, board or other administrative governmental agency which
would directly or indirectly adversely affect or impair the title of Lessor to
the Leased Properties, or which, if decided adversely to Lessee, would
materially adversely affect the business operations or financial condition of
Lessee; (i) all balance sheets, statements of profit and loss and other
financial data that have been delivered to Lessor with respect to the Guarantor
or Lessee, as applicable, (x) are complete and correct in all material respects,
(y) accurately present the financial condition of Lessee on the dates for which,
and the results of its operations for the periods for which, the same have been
furnished, and (z) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently
followed throughout the periods covered thereby; and there has been no material
adverse change in the condition of Lessee, financial or otherwise, since the
date of the most recent financial statements delivered to Lessor with respect to
Lessee; (j) no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing under
the Interim Trust Agreement, as defined in the Sale and Assignment Agreement (BI
Interests); and (k) on or before the Basic Term Commencement Date, all existing
indebtedness owed by Lessor in accordance with the Interim Trust Agreement shall
have been paid or satisfied.
34. Recording. Lessor and Lessee will execute, acknowledge, deliver and
---------
cause to be recorded or filed in the manner and place required by any present or
future law, a memorandum
<PAGE>
-50-
of this Lease and all other instruments, including, without limitation,
financing statements, continuation statements, releases, deeds of conveyance
(upon surrender and return, if necessary) and instruments of similar character,
which shall be reasonably requested by Lessor, the Indenture Trustee or LC
Issuer as being necessary or appropriate in order to protect their respective
interests in the Leased Properties. Lessee shall pay all recording and filing
fees and taxes, stamp taxes, mortgage or lease taxes, and other costs of such
recordation and filing. If Lessee shall fail to comply with this Article 34,
Lessor shall be and is hereby irrevocably appointed the agent and attorney-in-
fact of Lessee to comply therewith, but this sentence shall not prevent any
default in the observance of this Article 34 by the Lessee from constituting an
Event of Default in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a)(ii) of
Article 22 hereof.
35. Miscellaneous. This Lease embodies the entire agreement between
-------------
Lessor and Lessee relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior
agreements and understandings relating to such subject matter. This Lease shall
be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the
parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereunder.
No term or provision hereof may be amended, changed, waived, discharged or
terminated orally, but only by an instrument specifically evidencing an intent
to amend signed by the party against whom enforcement thereof is sought and with
the prior written consent of the Indenture Trustee and LC Issuer. No failure,
delay, forbearance or indulgence on the part of any party in exercising any
right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, or as an
acquiescence in any breach, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any
right, power or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof
or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. Any provision of this
Lease which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such
jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any
such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or
render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. This Lease and
the rights and obligations in respect hereof shall be governed by, and construed
and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, except to
the extent that in seeking to enforce this Lease with respect to a Leased
Property and to the extent any other rights and obligations hereunder are
required to be governed under the laws of the state in which such Leased
Property is located, the laws of the state in which such Leased Property is
located shall apply, notwithstanding the express intent of the parties hereto.
Lessee hereby agrees to non-exclusive personal jurisdiction and venue in the
state courts of the State of New York and the United States District Court for
the Southern District of New York. All headings are for reference only and
shall not be considered as part of this Lease. This Lease may be executed in
any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and such
counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Lessee
may cause to be performed any obligation of Lessee under this Lease in lieu of
performing such obligation itself.
<PAGE>
-51-
The Indenture Trustee, Beneficiary, the Registered Owners and LC Issuer
shall be third party beneficiaries of this Lease with respect to those
provisions that explicitly or implicitly are for the benefit of the Indenture
Trustee, Beneficiary, the Registered Owners or LC Issuer.
The dating of this Lease "as of October 14, 1998" is for convenience of
reference only, and this Lease shall become effective only upon its execution
and delivery by Lessor and Lessee.
To the extent that this Agreement is characterized as being a financing
transaction, Lessor and Lessee hereby acknowledge and agree as follows: (1)
the amount of interest shall be equal to the aggregate amount of Basic Rent due
under this Lease (the Payments); (2) Lessee has been informed of the Cost of the
--------
Properties or, in the alternative, acknowledges that it has been given an
opportunity to determine the Cost of the Properties; (3) the rate of interest
agreed to and specified by Lessor and Lessee in such event shall be that rate
per annum that may be calculated based upon the Cost of the Properties (i.e. the
principal amount) and the Payments (i.e., the interest payments); and (4) if the
rate of interest so calculated is ever deemed to exceed the maximum rate
permitted by applicable law, then the Payments shall be automatically reduced to
ensure that such rate of interest does not exceed the maximum rate permitted by
applicable law.
36. Ownership of the Leased Properties.
----------------------------------
(a) Lessor and Lessee intend that (i) for financial accounting purposes
with respect to Lessee, this Lease will be treated as an "operating lease"
pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13, as amended, but
(ii) for federal and all state and local tax purposes and bankruptcy, commercial
law and real estate purposes and all other purposes (A) this Lease will be
treated as a financing arrangement, (B) Lessor will be deemed a lender making a
loan for the benefit of the Lessee, which loan is secured by all of the Leased
Properties, and (C) Lessee will be treated as the owner of all of the Leased
Properties and will be entitled to all tax benefits ordinarily available to an
owner of a property similar to the Leased Properties for such tax purposes. So
long as no Event of Default shall have occurred, Lessor will take no action
inconsistent with such intent for tax purposes provided, that nothing in this
Article 36 shall be deemed to restrict Lessor's right to exercise any remedies
after the occurrence of an Event of Default. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in
the event that the Lease is treated by any foreign, federal, state or local
taxing authority as anything other than a secured loan, Lessor and Lessee may
take all such actions as are appropriate and consistent with such treatment.
(b) Lessee hereby grants to Lessor a mortgage and security interest in all
of the Lessee's right, title and interest in and to the Leased Properties,
together with any substitutions, replacements and additions thereto, all general
intangibles related to the Leased Properties and all of Lessee's rights, claims
and damages arising from warranties (whether express or implied) of architects,
contractors and subcontractors and any other vendors with respect to the
development and construction of the Improvements, and all proceeds of the
conversion, voluntary or
<PAGE>
-52-
involuntary, of the foregoing into cash, investments, securities or other
property, whether in cash, investments, securities or other property, whether in
the form of cash, investments, securities or other property. Lessor and Lessee
shall, to the extent consistent with this Lease, take such actions and execute,
deliver, file and record such other documents, financing statements, mortgages
and deeds of trust as may be necessary to ensure that, if this Lease were deemed
to create a security interest in the Leased Properties in accordance with this
Article 36, such security interest would be deemed to be a perfected security
interest of first priority under applicable federal, state and local law,
subject only to Permitted Encumbrances, and will be maintained as such
throughout the Term of this Lease.
(c) Lessor and Lessee intend and agree that with respect to the nature of
the transaction evidenced by this Lease in the context of the exercise of
remedies under this Lease, including, without limitation, in the case of any
insolvency or receivership proceedings or a petition under the United States
bankruptcy laws or any other applicable insolvency laws or statute of the United
States of America or any State or Commonwealth thereof affecting Lessee or
Lessor, or any enforcement or collection actions and for all other purposes
(except as provided in paragraph (a) of this Article 36), the transactions
evidenced by this Lease shall be regarded as a loan made by Lessor as an
unrelated third party lender to Lessee secured by all of the Leased Properties
(it being understood that Lessee hereby mortgages and warrants and grants a
security interest in all of the Leased Properties to Lessor).
(d) Lessor and Lessee further intend and agree that, for the purpose of
securing Lessee's obligations for the payment of Basic Rent and Additional Rent,
(i) this Lease shall also be deemed to be a security agreement and financing
statement within the meaning of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code and a
real property mortgage; (ii) the conveyance provided for in paragraph (b) of
this Article 36 shall be deemed to be a grant by Lessee to Lessor of a mortgage
lien and security interest in all of the Lessee's right, title and interest in
and to the Leased Properties, together with any substitutions, replacements and
additions thereto, all of the Lessee's rights in and to all general intangibles
related to the Leased Properties and all of Lessee's rights, claims and damages
arising from warranties (whether express or implied) of architects, contractors
and subcontractors with respect to the development and construction of the
Improvements, and all proceeds of the conversion, voluntary or involuntary, of
the foregoing into cash, investments, securities or other property, whether in
cash, investments, securities or other property, whether in the form of cash,
investments, securities or other property (it being understood that Lessee
hereby mortgages and warrants and grants a security interest in all of the
Leased Properties to Lessor to secure the payment of Basic Rent and Additional
Rent); (iii) the possession by Lessor or any of its agents of notes and such
other items of property as constitute instruments, money, negotiable documents
or chattel paper shall be deemed to be "possession by the secured party" for
purposes of perfecting the security interest pursuant to Section 9-305 of the
Uniform Commercial Code; and (iv) notifications to Persons holding such
property, and acknowledgments, receipts or confirmations from financial
intermediaries, bankers or agents (as
<PAGE>
-53-
applicable) of Lessee shall be deemed to have been given for the purpose of
perfecting such security interest under applicable federal, state and local law.
Lessor and Lessee shall, to the extent consistent with this Lease, take such
actions and execute, deliver, file and record such other documents, financing
statements, mortgages and deeds of trust as may be necessary to ensure that, if
this Lease were deemed to create a security interest in the Leased Properties in
accordance with this Article 36, such security interest would be deemed to be a
perfected security interest of first priority under applicable federal, state
and local law, subject only to Permitted Encumbrances, and will be maintained as
such throughout the Term of this Lease.
(e) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, to the extent the
provisions of this Lease provide, or purport to provide, for the grant,
creation, perfection or enforcement of a lien in real property or any interest
therein (collectively, the "mortgage provisions"), such provisions shall not
apply to the Leased Properties located in Virginia, and the provisions of the
Lease Supplement referred to in the definition of Memorandum of Lease (including
Sections 5 and 6 thereof) shall apply in lieu of such mortgage provisions, it
being understood that, to the extent the provisions of this Lease provide, or
purport to provide, for the grant, creation, perfection and enforcement of a
security interest in personal property or any interest therein, such provisions
shall apply in all respects to the Leased Properties located in Virginia or
otherwise governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in Virginia.
37. Purchase Options.
----------------
(a) At any time during the Term, unless Lessee shall have elected to
purchase the Leased Properties in accordance with Article 12(c), 16(b) or 28(a)
hereof and so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing hereunder, Lessee may give Lessor and the Indenture Trustee an
irrevocable written notice (the Purchase Notice) of Lessee's intention to
---------------
purchase one or more Leased Properties pursuant to this Article 37(a). Such
notice shall (A) refer specifically to this Article 37(a) and the corresponding
section of the Indenture and (B) state that Lessee will purchase such Leased
Property in accordance with the provisions of Article 16 hereof for the price
set forth in subparagraph (b) of Article 37 below, (C) indicate whether Lessee
intends to purchase all of the Leased Properties or fewer than all of the Leased
Properties and, if fewer than all of the Leased Properties, no more than two
Leased Properties may be purchased hereunder during the Term, and (D) specify
the date for such purchase (which shall be the Installment Payment Date no less
than 40 nor more than 71 days after the date of such Purchase Notice). Upon such
election, Lessee shall purchase such Leased Properties in accordance with the
provisions of Article 16 hereof on such purchase date at the price set forth in
subparagraph (b) of Article 37 below.
(b) If Lessee has elected to purchase one or more Leased Properties in
accordance with paragraph (a) above, Lessee shall pay in cash or immediately
available federal funds, as the price (i) for all of the Leased Properties, an
amount equal to the Termination Value payable as of
<PAGE>
-54-
the date of purchase, together with accrued and unpaid Basic Rent and Additional
Rent to the date of purchase, and (ii) for fewer than all of the Leased
Properties, an amount equal to the greater of (x) the appraised value of such
Leased Properties, as determined at such time pursuant to an Appraisal (which
shall be delivered to Lessor, the Indenture Trustee, Beneficiary, the LC Issuer
and the Registered Owners at least 15 days prior to the date of sale and in form
satisfactory to the Registered Owners and LC Issuer), (y) any purchase price
offered with respect thereto from, or committed to by, a bona fide third party
purchaser and (z) the Termination Value applicable to such Leased Property or
Properties in accordance with its or their Allocable Percentage(s) payable as of
the date of purchase for the Leased Properties to be purchased, together with,
in each case without duplication, accrued and unpaid Basic Rent and Additional
Rent to the date of purchase, plus, in each case, an amount equal to the costs
and expenses of Lessor, the Indenture Trustee, Beneficiary, the LC Issuer and
the Registered Owners of the Notes, as applicable, in connection with such sale
(including reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements), plus, in each case,
the Reinvestment Premium.
(c) If Lessee has elected to purchase fewer than all of the Leased
Properties in accordance with (a) above, Lessee shall, at its sole cost and
expense and as a condition thereto, furnish to Beneficiary, LC Issuer, the
Indenture Trustee and each of the Registered Owners of the Notes, an Appraisal
of the Leased Properties not subject to purchase hereunder which is acceptable
to such Persons, (i) stating that the aggregate fair market value of such Leased
Properties is equal to or greater than the Termination Value applicable to such
Leased Property or Properties in accordance with its or their Allocable
Percentage(s) and (ii) evidencing to the satisfaction of the recipients thereof
that (x) the ratio of the Cost of the Properties to fair market value for all
Leased Properties immediately prior to giving effect to such purchase is greater
than or equal to (y) the ratio of the Cost of the Properties to fair market
value for all Leased Properties remaining after such purchase.
(d) Upon payment of all amounts payable by Lessee hereunder, and
application of such amounts to payment of the Notes and the Equity Investment,
including any Reinvestment Premium due with respect thereto, this Lease shall
terminate with respect to such Leased Properties and such Leased Properties
shall be conveyed to Lessee pursuant to Article 16 hereof and in accordance with
the terms and conditions thereof. If Lessee fails to purchase the Leased
Properties on such purchase date in accordance with the terms hereof, such
failure shall immediately constitute an Event of Default hereunder.
<PAGE>
-55-
38. Substitution of Properties.
--------------------------
(a) So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing hereunder, in the event (i) Lessee or Guarantor or any Affiliate
thereof is required by applicable bank regulatory requirements to divest its
interest in any Leased Property or (ii) Lessee desires to cause a Leased
Property to be sold to a Person that is not an Affiliate of any party to any
Operative Document, Lessee may give Lessor and the Indenture Trustee an
irrevocable written notice (the Substitution Notice) of Lessee's intention to
-------------------
substitute a new property located in the United States (an Exchange Property)
-----------------
for such Leased Property pursuant to this Article 38(a). Such notice shall (A)
refer specifically to this Article 38(a) and the corresponding section of the
Indenture, (B) state that Lessee proposes to substitute such Leased Property in
accordance with the provisions of this Article 38, (C) include, if a
substitution shall occur under the circumstances described under clause (a)(i)
hereof, the order or regulation applicable to Lessee, Guarantor or such
Affiliate, (D) include, if a proposed substitution shall occur under the
circumstances described under clause (a)(ii) hereof, an irrevocable commitment
to purchase such Leased Property from such Person which purchase shall be
conditioned upon the satisfaction of, among other things, the conditions set
forth herein, and (E) specify the date for such substitution (which shall be the
Installment Payment Date no less than 14 nor more than 45 days after the date of
such Substitution Notice).
(b) Each proposed Exchange Property shall be approved by the Indenture
Trustee (acting on instructions from all of the Registered Owners), which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The
following additional conditions shall be satisfied prior to any substitution of
properties pursuant to this Article 38:
(i) Lessor, Indenture Trustee and LC Issuer shall have received an
Appraisal and a "Phase I" Environmental Report of the Exchange
Property made by an Appraiser and environmental engineer,
respectively, selected by Indenture Trustee, subject to the approval
of Lessor and LC Issuer, which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld, which Appraisal and Environmental Report shall have been
made at the expense of Lessee. Such Appraisal shall be delivered at
least 30 days prior to the date of such proposed substitution and
shall indicate the fair market value and useful life of the Exchange
Property at the time of the proposed substitution and prospectively
for the end of each remaining year of the Maximum Lease Term (assuming
in each case that the affected Leased Property had been maintained and
operated in accordance with the terms of this Lease). Fair market
value shall be determined by the same methodology as was employed by
the appraiser in the original appraisal of the replaced Leased
Property delivered in connection with the commencement of the Lease
with respect to such Leased Property. Such Environmental Report shall
be delivered at least 30 days prior to the date of such proposed
substitution, shall speak as of a date not more than six months prior
to
<PAGE>
-56-
the date of such proposed substitution and shall not disclose any
conditions which are not satisfactory to Lessor, Indenture Trustee or
LC Issuer. Lessee shall certify to the best of its knowledge that as
of the substitution date there has been no adverse change in the
environmental status of the Exchange Property from that described in
the Environmental Report with regard to environmental matters. If
such Environmental Report recommends further review, Lessee, at its
own expense, will provide such additional environmental assessments
as are required by Lessor, Indenture Trustee or LC Issuer. The
results of such Environmental Reports shall be satisfactory to
Lessor, Indenture Trustee and LC Issuer. Lessor, Indenture Trustee,
LC Issuer and each holder of indebtedness secured by the Indenture
shall receive a letter from the environmental engineer submitting
such Environmental Report, permitting such addressee to rely on such
Environmental Reports.
(ii) Lessor, Indenture Trustee and LC Issuer shall have received a Lease
Supplement in the form of Schedule H annexed hereto and, if
appropriate, a memorandum or short form of lease with respect
thereto, duly authorized, executed and delivered by Lessee, as
lessee, adding and subjecting the Exchange Property to, and releasing
the affected Leased Property from, the terms of this Lease, and
containing such other terms as Lessor, Indenture Trustee or LC Issuer
or their respective counsel may reasonably deem necessary or
appropriate by reason of the transactions contemplated by this
Article 38.
(iii) Lessee shall have caused to be executed and delivered to Lessor,
Indenture Trustee and LC Issuer (w) a special warranty deed,
sufficient to convey to Lessor good and marketable title to the
Exchange Property subject only to the Permitted Encumbrances
described in clauses (a), (b), (c), and (h) of the definition thereof
(to the extent such Permitted Encumbrances are acceptable to Lessor,
Indenture Trustee and LC Issuer), (x) a supplement to or amendment of
the Assignment of Lease, including the legal description of the
Exchange Property, (y) a supplement to or amendment of the Indenture
with respect to such Exchange Property, and (z) a supplement to or
amendment of the LC Deed of Trust with respect to such Exchange
Property, in each case in form sufficient for recording and
enforceability in the applicable jurisdiction, so that upon the
proper recordation and effectiveness of the foregoing, such parties
shall enjoy the same rights and benefits with respect to the Exchange
Property as existed with respect to such substituted Leased Property.
Lessor, Indenture Trustee and LC Issuer shall have received (a) an
owner's and a mortgagee's policy of title insurance, as applicable,
on the standard ALTA form formerly known as 1970 form (or if the 1970
form is not available in a particular jurisdiction, a more recent
form which has been endorsed or had exclusions removed to achieve the
equivalent) with respect to the
<PAGE>
-57-
Exchange Property (or a commitment therefor) with mechanics' lien
coverage and containing no survey exception, insuring Lessor,
Indenture Trustee and LC Issuer, respectively, against loss with
respect to the Exchange Property and otherwise reasonably satisfactory
to Lessor, Indenture Trustee and LC Issuer and (b) a survey of the
Exchange Property, satisfactory in form and substance to Lessor,
Indenture Trustee and LC Issuer, certified within 90 days prior to the
date of substitution, by a surveyor licensed in the state in which the
Exchange Property is located.
(iv) Lessor, Indenture Trustee and LC Issuer shall have had the opportunity
to conduct customary due diligence with regard to the Exchange
Property and shall have received evidence satisfactory to each such
Person that the Exchange Property complies with all zoning and other
land use requirements and that all necessary permits and licenses have
been issued with respect thereto.
(v) All necessary approvals, authorizations and consents of all
governmental bodies (including courts) having jurisdiction with
respect to the transactions contemplated by this Article 38 shall have
been obtained and all taxes (which, if permitted by law, may be paid
in installments), fees and other charges payable in connection
therewith shall have been paid.
(vi) Lessor, LC Issuer and Indenture Trustee shall have received such other
instruments and such certificates, including without limitation, an
estoppel certificate from Lessee, evidence of the insurance required
by this Lease, certificates as to representations and warranties, and
opinions of counsel, each in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to Lessor, LC Issuer and Indenture Trustee in connection
with the transactions contemplated by this Article 38 as Lessor, LC
Issuer or Indenture Trustee may reasonably request. Where required,
such instruments shall have been duly recorded by Lessee. Lessee
shall pay all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the
transaction contemplated by this Article 38, by any Person including,
without limitation, Lessor, LC Issuer, Indenture Trustee, the
Registered Owners, Beneficiary, including reasonable attorneys' fees
and disbursements of such Persons.
(c) If the Appraisal provided to Lessor, Indenture Trustee and LC Issuer
pursuant to paragraph (b) (i) of this Article 38 shall show that the fair market
value of the Exchange Property is less than the fair market value of the Leased
Property for which such Exchange Property is to be substituted, then Lessee
shall be required to pay to Lessor, as an adjustment to Basic Rent hereunder,
the amount of such difference, plus an amount equal to the Reinvestment Premium
calculated with respect to such difference (the Substitution Adjustment) and the
-----------------------
Lease shall be modified as set forth in Article 16(c).
<PAGE>
-58-
(d) If all of the conditions set forth in this Article 38 have been
satisfied, then, upon payment of the Substitution Adjustment, if applicable, and
the conveyance of the Exchange Property to Lessor in accordance with the terms
hereof, Lessor shall convey the affected Leased Property to Lessee in accordance
with the provisions of Article 16 and the Lease shall terminate as to such
affected Leased Property and shall be effective as to such Exchange Property.
If Lessee fails to complete such substitution on or before the date set forth in
the Substitution Notice, or such later date as Lessor, Lessee, Indenture Trustee
and LC Issuer shall mutually agree, such failure shall immediately constitute an
Event of Default hereunder.
39. The Individual Trustee. Subject to the provisions of the Trust
----------------------
Agreement and, with respect to the Leased Properties located in Virginia, all
rights, duties, powers and obligations conferred or imposed on the Lessor under
this Lease shall be conferred and imposed solely on, and exercised and performed
solely by the Individual Trustee, and the Lessor for purposes of this Lease
shall be the Individual Trustee.
[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessor and Lessee hereto have each caused this Lease to
be duly executed and delivered under seal in their respective names and behalf,
as of the day and year first above written.
LESSOR:
FIRST SECURITY BANK, N.A.
not individually but solely in its capacity as
owner trustee under that certain Amended and
Restated Trust Agreement dated as of October
14, 1998
Witnessed By:
By: /s/ Carl J. Mathis By: /s/ C. Scott Nielsen
----------------------- --------------------------------------
Name: Carl J. Mathis Name: C. Scott Nielsen
Title: Vice President
By: /s/ Larry C Montgomery
-----------------------
Name: Larry C Montgomery
Witnessed By:
By: /s/ Carl J. Mathis
-----------------------
Name: Carl J. Mathis
By: /s/ Larry C Montgomery
-----------------------
Name: Larry C. Montgomery
/s/ Val T. Orton
------------------------------------------
Val. T. Orton, not individually but solely in
his capacity as owner trustee under that
certain Amended and Restated Trust Agreement
dated as of October 14, 1998.
LESSEE:
CAPITAL ONE REALTY, INC.
Witnessed By:
By: /s/ By: /s/ Stephen Linehan
------------------------- -----------------------------------
Name: Name: Stephen Linehan
Title: Manager of Corporate Finance
By: /s/
-------------------------
Name:
<PAGE>
APPENDIX I
----------
Definitions
As used herein, and in the Operative Documents defined below (unless
otherwise defined therein), the following terms have the meanings set forth
below:
Actual Knowledge by a non-natural Person, with respect to the occurrence or
----------------
non-occurrence of an event, means knowledge of such occurrence or non-occurrence
by an officer of such Person in a position to have, or who is charged with
having, such knowledge.
Addition has the meaning set forth in paragraph (c) of Article 10 of the
--------
Lease.
Additional Rent has the meaning set forth in paragraph (b) of Article 3 of
---------------
the Lease.
Adjustment Price has the meaning set forth in paragraph (a) of Article 30
----------------
of the Lease.
Affiliate means, with respect to any Person, a Person who, directly or
---------
indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by or
is under common control with, such Person. The term "control" means the
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
Allocable Percentage means, with respect to any Leased Property, the amount
--------------------
set forth with respect thereto on Schedule J annexed to the Lease, as
recalculated from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Lease.
Applicable Officer means the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer or Chief
------------------
Financial Officer of Lessee or if Lessee no longer has an officer with such
title, the chief executive officer or other officer performing the equivalent
function.
Appraiser means an appraiser conducting an Appraisal.
---------
Appraisal means an appraisal performed by an MAI appraiser reasonably
---------
satisfactory to Lessor, the Indenture Trustee and LC Issuer using appraisal
methodology reasonably satisfactory to Lessor.
Appurtenant Rights has the meaning set forth in Granting Clause First of
------------------
the Indenture.
Assignee has the meaning set forth in paragraph (b) of Article 20 of the
--------
Lease.
<PAGE>
Assignment of Guaranty means that certain Assignment of Guaranty dated as
----------------------
of October 14, 1998 by Owner, as assignor, to Indenture Trustee, as assignee,
and agreed and consented to by Guarantor, as the same may be amended or
supplemented from time to time.
Assignment of Lease means that certain Assignment of Lease dated as of
-------------------
October 14, 1998 by Owner, as assignor, to Indenture Trustee, as assignee, and
agreed and consented to by Lessee, as the same may be amended or supplemented
from time to time.
Bankruptcy Act means Title 11 of the United States Code or any other
--------------
Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, now or hereafter in
effect in the United States.
Basic Rent has the meaning set forth in paragraph (a) of Article 3 of the
----------
Lease.
Basic Term has the meaning set forth in paragraph (a) of Article 2 of the
----------
Lease.
Basic Term Commencement Date has the meaning set forth in paragraph (a) of
----------------------------
Article 2 of the Lease; provided that with respect to an Exchange Property,
Basic Term Commencement Date shall mean the date on which such Leased Property
becomes subject to the Lease.
Beneficial Interest means the entire beneficial interest in Lessor and the
-------------------
Owner Trust Estate.
Beneficiary means, collectively, the Secured Beneficiary and the Equity
-----------
Beneficiary.
BTM Comfort Letter means the letter of comfort regarding the LC Issuer
------------------
issued by Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, Ltd., New York Branch, as the same may be
amended or supplemented from time to time.
Business Day means (a) for the purposes of the definition of Reinvestment
------------
Premium only, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which
commercial banks in New York City are required or authorized to be closed, and
(b) for any other purposes, any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day
or which banks are required or authorized to be closed in New York,
Massachusetts, Virginia, Florida or Connecticut.
Capital One Operations Center means the Land Parcel located in Glen Allen,
-----------------------------
Virginia, and identified as such on Schedule A annexed to the Lease.
Closing Date means December ___, 1998.
------------
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time,
----
and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.
<PAGE>
-3-
Corporate Trust Office means 10 State House Square, Hartford, Connecticut
----------------------
06103, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration.
Cost of the Property means, with respect to a Leased Property, the
--------------------
Allocable Percentage with respect to such Leased Property multiplied by the Cost
of the Properties.
Cost of the Properties means $86,800,000, equal to the sum of (x) the cost
----------------------
of the acquisition of the Beneficial Interest and (y) the aggregate amounts of
outstanding indebtedness encumbering the Leased Properties as of the Closing
Date, all as determined in good faith by Lessee and set forth in an Officer's
Certificate of Lessee accompanied by supporting documentation and materials
satisfactory to Owner, as such indebtedness may be reduced pursuant to Articles
13, 16, 37 and 38 of the Lease, as applicable.
Deed of Trust Trustee means Lawyers Title Realty Services, Inc., a Virginia
---------------------
corporation, together with its successors and permitted assigns.
Default means any event or circumstance which with the passing of time or
-------
giving of notice or both would constitute an Event of Default under the
applicable Operative Document.
Depositary has the meaning set forth in paragraph (b) of Article 12 of the
----------
Lease.
Dispute Notice has the meaning set forth in Article 12(b)(ii) of the Lease.
--------------
Engineer has the meaning set forth in Article 12(b)(ii) of the Lease.
--------
Environmental Laws means and includes but shall not be limited to the
------------------
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. (S) 6901 et seq.), as amended
-------
by the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984, the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. (S) 9601 et
--
seq.), as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986,
- ---
the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. (S) 1801 et seq.), the
------
Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. (S) 2601 et seq.), Clean Air Act (42
------
U.S.C. (S) 7401 et seq.), the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. (S) 1251 et seq.) the
------ ------
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. (S) 136 et seq.),
------
the Occupational Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C. (S) 651 et seq.) and all
------
applicable federal, state and local environmental laws, including obligations
under the common law, ordinances, rules, regulations, permits, approvals,
orders, decrees, consent orders, private agreements (such as covenants,
conditions and restrictions) and publications, as any of the foregoing may have
been or may be from time to time amended, supplemented or supplanted, and any
other federal, state or local laws, including obligations under the common law,
ordinances, rules, regulations, private agreements (such as covenants,
conditions and restrictions) and publications, now or hereafter existing
relating to regulation or control of Hazardous Substances or environmental
health and safety.
<PAGE>
-4-
Equity Beneficiary means JH Equity Realty Investors, Inc., a Delaware
------------------
corporation, together with its successors and permitted assigns.
Equity Investment means as of any date the equity investment in Owner in
-----------------
the amount of $3,038,000 made by Beneficiary, together with all accrued and
unpaid Equity Return thereon.
Equity Return means a return on the amount of the Equity Investment
-------------
outstanding from time to time equivalent to interest thereon at the rate of
7.08% per annum, compounded monthly.
ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
-----
amended.
ERISA Affiliate means, with respect to the Indenture and the Note Agreement
---------------
(a) a corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations with
Owner within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code, (b) a trade or business
(including a sole proprietorship, partnership, trust, estate or corporation)
which is under common control with Owner, within the meaning of Section 414(c)
of the Code, (c) a member of an affiliated service group with Owner, within the
meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code, or (d) an entity described in Section
414(o) of the Code.
Event of Default has the meaning set forth in the applicable Operative
----------------
Document.
Exchange Property has the meaning set forth in Article 38(a) of the Lease.
-----------------
Excluded Payments means (i) indemnity payments paid or payable by Lessee to
-----------------
or in respect of the Owner, its Affiliates, successors and permitted assigns and
its directors, officers, employees, servants and agents pursuant to the Lease or
any corresponding payment under any other Operative Document, (ii) proceeds of
public liability insurance paid or payable as a result of insurance claims made,
or losses suffered, by the Owner that are payable directly to the Owner for its
own account, (iii) any interest that pursuant to the Operative Documents may
from time to time accrue in respect of any of the amounts described in clauses
(i) and (ii) above, (iv) any right to enforce the payment of any amount
described in clauses (i) through (iii) above, and (v) any right to exercise any
election or option or make any decision or determination, or to give or receive
any notice, consent, waiver or approval, or to give or receive any notice,
consent, waiver or approval, or to take any other action in respect of, but in
each case, only to the extent relating to, any Excluded Payments.
Excluded Taxes has the meaning set forth in paragraph (a) of Article 6 of
--------------
the Lease.
Fee Simple Land Parcels means each of (i) Capital One Operations Center and
-----------------------
(ii) Knolls Office Building.
<PAGE>
-5-
Force Majeure means any strike, lockout, or other event or circumstance
-------------
completely outside of Lessee's or Guarantor's reasonable control, but excluding
any such event or circumstance which has exceeded 180 days on a cumulative basis
and any condemnation or damage or destruction by fire or other casualty.
FSB means First Security Bank, N.A., a national banking association,
---
together with its successors and assigns.
GAAP or generally accepted accounting principles means, as of the date of
---- ----------------------------------------
any determination with respect thereto, generally accepted accounting principles
in effect from time to time in the United States.
Ground Lease means (a) with respect to Knolls Two Phase Three, that certain
------------
Ground Lease dated as of June 21, 1996, as amended by that certain Memorandum of
Ground Lease, dated as of June 21, 1996, by and between Owner, as ground lessee,
and the applicable Ground Lessor, as ground lessor, (b) with respect to
Renaissance Business Park Phase I, that certain Ground Lease dated as of
November 12, 1996, as amended by an Amended and Restated Short Form Lease and
Ground Lease and Grant of Easement Agreement, and Amendment of Ground Lease,
dated as of February 11, 1998, by and between Owner , as ground lessee, and the
applicable Ground Lessor, as ground lessor, and (c) with respect to Renaissance
Business Park Phase II, that certain Ground Lease dated as of February 11, 1998
by and between Owner, as ground lessee, and the applicable Ground Lessor, as
ground lessor, as each of the same has been amended by the Ground Lease
Amendment, as applicable, and each as amended or supplemented from time to time.
Ground Lease Amendment(s) means collectively (i) Amendment to Lease and
-------------------------
Landlord's Consent Agreement to Ground Lease, dated as of October 14, 1998,
between the Ground Lessor referenced in clause (a) in the definition thereof,
and Owner, together with any memorandum thereof, (ii) Amendment to Lease and
Landlord's Consent Agreement to Ground Lease, dated as of October 14, 1998,
between the Ground Lessor referenced in clause (b) in the definition thereof,
and Owner, together with any short form thereof, and (iii) Amendment to Lease
and Landlord's Consent Agreement to Ground Lease, dated as of October 14, 1998,
between the Ground Lessor referenced in clause (c) in the definition thereof and
Owner, together with any short form thereof.
Ground Leasehold Land Parcels means each of (i) Knolls Two Phase Three,
-----------------------------
(ii) Renaissance Business Park Phase I and (iii) Renaissance Business Park Phase
II.
Ground Lessor means (a) with respect to Knolls Two Phase Three, Capital One
-------------
Bank, a Virginia banking corporation, (b) with respect to Renaissance Business
Park Phase I, Capital One Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and (c) with
respect to Renaissance Business Park Phase
<PAGE>
-6-
II, Capital One Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and the successors and
assigns of each as ground lessor under any Ground Lease.
Guarantor means Capital One Bank, a Virginia banking corporation.
---------
Guaranty means that certain Guaranty dated as of October 14, 1998 by
--------
Guarantor for the benefit of Lessor and the other obligees referred to therein
and Lessor's and such obligees' successors and assigns, pursuant to which
Guarantor has unconditionally guaranteed the obligations of Lessee under the
Lease, as may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.
Hazardous Substances means (i) those substances included within the
--------------------
definitions of or identified as "hazardous substances", "hazardous materials",
or "toxic substances" in or pursuant to, without limitation, the Comprehensive
Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (42 U.S.C. (S)
9601 et seq.) (CERCLA), as amended by Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization
------
Act of 1986 (Pub. L. 99-499, 100 Stat. 1613) (SARA), the Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act of 1976 (42 U.S.C., (S) 6901 et seq.) (RCRA), the Occupational
------
Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C. (S) 651 et seq.) (OSHA), and the
------
Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. (S) 1801 et seq., and in the
------
regulations promulgated pursuant to said laws, all as amended; (ii) those
substances listed in the United States Department of Transportation Table (40
CFR 172.101 and amendments thereto) or by the Environmental Protection Agency
(or any successor agency) as hazardous substances (40 CFR Part 302 and
amendments thereto); (iii) any material, waste or substance which is or contains
(A) petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof, natural gas, or
synthetic gas usable for fuel or any mixture thereof, (B) asbestos, (C)
polychlorinated biphenyls, (D) designated as "hazardous substance" pursuant to
Section 311 of the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. (S) 1251 et seq., (33 U.S.C. (S)
------
1321) or listed pursuant to Section 307 of the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. (S)
1317); (E) flammable explosives; (F) radioactive materials; and (iv) such other
substances, materials and wastes which are or become regulated as hazardous,
toxic or "special wastes" under applicable local, state or federal law, or the
United States government, or which are classified as hazardous, toxic or as
"special wastes" under federal, state or local laws or regulations, including
any Environmental Laws.
Identified Plan has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2 of the Note
---------------
Agreement.
Improvements has the meaning set forth in Granting Clause First of the
------------
Indenture.
Indemnified Party means any of Lessor, FSB, LC Issuer, the Indenture
-----------------
Trustee, each Registered Owner, any Assignee, each Beneficiary, Placement Agent,
and their respective successors and assigns, and each and all of such Person's
shareholders, officers, directors, employees, attorneys and agents, and any
holder of any beneficial interest in any of the foregoing.
<PAGE>
-7-
Indenture means that certain Indenture, Fee and Leasehold Deed of Trust,
---------
Mortgage, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing dated as of October 14, 1998
from Owner to Indenture Trustee, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
Indenture Trust Estate has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the
----------------------
Granting Clauses of the Indenture.
Indenture Trustee means First Union National Bank, a national banking
-----------------
association, in its capacity as indenture trustee under the Indenture, together
with its successors and assigns.
Individual Trustee means Val T. Orton, not individually but solely as owner
------------------
trustee under the Trust Agreement, together with his successors and assigns.
Installment Payment means each regularly scheduled payment of interest and
-------------------
principal, if any, on the Notes as defined in the Notes.
Installment Payment Dates has the meaning set forth in paragraph (a) of
-------------------------
Article 3 of the Lease.
Institutional Investor means (i) a bank or other lending institution or
----------------------
insurance company with a combined capital and surplus of at least $75,000,000,
(ii) an insurance company with total assets of at least $100,000,000, (iii) an
Affiliate or subsidiary of any such bank, lending institution or insurance
company, (iv) any other financial institution organized under the laws of the
United States or any state thereof or Canada or any province thereof with a net
worth of at least $50,000,000, or (v) a public or private pension plan or
institutionally-managed fund having gross assets of at least $300,000,000.
Knolls Office Building means the Land Parcel located in Glen Allen,
----------------------
Virginia, and identified as such on Schedule A annexed to the Lease.
Knolls Two Phase Three means the Land Parcel located in Glen Allen,
----------------------
Virginia, and identified as such on Schedule A annexed to the Lease.
Land Parcel means each of the parcels of land described on Schedule A to
-----------
the Indenture including, without limitation, each of the Ground Leasehold Land
Parcels.
LC Cost means the amount of costs and expenses incurred by Owner in
-------
connection with its furnishing of the Letter of Credit.
<PAGE>
-8-
LC Deed of Trust means that certain Fee and Leasehold Deed of Trust,
----------------
Mortgage, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing dated as of October 14, 1998
from the Owner to the Beneficiary, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
LC Issuer means BTM Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation, together
---------
with its successors and permitted assigns.
Lease means that certain Amended and Restated Lease Agreement dated as of
-----
October 14, 1998 by and between Lessor and Lessee, as may be amended,
supplemented or modified from time to time.
Leased Property(ies) has the meaning set forth in Article 1 of the Lease.
--------------------
Legal Requirements means, with respect to any Leased Property or any
------------------
Person, all laws, rules, orders, ordinances, regulations and requirements now
existing or hereafter enacted or promulgated, of every government and
municipality having jurisdiction over such Leased Property (or any portion
thereof) or such Person, or the improvements thereon, or the facilities or
equipment thereon or therein, or the streets, sidewalks, vaults, vault spaces,
curbs and gutters adjoining the Leased Property, or the appurtenances to the
Leased Property, or the franchises and privileges connected therewith and
including, without limitation, Environmental Laws.
Lessee means Capital One Realty, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its
------
successors and assigns expressly permitted under the Lease.
Lessee's Loss has the meaning set forth in paragraph (a) of Article 12 of
-------------
the Lease.
Lessor means Owner, in its capacity as lessor under the Lease, and its
------
successors and assigns.
Lessor Lien means any lien on or with respect to any Leased Property which
-----------
is not permitted by the terms of the Lease and which results from (i) nonpayment
by Lessor or any member, partner, shareholder or beneficiary of Lessor or any
affiliate of any of the foregoing (the Lessor Parties), of any tax, assessment
--------------
or like charge imposed on any Lessor Party, other than any tax, assessment or
like charge the payment of which is Lessee's obligation under the Lease; (ii)
claims against or acts and omissions of any Lessor Party arising out of events
or conditions that are not related to the transactions contemplated by the terms
of the Lease or are in violation of any of the obligations of the Lessor under
any of the terms of the Lease; (iii) claims against any Lessor Party arising out
of any transfer (whether voluntary or involuntary) by such Lessor Party of any
portion of its interest in any Leased Property or its rights under the Lease
that is neither permitted under the Lease nor consented to in writing by the
Lessee; or (iv) any other act of, claim against or lien created by any Lessor
Party, or any Person claiming by, through or under any Lessor Party, that is
neither permitted under the terms of the Lease nor consented to in writing by
the Lessee.
<PAGE>
-9-
Lessor Parties has the meaning specified in the definition of Lessor Lien.
--------------
Letter of Credit means the means that certain irrevocable standby letter of
----------------
credit dated the Closing Date and issued by LC Issuer for the account of
Indenture Trustee, and all amendments and supplements thereto and replacements
therefor.
Limited Lessee Risk Conditions means, collectively, the following: (i)
------------------------------
less than substantially all of the Leased Properties shall be condemned,
damaged, destroyed or taken; (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing under the Lease; (iii) Lessee has not exercised its
purchase option under paragraph (a) of Article 28 of the Lease; (iv) either (x)
a sale to a third party of the Leased Properties has been consummated and Lessor
has received, in immediately available funds, on the Term Termination Date, the
Net Proceeds of sale of the Leased Properties plus payment of any Additional
Rent then due and owing under the Lease with respect to the Leased Properties,
or (y) a sale to a third party of the Leased Properties has not been so
consummated on the Term Termination Date thereof and the Lessee has vacated the
Leased Properties and surrendered and returned the Leased Properties to Lessor
in the condition required by Article 26 of the Lease, and Lessor has received,
in immediately available funds on the Term Termination Date, payment of any
Additional Rent then due and owing under the Lease with respect to the Leased
Properties; (v) the Lease has not been terminated prior to the Termination Date;
(vi) no amendment, modification, supplement, consent, waiver, approval,
settlement, extension, compromise or accommodation of the Lease shall have been
entered into or given without the prior written consent of LC Issuer; (vii) each
and every Leased Property is, or upon payment of the Maximum Lessee Risk Amount
will be, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances except for the lien of the
LC Deed of Trust, taxes and liens for the current year which are not yet due and
payable and Permitted Encumbrances described in (a), (c), (g), (h) and (i) of
the definition thereof, and any liens for taxes, assessments and other
governmental charges which are not then due and payable and which are not
allocable to the period before the date of termination or expiration of this
Lease with respect to the applicable Leased Property; (viii) each and every
Leased Property will be legally subdivided from all other land parcels which
such Leased Property may have been a part and, other than that portion of the
Leased Properties known as Renaissance Business Park Phase I and Renaissance
Business Park Phase II which constitutes the Parking Garage Property, as defined
in the Parking Easement Agreement, legally subdivided from each other; and (ix)
Lessee's surrender, return and vacation of any Leased Property at the end of the
then current Term will not result in a breach or default of any term or
condition of any Ground Lease applicable thereto.
Maturity Date means December ___, 2005.
-------------
Maximum Lease Term means the maximum Term of the Lease commencing on the
------------------
Basic Term Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the second Renewal
Term, after each renewal option is exercised.
<PAGE>
-10-
Maximum Lessee Risk Amount means, as of any date, subject to the provisions
--------------------------
of Article 30(a) of the Lease, an amount calculated as set forth in Schedule F
to the Lease for such date provided however, in the event that Lessee is
required to pay all or any portion of the Reinvestment Premium pursuant to the
terms of the Lease, the Maximum Lessee Risk Amount shall be reduced by the
amount of the Reinvestment Premium paid by Lessee provided, however, if such
Reinvestment Premium is paid as a result of Lessee failing to renew the Term of
the Lease and electing not to purchase the Leased Properties pursuant to Article
28 of the Lease then such reduction shall be limited to (x) $3,141,933.36 if
such payment is made with respect to the last day of the Basic Term or (y)
$1,454,425.64 if such payment is made with respect to the last day of the first
Renewal Term.
Maximum Lessor Risk Amount means, subject to the provisions of Article
--------------------------
30(b) of the Lease, an amount calculated as set forth in Schedule F to the Lease
for each relevant period provided, however, in the event of any reduction in the
Maximum Lessee Risk Amount pursuant to the proviso contained within the
definition thereof, then the Maximum Lessor Risk Amount shall be simultaneously
increased by an amount equal to such reduction.
Memorandum of Lease means that certain Memorandum of Lease with respect to
-------------------
the Leased Properties located in Florida and that certain Virginia Lease
Supplement, Memorandum of Amended and Restated Lease Agreement and Remedies with
respect to those Leased Properties located in Virginia, each dated as of the
Closing Date and executed by Lessor and Lessee pursuant to the provisions of
Article 34 of the Lease.
Moody's has the meaning set forth in Article 12 of the Lease.
-------
Mortgaged Property(ies) means Owner's interests in the Land Parcels and the
-----------------------
Improvements together with the Appurtenant Rights.
Net Award means the entire award, compensation, insurance proceeds or other
---------
payment, if any, on account of any condemnation, taking or casualty affecting
any Leased Property or any portion thereof, less any expenses reasonably
incurred by the payee thereof in collecting such award, compensation, insurance
proceeds or other payment and not already paid (or reimbursed to such payee) by
Lessee pursuant to the last sentence of paragraph (a) of Article 12 of the
Lease, plus, in the case of any award with respect to a condemnation or taking,
any investment income earned with respect to the foregoing amounts.
Net Proceeds means, upon the sale of any Leased Property to a third party,
------------
the net amount of the proceeds of such sale, after deducting from the gross
proceeds of such sale (i) all sales taxes and other taxes (excluding any
Excluded Taxes), (ii) all fees, costs and expenses of such sale incurred by
Lessor or by Lessee, as Lessor's agent, unless separately paid or reimbursed by
Lessee,
<PAGE>
-11-
and (iii) any other amounts for which, if not paid, Lessor would be liable or
which, if not paid, would constitute a lien on such Leased Property.
Note Agreement or Note Purchase Agreement means that certain Note Purchase
-------------- -----------------------
Agreement dated as of October 14, 1998 by and among Owner and the several
purchasers of the Notes identified therein, as the same may be amended or
supplemented from time to time.
Note Interest Rate means 6.86% per annum.
------------------
Note Purchaser means each of the Persons identified as such in the Note
--------------
Purchase Agreement.
Notes has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(a) of the Note Agreement.
-----
Officer's Certificate means a certificate executed and delivered by an
---------------------
Applicable Officer of Lessee, or such other officer of Lessee as is in a
position to know the substance of the matters contained in such certificate.
Operative Documents means the Lease, the Guaranty, the Ground Leases, the
-------------------
Indenture, the Assignment of Lease, the Assignment of Guaranty, the Note
Purchase Agreement, the Notes, the Trust Agreement, the Sale and Assignment
Agreement (BI Interests), the Letter of Credit, the LC Deed of Trust, the
Reimbursement Agreement, the Parking Easement Agreement and any other agreements
or instruments entered into in connection with any of the above.
Outstanding, with reference to the Notes, means, as of any particular time,
-----------
all Notes authenticated and delivered by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the
Indenture, except: (a) Notes theretofore canceled by the Indenture Trustee or
delivered to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation pursuant to the Indenture;
(b) Notes for the payment or prepayment of which moneys in the necessary amount
shall have been deposited in trust with the Indenture Trustee, provided that if
such Notes are to be prepaid, notice of such prepayment shall have been given as
provided in the Indenture; and (c) Notes in lieu of or in substitution for which
other Notes shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to Section 2.7
of the Indenture; provided that solely for purposes of determining whether
Registered Owners of the requisite percentage of Outstanding Notes have approved
or consented to, or have directed the taking of any action provided in the
Indenture or any other Operative Document to be taken upon the direction of
Registered Owners holding a specified percentage of Notes then Outstanding,
Notes registered in the name of Owner or Lessee, or any beneficiary, nominee or
Affiliate of any thereof shall be deemed not to be Outstanding.
Overdue Rate means (x) with respect to any payment on, or any portion of
------------
any payment (including Rent) to be applied to, the Notes, an annual rate of
8.86% and (y) with respect to any payment on, or any portion of any payment
(including Rent) to be applied to, the Equity Return, an
<PAGE>
-11-
annual rate of 9.08% but in either case, not greater than the maximum rate
permitted by applicable law.
Owner means First Security Bank, N.A., a national banking association, and
-----
Val T. Orton not in their individual capacities but solely in their capacities
as owner trustee under the Trust Agreement, the trust thereunder being referred
to as the COB Real Estate Trust 1995-1.
Owner Trust Estate means all present and future assets and property held by
------------------
Owner pursuant to the Trust Agreement, including all interest of Owner in the
Land Parcels, the Ground Leases, the Improvements, the Lease, the Guaranty and
any other Operative Documents; amounts payable under the Lease including,
without limitation, Basic Rent, Additional Rent, Termination Values, the
Purchase Price, the Maximum Lessee Risk Amount, the Equity Investment, the
Equity Return, Net Proceeds, Net Awards and the Reinvestment Premium; amounts
payable to Owner under the Guaranty, insurance policies and proceeds,
indemnities and other payments of any kind payable at any time to Owner for or
with respect to the foregoing (except for Excluded Payments payable to FSB or to
any Beneficiary pursuant to the Lease or any Operative Documents), all payments
or proceeds Owner is entitled to receive after the termination of the Lease as a
result of a sale or other disposition of any of the Leased Properties or any
portions thereof, and all income and proceeds received from time to time by
Owner in respect of the foregoing and not theretofore distributed, as further
described in Section 5 of the Trust Agreement.
Parking Easement Agreement means the Parking Garage Ownership, Easement and
--------------------------
Management Agreement, dated as of October 14, 1998, among Owner, Capital One
Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation, First Security Bank, N.A., not
individually but solely in its capacity as owner trustee of the Capital One
Realty Trust 1998-1, and Lessee, as the same may be amended or supplemented from
time to time.
Permitted Encumbrances means, with respect to any Leased Property: (a)
----------------------
rights reserved to or vested in any municipality or public authority to condemn,
appropriate, recapture or designate a purchaser of such Leased Property; (b) any
liens thereon for taxes, assessments and other governmental charges and any
liens of mechanics, materialmen and laborers for work or services performed or
material furnished in connection with such Leased Property, which are not due
and payable, or the amount or validity of which are being contested as permitted
by Article 6 of the Lease; (c) easements, rights-of-way, servitudes, zoning
laws, use regulations, and other similar reservations, rights and restrictions
and other minor defects and irregularities in the title to such Leased Property
existing on the applicable Basic Term Commencement Date or granted in accordance
with the provisions of Article 34 of the Lease; (d) any mortgage or mortgages
granted by Lessor to secure the Notes including the Indenture, together with any
UCC-1 Financing Statements related to such Indenture; (e) any assignment of the
Lease by Lessor for collateral purposes including the Assignment of Lease; (f)
the Lease; (g) with respect to Knolls Two Phase Three, Renaissance Business Park
Phase I, and Renaissance Business Park Phase II, the Ground
<PAGE>
-13-
Lease applicable thereto; (h) all other matters affecting title existing on the
date of the Lease as set forth in Schedule G to the Lease; and (i) any mortgage
or mortgages granted by Lessor to secure the Letter of Credit including without
limitation, the LC Deed of Trust, together with any UCC-1 Financing Statements
related to such mortgage or mortgages, such mortgage and financing statement to
be subordinate to the mortgage described in clause (d) so long as such mortgage
is effective.
Person means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
------
association, joint stock company, trust, estate, trustee of a trust,
unincorporated organization or government (or any agency or political
subdivision thereof) or any other entity, whether acting in an individual,
fiduciary or other capacity.
Placement Agent means BTM Financial Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
---------------
Plan or (as the context may require) plan means an "employee benefit plan"
---- ----
(as defined in section 3(3) of ERISA) that is or, within the preceding five
years, has been established or maintained, or to which contributions are or,
within the preceding five years, have been made or required to be made, by Owner
of any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which Owner or any ERISA Affiliate may
have any liability.
Property means any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real,
--------
personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.
Protected Parties has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1 of the Note
-----------------
Agreement.
Purchase Notice has the meaning set forth in Article 37(a) of the Lease.
---------------
Purchase Price has the meaning set forth in Schedule E attached to the
--------------
Lease.
Recordable Documents has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3 of the
--------------------
Indenture.
Register means the note register on which the ownership of the Notes is
--------
recorded pursuant to Section 2.4 of the Indenture.
Registered Owner means the person in whose name the ownership of a Note is
----------------
recorded in the Register.
Reimbursement Agreement means the Reimbursement and Remarketing Agreement,
-----------------------
dated as of October 14, 1998, between the LC Issuer and Owner, as amended,
modified and supplemented from time to time.
<PAGE>
Reinvestment Premium means, as of any date, the amount (but not less than
--------------------
zero) equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of the Present Values (as
hereinafter defined) of (a) the Termination Value (assuming the Termination
Value is payable on the last day of the Maximum Lease Term), and (b) the amount
of Basic Rent that would have been payable on each Installment Payment Date from
and after the date of determination (assuming all payments of Basic Rent are
made when due), over (ii) the Termination Value as of the date of determination.
The Present Value shall be determined by discounting in accordance with
-------------
generally accepted financial practice on a monthly basis at a discount rate
equal to the sum of the applicable Treasury Yield plus 0.50% (which is then
adjusted to monthly equivalent). The Treasury Yield for such purpose shall be
--------------
determined as of 10:00 A.M. New York City time on the first Business Day before
the date of determination by reference to the yields of those actively traded
"On the Run" United States Treasury securities having a maturity equal to the
remaining balance of the Maximum Lease Term, as shown on the display designated
on "Page 500" on the Bridge Telerate Service (or such other display as may
replace Page 500 on the Bridge Telerate Service) or any other reputable online
source of such market data; provided that if such yields are not reported as of
such time or the yields reported as of such time are not ascertainable
(including by way of interpolation), the Treasury Yield shall be determined by
reference to the yields reported, for the latest day for which such yields have
been so reported as of the first Business Day before the date of determination,
in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) (or any comparable successor
publication) for actively traded United States Treasury securities having a
maturity equal to the remaining balance of the Maximum Lease Term, and provided
further that if the remaining balance of the Maximum Lease Term is not equal to
the maturity of the actively traded "On the Run" United States Treasury
security, such yield shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to
the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the yields of actively traded "On the
Run" United States Treasury securities having a maturity closest to such
remaining balance of the Maximum Lease Term. The Reinvestment Premium shall be
determined by Lessor and shall be binding on Lessee absent manifest error.
Release of Mortgage means collectively the Deeds of Release and
-------------------
Satisfactions of Mortgages, Assignment of Lease and Rents and Security
Agreement, executed by NationsBank, N.A., a national banking association as
Administrative Agent on behalf of the construction lenders and the holders of
ownership certificates, as defined therein.
Remarketing Period has the meaning set forth in paragraph (b) of Article 28
------------------
of the Lease.
Renaissance Business Park Phase I means the Land Parcel located in Tampa,
---------------------------------
Florida, and identified as such on Schedule A annexed to the Lease.
Renaissance Business Park Phase II means the Land Parcel located in Tampa,
----------------------------------
Florida, and identified as such on Schedule A annexed to the Lease.
Replaced Property has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5 of the
-----------------
Indenture.
<PAGE>
-15-
Renewal Term has the meaning set forth in paragraph (b) of Article 2 of the
------------
Lease.
Rent means collectively Additional Rent and Basic Rent.
----
Responsible Officer means, with respect to any non-natural Person and a
-------------------
particular subject matter, only such Persons as have actual responsibility for
the administration of such particular subject matter.
Sale and Assignment Agreement (BI Interests) means that certain Purchase,
--------------------------------------------
Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of October 14, 1998, by and among
NationsBank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other sellers named therein,
collectively as seller of the Beneficial Interest, and Beneficiary, as the
purchasers of the Beneficial Interest.
Secured Beneficiary means BTM Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation,
-------------------
and its successors and assigns as holders of its portion of the Beneficial
Interest.
Series means each series of Notes as set forth on Exhibit C to the
------
Indenture, as such number of Series may be reduced from time to time upon the
prepayment in full of all Notes of a particular Series in accordance with the
Indenture.
S&P has the meaning set forth in Article 12 of the Lease.
---
Substitution Adjustment has the meaning set forth in Article 38 of the
-----------------------
Lease.
Substitution Notice has the meaning set forth in Article 38(a) of the
-------------------
Lease.
Tangible Net Worth has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4 of the
------------------
Guaranty.
Taxes has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(b) of the Note Agreement.
-----
Term of the Lease or Term means the Basic Term and any Renewal Term or
-------------------------
Terms which may be effected pursuant to Article 2 of the Lease, except as may be
terminated prior to expiration thereof pursuant to the terms of the Lease.
Term Termination Date means the last day of the Basic Term or a Renewal
---------------------
Term, as applicable.
Termination Date has the meaning set forth in paragraph (c) of Article 12
----------------
of the Lease.
Termination Notice has the meaning set forth in paragraph (b) of Article 2
------------------
of the Lease.
<PAGE>
Termination Value has the meaning set forth in Schedule C annexed to the
-----------------
Lease.
Trade Fixtures has the meaning set forth in paragraph (a) of Article 11 of
--------------
the Lease.
Transferee has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7 of the Indenture.
----------
Trust Agreement means that certain Amended and Restated Trust Agreement
---------------
dated as of October 14, 1998 by and between FSB and Beneficiary as the same may
be amended or supplemented from time to time.
Trustee means First Security Bank, N.A., a national banking association,
-------
not in its individual capacity but solely as owner trustee under the Trust
Agreement, together with its successors and assigns.
Unit of Notes has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 of the Note
-------------
Agreement.
UCC means the Uniform Commercial Code enacted and in effect in the State of
---
the Mortgaged Property to which it relates.
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE A
----------
Land Parcels
------------
Capital One Operations Center
- -----------------------------
(Legal description to be attached)
Knolls Office Building
- ----------------------
(Legal description to be attached)
Knolls Two Phase Three
- ----------------------
(Legal description to be attached)
Renaissance Business Park Phase I
- ---------------------------------
(Legal description to be attached)
Renaissance Business Park Phase II
- ----------------------------------
(Legal description to be attached)
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE B
Basic Rent
----------
(1) Scheduled Payments. Basic Rent shall be payable in arrears in monthly
------------------
installments on the same day of each calendar month on which the Basic Term
Commencement Date occurs, such installments to be in an amount equal to the
product of (i) the Cost of the Properties and (ii) 0.57231%.
(2) General. Anything herein or in any Operative Document to the contrary
-------
notwithstanding, on each Installment Payment Date, Lessee shall pay as
Basic Rent, without duplication with regard to clause (1) above, that
amount which, under the circumstances and in all events, is at least
sufficient to pay in full, as of such Installment Payment Date, (a) the
aggregate accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes and in the case of the
Equity Investment, the accrued and unpaid Equity Return, and (b) rent or
any other payments of whatever character which are then due and owing under
any of the Ground Leases, in all cases net to the Persons entitled thereto.
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE C
Termination Value
-----------------
The Termination Value on any Termination Date shall be an amount equal to (i)
the Cost of the Properties in effect as of such Termination Date (or, if
calculated with respect to fewer than all of the Leased Properties, the product
of (x) the Allocable Percentage of the related Leased Property or Properties and
(y) the Cost of the Properties in effect as of such Termination Date) plus (ii)
all accrued and unpaid Basic Rent and Additional Rent hereunder (without
reduction for Allocable Percentage if paid with respect to fewer than all of the
Leased Properties).
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE D
Environmental Matters
---------------------
No exceptions applicable.
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE E
Purchase Price
--------------
The Purchase Price as of any Term Termination Date shall be an amount equal
to the sum of (i) the Cost of the Properties in effect as of such Term
Termination Date, plus (ii) all accrued and unpaid Basic Rent and Additional
Rent payable hereunder, plus (iii) all applicable sales, excise and other taxes
imposed as a result of the sale of the Leased Properties, other than Excluded
Taxes and without duplication of the payment of Additional Rent under clause
(ii) above, plus (iv) for any Term Termination Date before the end of the
Maximum Lease Term, the Reinvestment Premium.
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE F
Maximum Lessor and Lessee
Risk Amounts
------------
The Maximum Lessor Risk Amount shall be equal to the Cost of the Properties
times the percentages set forth below opposite the related Term Termination Date
plus any increase thereto which may be applicable pursuant to the definition of
Maximum Lessor Risk Amount as set forth in Appendix I.
The Maximum Lessee Risk Amount shall be equal to the Cost of the Properties
times the percentages set forth below opposite the related Term Termination Date
less any reduction thereto which may be applicable pursuant to the definition of
Maximum Lessee Risk Amount as set forth in Appendix I.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
End of Year* Maximum Lessee Risk Amount** Maximum Lessor Risk Amount**
- ------------ -------------------------- --------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
5 84.071820% 15.928180%
6 89.686611 10.313389
7 89.686611 10.313389
</TABLE>
*Years after the Basic Term Commencement Date (determined on anniversary of
Basic Term Commencement Date).
**Expressed as a percentage of the Cost of the Properties.
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE G
Permitted Encumbrances
----------------------
Capital One Operations Center
- -----------------------------
Those matters set forth on Schedule B to (Name of title company) Title Insurance
Company ALTA Owner's Policy No.(number).
Knolls Office Building
- ----------------------
Those matters set forth on Schedule B to (Name of title company) Title Insurance
Company ALTA Owner's Policy No.(number).
Knolls Two Phase Three
- ----------------------
Those matters set forth on Schedule B to (Name of title company) Title Insurance
Company ALTA Owner's Policy No.(number).
Renaissance Business Park Phase I
- ---------------------------------
Those matters set forth on Schedule B to (Name of title company) Title Insurance
Company ALTA Owner's Policy No.(number).
Renaissance Business Park Phase II
- ----------------------------------
Those matters set forth on Schedule B to (Name of title company) Title Insurance
Company ALTA Owner's Policy No.(number).
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE H
[Form of Supplement to Lease]
-----------------------------
This is a _________ Supplement to Amended and Restated Lease Agreement,
dated as of ________, 199_ (this "Supplement") to that certain Amended and
Restated Lease Agreement, dated as of October 14, 1998 (as amended, modified or
supplemented to date, except by this Supplement, the "Original Lease" and the
Original Lease, as amended by this Supplement, the "Lease"), between First
Security Bank, N.A. and Val T. Orton, not individually but solely as owner
trustee, as lessor, and CAPITAL ONE REALTY, INC., as lessee Capitalized terms
used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned in the Lease. This
Supplement is being executed and delivered on and in connection with a Lease
Closing Date.
NOW, THEREFORE, intending to be legally bound, the parties to the Lease
hereby agree as follows:
1. Schedules A, B, C, D, E, G, and J to the Original Lease are hereby
deleted and replaced by their respective counterparts as attached hereto.
2. Except for those provisions specifically amended hereby, the Lease
shall remain in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplement to be
executed under seal as of the day and year first above written.
LESSOR:
FIRST SECURITY BANK, N.A., not individually but
solely as owner trustee under that certain Amended
and Restated Trust Agreement dated as of October
14, 1998,
By:___________________________
Name:
Title:
________________________________
Val T. Orton, not individually but solely in his
capacity as owner trustee under that certain
Amended and Restated Trust Agreement dated as of
October 14, 1998
<PAGE>
LESSEE:
CAPITAL ONE REALTY, INC.
By:____________________________
Name: Stephen Linehan
Title: Manager of Corporate Finance
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE I
Form of Certificate as to Insurance
-----------------------------------
The undersigned hereby certifies pursuant to Article 13 of that certain
Amended and Restated Lease Agreement dated as of October 14, 1998 (the "Lease")
between First Security Bank, N.A. and Val T. Orton, not individually but solely
as Owner Trustee,, as lessor, and Capital One Realty, Inc., as lessee
("Lessee"), as follows:
1. The undersigned is a ______________________ of Lessee. I am familiar
with the risk management guidelines and policies for Lessee, and as such I am
familiar with the insurance provided with respect to the Leased Properties (as
defined in the Lease).
2. In connection with this Certificate, the undersigned has reviewed the
provisions of the Lease.
3. The insurance policies described in the attached Certificates of
Insurance are in full force and effect on the date hereof and satisfy all the
requirements of paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) Article 13 of the
Lease.
4. Attached hereto are true and correct copies of Certificates of
Insurance evidencing the above-described insurance policies currently in effect.
________________________________
Name:
Title:
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE J
Allocable Percentages
---------------------
Capital One Operations Center (Glen Allen, Virginia):
- ----------------------------------------------------
30.057%
Knolls Office Building (Glen Allen, Virginia):
- ---------------------------------------------
13.559%
Knolls Two Phase Three (Glen Allen, Virginia):
- ---------------------------------------------
19.774%
Renaissance Business Park Phase I (Tampa, Florida):
- --------------------------------------------------
18.192%
Renaissance Business Park Phase II (Tampa, Florida):
- ----------------------------------------------------
18.418%
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE K
Form of Lessee Estoppel Certificate
-----------------------------------
Lessee warrants and represents to Lessor, Indenture Trustee, Beneficiary
and LC Issuer as follows as of the date hereof (capitalized terms used but not
defined herein are as defined in the Lease):
1. ORGANIZATION AND POWER. Lessee (a) is a corporation duly formed,
----------------------
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware
and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and in good standing in the State
of Florida and the Commonwealth of Virginia and any other jurisdiction where
such qualification is required by applicable law or is necessary for the conduct
of its business, and (b) has the full corporate power, authority and legal right
to lease the Leased Properties from Lessor and has the requisite corporate power
and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and to execute, deliver
and perform the Operative Documents to which it is a party.
2. FULL DISCLOSURE. No written statement delivered to Lessor, Indenture
---------------
Trustee or LC Issuer by Lessee in connection with the negotiation of the
transactions contemplated hereby or contained in the Lease or any other
Operative Document to which Lessee is a party contains any untrue statement of a
material fact or omits a material fact necessary to make the statements
contained therein or herein not misleading in any material respect. There is no
fact peculiar to Lessee which is not disclosed in writing which materially and
adversely affects Lessee's ability to perform under the Lease or any other
Operative Document to which Lessee is a party.
3. LITIGATION. There is no action, suit or proceeding pending, or to the
----------
best of Lessee's knowledge threatened, against or affecting Lessee at law or in
equity before any court, or by or before any federal, state, municipal or other
governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency, or instrumentality
or arbitrator which if adversely determined (i) individually or in the aggregate
would materially and adversely affect the performance by Lessee of its
obligations under the Lease or any other Operative Document to which it is a
party or the business and operations of Lessee, taken as a whole or (ii) would
affect in any material respect the consummation or validity of the Operative
Documents to which it is a party, or the transactions contemplated thereby.
4. NO DEFAULTS. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
-----------
continuing under the Lease. Lessee is not in default in the payment of the
principal or interest on any indebtedness for borrowed money or for its deferred
purchase of property or in default under any instrument or agreement under and
subject to which any such indebtedness has been issued or under any lease, in
each case involving the likelihood of any actions or proceedings against it
<PAGE>
which will materially and adversely affect Lessee or its ability to perform
under the Lease or any other Operative Document to which Lessee is a party.
5. NO VIOLATION. Neither the execution, delivery or performance by Lessee
------------
of the Lease or the other Operative Documents to be delivered by Lessee nor
compliance herewith or therewith (a) (i) are in contravention of, and will not
result in a violation or breach of, any of the terms of Lessee's Certificate of
Incorporation (or equivalent document), its By-Laws, or of any provisions
relating to shares of the capital stock of Lessee, or (ii) will violate or
constitute a breach of any applicable provision of law, any applicable order of
any court or other agency of government, or any indenture, agreement or other
instrument to which Lessee is a party, or by or under which Lessee or any of
Lessee's property is bound, or be in conflict with, result in a breach of, or
constitute (with due notice and/or lapse of time) a default under any such
indenture, agreement or instrument, or result in the creation or imposition of
any Lien upon any of Lessee's property or assets or (b) results or will result
in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon its
property pursuant to such agreement or instrument. Neither the execution,
delivery or performance by the Lessee of the Lease or the Operative Documents to
be delivered by Lessee nor compliance by Lessee herewith or therewith conflicts
or will conflict with or results or will result in a breach of or constitutes or
will constitute a default under (i) the certificate of incorporation or by-laws
of Lessee or (ii) any material agreement or instrument to which Lessee is a
party or by which it is bound.
6. AGREEMENTS ARE LEGAL AND AUTHORIZED. The Lease and the other Operative
-----------------------------------
Documents to which Lessee is a party have been duly authorized by Lessee by all
necessary corporate action (including any necessary action by its shareholders)
and duly executed and delivered by it, and, assuming the due authorization,
execution and delivery thereof by the other parties thereto, are legal, valid
and binding obligations of Lessee enforceable against it in accordance with
their respective terms, except as certain rights and remedies as set forth in
such Operative Documents may be limited by (a) bankruptcy, reorganization and
similar laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of
creditors' or lessors' rights and (b) general principles of equity.
7. INSURANCE. All insurance required by Article 13 of the Lease is in
---------
effect and all premiums now due and payable in respect of such insurance have
been paid.
8. CONSENTS. No consent, license, approval or authorization of, or
--------
filing, registration or declaration with, or exemption or other action by, any
governmental or public body, authority, bureau or agency (including courts)
under the laws of the United States of America, the State of Delaware or the
states in which any Leased Property is located, or of any other state is
required in connection with the execution and delivery or performance by Lessee
of this Agreement or any other Operative Document to which it is a party, except
for such approvals, consents or permits which may be required as of the date
hereof in connection with the construction, use and occupancy of the Leased
Properties (all of which have been obtained and are in full force).
<PAGE>
9. COMPLIANCE; TAXES. Lessee will use and occupy the Leased Properties,
-----------------
and each Leased Property is acceptable to Lessee for its business purposes.
There has been no material damage to any Leased Property nor are any
condemnation or eminent domain proceedings pending, or to Lessee's knowledge,
threatened with respect thereto. Lessee is not in default in the payment of any
taxes levied or assessed against it or its assets, nonpayment of which will
materially and adversely affect Lessee or its ability to perform under the Lease
or any other Operative Document to which Lessee is a party.
10. USE OF EQUITY INVESTMENT. Lessee has used the Equity Investment
------------------------
provided to it solely for the purposes of acquiring, designing, constructing and
installing, as applicable, all of the Leased Properties.
11. LEASE. Lessee has unconditionally accepted every Leased Property
-----
under the Lease, no offset exists with respect to any Basic Rent or other sums
payable under the Lease and no Basic Rent under the Lease has been prepaid.
12. USE. The Permitted Encumbrances do not interfere in any material
---
respect with the intended use by Lessee of any Leased Property.
13. ERISA. Lessee is not entering into the Lease or any other Operative
-----
Document or transaction contemplated thereby, directly or indirectly, in
connection with any arrangement in any way involving any employee benefit plan
or related trust with respect to which it is a party-in-interest, all within the
meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned sets its hand under seal this ___ day
of November, 1998.
CAPITAL ONE REALTY, INC.
By: ______________________________
Name:
Title:
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.17.2
EXECUTION COPY
--------------
GUARANTY
---------
GUARANTY dated as of October 14, 1998 (this "GUARANTY") from CAPITAL
ONE BANK, a Virginia banking corporation (the "GUARANTOR"), in favor of (i)
First Security Bank, N.A., a national banking association having an address at
79 South Main Street, Salt Lake City, Utah 84111, and Val T. Orton, not
individually but solely in their capacities as owner trustee of the COB Real
Estate Trust 1995-1 under the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement dated as of
October 14, 1998 (herein, together with their successors and assigns,
collectively the "LESSOR"), (ii) First Union National Bank, in its capacity as
trustee under the Indenture referred to below (herein, together with its
successors and assigns as trustee, the "INDENTURE TRUSTEE") and Lawyers Title
Realty Services, Inc., in its capacity as deed of trust trustee under said
Indenture (the "DEED OF TRUST TRUSTEE"), (iii) the Note Purchasers referred to
below, (iv) the Registered Owners from time to time of the Notes referred to
below and (v) the LC Issuer referred to below. The Lessor, the Indenture
Trustee, the Deed of Trust Trustee, said Note Purchasers and such Registered
Owners of Notes and said LC Issuer are sometimes collectively called the
"OBLIGEES".
PRELIMINARY STATEMENT
The Lessor is the owner of fee simple interests or leasehold interests
in land parcels located in Hillsborough County, Florida and Henrico County,
Virginia and respectively described in Schedule A to the Indenture, Fee and
Leasehold Deed of Trust, Mortgage, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing dated
as of October 14, 1998 (herein, as amended or supplemented from time to time,
the "INDENTURE") from the Lessor (and the Lessee referred to below) to the
Indenture Trustee and the Deed of Trust Trustee, together with all buildings,
structures and other improvements located and to be located thereon (such
interests in the land parcels and improvements thereon herein called the
"PROPERTY"). The Lessor has entered into an Amended and Restated Lease
Agreement dated as of October 14, 1998 relating to the Property (herein,
together with all supplements and amendments thereto and any memorandum or short
form in respect of any thereof entered into for the purpose of recording, the
"LEASE"), as lessor, with Capital One Realty, Inc., a Delaware corporation
having an address at 2980 Fairview Park Drive, Suite 1400, Falls Church, VA
22042, as lessee (herein, together with its successors and assigns, the
"LESSEE"). The Guarantor owns all the outstanding capital stock of the Lessee.
The Lessor has financed a portion of the cost of acquiring the
Property by issuing its 6.86% Senior Secured Notes due 2005 (the "NOTES") in
the aggregate original principal amount of $83,762,000 pursuant to the Note
Purchase Agreement dated as of October 14, 1998 (the "NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT")
entered into by the Lessor with the institutional investors named
<PAGE>
in Exhibit A thereto (the "NOTE PURCHASERS"). The Notes are being issued under
the Indenture and are secured by the Indenture, by an Assignment of Lease dated
as of October 14, 1998 from the Lessor to the Indenture Trustee (the "ASSIGNMENT
OF LEASE") and by an Assignment of Guaranty dated as of October 14, 1998 from
the Lessor to the Indenture Trustee (the "ASSIGNMENT OF GUARANTY"). The
Assignment of Lease and the Assignment of Guaranty are respectively consented
and agreed to by the Lessee and the Guarantor. The Lessor has also granted a
subordinated deed of trust and mortgage on the Property for the benefit of BTM
Capital Corporation and its successors and assigns as provider of the Letter of
Credit referred to in the Lease (the "LC ISSUER").
In order to induce the Lessor to accept the Lease, the Indenture
Trustee to enter into the Indenture, the Note Purchasers to purchase Notes and
the LC Issuer to issue said Letter of Credit, the Guarantor hereby agrees with
the Obligees as follows:
1. THE GUARANTY.
1.1. GUARANTY.
The Guarantor hereby absolutely, irrevocably and unconditionally
guarantees the due and punctual payment of all obligations of the Lessee now or
hereafter existing under the Lease and the Assignment of Lease (collectively,
the "LEASE DOCUMENTS") for the payment of Basic Rent, Additional Rent and all
other amounts due under the Lease Documents and the due and punctual observance
and performance of all covenants and agreements of the Lessee contained in the
Lease Documents (the payment and performance obligations referred to above are
herein called the "OBLIGATIONS"). With respect to the Lessee's obligations
under Articles 8 and 9 of the Lease, the Guarantor further guarantees the
performance of such obligations to First Security Bank, N.A. in its individual
capacity. The Guarantor guarantees that the Obligations will be paid and
performed strictly in accordance with the terms of the Lease Documents,
regardless of any law, regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any
jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of any Obligee with
respect thereto.
This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty of payment and performance of
the Obligations and not a guaranty of collection. The Guarantor will perform
its obligations hereunder at the place specified for the Lessee's performance of
the Obligations unless otherwise specified.
Each and every default in any payment or performance of any
Obligations shall give rise to a separate claim and cause of action hereunder
and separate claims or suits may be made and brought, as the case may be,
hereunder as each such default occurs.
-2-
<PAGE>
This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the
case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Obligations is rescinded
or must otherwise be returned by any Obligee upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or
reorganization of the Lessee or otherwise, all as though such payment has not
been made.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Guaranty is not a guaranty of the
Notes.
1.2. GUARANTY ABSOLUTE.
This Guaranty and the liability of the Guarantor hereunder shall
remain in full force and effect without regard to, and shall not be released,
discharged or in any way affected or impaired by any thing, event, happening,
matter, circumstance or condition whatsoever (whether or not the Guarantor shall
have any knowledge or notice thereof or consent thereto), including without
limitation:
(a) the legality, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Lease
Documents; or
(b) any amendment or modification of any provision of either of the
Lease Documents or any assignment or transfer thereof, including without
limitation the renewal or extension of the time of payment of any amounts
due under the Lease Documents or the granting of time in respect of such
payment thereof, or of any furnishing or acceptance of security or guaranty
so furnished or accepted for any of the Obligations; provided that any such
extension of the time of payment of any amounts due or the granting of time
in respect of such payment thereof shall also inure to the benefit of the
Guarantor; or
(c) any waiver, consent, extension, granting of time, forbearance,
indulgence or other action or inaction under or in respect of the Lease
Documents, or any exercise or non-exercise of any right, remedy or power in
respect thereof; or
(d) any bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency, organization,
arrangement, readjustment, composition, liquidation or similar proceedings
with respect to the Lessee or the properties or creditors of the Lessee; or
(e) the occurrence of any Lease Default or Lease Event of Default
under, or any invalidity or any unenforceability of, or any
misrepresentation, irregularity or other defect in, the Lease Documents or
any other agreement; or
(f) any failure, neglect or omission on the part of any Obligee or
any other person to realize upon any obligations or liabilities of the
Lessee, or to provide for
-3-
<PAGE>
any insurance on the Property, or to establish or maintain the priority or
perfection of any interest in the Property, or to assert any claim or to
exercise or enforce any right or remedy against the Lessee or any other
person; or
(g) the transfer, assignment, subletting or mortgaging or the
purported transfer, assignment, subletting or mortgaging of all or any part
of the interest of any Obligee or the Lessee in the Property, or any
invalidity or illegality of, or inability to enforce, any such transfer; or
(h) any failure of title with respect to the interest of the Lessee
or any Obligee in the Property; or
(i) any failure on the part of the Lessee or the Guarantor, or any
trustee or agent thereof, to perform or comply with any term of the Lease
Documents or any other agreement; or
(j) any suit or other action brought by any beneficiaries or
creditors of, or by, the Lessee, the Guarantor or any other person for any
reason whatsoever, including without limitation any suit or action in any
way attacking or involving any issue, matter or thing in respect of the
Lease Documents or any other agreement; or
(k) any lack or limitation of status or of power, incapacity or
disability of the Lessee or the Guarantor, or any trustee or agent thereof;
or
(l) any rejection of any Lease Document to which the Lessee is a
party in a bankruptcy proceeding filed by or against the Lessee or any
other person; or
(m) in respect of the Lessee or the Guarantor, any change of
circumstances, whether or not foreseen or foreseeable, whether or not
imputable to the Lessee or the Guarantor, or other impossibility of
performance through fire, explosion, accident, labor disturbance, floods,
droughts, embargoes, wars (whether or not declared), civil commotion, acts
of God or the public enemy, delays or failure of suppliers or carriers,
inability to obtain materials or any other causes affecting performance, or
any other force majeure, whether or not beyond the control of the Lessee or
the Guarantor and whether or not of the kind herein before specified.
The obligations of the Guarantor set forth herein constitute the full
recourse obligations of the Guarantor enforceable against it to the full extent
of all its assets and properties. In order to hold the Guarantor liable
hereunder, there shall be no obligation on the part of any Obligee or any other
person at any time to demand or resort for payment or
-4-
<PAGE>
performance to the Lessee or to any property or other rights or remedies
whatsoever. Without limiting the foregoing, it is agreed and understood that
repeated and successive demands may be made and recoveries may be had hereunder
as and when, from time to time, the Lessee shall default under the terms of
either of the Lease Documents and that, notwithstanding the recovery hereunder
for or in respect of any given default by the Lessee under either of the Lease
Documents, this Guaranty shall remain in force and effect and shall apply to
each and every subsequent default.
The Guarantor's obligations under this Guaranty shall not be released,
diminished, impaired, reduced or adversely affected by (a) any reorganization,
merger or consolidation of the Lessee or the Guarantor into or with any other
corporation or entity, or the sale, lease or transfer of any other assets of the
Lessee or the Guarantor, or (b) the assignment by the Lessee of any of its
rights or obligations under the Lease.
1.3. WAIVERS, ETC.
The Guarantor waives promptness, diligence, protest, presentments and
all notices and demands whatsoever with respect to any of the Obligations and
this Guaranty, and all rights to require any Obligee to (a) proceed against the
Lessee, (b) protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien or any property subject
thereto or (c) pursue any other remedy any Obligee may now or hereafter have
against the Lessee.
The Guarantor waives any right or claim of right to cause a marshaling
of Lessee's assets. No delay on the part of any Obligee in the exercise of any
right, power or privilege under the Lease Documents or this Guaranty shall
operate as a waiver of any such right, power or privilege. No Obligee shall be
obligated to pursue or exhaust any remedies against the Lessee or any other
person or collateral prior to proceeding against the Guarantor.
The Guarantor waives any defense arising by reason of the cessation
from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Lessee, except that the Guarantor
does not waive the defense of indefeasible payment in full and performance of
the Obligations. Until the Obligations shall have been indefeasibly paid and
performed in full, the Guarantor waives any right to enforce the rights it shall
acquire by reason of the Guarantor's payment or performance on behalf of the
Lessee, whether by way of subrogation or otherwise, any remedy which any Obligee
now has or may hereafter have against the Lessee, or any benefit of rights to
participate in any security now or hereafter held by any Obligee and pursuit by
any Obligee of any of its remedies shall not impair this Guaranty and shall not
be deemed an election of remedies. Until the Obligations shall have been
indefeasibly paid in full and performed as aforesaid, the Guarantor shall not
take any action to hinder or delay the exercise of any right to
-5-
<PAGE>
remedy to the extent granted under the Lease Documents, this Guaranty or any
applicable law to any Obligee in respect of the Property or the guaranty
hereunder; nor exercise or pursue any rights, remedies, powers, privileges or
benefits of any kind hereunder (whether available to the Guarantor hereunder or
at law or in equity); nor, in proceedings under the bankruptcy laws or
insolvency proceedings of any nature, shall the Guarantor prove, in competition
with any Obligee, any claim in respect of any payment hereunder; nor in any such
proceedings shall the Guarantor be entitled to have the benefit of any
counterclaim or proof of claim or dividend or payment by or on behalf of the
Lessee or the benefit of the Security.
1.4. SECURITY.
The Guarantor irrevocably authorizes each Obligee, without notice or
demand and without affecting its liability hereunder, from time to time to (a)
exercise any rights it may have to apply any security for any of the Obligations
which, now or hereafter, such Obligee may hold or in which it may have any
interest (the "SECURITY") to the satisfaction, in whole or in part, of such
Obligations in whatever manner such Obligee shall determine, or compromise or
make any settlement or other arrangement or accommodation with the Lessee or any
other person; and (b) direct the order or manner of sale of the Security as such
Obligee, in its discretion, may determine.
2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE GUARANTOR.
The Guarantor represents and warrants to the Obligees (effective as of
the Basic Term Commencement Date) that:
2.1. ORGANIZATION; POWER AND AUTHORITY.
The Guarantor is a banking corporation duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia,
and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each
jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those
jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing
would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect. The Guarantor has full power and authority to own or
hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease, to
transact the business it transacts and to execute and deliver and perform the
provisions of this Guaranty.
2.2. AUTHORIZATION, ETC.
This Guaranty has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and
shareholder action on the part of the Guarantor, and this Guaranty constitutes a
legal, valid and binding obligation of the Guarantor enforceable against the
Guarantor in
-6-
<PAGE>
accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a)
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar
laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and (b) general
principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in
a proceeding in equity or at law).
2.3. DISCLOSURE.
The Note Purchasers have been furnished with a copy of a Confidential
Offering Memorandum, dated July 1998 (such Confidential Offering Memorandum
together with any financial statements attached thereto, the "MEMORANDUM"),
relating to the transactions contemplated hereby. The Memorandum fairly
describes, in all material respects, the business and properties of the
Guarantor and its Subsidiaries. None of this Guaranty, the Memorandum, the
documents, certificates or other writings delivered to the Lessor and the Note
Purchasers by or on behalf of the Guarantor in connection with the transactions
contemplated hereby (including without limitation all written material furnished
at the due diligence meetings held on September 10 and 11, 1998) and the
financial statements listed in Schedule 2.5, taken as a whole, contains any
untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the
circumstances under which they were made. Except as disclosed in the Memorandum
or in the financial statements listed in Schedule 2.5 to this Guaranty, since
December 31, 1997, there has been no change in the financial condition,
operations, business, properties or prospects of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary
except changes that individually or in the aggregate could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no fact known to the
Guarantor that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect
that has not been set forth herein or in the Memorandum or in the other
documents, certificates and other writings delivered to the Lessor and the Note
Purchasers by or on behalf of the Guarantor specifically for use in connection
with the transactions contemplated hereby.
2.4. ORGANIZATION AND OWNERSHIP OF SHARES OF SUBSIDIARIES; AFFILIATES.
(a) Schedule 2.4 to this Guaranty contains (except as noted therein)
complete and correct lists of (i) the Guarantor's Material Subsidiaries,
showing, as to each such Subsidiary, the correct name thereof, the jurisdiction
of its organization, and the percentage of shares of each class of its capital
stock or similar equity interests outstanding owned by the Guarantor and each
other Subsidiary, (ii) the Guarantor's Affiliates, other than its Subsidiaries
and its directors and senior officers, and (iii) the Guarantor's directors and
senior officers. If considered together as a single Subsidiary, the Guarantor's
-7-
<PAGE>
Subsidiaries that are not Material Subsidiaries would not constitute a
significant Subsidiary.
(b) All of the outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity
interests of each Material Subsidiary shown in said Schedule 2.4 as being
owned by the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are
fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by the Guarantor or another
Subsidiary free and clear of any Lien (except as otherwise disclosed in
said Schedule 2.4).
(c) Each Material Subsidiary identified in said Schedule 2.4 is a
corporation or other legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and is
duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other legal entity and is in
good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required
by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so
qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each such
Material Subsidiary has the corporate or other power and authority to own
or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease
and to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact.
(d) No Material Subsidiary is a party to, or otherwise subject to any
legal restriction or any agreement (other than this Guaranty, the
agreements listed on said Schedule 2.4 and customary limitations imposed by
corporate law statutes and bank regulatory requirements) restricting the
ability of such Subsidiary to pay dividends out of profits or make any
other similar distributions of profits to the Guarantor or any of its
Subsidiaries that owns outstanding shares of capital stock or similar
equity interests of such Subsidiary.
2.5. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
The Guarantor has delivered to each Note Purchaser copies of the
consolidated financial statements of each of the Parent and Guarantor listed on
Schedule 2.5 to this Guaranty. All of such financial statements (including in
each case the related schedules and notes) fairly present in all material
respects the consolidated financial position of the Parent and its Subsidiaries
or the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, as of the respective
dates specified in such Schedule and the consolidated results of their
operations and changes in shareholders' equity or equity capital for the
respective periods so specified and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP
consistently applied throughout the periods involved except as set forth in the
notes thereto (subject, in the case of any interim financial statements, to
normal year-end adjustments) and except that certain financial statements are
prepared in accordance with federal regulatory accounting principles.
-8-
<PAGE>
2.6. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, OTHER INSTRUMENTS, ETC.
The execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor of this
Guaranty will not (a) contravene, result in any breach of, or constitute a
default under, or result in the creation of any Lien in respect of any property
of the Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary under, any indenture, mortgage, deed
of trust, loan, purchase or credit agreement, lease, corporate charter or by-
laws, or any other agreement or instrument to which the Guarantor or any
Material Subsidiary is bound or by which the Guarantor or any Material
Subsidiary or any of their respective properties may be bound or affected, (b)
conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or
provisions of any order, judgment, decree, or ruling of any court, arbitrator or
Governmental Authority applicable to the Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary or
(c) violate any provision of any statute or other rule or regulation of any
Governmental Authority applicable to the Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary.
2.7. GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORIZATIONS, ETC.
No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration, filing or
declaration with, any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the
execution, delivery or performance by the Guarantor of this Guaranty.
2.8. LITIGATION; OBSERVANCE OF AGREEMENTS, STATUTES AND ORDERS.
(a) Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.8 to this Guaranty, there are
no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the
Guarantor, threatened against or affecting the Guarantor or any Subsidiary
or any property of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary in any court or before
any arbitrator of any kind or before or by any Governmental Authority that,
individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.
(b) Neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary is in default under any
term of any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it
is bound, or any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator
or Governmental Authority applicable to it or is in violation of any
applicable law, ordinance, rule or regulation (including without limitation
Environmental Laws) of any Governmental Authority, which default or
violation, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect.
2.9. TAXES.
The Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have filed all tax returns that are
required to have been filed in any jurisdiction, and have paid all taxes shown
to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes and assessments levied
upon them or their properties, assets, income or franchises, to the extent
-9-
<PAGE>
such taxes and assessments have become due and payable and before they have
become delinquent, except for any taxes and assessments (a) the amount of which
is not individually or in the aggregate Material or (b) the amount,
applicability or validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and with respect to which the Guarantor or a Subsidiary,
as the case may be, has established adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP.
The Guarantor knows of no basis for any other tax or assessment that could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The charges, accruals
and reserves on the books of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in respect of
Federal, state or other taxes for all fiscal periods are adequate. The Federal
income tax liabilities of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have been
determined by the Internal Revenue Service and paid for all fiscal years up to
and including the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.
2.10. TITLE TO PROPERTY; LEASES.
The Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have good and sufficient title to
their respective properties that individually or in the aggregate are Material,
including all such properties reflected in the most recent audited balance sheet
described in Schedule 2.5 to this Guaranty or purported to have been acquired by
the Guarantor or any Subsidiary after said date (except as sold or otherwise
disposed of in the ordinary course of business). The Lease and all other leases
that individually or in the aggregate are Material are valid and subsisting and
are in full force and effect in all material respects.
2.11. LICENSES, PERMITS, Y2K, ETC.
Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.11 to this Guaranty:
(a) the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries own or possess all licenses,
permits, franchises, authorizations, patents, proprietary software,
copyrights, service marks, trademarks and trade names, or rights thereto,
that individually or in the aggregate are Material, without known conflict
with the rights of others;
(b) to the best knowledge of the Guarantor, no product of the
Guarantor infringes in any material respect any license, permit, franchise,
authorization, patent, proprietary software, copyright, service mark,
trademark, trade name or other right owned by any other Person; and
(c) to the best knowledge of the Guarantor, there is no Material
violation by any Person of any right of the Guarantor or any of its
Subsidiaries with respect to any patent, proprietary software, copyright,
service mark, trademark, trade name or other right owned or used by the
Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries.
-10-
<PAGE>
The Guarantor and its Subsidiaries are in the process of (a) reviewing
and assessing all areas within their respective businesses and operations
(including those affected by information received from suppliers and vendors)
that could reasonably be expected to be adversely affected by the Year 2000
Problem, (b) developing a plan and timetable for addressing the Year 2000
Problem on a timely basis, and (c) to date, implementing that plan substantially
in accordance with that timetable. The Guarantor reasonably believes that all
of its computer applications that are material to the businesses and operations
of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries will on a timely basis be Year 2000
Compliant, except to the extent that a failure to do so could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Guarantor has asked most of its
material vendors about their plans for and progress in identifying and
addressing problems that their computer systems may face in correctly processing
date information related to the Year 2000 Problem and is developing contingency
plans for any essential vendors who fail to give the Guarantor sufficient
credible information of their readiness as it affects the Guarantor's ability to
be Year 2000 Compliant. As used in this Section, the term "YEAR 2000 COMPLIANT"
means all computer applications of the Guarantor that are material to the
businesses and operations of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries will on a timely
basis be able to perform properly date-sensitive functions involving all dates
on and after January 1, 2000; and the term "YEAR 2000 PROBLEM" means the risk
that computer applications used by the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries may
be unable to recognize and perform properly date-sensitive functions involving
certain dates on and after January 1, 2000.
2.12. COMPLIANCE WITH ERISA.
(a) The Guarantor and each ERISA Affiliate have operated and
administered each Plan in compliance with all applicable laws except for
such instances of noncompliance as have not resulted in and could not
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the
Guarantor nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability pursuant to
Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code
relating to employee benefit plans (as defined in Section 3 of ERISA), and
no event, transaction or condition has occurred or exists that could
reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any such liability by
the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate, or in the imposition of any Lien on
any of the rights, properties or assets of the Guarantor or any ERISA
Affiliate, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or to such
penalty or excise tax provisions or to Section 401(a)(29) or 412 of the
Code, other than such liabilities or Liens as would not be individually or
in the aggregate Material.
(b) The present value of the aggregate benefit liabilities under each
of the Plans (other than Multiemployer
-11-
<PAGE>
Plans), determined as of the end of such Plan's most recently ended plan
year on the basis of the actuarial assumptions specified for funding
purposes in such Plan's most recent actuarial valuation report, did not
exceed the aggregate current value of the assets of such Plan allocable to
such benefit liabilities. The term "BENEFIT LIABILITIES" has the meaning
specified in section 4001 of ERISA and the terms "CURRENT VALUE" and
"PRESENT VALUE" have the meaning specified in section 3 of ERISA.
(c) The Guarantor and its ERISA Affiliates have not incurred
withdrawal liabilities (and are not subject to contingent withdrawal
liabilities) under section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA in respect of
Multiemployer Plans that individually or in the aggregate are Material.
(d) The expected postretirement benefit obligation (determined as of
the last day of the Guarantor's most recently ended fiscal year in
accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 106,
without regard to liabilities attributable to continuation coverage
mandated by section 4980B of the Code) of the Guarantor and its
Subsidiaries is not Material.
(e) The execution and delivery of this Guaranty will not involve any
transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of section 406 of ERISA or
in connection with which a tax could be imposed pursuant to Section
4975(c)(1)(A)-(D) of the Code. The representation by the Guarantor in the
first sentence of this Section 2.12(e) is made in reliance upon and subject
to the accuracy of the representations of the Note Purchasers in Section
8.2 of the Note Purchase Agreement as to the sources of the funds used to
pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by them thereunder.
2.13. OFFERING OF THE NOTES, ETC.
Neither the Guarantor nor anyone authorized to act on its behalf has
offered this Guaranty or the Notes or any similar securities for sale to, or
solicited any offer to buy any of the same from, or otherwise approached or
negotiated in respect thereof with, any person other than the Note Purchasers
and not more than 44 other institutional investors (all such other investors
being "accredited investors" as defined under Rule 501(a) of the Securities
Act). Neither the Guarantor nor anyone authorized to act on its behalf has
taken, or will take, any action that would subject the execution and delivery of
this Guaranty or the issuance or sale of the Notes to the registration
requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act.
-12-
<PAGE>
2.14. EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS; FUTURE LIENS.
(a) Except as described therein, Schedule 2.14 to this Guaranty sets
forth a complete and correct list of all outstanding Indebtedness of the
Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as of September 30, 1998, since which date
there has been no Material change in the amounts, interest rates, sinking
funds, installment payments or maturities of the Indebtedness of the
Guarantor and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Neither the
Guarantor nor any Subsidiary is in default and no waiver of default is
currently in effect, in the payment of any principal or interest on any
Indebtedness of the Guarantor or such Subsidiary and no event or condition
exists with respect to any Indebtedness of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary
that would permit (or that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would
permit) one or more Persons to cause such Indebtedness to become due and
payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates
of payment. No financial covenants of the Guarantor in respect of any such
Indebtedness that address the matters contained in Sections 4.1 and 4.2
hereof are more restrictive than the covenants contained in Sections 4.1
and 4.2 hereof.
(b) Except as disclosed in said Schedule 2.14, neither the Guarantor
nor any Subsidiary has agreed or consented to cause or permit in the future
(upon the happening of a contingency or otherwise) any of its Managed
Receivables, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to be subject to a
Lien other than in connection with Securitizations of such Managed
Receivables.
2.15. STATUS UNDER CERTAIN STATUTES.
Neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary is subject to regulation
under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Public Utility Holding
Company Act of 1935, as amended, the Interstate Commerce Act, as amended, or the
Federal Power Act, as amended.
3. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.
The Guarantor covenants that commencing on the Basic Term Commencement
Date and thereafter so long as any of the Obligations are unpaid:
3.1. FINANCIAL AND BUSINESS INFORMATION.
The Guarantor will deliver or otherwise make available through
electronic media (provided that the Guarantor shall give prior written notice to
each Obligee of such availability and shall, notwithstanding such availability,
make timely delivery to each Obligee upon its request either generally or from
time to time):
-13-
<PAGE>
(a) Quarterly Statements -- within 60 days after the end of each quarterly
--------------------
fiscal period in each fiscal year of the Guarantor (other than the last
quarterly fiscal period of each such fiscal year), copies of
(i) a consolidated report of condition of the Guarantor and its
Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter, and
(ii) consolidated reports of income and changes in equity capital of
the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, for such quarter and (in the case of
the second and third quarters) for the portion of the fiscal year ending
with such quarter,
setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding
periods in the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in
accordance with GAAP applicable to quarterly financial statements generally, and
certified by a Senior Financial Officer as fairly presenting, in all material
respects, the financial position of the companies being reported on and their
results of operations and cash flows, subject to changes resulting from year-end
adjustments;
(b) Annual Statements -- within 120 days after the end of each fiscal
-----------------
year of the Guarantor, copies of
(i) a consolidated report of condition of the Guarantor and its
Subsidiaries as at the end of such year, and
(ii) consolidated reports of income and changes in equity capital
and cash flows of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, for such year,
setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous
fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP, and
accompanied
(1) by an opinion thereon of independent public accountants of
recognized national standing, which opinion shall state that such
financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the
financial position of the companies being reported upon and their
results of operations and cash flows and have been prepared in
conformity with GAAP, and that the examination of such accountants in
connection with such financial statements has been made in accordance
with generally accepted auditing standards, and that such audit provides
a reasonable basis for such opinion in the circumstances, and
-14-
<PAGE>
(2) a certificate of such accountants stating that they have
reviewed this Guaranty and stating further whether, in making their
audit, they have become aware of any condition or event that then
constitutes a Lease Default or a Lease Event of Default, and, if they
are aware that any such condition or event then exists, specifying the
nature and period of the existence thereof (it being understood that
such accountants shall not be liable, directly or indirectly, for any
failure to obtain knowledge of any Lease Default or Lease Event of
Default unless such accountants should have obtained knowledge thereof
in making an audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards or did not make such an audit);
(c) SEC and Other Reports -- promptly upon their becoming available,
---------------------
one copy of (i) each financial statement, report, notice or proxy statement
sent by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary or the Parent to public securities
holders generally, (ii) each regular, periodic or current report and each
registration statement (without exhibits except as expressly requested by
such holder and other than registration statements on Form S-8 or any
successor form), and each final prospectus and all amendments thereto filed
by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary or the Parent with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, (iii) each call report or similar report filed with
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and (iv) each press
release and other statement made available generally by the Guarantor or
any Subsidiary to the public (unless included as an exhibit to a current
report filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) concerning
developments that are Material;
(d) Notice of Lease Default or Lease Event of Default -- promptly,
-------------------------------------------------
and in any event within five days after a Responsible Officer becoming
aware of the existence of any Lease Default or Lease Event of Default or
that any Person has given any notice or taken any action with respect to a
claimed default hereunder or that any Person has given any notice or taken
any action with respect to a claimed default of the type referred to in
clause (x) of Article 22(a) of the Lease, a written notice specifying the
nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Guarantor or the
Lessee is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;
(e) ERISA Matters -- promptly, and in any event within five days
-------------
after a Responsible Officer becoming aware of any of the following, a
written notice setting forth the nature thereof and the action, if any,
that the Guarantor or an ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect
thereto:
(i) with respect to any Plan, any reportable event, as defined
in section 4043(b) of ERISA and the
-15-
<PAGE>
regulations thereunder, for which notice thereof has not been waived
pursuant to such regulations as in effect on the date hereof; or
(ii) the taking by the PBGC of steps to institute, or the
threatening by the PBGC of the institution of, proceedings under
section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a
trustee to administer, any Plan, or the receipt by the Guarantor or
any ERISA Affiliate of a notice from a Multiemployer Plan that such
action has been taken by the PBGC with respect to such Multiemployer
Plan; or
(iii) any event, transaction or condition that could result in
the incurrence of any liability by the Guarantor or any ERISA
Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise
tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, or in
the imposition of any Lien on any of the rights, properties or assets
of the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of
ERISA or such penalty or excise tax provisions, if such liability or
Lien, taken together with any other such liabilities or Liens then
existing, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect; and
(f) Requested Information -- with reasonable promptness, such other
---------------------
data and information relating to the business, operations, affairs,
financial condition, assets or properties of the Guarantor or any of its
Material Subsidiaries or relating to the ability of the Guarantor to
perform its obligations under this Guaranty as from time to time may be
reasonably requested by such Obligee.
3.2. OFFICER'S CERTIFICATES.
Each set of financial statements delivered to an Obligee pursuant to
Section 3.1(a) or Section 3.1(b) hereof shall be accompanied by a certificate of
a Senior Financial Officer setting forth:
(a) Covenant Compliance -- the information (including detailed
-------------------
calculations) required in order to establish whether the Guarantor was in
compliance with the requirements of Sections 4.1 and 4.2 hereof, during the
quarterly or annual period covered by the statements then being furnished
(including with respect to each such Section, where applicable, the
calculations of the maximum or minimum amount, ratio or percentage, as the
case may be, permissible under the terms of such Sections, and the
calculation of the amount, ratio or percentage then in existence); and
-16-
<PAGE>
(b) Event of Default -- a statement that such officer has reviewed
----------------
the relevant terms hereof and has made, or caused to be made, under his or
her supervision, a review of the transactions and conditions of the
Guarantor and its Subsidiaries from the beginning of the quarterly or
annual period covered by the statements then being furnished to the date of
the certificate and that such review shall not have disclosed the existence
during such period of any condition or event that constitutes a Lease
Default or Lease Event of Default or, if any such condition or event
existed or exists (including without limitation any such event or condition
resulting from the failure of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary to comply
with any Environmental Law), specifying the nature and period of existence
thereof and what action the Guarantor shall have taken or proposes to take
with respect thereto.
3.3. INSPECTION.
The Guarantor shall permit the representatives of each Obligee:
(a) No Lease Default -- if no Lease Default or Lease Event of Default
----------------
then exists, at the expense of such Obligee and upon reasonable prior
notice to the Guarantor, to visit the principal executive office of the
Guarantor, to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Guarantor
and its Subsidiaries with the Guarantor's officers, and (with the consent
of the Guarantor, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) its
independent public accountants, and (with the consent of the Guarantor,
which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) to visit the other offices
and properties of the Guarantor and each Subsidiary, all at such reasonable
times and as often as may be reasonably requested in writing; and
(b) Lease Default -- if a Lease Default or Lease Event of Default
-------------
then exists, at the expense of the Guarantor to visit and inspect any of
the offices or properties of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, to examine
all their respective books of account, records, reports and other papers
(other than information that the Guarantor is prohibited from disclosing
under applicable laws), to make copies and extracts therefrom, and to
discuss their respective affairs, finances and accounts with their
respective officers and independent public accountants (and by this
provision the Guarantor authorizes said accountants to discuss the affairs,
finances and accounts of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries), all at such
times and as often as may be requested (and subject to the requirement that
each such representative sign the Guarantor's customary confidentiality
agreement with respect to any proprietary information sought to be examined
or discussed).
-17-
<PAGE>
3.4. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.
Without limiting the requirements of Articles 6 and 9 of the Lease,
the Guarantor will and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply with all
laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations to which each of them is
subject, including, without limitation, Environmental Laws, and will obtain and
maintain in effect all licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other
governmental authorizations necessary to the ownership of their respective
properties or to the conduct of their respective businesses, in each case to the
extent necessary to ensure that non-compliance with such laws, ordinances or
governmental rules or regulations or failures to obtain or maintain in effect
such licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental
authorizations could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
3.5. INSURANCE.
Without limiting the requirements of Article 13 of the Lease, the
Guarantor will and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, with
financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance with respect to their
respective properties and businesses against such casualties and contingencies,
of such types, on such terms and in such amounts (including deductibles, co-
insurance and self-insurance, if adequate reserves are maintained with respect
thereto) as is customary in the case of entities of established reputations
engaged in the same or a similar business and similarly situated.
3.6. MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES.
Without limiting the requirements of Article 10 of the Lease, the
Guarantor will and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain and keep, or
cause to be maintained and kept, their respective properties in good repair,
working order and condition (other than ordinary wear and tear), so that the
business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all
times, provided that this Section shall not prevent the Guarantor or any
Subsidiary from discontinuing the operation and the maintenance of any of its
properties if such discontinuance is desirable in the conduct of its business
and the Guarantor has concluded that such discontinuance could not, individually
or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
3.7. PAYMENT OF TAXES AND CLAIMS.
The Guarantor will and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to file all
tax returns required to be filed in any jurisdiction and to pay and discharge
all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes,
assessments, governmental charges, or levies imposed on them or any of their
-18-
<PAGE>
properties, assets, income or franchises, to the extent such taxes and
assessments have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent
and all claims for which sums have become due and payable that have or might
become a Lien on properties or assets of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary,
provided that neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary need pay any such tax or
assessment or claims if (a) the amount, applicability or validity thereof is
contested by the Guarantor or such Subsidiary on a timely basis in good faith
and in appropriate proceedings, and the Guarantor or a Subsidiary has
established adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP on the books of
the Guarantor or such Subsidiary or (b) the nonpayment of all such taxes and
assessments in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.
3.8. CORPORATE EXISTENCE, ETC.
Subject to Section 4.3, the Guarantor will at all times preserve and
keep in full force and effect its corporate existence. The Guarantor will at
all times preserve and keep in full force and effect the corporate existence of
each of its Subsidiaries (unless merged into the Guarantor or a Subsidiary) and
all rights and franchises of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries unless, in the
good faith judgment of the Guarantor, the termination of or failure to preserve
and keep in full force and effect such corporate existence, right or franchise
could not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
3.9. OWNERSHIP OF LESSEE.
The Guarantor will at all times remain the beneficial owner of all of
the outstanding capital stock of the Lessee.
3.10. LINES OF BUSINESS.
The Guarantor will not, nor will it permit any of its Material
Subsidiaries to, engage to any material extent in any line or lines of business
activity other than consumer-oriented or consumer-related financial services and
database marketing activities, and other financial services to the extent such
other financial services are direct applications of the information-based
strategies and related proprietary strategies used by the Guarantor in the
conduct of its business on the date hereof.
4. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.
The Guarantor covenants that commencing on the Basic Term Commencement
Date and thereafter so long as any of the Obligations are unpaid:
-19-
<PAGE>
4.1. DELINQUENCY RATIO.
The Guarantor will not permit its Delinquency Ratio on the last day of
any calendar month to exceed 5.5%.
4.2. OTHER FINANCIAL CONDITIONS.
The Guarantor will not on any date permit
(a) its Tier 1 Capital to Managed Receivables Ratio to be less than
4.0%, provided that such Ratio may be less than 4.0% during any period of
90 consecutive days so long as (i) on the last day of the fiscal quarter
ending on or immediately prior to the first day of such 90-day period,
such Ratio was not less than 4.0% and (ii) at no time during such 90-day
period is the such Ratio less than 3.5%;
(b) its Leverage Ratio to exceed 10.0 to 1;
(c) its Tier 1 Leverage Ratio to be less than 5.0%;
(d) its Tier 1 Capital to Risk Adjusted Assets Ratio to be less than
6.0%;
(e) its Total Capital to Risk Adjusted Assets Ratio to be less than
10.0%; or
(f) its Tangible Net Worth to be less than $450,000,000.
4.3. MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, ETC.
The Guarantor will not consolidate with or merge with any other
corporation or convey, transfer or lease substantially all of its assets in a
single transaction or series of transactions to any Person unless:
(a) the Guarantor shall have obtained the prior written consent to
such transaction from the Lessor and the Indenture Trustee (which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld), provided that no such consent shall be
required in respect of a consolidation or merger with, or a conveyance,
transfer or lease to, the Parent or a Subsidiary of the Parent;
(b) the successor formed by such consolidation or the survivor of
such merger or the Person that acquires by conveyance, transfer or lease
substantially all of the assets of the Guarantor as an entirety, as the
case may be, shall be a solvent corporation organized and existing under
the laws of the United States or any State thereof (including the District
of Columbia), and, if the Guarantor is not such corporation, (i) such
corporation shall have executed and delivered to the Indenture Trustee its
-20-
<PAGE>
assumption of the due and punctual performance and observance of each
covenant and condition of this Guaranty and (ii) shall have caused to be
delivered to the Indenture Trustee an opinion of nationally recognized
independent counsel, or other independent counsel reasonably satisfactory
to the Lessor and the Indenture Trustee, to the effect that all agreements
or instruments effecting such assumption are enforceable in accordance with
their terms and comply with the terms hereof; and
(c) immediately after giving effect to such transaction,
(i) no Lease Default or Lease Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, and
(ii) Tangible Net Worth of the Guarantor or such successor,
survivor or purchasing or acquiring corporation, as the case may be,
shall be at least equal to Tangible Net Worth of the Guarantor
immediately before giving affect to such transaction.
No such conveyance, transfer or lease of substantially all of the assets of the
Guarantor shall have the effect of releasing the Guarantor or any successor
corporation that shall theretofore have become such in the manner prescribed in
this Section 4.3 from its liability under this Guaranty.
5. DEFINITIONS, ETC.
5.1. DEFINITIONS IN OTHER OPERATIVE DOCUMENTS.
Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall
have the meanings ascribed in the Lease (including Appendix I thereto).
5.2. ACCOUNTING TERMS.
All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall have the
meanings given to them in accordance with GAAP.
5.3. HEADINGS AND REFERENCES.
Section and other headings are for reference only, and shall not
affect the interpretation or meaning of any provision of this Guaranty. Unless
otherwise provided, references to Sections, Schedules, and Exhibits shall be
deemed references to Sections, Schedules and Exhibits of this Guaranty.
5.4. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.
Except as otherwise specified or as the context may otherwise require,
the following terms shall have the respective
-21-
<PAGE>
meanings set forth below whenever used in this Guaranty and shall include the
singular as well as the plural:
"AFFILIATE" means, with respect to any specified Person, any other
Person that directly or indirectly controls, or is under common control with, or
is controlled by, the specified Person. As used in this definition, "CONTROL"
(including, with its correlative meanings, "controlled by" and "under common
control with") shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct
or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of
securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or
otherwise). Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any reference to an
"Affiliate" is a reference to an Affiliate of the Guarantor.
"CAPITAL ADEQUACY GUIDELINES" means the Capital Adequacy Guidelines
for State Member Banks published by the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System (12 C.F.R. Part 208, Appendix A and Appendix B, including related
definitions in Section 208.31, in each case as amended, modified and
supplemented and in effect from time to time or any replacement thereof).
"CAPITAL LEASE" means, at any time, a lease with respect to which the
lessee is required concurrently to recognize the acquisition of an asset and the
incurrence of a liability in accordance with GAAP.
"DELINQUENCY RATIO" means, on any date and with respect to the
Guarantor, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (a) the aggregate amount of
Past Due Receivables to (b) the aggregate amount of Managed Receivables.
"ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS" means any and all present and future Federal,
state, local and foreign laws, rules or regulations, and any orders or decrees,
in each case as now or hereafter in effect, relating to the regulation or
protection of the environment or to emissions, discharges, releases or
threatened releases of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals or toxic or hazardous
substances or wastes into the indoor or outdoor environment, or otherwise
relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage,
disposal, transport or handling of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals or toxic
or hazardous substances or wastes.
"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder
from time to time in effect.
"ERISA AFFILIATE" means any trade or business (whether or not
incorporated) that is treated as a single employer together with the Guarantor
under Section 414 of the Code.
-22-
<PAGE>
"EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
from time to time.
"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect
from time to time in the United States of America.
"GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY" means
(a) the government of
(i) the United States of America or any State or other political
subdivision thereof, or
(ii) any jurisdiction in which the Guarantor or any Subsidiary
conducts all or any part of its business, or which asserts
jurisdiction over any properties of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary,
or
(b) any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial,
regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, any such
government.
"GUARANTY" means (in addition to this Guaranty) a guarantee, an
endorsement, a contingent agreement to purchase or to furnish funds for the
payment or maintenance of, or otherwise to be or become contingently liable
under or with respect to, the Indebtedness, other obligations, net worth,
working capital or earnings of any Person, or a guarantee of the payment of
dividends or other distributions upon the stock or equity interests of any
Person, or an agreement to purchase, sell or lease (as lessee or lessor)
property, products, materials, supplies or services primarily for the purpose of
enabling a debtor to make payment of such debtor's obligations or an agreement
to assure a creditor against loss, and including, without limitation, causing a
bank or other financial institution to issue a letter of credit or other similar
instrument for the benefit of another Person, but excluding endorsements for
collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The terms "Guarantee"
and "Guaranteed" used as a verb shall have a correlative meaning.
"INDEBTEDNESS" for any Person, means: (a) obligations created, issued
or incurred by such Person for borrowed money (whether by loan, the issuance and
sale of debt securities or the sale of property to another Person subject to an
understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to repurchase such Property
from such Person); (b) obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase
or acquisition price of property or services, other than trade accounts payable
(other than for borrowed money) arising, and accrued expenses incurred, in the
ordinary course of business so long as such trade accounts payable are payable
within 90 days of the date the respective goods are delivered or the respective
services are rendered; (c) Indebtedness of others
-23-
<PAGE>
secured by a Lien on the property of such Person, whether or not the respective
indebtedness so secured has been assumed by such Person; (d) non-contingent
obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers' acceptances
or similar instruments issued or accepted by banks and other financial
institutions for account of such Person; (e) all liabilities appearing on its
balance sheet in respect of Capital Leases; and (f) Indebtedness of others
Guaranteed by such Person.
"INTANGIBLES" means, as at any date and with respect to any Person,
the aggregate amount (to the extent reflected in determining the consolidated
stockholders' equity of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries) of (a)
all write-ups (other than write-ups resulting from foreign currency translations
and write-ups of assets of a going concern business made within 12 months after
the acquisition of such business) subsequent to September 30, 1996 in the book
value of any asset of such Person or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries, (b)
all Investments in unconsolidated Subsidiaries of such Person and all equity
investments in Persons that are not Subsidiaries of such Person and (c) all
unamortized debt discount and expense, unamortized deferred charges, goodwill,
patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, anticipated future benefit of
tax loss carry-forwards, copyrights, organization or developmental expenses and
other intangible assets.
"LEASE" is defined in the Preliminary Statement.
"LEASE DEFAULT" means a Default under the Lease.
"LEASE EVENT OF DEFAULT" means an Event of Default under the Lease.
"LESSEE" means Capital One Realty, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
"LEVERAGE RATIO" means, on any date, the ratio of (a) the sum
(determined for the Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) of (i) the aggregate outstanding
amount of Indebtedness minus (ii) the aggregate amount of all on-balance sheet
-----
credit card loans held for securitization on such date to (b) Tangible Net
Worth.
"LIEN" means, with respect to any Person, any mortgage, lien, pledge,
charge, security interest or other encumbrance, or any interest or title of any
vendor, lessor, lender or other secured party to or of such Person under any
conditional sale or other title retention agreement or Capital Lease, upon or
with respect to any property or asset of such Person (including in the case of
stock, stockholder agreements, voting trust agreements and all similar
arrangements).
-24-
<PAGE>
"MANAGED RECEIVABLES" means, on any date, the sum for the Guarantor
and its consolidated Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP) of (a) all on-balance sheet credit card loans and other
finance receivables plus (b) all on-balance sheet credit card loans and other
----
finance receivables held for securitization plus (c) all securitized credit card
----
loans and other finance receivables, provided that, as the term "Managed
Receivables" is used in the definition of "Tier I Capital to Managed Receivables
Ratio", clauses (a), (b) and (c) above shall be determined exclusive of
securitized non-revolving finance receivables.
"MATERIAL" means material in relation to the business, operations,
affairs, financial condition, assets, properties, or prospects of the Guarantor
and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
"MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means a material adverse effect on (a) the
business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the
Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or (b) the ability of the
Lessee to perform the Obligations, or (c) the ability of the Guarantor to
perform its obligations under this Guaranty, or (d) the validity or
enforceability of this Guaranty or the Lease Documents.
"MATERIAL SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary of the Guarantor except a
special purpose vehicle.
"MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN" means any Plan that is a "multiemployer plan" (as
such term is defined in section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA).
"OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE" means a certificate of a Senior Financial
Officer or of any other officer of the Guarantor whose responsibilities extend
to the subject matter of such certificate.
"PARENT" means Capital One Financial Corporation, a Delaware
corporation.
"PAST-DUE RECEIVABLES" means, on any date, the sum (determined with
respect to the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP) of (a) all Managed Receivables the minimum payments on
which are at least 90 days overdue on such date plus (b) all other non-
----
performing assets; provided that Managed Receivables that are credit card loans,
whether or not at least 90 days overdue, shall not constitute, "Past-Due
Receivables" to the extent of any cash balance of the account debtor on such
loan on deposit with the creditor (but only to the extent such creditor is
entitled under an agreement governing such credit card loan to set-off such cash
balances against the obligations of the account debtor under such loan and to
the extent such cash balances are not subject to any other
-25-
<PAGE>
set-off or deduction by such creditor or any of its affiliates against a matured
obligation owing by such debtor).
"PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and
defined in ERISA or any successor thereto.
"PERSON" means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a
business trust), joint stock company, trust, limited liability company,
unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity, or a government or
any political subdivision or agency thereof.
"PLAN" means an "employee benefit plan" (as defined in section 3(3) of
ERISA) that is or, within the preceding five years, has been established or
maintained, or to which contributions are or, within the preceding five years,
have been made or required to be made, by the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate
or with respect to which the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate may have any
liability.
"PROPERTY" or "PROPERTIES" means, unless otherwise specifically
limited, real or personal property of any kind, tangible or intangible, choate
or inchoate.
"RESPONSIBLE OFFICER" means any Senior Financial Officer and any other
officer of the Guarantor with responsibility for the administration of the
relevant portion of this Guaranty.
"RISK ADJUSTED ASSETS" means, on any date, the amount, for the
Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated
basis), of "weighted risk assets", within the meaning given to such term in the
Capital Adequacy Guidelines.
"SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from
time to time.
"SECURITIZATION" means the transfer or pledge of assets or interests
in assets to a trust, partnership, corporation or other entity, which transfer
or pledge is funded by such entity in whole or in part by the issuance of
instruments or securities that are paid principally from the cash flow derived
from such assets or interests in assets.
"SECURITY" is defined in Section 1.4 hereof.
"SENIOR FINANCIAL OFFICER" means the chief financial officer,
principal accounting officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer or comptroller of
the Guarantor.
"SUBSIDIARY" means, as to any Person, any corporation, association or
other business entity in which such Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries or
such Person and one or more of its
-26-
<PAGE>
Subsidiaries owns sufficient equity or voting interests to enable it or them (as
a group) ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, to elect a majority of the
directors (or Persons performing similar functions) of such entity, and any
partnership or joint venture if more than a 50% interest in the profits or
capital thereof is owned by such Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries or
such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries (unless such partnership can and
does ordinarily take major business actions without the prior approval of such
Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries). Unless the context otherwise clearly
requires, any reference to a "Subsidiary" is a reference to a Subsidiary of the
Guarantor.
"TANGIBLE NET WORTH" means, on any date, the consolidated
stockholders' equity of the Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries minus
-----
their Intangibles, all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with
GAAP.
"TIER 1 CAPITAL" means, on any date, the amount, for the Guarantor and
its consolidated Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis) on such date,
of "Tier I capital", within the meaning given to such term in the Capital
Adequacy Guidelines.
"TIER 1 CAPITAL TO MANAGED RECEIVABLES RATIO" means, on any date, the
ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (a) Tier 1 Capital to (b) Managed
Receivables.
"TIER 1 CAPITAL TO RISK ADJUSTED ASSETS RATIO" means, on any date, the
ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (a) Tier I Capital to (b) Risk Adjusted
Assets.
"TIER 1 LEVERAGE RATIO" means, on any date, the ratio (expressed as a
percentage) of (a) Tier I Capital to (b) Total Assets.
"TOTAL ASSETS" means, on any date, the amount, for the Guarantor and
its consolidated Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis) on such date
of "average total capital consolidated assets", within the meaning given to such
term in the Capital Adequacy Guidelines.
"TOTAL CAPITAL" means, on any date, the amount, for the Guarantor and
its consolidated Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis) on such date,
of "total capital", within the meaning given to such term in the Capital
Adequacy Guidelines.
"TOTAL CAPITAL TO RISK ADJUSTED ASSETS RATIO" means, on any date, the
ratio (expressed as a percent) of (a) Total Capital to (b) Risk Adjusted Assets.
"WITHDRAWAL LIABILITY" shall have the meaning given such term under
Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
-27-
<PAGE>
6. MISCELLANEOUS.
6.1. EXPENSES, ETC.
The Guarantor shall pay, or cause to be paid, upon demand, any
Obligee's reasonable attorneys' and collection fees and all other costs and
expenses which may be incurred by any Obligee in any suit or other effort to
enforce the Obligations, this Guaranty or both, by legal proceedings or through
any bankruptcy court, or otherwise. If the Guarantor fails to pay any amount
hereunder when due, the Guarantor shall pay interest, on demand, on such amount
at the Overdue Rate accrued from the date of such demand to the date on which
all such amounts due have been paid in full.
6.2. SEVERABILITY.
The Obligees are relying and are entitled to rely upon each and all of
the provisions of this Guaranty; and accordingly, if any provision or provisions
of this Guaranty should be held to be invalid, inapplicable, illegal,
unenforceable or ineffective, then all other provisions shall continue in full
force and effect and this Guaranty shall be construed as if such invalid,
inapplicable, illegal, unenforceable or ineffective provision has never been
contained herein.
6.3. NOTICES.
Except as provided in Section 3.1 hereof respect to information
permitted to be made available by electronic media, all notifications, notices,
demands, requests and other communications herein provided for or made pursuant
hereto shall be in writing and shall be sent by: (a) registered or certified
United States mail, return receipt requested, and such communication shall be
deemed completed on the third Business Day after the same is deposited in a
United States Postal Service with postage charges prepaid; (b) reputable
overnight delivery service, and the giving of such communication shall be deemed
completed on the immediately succeeding Business Day after the same is deposited
with such delivery service; or (c) legible fax with original to follow in
accordance with clause (b) above, and the giving of such communication: (i) if
to the Lessor, at its address set forth below or its fax number: 801-246-5053,
(ii) if to the Guarantor, at its address set forth below or its fax number: 703-
205-1100, (iii) if to the Indenture Trustee, addressed to the address set forth
below or its fax number: 860-247-1356 and (iv) if to any other Obligee, at such
address or fax number as such Obligee shall designate in writing, and, except as
otherwise set forth above, such notifications, notices, demands, requests or
other communications shall be deemed given on the date of receipt.
-28-
<PAGE>
Lessor: c/o First Security Bank, N.A.
79 South Main Street,
Salt Lake City, Utah 84111
Attn: Corporate Trust Administration
Guarantor: Capital One Bank
c/o Capital One Services, Inc.
2980 Fairview Park Drive, Suite 1300
Falls Church, Virginia 22042
Attn: Director, Corporate Finance
with a copy to the Legal Department
Indenture Trustee: c/o First Union National Bank
10 State House Square
Hartford, CT 06103
Attn: Corporate Trust Administration
6.4. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.
Wherever the term "Lessor" or the term "Lessee" is used herein, those
terms shall mean, in addition to the parties described above, any assignees or
successors of either permitted by the Lease if, and to the extent, such assignee
or successor has properly been assigned, or succeeded to the rights and
obligations of the party in question. This Guaranty shall be binding upon and
shall inure to the benefit of the Obligees and their respective successors and
assigns.
6.5. AMENDMENTS; NO WAIVER.
No provision of this Guaranty (other than Section 3 or 4 hereof and
the definitions related thereto) can be changed, waived, discharged or
terminated except by an instrument in writing signed by the Lessor and the
Guarantor, and consented to in writing by the Indenture Trustee or all the
Obligees, expressly referring to the provision of this Guaranty to which such
instrument relates. No provision of Section 3 or 4 hereof or any definition
related to such provisions can be changed, waived, discharged or terminated
except by an instrument in writing signed by the Lessor and the Guarantor, and
consented to in writing by the Indenture Trustee or Obligees holding 66-2/3% in
principal amount of the outstanding Notes, expressly referring to the provision
of this Guaranty to which such instrument relates. No such waiver effected in
accordance with this Section 6.5 shall extend to, affect or impair any right
with respect to the Obligations which is not expressly dealt with therein. No
course of dealing or delay or omission on the part of any Obligee exercising any
right shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise be prejudicial thereto.
-29-
<PAGE>
6.6. GOVERNING LAW.
This Guaranty shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York.
6.7. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF PROCESS; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.
The Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for
itself and its property, to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any Florida, New
York or Virginia State court or Federal court of the United States of America
sitting in Florida, Virginia or the Southern District of New York, and any
appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or
relating to this Guaranty or the Lease Documents, or for recognition or
enforcement of any judgment, and irrevocably and unconditionally consents to all
claims in respect to any such action or proceeding being heard and determined in
such Florida, New York or Virginia court or, to the extent permitted by law, in
such Federal court.
The Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the
fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may
now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding
arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or the Lease Documents in any
Florida, Virginia or New York State or Federal court. The Guarantor hereby
irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an
inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such
court.
The Guarantor consents to process being served in any suit, action or
proceeding of the nature referred to above by sending copy thereof by any
commercial delivery service or by mailing the copy thereof by registered or
certified United States mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the
address of the Guarantor specified in or designated pursuant to Section 6.3
hereof. The Guarantor agrees that such service upon receipt (1) shall be deemed
in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action
or proceeding and (2) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be taken
and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to the
Guarantor. Notices hereunder shall be conclusively presumed received as
evidenced by a delivery receipt furnished by the United States Postal Service or
any commercial delivery service. Nothing in this Section 6.7 shall affect the
right of any Obligee to serve process in any manner permitted by law, or limit
any right that any Obligee may have to bring proceedings against the Guarantor
in the courts of any appropriate jurisdiction or to enforce in any lawful manner
a judgment obtained in one jurisdiction and in any other jurisdiction.
-30-
<PAGE>
THE GUARANTOR WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION BROUGHT ON OR WITH
RESPECT TO THIS GUARANTY, THE LEASE DOCUMENTS OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED IN
CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH.
6.8. COUNTERPARTS.
This Guaranty may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of
which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and either of
the parties or signatories hereto may execute this Guaranty by signing any such
counterpart.
6.9. EFFECTIVENESS.
All representations, warranties and covenants in this Guaranty shall
become effective at the time of the delivery hereof on the Basic Term
Commencement Date.
-31-
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Guaranty has been duly executed as of the
date first above written.
CAPITAL ONE BANK
By /s/ Stephen Linehan
-------------------
Title: Manager of Corporate
Finance
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Lessor consents and agrees to the terms and
provisions of this Guaranty as of the date first above written.
FIRST SECURITY BANK, N.A., as
Owner Trustee
By /s/ C. Scott Nielson
--------------------
Title: Vice President
/s/ Val T. Orton
-----------------------------
Val T. Orton, as Owner Trustee
-32-
<PAGE>
Schedule 2.4 -- Material Subsidiaries and Affiliates
- ----------------------------------------------------
Schedule 2.5 -- Financial Statements
- ------------------------------------
Schedule 2.8 - Litigation
- -------------------------
Schedule 2.11 -- Exceptions to Licenses,
- ----------------------------------------
Permits and Intellectual Property
- ---------------------------------
Schedule 2.14 -- Existing Indebtedness; Future Liens
- -----------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 13
SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31
Five-Year
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Compound
Share Data) 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994(1) Growth Rate
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Interest income $ 1,111,536 $ 717,985 $ 660,483 $ 457,409 $ 258,672 33.73%
Interest expense 416,754 334,847 294,999 249,396 93,695 43.71
Net interest income 694,782 383,138 365,484 208,013 164,977 29.35
Provision for loan losses 267,028 262,837 167,246 65,895 30,727 50.99
Net interest income after
provision for loan losses 427,754 120,301 198,238 142,118 134,250 22.07
Non-interest income 1,488,283 1,069,130 763,424 553,043 396,902 50.18
Non-interest expense 1,472,116 883,978 713,182 497,430 384,325 51.94
Income before income taxes 443,921 305,453 248,480 197,731 146,827 21.04
Income taxes 168,690 116,072 93,213 71,220 51,564 22.82
Net income $ 275,231 $ 189,381 $ 155,267 $ 126,511 $ 95,263 20.03%
Dividend payout ratio 7.46% 10.90% 13.24% 12.55%
PER COMMON SHARE:
Basic earnings(2) $ 4.20 $ 2.87 $ 2.34 $ 1.93 $ 1.44 20.26%
Diluted earnings(2) 3.96 2.80 2.32 1.91 1.44 18.85
Dividends .32 .32 .32 .24
Book value as of year-end 19.35 13.66 11.16 9.05 7.18
Average common shares 65,589,643 66,069,897 66,227,631 65,690,838 66,067,250
Average common and common
equivalent shares 69,588,432 67,650,864 67,025,233 66,392,284 66,067,250
SELECTED AVERAGE BALANCES:
Securities $ 1,877,276 $ 1,650,961 $ 1,147,079 $ 962,624 $ 62,626
Allowance for loan losses (214,333) (132,728) (83,573) (69,939) (66,434) 29.11%
Total assets 8,330,432 6,568,937 5,568,960 4,436,055 2,629,920 29.48
Deposits 1,430,042 958,885 1,046,122 769,688 36,248
Other borrowings 5,163,795 4,350,864 3,623,104 2,952,162 2,287,474 19.17
Preferred beneficial interests 97,793 89,529
Stockholders'/Division equity(3) 1,087,983 824,077 676,759 543,364 239,616 57.07
SELECTED YEAR-END BALANCES:
Securities $ 2,080,980 $ 1,475,354 $ 1,358,103 $ 1,244,195 $ 425,570
Consumer loans 6,157,111 4,861,687 4,343,902 2,921,679 2,228,455
Allowance for loan losses (231,000) (183,000) (118,500) (72,000) (68,516)
Total assets 9,419,403 7,078,279 6,467,445 4,759,321 3,091,980
Deposits 1,999,979 1,313,654 943,022 696,037 452,201
Borrowings 5,383,672 4,428,886 4,525,216 3,301,672 2,062,688
Preferred beneficial interests 97,921 97,664
Stockholders'/Division equity(3) 1,270,406 893,259 740,391 599,191 474,557
MANAGED CONSUMER LOAN DATA:
Average reported loans $ 5,348,559 $ 4,103,036 $ 3,651,908 $ 2,940,208 $ 2,286,684 19.30%
Average off-balance sheet loans 9,860,978 8,904,146 7,616,553 6,149,070 3,910,739 56.45
Average total managed loans 15,209,537 13,007,182 11,268,461 9,089,278 6,197,423 36.03
Interest income 2,583,872 2,045,967 1,662,990 1,192,100 733,659 42.97
Year-end total managed loans 17,395,126 14,231,015 12,803,969 10,445,480 7,378,455 29.20
Year-end total accounts (000's) 16,706 11,747 8,586 6,149 5,049 39.89
Yield 16.99% 15.73% 14.76% 13.12% 11.84%
Net interest margin 9.95 8.86 8.16 6.27 6.90
Delinquency rate 4.70 6.20 6.24 4.20 2.95
Net charge-off rate 5.33 6.59 4.24 2.25 1.48
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING RATIOS:
Return on average assets 3.30% 2.88% 2.79% 2.85% 3.62%
Return on average equity 25.30 22.98 22.94 23.28 39.76
Equity to assets (average) 13.06 12.55 12.15 12.25 9.11
Allowance for loan losses to
loans as of year-end 3.75 3.76 2.73 2.86 3.07
</TABLE>
(1) The Company's results prior to November 22, 1994, reflect operations as a
division of Signet Bank. Prior to November 22, 1994, Signet Banking
Corporation, the parent of Signet Bank, had provided significant financial
and operational support to the Company.
(2) Assumes 66,067,250 shares outstanding prior to November 22, 1994.
(3) Division equity reflects an allocation of capital to Capital One Bank as a
division for purposes of preparation of the financial statements of the
Company. Such allocation is not subject to regulatory minimums.
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
INTRODUCTION
Capital One Financial Corporation (the "Corporation") is a holding company whose
subsidiaries provide a variety of products and services to consumers using its
Information-Based Strategy ("IBS"). The principal subsidiaries are Capital One
Bank (the "Bank"), which offers credit card products, and Capital One, F.S.B.
(the "Savings Bank"), which offers consumer lending products (including credit
cards) and deposit products. The Corporation and its subsidiaries are
collectively referred to as the "Company." As of December 31, 1998, the Company
had 16.7 million customers and $17.4 billion in managed consumer loans
outstanding and was one of the largest providers of MasterCard and Visa credit
cards in the world.
The Company's profitability is affected by the net interest income and non-
interest income earned on earning assets, consumer usage patterns, credit
quality, the level of marketing expense and operating efficiency. The Company's
revenues consist primarily of interest income on consumer loans and securities,
and non-interest income consisting of gains on securitizations of loans,
servicing income and fees (such as annual membership, cash advance, cross-sell,
interchange, overlimit, past-due and other fee income, collectively "fees"). The
Company's primary expenses are the costs of funding assets, credit losses,
operating expenses (including salaries and associate benefits), marketing
expenses, processing expenses and income taxes.
Significant marketing expenses (e.g., advertising, printing, credit bureau
costs and postage) to implement the Company's new product strategies are
incurred and expensed prior to the acquisition of new accounts while the
resulting revenues are recognized over the life of the acquired accounts.
Revenues recognized are a function of the response rate of the initial marketing
program, usage and attrition patterns, credit quality of accounts, product
pricing and effectiveness of account management programs.
EARNINGS SUMMARY
The following discussion provides a summary of 1998 results compared to 1997
results and 1997 results compared to 1996 results. Each component is discussed
in further detail in subsequent sections of this analysis.
[GRAPH OMITTED]
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
Net income of $275.2 million, or $3.96 per share, for the year ended December
31, 1998, compares to net income of $189.4 million, or $2.80 per share, in 1997.
The 45% increase in net income of $85.9 million, or $1.16 per share, is
primarily the result of an increase in both asset and account volumes and an
increase in net interest margin. Net interest income increased $311.6 million,
or 81%, as average earning assets increased 26% and the net interest margin
increased to 9.62% from 6.66%. The provision for loan losses increased $4.2
million, or 2%, as the reported net charge-off rate decreased to 4.24% in 1998
from 4.83% in 1997, offset by average reported consumer loans increasing 30%.
Non-interest income increased $419.2 million, or 39%, primarily due to the
increase in average managed accounts of 39%. Increases in marketing expenses of
$221.4 million, or 98%, and salaries and benefits expense of $187.1 million, or
65%, reflect the increase in marketing investment in existing and new product
opportunities and the cost of operations to manage the growth in the Company's
accounts and products offered. Average managed consumer loans grew 17% for the
year ended December 31, 1998, to $15.2 billion from $13.0 billion for the year
ended December 31, 1997, and average accounts grew 39% for the same period to
13.8 million from 9.9 million as a result of the continued success of the
Company's marketing and account management strategies.
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
Net income of $189.4 million, or $2.80 per share, for the year ended December
31, 1997, compares to net income of $155.3 million, or $2.32 per share, in 1996.
The 22% increase in net income of $34.1 million, or $.48 per share, is primarily
the result of an increase in both asset and account volumes, offset by a
decrease in net interest margin. Net
<PAGE>
interest income increased $17.7 million, or 5%, as average earning assets
increased 20%, offset by a decrease in the net interest margin to 6.66% from
7.62%. The provision for loan losses increased $95.6 million, or 57%, as average
reported loans increased 12% and the reported charge-off rate increased to 4.83%
in 1997 from 3.63% in 1996, as a result of an increase in the average age of
accounts (generally referred to as "seasoning") and general economic trends in
consumer credit performance. Non-interest income increased $305.7 million, or
40%, primarily as a result of the increase in average accounts of 33%, a shift
to more fee-based accounts, a change in the timing and amount ("terms") of
certain fees charged and the incremental impact of securitization accounting.
Increases in salaries and benefits expense of $74.2 million, or 34%, and other
non-interest expenses of $96.6 million, or 19%, primarily reflected the
incremental cost of operations to manage the growth in the Company's accounts.
Average managed consumer loans grew 15% for the year ended December 31, 1997, to
$13.0 billion from $11.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 1996, and
average accounts grew 33% for the same period to 9.9 million from 7.5 million as
a result of the continued success of the Company's marketing and account
management strategies.
MANAGED CONSUMER LOAN PORTFOLIO
The Company analyzes its financial performance on a managed consumer loan
portfolio basis. Managed consumer loan data adds back the effect of off-balance
sheet consumer loans. The Company also evaluates its interest rate exposure on a
managed portfolio basis.
The Company's managed consumer loan portfolio is comprised of reported and
off-balance sheet loans. Off-balance sheet loans are those which have been
securitized in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
("SFAS") No. 125, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets
and Extinguishments of Liabilities" ("SFAS 125"), and are not assets of the
Company. Therefore, those loans are not shown on the balance sheet.
Table 1 summarizes the Company's managed consumer loan portfolio.
TABLE 1: MANAGED CONSUMER LOAN PORTFOLIO
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31
(In Thousands) 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
YEAR-END BALANCES:
Reported consumer loans $ 6,157,111 $ 4,861,687 $ 4,343,902 $ 2,921,679 $2,228,455
Off-balance sheet consumer loans 11,238,015 9,369,328 8,460,067 7,523,801 5,150,000
Total managed consumer loan portfolio $17,395,126 $14,231,015 $12,803,969 $10,445,480 $7,378,455
AVERAGE BALANCES:
Reported consumer loans $ 5,348,559 $ 4,103,036 $ 3,651,908 $ 2,940,208 $2,286,684
Off-balance sheet consumer loans 9,860,978 8,904,146 7,616,553 6,149,070 3,910,739
Total managed consumer loan portfolio $15,209,537 $13,007,182 $11,268,461 $ 9,089,278 $6,197,423
</TABLE>
As of December 31, 1998, the managed consumer loan portfolio consisted of
68% fixed and 32% variable interest rate loans. The Company's reported consumer
loan portfolio as of December 31, 1998, consisted of 62% fixed and 38% variable
interest rate loans.
Since 1990, the Company has actively engaged in consumer loan
securitization transactions. Securitization involves the transfer by the Company
of a pool of loan receivables to an entity created for securitizations,
generally a trust or other special purpose entity ("the trusts"). The credit
quality of the receivables is supported by credit enhancements, which may be in
various forms including a letter of credit, a cash collateral guaranty or
account, or a subordinated interest in the receivables in the pool. Certificates
($11.2 billion outstanding as of December 31, 1998) representing undivided
ownership interests in the receivables are sold to the public through an
underwritten offering or to private investors in private placement transactions.
The Company receives the proceeds of the sale. The Company retains an interest
in the trusts ("seller's interest") equal to the amount of the receivables
transferred to the trust in excess of the principal balance of the certificates.
The Company's interest in the trusts varies as the amount of the excess
receivables in the trusts fluctuates as the accountholders make principal
payments and incur new
<PAGE>
charges on the selected accounts. The securitization generally results in the
removal of the receivables, other than the seller's interest, from the Company's
balance sheet for financial and regulatory accounting purposes.
[GRAPH OMITTED]
The Company's relationship with its customers is not affected by the
securitization. The Company acts as a servicing agent and receives a fee for
doing so.
Collections received from securitized receivables are used to pay interest
to certificateholders, servicing and other fees, and are available to absorb the
investors' share of credit losses. Amounts collected in excess of that needed to
pay the above amounts are remitted to the Company, as described in Servicing and
Securitizations Income.
Certificateholders in the Company's securitization program are generally
entitled to receive principal payments either through monthly payments during an
amortization period or in one lump sum after an accumulation period.
Amortization may begin sooner in certain circumstances, including if the
annualized portfolio yield (consisting, generally, of interest and fees) for a
three-month period drops below the sum of the certificate rate payable to
investors, loan servicing fees and net credit losses during the period.
Prior to the commencement of the amortization or accumulation period, all
principal payments received on the trusts' receivables are reinvested in new
receivables to maintain the principle balance of certificates. During the
amortization period, the investors' share of principal payments is paid to the
certificateholders until they are paid in full. During the accumulation period,
the investors' share of principal payments is paid into a principal funding
account designed to accumulate amounts so that the certificates can be paid in
full on the expected final payment date.
Table 2 indicates the impact of the consumer loan securitizations on
average earning assets, net interest margin and loan yield for the periods
presented. The Company intends to continue to securitize consumer loans.
TABLE 2: OPERATING DATA AND RATIOS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31
(Dollars in Thousands) 1998 1997 1996
<S> <C> <C> <C>
REPORTED:
Average earning assets $ 7,225,835 $ 5,753,997 $ 4,798,987
Net interest margin(1) 9.62% 6.66% 7.62%
Loan yield 18.75 15.11 16.21
MANAGED:
Average earning assets $17,086,813 $14,658,143 $12,415,540
Net interest margin(1) 9.95% 8.86% 8.16%
Loan yield 16.99 15.73 14.76
</TABLE>
(1) The net interest margin is equal to net interest income divided by average
earning assets.
RISK ADJUSTED REVENUE AND MARGIN
The Company's products are designed with the objective of maximizing revenue for
the level of risk undertaken. Management believes that comparable measures for
external analysis are the risk adjusted revenue and risk adjusted margin of the
managed portfolio. Risk adjusted revenue is defined as net interest income and
non-interest income less net charge-offs. Risk adjusted margin measures risk
adjusted revenue as a percentage of average earning assets. It considers not
only the loan yield and net interest margin, but also the fee income associated
with these products. By deducting net charge-offs, consideration is given to the
risk inherent in these differing products.
[GRAPH OMITTED]
<PAGE>
The Company markets its card products to specific consumer segments. The
terms of each card product are actively managed in an effort to maximize return
at the consumer level, reflecting the risk and expected performance of the
account. For example, card product terms typically include the ability to
reprice individual accounts upwards or downwards based on the consumer's
performance. In addition, during 1998, the Company aggressively marketed low
non-introductory rate cards to consumers with the best established credit
profiles to take advantage of the favorable risk return characteristics of this
consumer segment. Industry competitors have continuously solicited the Company's
customers with similar interest rate strategies. Management believes the
competition has put, and will continue to put, additional pressure on the
Company's pricing strategies.
By applying its IBS and in response to dynamic competitive pressures, the
Company also targets a significant amount of its marketing expense to other
credit card product opportunities. Examples of such products include secured
cards and other customized card products including affinity and co-branded
cards, student cards and other cards targeted to certain markets that are
underserved by the Company's competitors. These products do not have the
immediate impact on managed loan balances of the balance transfer products but
typically consist of lower credit limit accounts and balances that build over
time. The terms of these customized card products tend to include annual
membership fees and higher annual finance charge rates. The profile of the
consumers targeted for these products, in some cases, may also tend to result in
higher account delinquency rates and consequently higher past-due and overlimit
fees as a percentage of loan receivables outstanding than the balance transfer
products.
During 1997, the Company modified its methodology for charging off credit
card loans (net of any collateral) to 180 days past-due, from the prior practice
of charging off loans during the next billing cycle after becoming 180 days
past-due. As a result, 1997 managed net interest income was reduced by $15.1
million and managed non-interest income was reduced by $8.0 million for the
reversal of previously accrued finance charges and fee income. In addition, this
modification increased managed net charge-offs by $47.4 million in 1997. Also,
during 1997, the Company began recognizing the estimated uncollectible portion
of finance charge and fee income receivables, which decreased loans by $50.2
million, managed net interest income by $19.8 million and managed non-interest
income by $30.4 million. Risk adjusted revenue and risk adjusted margin, without
these modifications, would have been $1.3 billion and 8.92%, respectively, in
1997.
Table 3 provides income statement data and ratios for the Company's managed
consumer loan portfolio. The causes of increases and decreases in the various
components of risk adjusted revenue are discussed in further detail in
subsequent sections of this analysis.
TABLE 3: MANAGED RISK ADJUSTED REVENUE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31
(Dollars in Thousands) 1998 1997 1996
<S> <C> <C> <C>
MANAGED INCOME STATEMENT:
Net interest income $1,700,424 $1,299,317 $1,013,557
Non-interest income(1) 1,066,413 743,516 460,492
Net charge-offs (810,306) (856,704) (477,732)
Risk adjusted revenue $1,956,531 $1,186,129 $ 996,317
RATIOS(2):
Net interest margin 9.95% 8.86% 8.16%
Non-interest income 6.24 5.07 3.71
Net charge-offs (4.74) (5.84) (3.85)
Risk adjusted margin 11.45% 8.09% 8.02%
</TABLE>
(1) For 1997, excludes $32 million pre-tax incremental impact on credit card
securitizations income resulting from the implementation of SFAS 125.
(2) As a percentage of average managed earning assets.
[GRAPH OMITTED]
<PAGE>
NET INTEREST INCOME
Net interest income is interest and past-due fees earned from the Company's
consumer loans and securities less interest expense on borrowings, which include
interest-bearing deposits, other borrowings and borrowings from senior and
deposit notes.
Reported net interest income for the year ended December 31, 1998, was
$694.8 million compared to $383.1 million for 1997, representing an increase of
$311.6 million, or 81%. Net interest income increased as a result of growth in
earning assets and an increase in the net interest margin. Average earning
assets increased 26% for the year ended December 31, 1998, to $7.2 billion from
$5.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 1997. The reported net interest
margin increased to 9.62% in 1998, from 6.66% in 1997 primarily attributable to
a 364 basis point increase in the yield on consumer loans to 18.75% for the year
ended December 31, 1998, from 15.11% for the year ended December 31, 1997. The
yield on consumer loans increased primarily due to an increase in the amount and
frequency of past-due fees as compared to the prior year. In addition, the
Company's continued shift to higher yielding products, offset by growth in low
non-introductory rate products, contributed to the increase in yield on consumer
loans during the same periods.
The managed net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 1998,
increased to 9.95% from 8.86% for the year ended December 31, 1997. This
increase was primarily the result of a 126 basis point increase in consumer loan
yield for the year ended December 31, 1998, offset by an increase of nine basis
points in borrowing costs for the same period, as compared to 1997. The increase
in consumer loan yield to 16.99% for the year ended December 31, 1998, from
15.73% in 1997 principally reflected increases in the amount and frequency of
changes in past-due fees and growth in higher yielding loans. The average rate
paid on borrowed funds increased slightly to 6.04% for the year ended December
31, 1998, from 5.95% in 1997, reflecting the Company's shift to more fixed rate
funding to match the increase in fixed rate consumer loan products.
Reported net interest income for the year ended December 31, 1997 was
$383.1 million, compared to $365.5 million for 1996, representing an increase of
$17.6 million, or 5%. Average earning assets increased 20% to $5.8 billion for
the year ended December 31, 1997, from $4.8 billion in 1996. The reported net
interest margin decreased to 6.66% in 1997, from 7.62% in 1996 and was primarily
attributable to a 110 basis point decrease in the yield on consumer loans to
15.11% for the year ended December 31, 1997, from 16.21% for 1996. The yield on
consumer loans decreased due to the removal from the balance sheet through
securitization of higher yielding credit card products during the fourth quarter
of 1996 and a $24.4 million reduction in reported consumer loan income as a
result of modifications in the charge-off policy and finance charge and fee
income recognition previously discussed. These decreases were offset by an
increase in the amount of past-due fees charged from both a change in terms and
an increase in the delinquency rate as compared to 1996.
The managed net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 1997,
increased to 8.86% from 8.16% for the year ended December 31, 1996. This
increase was primarily the result of a 97 basis point increase in consumer loan
yield for the year ended December 31, 1997, offset by an 11 basis point increase
in borrowing costs for the same period, as compared to 1996. The increase in
consumer loan yield to 15.73% for the year ended December 31, 1997, from 14.76%
in 1996 principally reflected the 1997 repricing of introductory rate loans,
changes in product mix and the increase in past-due fees charged on delinquent
accounts noted above. The average rate paid on borrowed funds increased slightly
to 5.95% for the year ended December 31, 1997, from 5.84% in 1996, primarily
reflecting a relatively steady short-term interest rate environment during 1997
and 1996.
Table 4 provides average balance sheet data, an analysis of net interest
income, net interest spread (the difference between the yield on earning assets
and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities) and net interest margin for each
of the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.
<PAGE>
TABLE 4: STATEMENTS OF AVERAGE BALANCES, INCOME AND EXPENSE, YIELDS AND RATES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31
1998 1997 1996
Average Income/ Yield/ Average Income/ Yield/ Average Income/ Yield/
(Dollars in Thousands) Balance Expense Rate Balance Expense Rate Balance Expense Rate
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS:
Earning assets
Consumer loans(1) $5,348,559 $1,003,122 18.75% $4,103,036 $619,785 15.11% $3,651,908 $592,088 16.21%
Federal funds sold and
resale agreements 231,312 12,564 5.43 293,119 16,423 5.60 394,939 21,293 5.39
Other 1,645,964 95,850 5.82 1,357,842 81,777 6.02 752,140 47,102 6.26
Total earning assets 7,225,835 $1,111,536 15.38% 5,753,997 $717,985 12.48% 4,798,987 $660,483 13.76%
Cash and due from banks 4,385 (2,636) 40,698
Allowance for loan losses (214,333) (132,728) (83,573)
Premises and equipment, net 201,173 181,610 156,441
Other 1,113,372 768,694 656,407
Total assets $8,330,432 $6,568,937 $5,568,960
LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Interest-bearing liabilities
Deposits $1,430,042 $ 67,479 4.72% $ 958,885 $ 41,932 4.37% $1,046,122 $ 56,272 5.38%
Other borrowings 1,376,156 88,600 6.44 631,876 39,066 6.18 454,899 28,509 6.27
Senior and deposit notes 3,787,639 260,675 6.88 3,718,988 253,849 6.83 3,168,205 210,218 6.64
Total interest-bearing
liabilities 6,593,837 $ 416,754 6.32% 5,309,749 $334,847 6.31% 4,669,226 $294,999 6.32%
Other 550,819 345,582 222,975
Total liabilities 7,144,656 5,655,331 4,892,201
Preferred beneficial
interests 97,793 89,529
Stockholders' equity 1,087,983 824,077 676,759
Total liabilities and
stockholders' equity $8,330,432 $6,568,937 $5,568,960
Net interest spread 9.06% 6.17% 7.44%
Interest income to average
earning assets 15.38 12.48 13.76
Interest expense to average
earning assets 5.76 5.82 6.14
Net interest margin 9.62% 6.66% 7.62%
</TABLE>
(1) Interest income includes past-due fees on loans of approximately $301,979,
$132,297 and $94,393 for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.
INTEREST VARIANCE ANALYSIS
Net interest income is affected by changes in the average interest rate earned
on earning assets and the average interest rate paid on interest-bearing
liabilities. In addition, net interest income is affected by changes in the
volume of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Table 5 sets forth
the dollar amount of the increases (decreases) in interest income and interest
expense resulting from changes in the volume of earning assets and interest-
bearing liabilities and from changes in yields and rates.
<PAGE>
TABLE 5: INTEREST VARIANCE ANALYSIS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31
1998 vs. 1997 1997 vs. 1996
Increase Change Due to(1) Increase Change Due to(1)
(In Thousands) (Decrease) Volume Yield/Rate (Decrease) Volume Yield/Rate
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INTEREST INCOME:
Consumer loans $383,337 $213,453 $169,884 $ 27,697 $ 69,924 $(42,227)
Federal funds sold and resale agreements (3,859) (3,371) (488) (4,870) (5,676) 806
Other 14,073 16,856 (2,783) 34,675 36,545 (1,870)
Total interest income 393,551 206,040 187,511 57,502 123,085 (65,583)
INTEREST EXPENSE:
Deposits 25,547 22,007 3,540 (14,340) (4,422) (9,918)
Other borrowings 49,534 47,854 1,680 10,557 10,947 (390)
Senior and deposit notes 6,826 4,713 2,113 43,631 37,446 6,185
Total interest expense 81,907 81,157 750 39,848 40,394 (546)
Net interest income(1) $311,644 $113,910 $197,734 $ 17,654 $ 67,129 $(49,475)
</TABLE>
(1) The change in interest due to both volume and yield/rates has been
allocated in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts
of the change in each. The changes in income and expense are calculated
independently for each line in the table. The totals for the volume and
yield/rate columns are not the sum of the individual lines.
SERVICING AND SECURITIZATIONS INCOME
In accordance with SFAS 125, the Company records gains or losses on the
securitizations of consumer loan receivables on the date of sale based on the
estimated fair value of assets sold and retained and liabilities incurred in the
sale. Gains represent the present value of estimated excess cash flows the
Company has retained over the estimated outstanding period of the receivables
and are included in servicing and securitizations income. This excess cash flow
essentially represents an "interest only" ("I/O") strip, consisting of the
excess of finance charges and past-due fees over the sum of the return paid to
certificateholders, estimated contractual servicing fees and credit losses.
However, exposure to credit losses on the securitized loans is contractually
limited to these cash flows.
Servicing and securitizations income increased $107.5 million, or 16%, to
$789.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1998, from $682.3 million in
1997. This increase was primarily due to an increase of 11% in average off-
balance sheet loans. Also contributing to this increase were decreased charge-
offs on such loans as a result of improving consumer credit.
The increase in servicing and securitizations income of $222.5 million, or
48%, to $682.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1997, from $459.8 million
for 1996 was due to a number of factors, including the incremental effect of the
implementation of SFAS 125 and a 17% increase in average off-balance sheet
loans. The incremental effect of adopting the requirements of SFAS 125 was to
increase servicing and securitizations income in 1997 by $32.0 million ($19.8
million net of tax). Prior to 1997, no gains were recorded due to the relatively
short average life of the consumer loans securitized. Excess servicing fee
income was recorded over the life of each sale transaction.
Certain estimates inherent in the determination of the fair value of the
I/O strip are influenced by factors outside the Company's control, and as a
result, such estimates could materially change in the near term. Any future
gains that will be recognized in accordance with SFAS 125 will be dependent on
the timing and amount of future securitizations. The Company will continuously
assess the performance of new and existing securitization transactions as
estimates of future cash flows change.
OTHER NON-INTEREST INCOME
Interchange income increased $37.5 million, or 76%, to $86.5 million for the
year ended December 31, 1998, from $49.0 million in 1997. Service charges and
other fees increased to $612.0 million, or 81%, for the year ended December 31,
1998 compared to $337.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1997. These
increases were due to
<PAGE>
a 39% increase in the average number of accounts for the year ended December 31,
1998, from 1997, an increase in charge volume, a shift to more fee-intensive
products and changes in the terms of overlimit fees charged.
Interchange income decreased $2.4 million, or 5%, to $49.0 million for the
year ended December 31, 1997, from $51.4 million in 1996 as a result of the
securitization of a higher percentage of more fee-intensive other credit card
products in 1997 compared to 1996. Service charges and other fees increased to
$337.8 million, or 34%, for the year ended December 31, 1997 compared to $252.2
million for the year ended December 31, 1996. This increase was due to a 33%
increase in the average number of accounts for the year ended December 31, 1997,
from 1996, a shift to more fee-intensive products and changes in the terms of
overlimit fees charged.
[GRAPH OMITTED]
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
Non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 1998, increased $588.1
million, or 67%, to $1.5 billion from $884.0 million for the year ended December
31, 1997. Contributing to the increase in non-interest expense were marketing
expenses which increased $221.4 million, or 98%, to $446.3 million in 1998, from
$224.8 million in 1997. The increase in marketing expenses during 1998 reflects
the Company's continued identification of and investments in opportunities for
growth. Salaries and associate benefits increased $187.1 million, or 65%, to
$476.4 million in 1998, from $289.3 million in 1997, as the Company added 4,526
associates to manage the growth in the Company's accounts. This increase also
reflects an additional $45.3 million in compensation expense associated with the
Company's associate stock plans compared to the prior year. All other non-
interest expenses increased $179.6 million, or 49%, to $549.5 million for the
year ended December 31, 1998, from $369.8 million in 1997. The increase in other
non-interest expense, as well as the increase in salaries and associate benefits
not attributable to the Company's associate stock plans, was primarily a result
of a 39% increase in the average number of accounts for the year ended December
31, 1998, which resulted in an increase in staff and other operational costs
associated with the Company's growth pattern.
Non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 1997 increased $170.8
million, or 24%, to $884.0 million from $713.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 1996. Contributing to the increase in non-interest expense was
salaries and associate benefits expense, which increased $74.1 million, or 34%,
to $289.3 million in 1997 compared to $215.2 million in 1996. This increase
reflected additional staff associated with the cost of operations to manage the
growth in accounts and $17.0 million in additional expense associated with the
Company's associate stock plans. Also contributing to the increase in non-
interest expense was marketing expenses which increased $18.2 million, or 9%, to
$224.8 million in 1997, from $206.6 million in 1996. All other non-interest
expenses increased $78.4 million, or 27%, to $369.8 million in 1997 compared to
$291.4 million in 1996. The increase in other non-interest expenses was
primarily the result of a 33% increase in the average number of accounts for the
year ended December 31, 1997.
INCOME TAXES
The Company's income tax rate was 38% for the years ended December 31, 1998 and
1997, and 37.5% for the year ended December 31, 1996. The effective rate
includes both state and federal income tax components.
ASSET QUALITY
The asset quality of a portfolio is generally a function the initial
underwriting criteria used, seasoning of the accounts, levels of competition,
account management activities and demographic concentration, as well as general
economic conditions. Accounts tend to exhibit a rising trend of delinquency and
credit losses as they season. As of December 31, 1998 and 1997, 59% and 53% of
managed accounts, representing 51% and 43% of the total managed loan balance,
respectively, were less than eighteen months old. Accordingly, it is likely that
the Company's managed loan portfolio could experience increased levels of
delinquency and credit losses as the average age of the Company's accounts
increases.
Changes in the rates of delinquency and credit losses can also result from
a shift in the product mix. As discussed in "Risk Adjusted Revenue and Margin,"
certain other customized card products have, in some cases, higher delinquency
and higher charge-off rates. In the case of secured card loans, collateral, in
the form of cash
<PAGE>
deposits, reduces any ultimate charge-offs. The costs associated with higher
delinquency and charge-off rates are considered in the pricing of individual
products.
During 1998, general economic conditions for consumer credit stabilized and
improved as industry levels of charge-offs (including bankruptcies) and
delinquencies both decreased. These trends have positively impacted the
Company's 1998 results.
DELINQUENCIES
Table 6 shows the Company's consumer loan delinquency trends for the years
presented on a reported and managed basis. The entire balance of an account is
contractually delinquent if the minimum payment is not received by the payment
due date. Delinquencies not only have the potential to impact earnings if the
account charges off, they also are costly in terms of the personnel and other
resources dedicated to resolving the delinquencies.
The 30-plus day delinquency rate for the reported consumer loan portfolio
decreased to 4.70% as of December 31, 1998, from 5.51% as of December 31, 1997.
The 30-plus day delinquency rate for the managed consumer loan portfolio was
4.70% as of December 31, 1998, down from 6.20% as of December 31, 1997, while
the dollar amount of delinquent managed consumer loans decreased approximately
$64.2 million. Both the managed and reported consumer loan portfolio's
delinquency rate decreases as of December 31, 1998, principally reflected
improvements in consumer credit performance and less seasoned accounts.
Table 6: Delinquencies
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31
1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
% of % of % of % of % of
Total Total Total Total Total
(Dollars in Thousands) Loans Loans Loans Loans Loans Loans Loans Loans Loans Loans
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
REPORTED:
Loans outstanding $ 6,157,111 100.00% $ 4,861,687 100.00% $ 4,343,902 100.00% $ 2,921,679 100.00% $2,228,455 100.00%
Loans delinquent:
30-59 days 123,162 2.00 104,216 2.14 96,819 2.23 65,711 2.25 29,032 1.30
60-89 days 67,504 1.10 64,217 1.32 55,679 1.28 38,311 1.31 14,741 .66
90 or more days 98,798 1.60 99,667 2.05 111,791 2.57 79,694 2.73 24,445 1.10
Total $ 289,464 4.70% $ 268,100 5.51% $ 264,289 6.08% $ 183,716 6.29% $ 68,218 3.06%
MANAGED:
Loans outstanding $17,395,126 100.00% $14,231,015 100.00% $12,803,969 100.00% $10,445,480 100.00% $7,378,455 100.00%
Loans delinquent:
30-59 days 329,239 1.89 327,407 2.30 279,787 2.19 165,306 1.58 90,733 1.23
60-89 days 182,982 1.05 213,726 1.50 162,668 1.27 92,665 .89 45,277 .61
90 or more days 305,589 1.76 340,887 2.40 356,700 2.78 181,243 1.73 81,720 1.11
Total $ 817,810 4.70% $ 882,020 6.20% $ 799,155 6.24% $ 439,214 4.20% $ 217,730 2.95%
</TABLE>
[GRAPH OMITTED]
NET CHARGE-OFFS
Net charge-offs include the principal amount of losses (excluding accrued and
unpaid finance charges, fees and fraud losses) less current period recoveries.
In 1997, the Company modified its methodology for charging off credit card loans
(net of any collateral) to 180 days past-due from the prior practice of charging
off loans during the next billing cycle after becoming 180 days past-due.
For the year ended December 31, 1998, the managed net charge-off rate
decreased 126 basis points to 5.33%. For the year ended December 31, 1998, the
reported net charge-off rate decreased 59 basis points to 4.24%. The decreases
in managed and reported net charge-off rates were the result of improved general
economic trends in consumer credit performance compared to the prior year, with
less of an impact on reported net charge-offs due to
<PAGE>
the increased level of seasoned and higher yielding products included in the
reported portfolio. Table 7 shows the Company's net charge-offs for the years
presented on a reported and managed basis.
The Company's objective is to optimize the profitability of each account
within acceptable risk characteristics. The Company takes measures as necessary,
including requiring collateral on certain accounts and other marketing and
account management techniques, to maintain the Company's credit quality
standards and to manage the risk of loss on existing accounts. See "Risk
Adjusted Revenue and Margin" for further discussion.
TABLE 7: NET CHARGE-OFFS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31
(Dollars in Thousands) 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
REPORTED:
Average loans outstanding $ 5,348,559 $ 4,103,036 $ 3,651,908 $2,940,208 $2,286,684
Net charge-offs 226,531 198,192 132,590 59,618 25,727
Net charge-offs as a percentage
of average loans outstanding 4.24% 4.83% 3.63% 2.03% 1.13%
MANAGED:
Average loans outstanding $15,209,537 $13,007,182 $11,268,461 $9,089,278 $6,197,423
Net charge-offs 810,306 856,704 477,732 204,828 91,648
Net charge-offs as a percentage
of average loans outstanding 5.33% 6.59% 4.24% 2.25% 1.48%
</TABLE>
PROVISION AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
The allowance for loan losses is maintained at the amount estimated to be
sufficient to absorb probable future losses, net of recoveries (including
recovery of collateral), inherent in the existing reported loan portfolio. The
provision for loan losses is the periodic cost of maintaining an adequate
allowance. Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate to
cover anticipated losses in the reported homogeneous consumer loan portfolio
under current conditions. There can be no assurance as to future credit losses
that may be incurred in connection with the Company's consumer loan portfolio,
nor can there be any assurance that the loan loss allowance that has been
established by the Company will be sufficient to absorb such future credit
losses. The allowance is a general allowance applicable to the reported consumer
loan portfolio. Additional information on the Company's allowance for loan loss
policy can be found in Note A to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Table 8
sets forth the activity in the allowance for loan losses for the periods
indicated. See "Asset Quality," "Delinquencies" and "Net Charge-Offs" for a more
complete analysis of asset quality.
TABLE 8: SUMMARY OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31
(Dollars in Thousands) 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at beginning of year $ 183,000 $ 118,500 $ 72,000 $ 68,516 $ 63,516
Provision for loan losses 267,028 262,837 167,246 65,895 30,727
Acquisitions/other 7,503 (2,770) (18,887) (11,504) (4,869)
Charge-offs (294,295) (223,029) (115,159) (64,260) (31,948)
Recoveries 67,764 27,462 13,300 13,353 11,090
Net charge-offs (226,531) (195,567) (101,859) (50,907) (20,858)
Balance at end of year $ 231,000 $ 183,000 $ 118,500 $ 72,000 $ 68,516
Allowance for loan losses to loans at end of year 3.75% 3.76% 2.73% 2.86% 3.07%
</TABLE>
For the year ended December 31, 1998, the provision for loan losses
increased to $267.0 million, or 2%, from the 1997 provision for loan losses of
$262.8 million as average reported loans increased by 30%, offset by general
improvements in consumer credit performance. The Company increased the allowance
for loan losses by $48.0 million during 1998 primarily due to the growth in
reported loans.
<PAGE>
For the year ended December 31, 1997, the provision for loan losses
increased to $262.8 million, or 57%, from the 1996 provision for loan losses of
$167.2 million. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of reported
consumer loans increased to 3.76% as of December 31, 1997, from 2.73% as of
December 31, 1996 primarily due to increases in the net charge-off rate to 4.83%
for 1997, from 3.63% in 1996, resulting from continued loan seasoning, general
economic trends in consumer credit performance and the modification in charge-
off policy described earlier. The provision increase also reflected the increase
in reported consumer loans to $4.9 billion as of December 31, 1997, an increase
of 12% from December 31, 1996, and the continued growth of other customized card
products. In consideration of these factors, the Company increased the allowance
for loan losses by $64.5 million during 1997.
FUNDING
The Company has established access to a wide range of domestic funding
alternatives, in addition to securitization of its consumer loans. The Company
primarily issues senior unsecured debt of the Bank through its $8.0 billion bank
note program, of which $3.4 billion was outstanding as of December 31, 1998,
with original terms of one to ten years. During 1998, the Bank continued to
expand its fixed income investor base by launching $300 million five-year and
$200 million ten-year benchmark underwritten senior note transactions, followed
by additional issuances in response to investor interest. The Corporation also
continued to access the capital markets with a $200 million ten-year senior
note.
Internationally, the Company has funding programs designed for foreign
investors or to raise funds in foreign currencies. The Company has accessed the
international securitization market for a number of years with both US$ and
foreign denominated transactions. Both of the Company's committed revolving
credit facilities offer foreign currency funding options. The Bank has
established a $1.0 billion Euro Debt Issuance program that is targeted to non-
U.S. investors. The Company funds its foreign assets by directly or
synthetically borrowing or securitizing in the local currency to mitigate the
financial statement effect of currency translation.
The Company has significantly expanded its retail deposit gathering efforts
through both direct and broker marketing channels. The Company uses its IBS
capabilities to test and market a variety of retail deposit origination
strategies, as well as to develop customized account management programs. As of
December 31, 1998, the Company had $2.0 billion in interest-bearing deposits,
with original maturities up to five years.
Table 9 reflects the costs of other borrowings of the Company as of and for
each of the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.
TABLE 9: OTHER BORROWINGS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Maximun
Outstanding as of Outstanding Average Average Year-End
(Dollars in Thousands) any Month-End as of Year-End Outstanding Interest Rate Interest Rate
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1998
Federal funds purchased and resale agreements $1,451,029 $1,227,000 $1,169,952 6.09% 5.53%
Other 417,279 417,279 206,204 8.44 6.58
Total $1,644,279 $1,376,156 6.44% 5.80%
1997
Federal funds purchased and resale agreements $ 999,200 $ 705,863 $ 503,843 5.54% 5.75%
Other 160,144 90,249 128,033 8.71 7.09
Total $ 796,112 $ 631,876 6.18% 5.90%
1996
Federal funds purchased and resale agreements $ 617,303 $ 445,600 $ 342,354 5.63% 6.26%
Other 207,689 85,383 112,545 8.20 6.43
Total $ 530,983 $ 454,899 6.27% 6.29%
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
[GRAPH OMITTED]
Table 10 shows the maturities of certificates of deposit in denominations
of $100,000 or greater (large denomination CDs) as of December 31, 1998.
TABLE 10: MATURITIES OF DOMESTIC LARGE DENOMINATION CERTIFICATES -- $100,000
OR MORE
December 31, 1998
(Dollars in Thousands) Balance Percent
3 months or less $ 66,174 14.67%
Over 3 through 6 months 36,730 8.14%
Over 6 through 12 months 88,889 19.71%
Over 12 months 259,283 57.48%
Total $451,076 100.00%
Additional information regarding funding can be found in Note E to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.
LIQUIDITY
Liquidity refers to the Company's ability to meet its cash needs. The Company
meets its cash requirements by securitizing assets and through issuing debt. As
discussed in "Managed Consumer Loan Portfolio," a significant source of
liquidity for the Company has been the securitization of consumer loans.
Maturity terms of the existing securitizations vary from 1999 to 2008 and
typically have accumulation periods during which principal payments are
aggregated to make payments to investors. As payments on the loans are
accumulated and are no longer reinvested in new loans, the Company's funding
requirements for such new loans increase accordingly. The occurrence of certain
events may cause the securitization transactions to amortize earlier than
scheduled, which would accelerate the need for funding.
Table 11 shows the amounts of investor principal from securitized consumer
loans that are expected to amortize, or be otherwise paid over the periods
indicated, based on outstanding securitized consumer loans as of January 1,
1999. As of December 31, 1998 and 1997, 65% and 66%, respectively, of the
Company's total managed loans were securitized.
As such amounts amortize or are otherwise paid, the Company believes it can
securitize consumer loans, purchase federal funds and establish other funding
sources to fund the amortization or other payment of the securitizations in the
future, although no assurance can be given to that effect. Additionally, the
Company maintains a portfolio of high-quality securities such as U.S. Treasuries
and other U.S. government obligations, commercial paper, interest-bearing
deposits with other banks, federal funds and other cash equivalents in order to
provide adequate liquidity and to meet its ongoing cash needs. As of December
31, 1998, the Company had $2.1 billion of such securities.
Liability liquidity is measured by the Company's ability to obtain borrowed
funds in the financial markets in adequate amounts and at favorable rates. As of
December 31, 1998, the Company, the Bank and the Savings Bank collectively had
over $1.9 billion in unused commitments, under its credit facilities, available
for liquidity needs.
TABLE 11: SECURITIZATIONS -- AMORTIZATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in Thousands) 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003-2008
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at beginning of year $11,742,081 $ 9,766,447 $ 7,260,833 $ 3,758,706 $ 2,126,356
Less repayment amounts (1,975,634) (2,505,614) (3,502,127) (1,632,350) (2,126,356)
Balance at end of year $ 9,766,447 $ 7,260,833 $ 3,758,706 $ 2,126,356 $ --
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
CAPITAL ADEQUACY
The Bank and the Savings Bank are subject to capital adequacy guidelines adopted
by the Federal Reserve Board (the "Federal Reserve") and the Office of Thrift
Supervision (the "OTS") (collectively, the "regulators"), respectively. The
capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective
action require the Bank and the Savings Bank to maintain specific capital levels
based upon quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and off-balance
sheet items.
The most recent notifications received from the regulators categorized the
Bank and the Savings Bank as "well-capitalized." As of December 31, 1998, there
are no conditions or events since the notifications discussed above that
management believes have changed either the Bank or the Savings Bank's capital
category.
During 1996, the Bank received regulatory approval and established a branch
office in the United Kingdom. In connection with such approval, the Company
committed to the Federal Reserve that, for so long as the Bank maintains a
branch in the United Kingdom, the Company will maintain a minimum Tier 1
Leverage ratio of 3.0%. As of December 31, 1998 and 1997, the Company's Tier 1
Leverage ratio was 13.49% and 13.83%, respectively.
Additional information regarding capital adequacy can be found in Note K to
the Consolidated Financial Statements.
In July 1997, the Company's Board of Directors voted to repurchase up to
two million shares of the Company's common stock over the next two years to
mitigate the dilutive impact of shares issuable under its benefit plans,
including its Associate Stock Purchase Plan, dividend reinvestment plan and
stock incentive plans. In July 1998, the Company's Board of Directors voted to
increase this amount by an additional 1.5 million shares of the Company's common
stock. The Company uses various strategies to reduce the cost of its share
repurchase program, including the writing of put options on anticipated
repurchases. For the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997, the Company
repurchased 895,800 and 1,318,641 shares, respectively, under this program.
Certain treasury shares were reissued in connection with the Company's benefit
plans.
DIVIDEND POLICY
Although the Company expects to reinvest a substantial portion of its earnings
in its business, the Company intends to continue to pay regular quarterly cash
dividends on the Common Stock. The declaration and payment of dividends, as well
as the amount thereof, is subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors of
the Company and will depend upon the Company's results of operations, financial
condition, cash requirements, future prospects and other factors deemed relevant
by the Board of Directors. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the
Corporation will declare and pay any dividends. As a holding company, the
ability of the Company to pay dividends is dependent upon the receipt of
dividends or other payments from its subsidiaries. Applicable banking
regulations and provisions that may be contained in borrowing agreements of the
Company or its subsidiaries may restrict the ability of the Company's
subsidiaries to pay dividends to the Corporation or the ability of the
Corporation to pay dividends to its stockholders.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK
The Company is subject to off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of
business including commitments to extend credit, reduce the interest rate
sensitivity of its securitization transactions and its off-balance sheet
financial instruments. The Company enters into interest rate swap agreements in
the management of its interest rate exposure. The Company also enters into
forward foreign currency exchange contracts and currency swaps to reduce its
sensitivity to changing foreign currency exchange rates. These off-balance sheet
financial instruments involve elements of credit, interest rate or foreign
currency exchange rate risk in excess of the amount recognized on the balance
sheet. These instruments also present the Company with certain credit, market,
legal and operational risks. The Company has established credit policies for
off-balance sheet instruments as it has for on-balance sheet instruments.
Additional information regarding off-balance sheet financial instruments
can be found in Note O to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
<PAGE>
INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY
Interest rate sensitivity refers to the change in earnings that may result from
changes in the level of interest rates. To the extent that managed interest
income and expense do not respond equally to changes in interest rates, or that
all rates do not change uniformly, earnings could be affected. The Company's
managed net interest income is affected by changes in short-term interest rates,
primarily LIBOR, as a result of its issuance of interest-bearing deposits,
variable rate loans and variable rate securitizations. The Company manages and
mitigates its interest rate sensitivity through several techniques which
include, but are not limited to, changing the maturity, repricing and
distribution of assets and liabilities and entering into interest rate swaps.
The Company measures exposure to its interest rate risk through the use of
a simulation model. The model generates a distribution of possible twelve-month
managed net interest income outcomes based on (i) a set of plausible interest
rate scenarios, as determined by management based upon historical trends and
market expectations, (ii) all existing financial instruments, including swaps,
and (iii) an estimate of ongoing business activity over the coming twelve
months. The Company's asset/liability management policy requires that based on
this distribution there be at least a 95% probability that managed net interest
income achieved over the coming twelve months will be no more than 3% below the
mean managed net interest income of the distribution. As of December 31, 1998,
the Company was in compliance with the policy; more than 95% of the outcomes
generated by the model produced a managed net interest income of no more than
1.8% below the mean outcome. The interest rate scenarios evaluated as of
December 31, 1998, included scenarios in which short-term interest rates rose by
as much as 400 basis points or fell by as much as 175 basis points over twelve
months.
The analysis does not consider the effects of the changed level of overall
economic activity associated with various interest rate scenarios. Further, in
the event of a rate change of large magnitude, management would likely take
actions to further mitigate its exposure to any adverse impact. For example,
management may reprice interest rates on outstanding credit card loans subject
to the right of the consumers in certain states to reject such repricing by
giving timely written notice to the Company and thereby relinquishing charging
privileges. However, the repricing of credit card loans may be limited by
competitive factors as well as certain legal constraints.
Interest rate sensitivity at a point in time can also be analyzed by
measuring the mismatch in balances of earning assets and interest-bearing
liabilities that are subject to repricing in future periods.
Table 12 reflects the interests rate repricing schedule for earning assets
and interest-bearing liabilities as of December 31, 1998.
<PAGE>
TABLE 12: INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of December 31, 1998, Subject to Repricing
Greater than Greater than
Within 180 Days- 1 Year- Over
(Dollars in Millions) 180 Days 1 Year 5 Years 5 Years
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
EARNING ASSETS:
Federal funds sold and resale agreements $ 262
Interest-bearing deposits at other banks 22
Securities available for sale 148 $ 95 $ 1,082 $ 472
Consumer loans 3,111 161 2,885
Total earning assets 3,543 256 3,967 472
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
Deposits 1,019 243 738
Other borrowings 1,644
Senior and deposit notes 467 470 2,123 679
Total interest-bearing liabilities 3,130 713 2,861 679
Non-rate related net assets (855)
Interest sensitivity gap 413 (457) 1,106 (1,062)
Impact of swaps 3,264 (138) (2,119) (1,007)
Impact of consumer loan securitizations (3,847) (493) 4,966 (626)
Interest sensitivity gap adjusted for impact of securitizations and swaps $ (170) $(1,088) $ 3,953 $ (2,695)
Adjusted gap as a percentage of managed assets (.82)% (5.28)% 19.17% (13.07)%
Adjusted cumulative gap $ (170) $(1,258) $ 2,695
Adjusted cumulative gap as a percentage of managed assets (.82)% (6.10)% 13.07% 0.00%
</TABLE>
BUSINESS OUTLOOK
EARNINGS, GOALS AND STRATEGIES
This business outlook section summarizes the Company's expectations for earnings
for the year ending December 31, 1999, and its primary goals and strategies for
continued growth. The statements contained in this section are based on
management's current expectations. Certain statements are forward looking and,
therefore, actual results could differ materially. Factors which could
materially influence results are set forth throughout this section and in the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 (Part
I, Item 1, Risk Factors).
The Company has set an earnings target increase of approximately 30% over
1998 earnings and a return on equity in excess of 20%. As discussed elsewhere in
this report and below, the Company's actual earnings are a function of its
revenues (net interest income and non-interest income on its earning assets),
consumer usage and payment patterns, credit quality of its earning assets (which
affects fees and charge-offs), marketing expenses and operating expenses.
PRODUCT AND MARKET OPPORTUNITIES
The Company's strategy for future growth has been, and is expected to continue
to be, to apply its proprietary IBS to its lending business as well as to other
businesses, both financial and non-financial, including telecommunications
services. The Company will seek to identify new product opportunities and to
make informed investment decisions regarding new and existing products. The
Company's lending and other financial and non-financial products are subject to
competitive pressures, which management anticipates will increase as these
markets mature.
LENDING. Lending includes credit card and other consumer lending products.
Credit card opportunities include, and are expected to continue to include, low
introductory and intermediate rate balance transfer products, low non-
introductory rate products, as well as other customized credit card products,
such as secured cards, affinity and co-branded cards, student cards and other
cards tailored for specific consumer segments. The Company expects continued
growth across a broad spectrum of new and existing customized products, which
are distinguished by a varied range of credit lines, pricing structures and
other characteristics. For example, the Company's low non-introductory rate
products, which are marketed to consumers with the best established credit
profiles, are characterized by higher credit lines, lower yields and an
expectation of lower delinquencies and credit losses than the traditional low
introductory rate balance transfer products. On the other hand, certain other
customized card
<PAGE>
products are characterized by lower credit lines, higher yields (including fees)
and in some cases, higher delinquencies and credit losses than the Company's
traditional products. These products also involve higher operational costs but
exhibit better response rates, less adverse selection, less attrition and a
greater ability to reprice than the Company's traditional introductory rate
products. More importantly, as a whole, all of these customized products
continue to have less volatile returns than the traditional products in recent
market conditions.
On July 31, 1998, the Company completed the acquisition of Summit
Acceptance Corporation ("Summit"), a Texas corporation. Summit is an indirect
automobile finance lender located in Dallas, Texas. Summit is the Company's
platform to test and apply its IBS to the automobile loan market.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS. The Company expects to continue its efforts to market
telecommunications services through its subsidiary America One Communications,
Inc. ("America One"). America One's initial business, the reselling of wireless
services through direct marketing channels, has recently begun to experience
growth in the number of customers and accounts. As a result of the expenses
necessary to build the operations to support this new business and to acquire
new accounts, to date this business negatively impacts earnings.
INTERNATIONAL EXPANSION. The Company has expanded its existing operations
outside of the United States, with an initial focus on the United Kingdom and
Canada. The Company has experienced growth in the number of accounts and loan
balances in its international business. To support the continued growth of its
United Kingdom business and any future business in Europe, in July 1998, the
Company opened a new operations center in Nottingham, England.
The Company will continue to apply its IBS in an effort to balance the mix
of credit card products with other financial and non-financial products and
services to optimize profitability within the context of acceptable risk. The
Company's growth through expansion and product diversification will be affected
by the ability to internally build or acquire the necessary operational and
organizational infrastructure, recruit experienced personnel and fund these new
businesses. Although management believes it has the personnel, financial
resources and business strategy necessary for continued success, there can be no
assurance that the Company's historical financial performance will necessarily
reflect its results of operations and financial condition in the future.
MARKETING INVESTMENT
The Company expects its 1999 marketing expenses to exceed 1998's expense level,
as the Company continues to invest in its various credit card products and
services, and other financial and non-financial products and services. The
Company cautions, however, that an increase in marketing expenses does not
necessarily equate to a comparable increase in outstanding balances or accounts
based on historical results. As the Company's portfolio continues to increase,
additional growth to offset attrition requires increasing amounts of marketing.
Intense competition in the credit card market has resulted in a decrease in
credit card response rates and reduced productivity of marketing dollars
invested in certain lines of business. In addition, the cost to acquire new
accounts varies across product lines. With competition affecting the
profitability of existing introductory rate card products, the Company has been
allocating, and expects to continue to allocate, a greater portion of its
marketing expense to other customized credit card products and other financial
and non-financial products. Additionally, the cost to acquire an America One
wireless account includes the cost of providing a free phone to the customer,
and consequently is substantially more than the cost to acquire a credit card
account. The Company intends to continue a flexible approach in its allocation
of marketing expenses. The actual amount of marketing investment is subject to a
variety of external and internal factors, such as competition in the consumer
credit industry, general economic conditions affecting consumer credit
performance, the asset quality of the Company's portfolio and the identification
of market opportunities across product lines that exceed the Company's targeted
rates of return on investment.
The amount of marketing expense allocated to various product segments will
influence the characteristics of the Company's portfolio as the various product
segments are characterized by different account growth, loan growth and asset
quality characteristics. The Company currently expects continued strong account
growth and loan growth in 1999. Actual growth, however, may vary significantly
depending on the Company's actual product mix and the level of attrition on the
Company's managed portfolio, which is primarily affected by competitive
pressures.
IMPACT OF DELINQUENCIES, CHARGE-OFFS AND ATTRITION
The Company's earnings are particularly sensitive to delinquencies and charge-
offs on the Company's portfolio and on the level of attrition due to competition
in the credit card industry. As delinquency levels fluctuate, the resulting
amount of past-due and overlimit fees, which are significant sources of revenue
for the Company, will also fluctuate. Further, the timing of revenues from
increasing or decreasing delinquencies precedes the related impact of higher or
<PAGE>
lower charge-offs that ultimately result from varying levels of delinquencies.
Delinquencies and net charge-offs are impacted by general economic trends in
consumer credit performance, including bankruptcies, the continued seasoning of
the Company's portfolio and the product mix.
The Company's expectations for 1999 earnings are based on management's
belief that consumer credit quality is stabilizing. Management expects that
during the first half of 1999 delinquencies and charge-offs will remain stable.
Management, however, cautions that delinquency and charge-off levels are not
always predictable and may vary from projections. In the case of an economic
downturn or recession, delinquencies and charge-offs are likely to increase. In
addition, competition in the credit card industry, as measured by the volume of
mail solicitations, remains very high. Increased competition can affect the
Company's earnings by increasing attrition of the Company's outstanding loans
(thereby reducing interest and fee income) and by making it more difficult to
retain and attract more profitable customers.
YEAR 2000
THE YEAR 2000 ISSUE AND THE COMPANY'S STATE OF READINESS. The year 2000 problem
is a result of computer systems using two digits rather than four digits to
define an applicable year. The Company utilizes a significant number of internal
computer software programs and operating systems across its entire organization.
In addition, the Company depends on its external business vendors to provide
external services for its operations. To the extent the software applications of
the Company or its vendors contain codes that are unable to appropriately
interpret the year 2000 and beyond, some level of modification, or even possibly
replacement of such applications, may be necessary.
In October 1996, the Company formed a year 2000 project office to identify
software systems and computer-related devices that required modification for the
year 2000. Shortly after its inception, the project office developed its
strategy for the Company's information technology computer-based systems. This
strategy is based, in large part, on the regulatory guidelines published by the
Federal Financial Institutions Examination Counsel. This strategy calls for five
milestones:
. awareness of the existence of information technology systems Company-wide;
. assessment of those systems for year 2000 readiness;
. renovation of those systems and their date coding functions;
. validation (testing) of renovations; and
. implementation of all renovations made.
To implement this strategy, the Company categorized its information
technology ("IT") systems into year 2000 projects and by domestic lending,
United Kingdom operations, America One and Summit. Approximately 63% of the
projects have completed all milestones, which includes substantially all of the
Company's mission critical systems. Another 22% are in the validation and
implementation stages, and the remaining 15% are in the assessment and
renovation stages. The Company expects to complete all project milestones by the
end of the second quarter 1999. This is a change from the previously projected
date of the end of first quarter 1999 and is largely due to Summit and the
United Kingdom projects. In addition to these milestones, throughout 1999, the
Company will conduct an internal audit certification of its testing measures
and, for systems with cross functionality, perform integrated testing.
The Company is also addressing the effect of the year 2000 on other non-IT
systems, which are not included as part of the IT project areas set forth above.
These non-IT systems primarily consist of desk top computer applications used by
the Company's associates. The Company has inventoried and assessed these
applications and expects to complete renovations by the end of the second
quarter of 1999, a change from the original projected completion of the end of
first quarter 1999.
In addition, the Company utilizes outside business vendors in its day-to-
day operations and is assessing the overall year 2000 readiness of its external
business vendors and year 200 compliance of specific vendor systems used in the
Company's operations. These vendors include credit bureaus, collection agencies,
utilities and other related service providers, third party processors, the U.S.
postal service, telephone companies, technology vendors, and banks that are
creditors of the Company or which provide cash management, trustee, paying
agent, stock transfer agent or other services. These vendors also include third
parties that the Company uses to outsource certain operations for America One,
the United Kingdom and Summit. In assessing overall compliance, the Company
requests information from its vendors about their actions to become year 2000
compliant, placing extensive focus on
<PAGE>
its high priority vendors. The Company, however, must rely on the actions of and
the information provided by its vendors and cannot guarantee that vendor systems
will, in fact, be compliant. For high priority vendors that the Company
determines may not be taking appropriate and timely action or have failed to
provide sufficient information, the Company will accelerate contingency planning
efforts. The Company has increased its contingency efforts to accelerate the
vendors' compliance efforts and/or internally build systems for America One's
billing systems and the UK and Summit account processing systems. The Company
will continue to actively monitor the efforts of all of its vendors and take
actions to mitigate year 2000 issues resulting from any failure of its vendors
to be year 2000 compliant.
THE COMPANY'S CONTINGENCY PLAN. The Company has established contingency
planning projects for its critical business units. The Company's general
contingency planning strategy has been refined to include the achievement of
four milestones: (i) inventory and assessment of year 2000 risks, (ii) business
impact analysis, (iii) developing contingency plans to mitigate the risks, and
(iv) testing and validation of these contingency plans. The Company has
completed all of the inventory and assessment milestones and a large majority of
the business impact analysis milestones for all of its domestic lending and
America One projects. The Company expects all of its domestic lending plans to
be developed by the end of the first quarter of 1999, with testing and
validation to be ongoing throughout the year. The Company has increased its
contingency planning efforts for its United Kingdom operations and for Summit
and America One. The Company will be developing these contingency planning
efforts throughout 1999, and anticipates that the execution of those plans will
be completed in the fourth quarter 1999, with testing and validation to be
ongoing.
THE COSTS TO ADDRESS THE COMPANY'S YEAR 2000 ISSUES. As of December 31, 1998,
the Company had spent approximately $5.5 million for year 2000 remediation of
its IT systems. The Company estimates that it will incur an additional $1.5
million in 1999. This includes an increase of approximately $1.0 million from
previous estimates primarily due to accelerated contingency planning for America
One. In addition, the Company estimates that it will incur an additional $2.0
million in 1999, which represents the early purchase of systems which will be
used to conduct its integrated testing. Costs associated with non-IT systems,
which are not included, are not expected to be material.
THE RISKS OF THE COMPANY'S YEAR 2000 ISSUES. Although the Company expects to
have all of its system modifications completed and tested extensively by the
onset of the new millennium, unforeseen problems could arise from not being year
2000 compliant. The Company's business is heavily reliant on computer
technologies and problems could arise resulting in delays and malfunctions that
may impact the Company's operations, liquidity and financial results. In
addition, the Company cannot guarantee that all of its vendors will have
completed system renovations and be compliant by the year 2000. Although the
Company is developing contingency plans to mitigate the risks from third party
vendors and systems, the failure of third parties to provide the Company with
products, services or systems that meet year 2000 requirements could materially
impact the Company's business and operations. For example, failure of the U.S.
postal service, the Company's local and long distance carriers or its material
third party processors to be year 2000 compliant could cause disruption or delay
in the Company's ability to solicit new customers and service the accounts of
its existing customers.
The estimated year 2000 costs and the Company's expectations that its
systems, and those of its third-party partners and vendors, will be year 2000
compliant are forward looking statements. These statements are based on
management's reasonable estimates and assumptions about future events and are
subject to risks and uncertainties. Although the Company believes it has taken
the necessary precautionary measures to assure the year 2000 will not adversely
affect its business, there is no guarantee that the Company's year 2000
expectations will be achieved and actual results could differ materially.
CAUTIONARY FACTORS
The Company's strategies and objectives outlined above, and the other forward
looking statements contained in this section, involve a number of risks and
uncertainties. The Company cautions readers that any forward looking information
is not a guarantee of future performance and that actual results could differ
materially. In addition to the factors discussed above, among the other factors
that could cause actual results to differ materially are the following:
continued intense competition from numerous providers of products and services
which compete with the Company's businesses; with respect to financial products,
changes in the Company's aggregate accounts or consumer loan balances and the
growth rate thereof, including changes resulting from factors such as shifting
product mix, amount of actual marketing expenses made by the Company and
attrition of accounts and loan balances; an increase in credit losses (including
increases due to a worsening of general economic conditions);
<PAGE>
the ability of the Company to continue to securitize its credit cards and
consumer loans and to otherwise access the capital markets at attractive rates
and terms to fund its operations and future growth; difficulties or delays in
the development, production, testing and marketing of new products or services;
losses associated with new products or services or expansion internationally;
financial, legal, regulatory or other difficulties that may affect investment
in, or the overall performance of, a product or business, including changes in
existing laws to regulate further the credit card and consumer loan industry and
the financial services industry, in general; the amount of, and rate of growth
in, the Company's expenses (including salaries and associate benefits and
marketing expenses) as the Company's business develops or changes or as it
expands into new market areas; the availability of capital necessary to fund the
Company's new businesses; the ability of the Company to build the operational
and organizational infrastructure necessary to engage in new businesses or to
expand internationally; the ability of the Company to recruit experienced
personnel to assist in the management and operations of new products and
services; the ability of the Company and its suppliers to successfully address
year 2000 compliance issues; and other factors listed from time to time in the
Company's SEC reports, including, but not limited to, the Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 (Part I, Item 1, Risk Factors).
<PAGE>
SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
Fourth Third Second First Fourth Third Second First
(Unaudited) Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter (1) Quarter Quarter Quarter
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS (IN THOUSANDS):
Interest income $298,947 $283,109 $271,438 $258,042 $203,551 $178,970 $166,870 $168,594
Interest expense 115,765 106,055 101,714 93,220 89,023 81,816 83,611 80,397
Net interest income 183,182 177,054 169,724 164,822 114,528 97,154 83,259 88,197
Provision for loan losses 54,580 67,569 59,013 85,866 94,356 72,518 46,776 49,187
Net interest income after provision
for loan losses 128,602 109,485 110,771 78,956 20,172 24,636 36,483 39,010
Non-interest income 456,476 386,955 328,953 315,899 316,098 280,933 229,042 243,057
Non-interest expense 467,870 383,527 331,836 288,883 242,373 226,003 202,055 213,547
Income before income taxes 117,208 112,913 107,828 105,972 93,897 79,566 63,470 68,520
Income taxes 44,539 42,907 40,975 40,269 35,680 30,236 24,118 26,038
Net income $ 72,669 $ 70,006 $ 66,853 $ 65,703 $ 58,217 $ 49,330 $ 39,352 $ 42,482
PER COMMON SHARE:
Basic earnings $ 1.11 $ 1.07 $ 1.02 $ 1.00 $ .89 $ .75 $ .59 $ .64
Diluted earnings 1.04 1.00 .96 .96 .86 .73 .58 .63
Dividends .08 .08 .08 .08 .08 .08 .08 .08
Market prices
High 125 7/16 129 15/16 125 3/8 81 7/8 54 3/16 45 3/4 39 7/8 43 5/8
Low 51 3/4 83 15/16 82 5/16 50 9/16 44 1/8 32 13/16 31 3/8 33 1/4
Average common shares (000s) 65,663 65,726 65,537 65,428 65,535 66,185 66,428 66,336
Average common and common
equivalent shares (000s) 69,685 70,012 69,527 68,415 67,532 67,574 67,608 67,704
AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET DATA: (IN MILLIONS)
Consumer loans $ 5,758 $ 5,623 $ 5,213 $ 4,786 $ 4,508 $ 3,847 $ 3,997 $ 4,059
Allowance for loan losses (231) (216) (213) (197) (174) (123) (119) (120)
Securities 2,155 1,626 1,826 1,922 1,831 1,690 1,563 1,521
Other 1,511 1,473 1,280 1,025 899 1,143 1,117 939
Total assets $ 9,193 $ 8,506 $ 8,106 $ 7,536 $ 7,064 $ 6,557 $ 6,558 $ 6,399
Interest-bearing deposits $ 1,886 $ 1,369 $ 1,193 $ 1,266 $ 1,172 $ 852 $ 818 $ 993
Other borrowings 1,606 1,496 1,319 1,077 823 595 695 411
Senior and deposit notes 3,742 3,819 3,906 3,683 3,614 3,686 3,769 3,809
Other liabilities 649 575 553 462 465 485 380 357
Preferred beneficial interests 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 65
Stockholders' equity 1,212 1,149 1,037 950 892 841 798 764
Total liabilities and stockholders'
equity $ 9,193 $ 8,506 $ 8,106 $ 7,536 $ 7,064 $ 6,557 $ 6,558 $ 6,399
</TABLE>
The above schedule is a tabulation of the Company's unaudited quarterly results
for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997. The Company's common shares are
traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol COF. In addition, shares
may be traded in the over-the-counter stock market. There were 9,692 and 10,585
common stockholders of record as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
<PAGE>
(1) Includes the effect of the modifications in charge-off policy and finance
charge and fee income recognition which reduced interest income by $24.4
million and non-interest income by $48.9 million. See Note A to Consolidated
Financial Statements.
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S REPORT ON CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INTERNAL CONTROLS
OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
The Management of Capital One Financial Corporation is responsible for the
preparation, integrity and fair presentation of the financial statements and
footnotes contained in this Annual Report. The Consolidated Financial Statements
have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
and are free of material misstatement. The Company also prepared other
information included in this Annual Report and is responsible for its accuracy
and consistency with the financial statements. In situations where financial
information must be based upon estimates and judgments, they represent the best
estimates and judgments of Management.
The Consolidated Financial Statements have been audited by the Company's
independent public accountants, Ernst & Young LLP, whose independent
professional opinion appears separately. Their audit provides an objective
assessment of the degree to which the Company's Management meets its
responsibility for financial reporting. Their opinion on the financial
statements is based on auditing procedures which include reviewing accounting
systems and internal controls and performing selected tests of transactions and
records as they deem appropriate. These auditing procedures are designed to
provide reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.
Management depends on its accounting systems and internal controls in
meeting its responsibilities for reliable financial statements. In Management's
opinion, these systems and controls provide reasonable assurance that assets are
safeguarded and that transactions are properly recorded and executed in
accordance with Management's authorizations. As an integral part of these
systems and controls, the Company maintains a professional staff of internal
auditors that conducts operational and special audits and coordinates audit
coverage with the independent auditors.
The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, composed solely of outside
directors, meets periodically with the internal auditors, the independent
auditors and Management to review the work of each and ensure that each is
properly discharging its responsibilities. The independent auditors have free
access to the Committee to discuss the results of their audit work and their
evaluations of the adequacy of accounting systems and internal controls and the
quality of financial reporting.
There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of internal controls,
including the possibility of human error or the circumvention or overriding of
controls. Accordingly, even effective internal controls can provide only
reasonable assurance with respect to reliability of financial statements and
safeguarding of assets. Furthermore, because of changes in conditions, internal
control effectiveness may vary over time.
The Company assessed its internal controls over financial reporting as of
December 31, 1998, in relation to the criteria described in the "Internal
Control-Integrated Framework" issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, the Company
believes that as of December 31, 1998, in all material respects, the Company
maintained effective internal controls over financial reporting.
/s/ RICHARD D FAIRBANK
Richard D. Fairbank
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
/s/ NIGEL W. MORRIS
Nigel W. Morris
President and Chief Operating Officer
/s/ DAVID M. WILLEY
David M. Willey
Senior Vice President, Finance and Accounting
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Capital One Financial Corporation
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Capital One
Financial Corporation as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related
consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Capital One
Financial Corporation at December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the consolidated
results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
As discussed in Note A to the consolidated financial statements, in 1997
the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 125,
"Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments
of Liabilities."
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Washington, D.C.
January 19, 1999
<PAGE>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data) 1998 1997
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS:
Cash and due from banks $ 15,974 $ 5,039
Federal funds sold and resale agreements 261,800 173,500
Interest-bearing deposits at other banks 22,393 59,184
Cash and cash equivalents 300,167 237,723
Securities available for sale 1,796,787 1,242,670
Consumer loans 6,157,111 4,861,687
Less: Allowance for loan losses (231,000) (183,000)
Net loans 5,926,111 4,678,687
Premises and equipment, net 242,147 162,726
Interest receivable 52,917 51,883
Accounts receivable from securitizations 833,143 588,781
Other 268,131 115,809
Total assets $9,419,403 $7,078,279
LIABILITIES:
Interest-bearing deposits $1,999,979 $1,313,654
Other borrowings 1,644,279 796,112
Senior notes 3,739,393 3,332,778
Deposit notes 299,996
Interest payable 91,637 68,448
Other 575,788 276,368
Total liabilities 8,051,076 6,087,356
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
GUARANTEED PREFERRED BENEFICIAL INTERESTS
IN CAPITAL ONE BANK'S FLOATING RATE
JUNIOR SUBORDINATED CAPITAL INCOME SECURITIES: 97,921 97,664
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share; authorized
50,000,000 shares, none issued or outstanding
Common stock, par value $.01 per share; authorized
300,000,000 shares, 66,556,792 and 66,557,230
issued as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively 666 666
Paid-in capital, net 599,498 513,561
Retained earnings 679,838 425,140
Cumulative other comprehensive income 60,655 2,539
Less: Treasury stock, at cost; 896,970 and 1,188,134 shares
as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively (70,251) (48,647)
Total stockholders' equity 1,270,406 893,259
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity $9,419,403 $7,078,279
</TABLE>
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
<PAGE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data) 1998 1997 1996
<S> <C> <C> <C>
INTEREST INCOME:
Consumer loans, including fees $1,003,122 $ 619,785 $592,088
Federal funds sold and resale agreements 12,564 16,423 21,293
Other 95,850 81,777 47,102
Total interest income 1,111,536 717,985 660,483
INTEREST EXPENSE:
Deposits 67,479 41,932 56,272
Other borrowings 88,600 39,066 28,509
Senior and deposit notes 260,675 253,849 210,218
Total interest expense 416,754 334,847 294,999
Net interest income 694,782 383,138 365,484
Provision for loan losses 267,028 262,837 167,246
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 427,754 120,301 198,238
NON-INTEREST INCOME:
Servicing and securitizations 789,844 682,345 459,833
Service charges and other fees 611,958 337,755 252,192
Interchange 86,481 49,030 51,399
Total non-interest income 1,488,283 1,069,130 763,424
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE:
Salaries and associate benefits 476,389 289,322 215,155
Marketing 446,264 224,819 206,620
Communications and data processing 150,220 98,135 76,841
Supplies and equipment 112,101 82,874 60,053
Occupancy 45,337 37,548 22,330
Other 241,805 151,280 132,183
Total non-interest expense 1,472,116 883,978 713,182
Income before income taxes 443,921 305,453 248,480
Income taxes 168,690 116,072 93,213
Net income $ 275,231 $ 189,381 $155,267
Basic earnings per share $4.20 $2.87 $2.34
Diluted earnings per share $3.96 $2.80 $2.32
Dividends paid per share $.32 $.32 $.32
</TABLE>
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
<PAGE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Cumulative
Other Total
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Common Stock Paid-In Retained Comprehensive Treasury Stockholder's
Share Data) Shares Amount Capital, Net Earnings Income Stock Equity
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, December 31, 1995 66,174,567 $662 $469,830 $121,703 $ 6,996 $ 599,191
Comprehensive income:
Net income 155,267 155,267
Other comprehensive income, net
of income tax:
Unrealized losses on
securities, net
of income tax benefit of
$2,647 (4,916) (4,916)
Foreign currency translation
adjustments (132) (132)
Other comprehensive income (5,048) (5,048)
Comprehensive income 150,219
Cash dividends -- $.32 per share (20,573) (20,573)
Issuances of common stock 139,858 1 3,108 3,109
Exercise of stock options 11,500 186 186
Common stock issuable under
incentive plan 7,728 7,728
Other items, net (664) 531 531
Balance, December 31, 1996 66,325,261 663 481,383 256,397 1,948 740,391
Comprehensive income:
Net income 189,381 189,381
Other comprehensive income, net
of income tax:
Unrealized gains on securities,
net of income taxes of $481 532 532
Foreign currency translation
adjustments 59 59
Other comprehensive income 591 591
Comprehensive income 189,972
Cash dividends -- $.32 per share (20,638) (20,638)
Purchases of treasury stock $(52,314) (52,314)
Issuances of common stock 101,800 1 2,755 2,201 4,957
Exercise of stock options 130,290 2 2,614 1,466 4,082
Common stock issuable under
incentive plan 24,772 24,772
Other items, net (121) 2,037 2,037
Balance, December 31, 1997 66,557,230 666 513,561 425,140 2,539 (48,647) 893,259
Comprehensive income:
Net income 275,231 275,231
Other comprehensive income, net
of income tax:
Unrealized gains on securities,
net of income taxes of $37,170 60,648 60,648
Foreign currency translation
adjustments (2,532) (2,532)
Other comprehensive income 58,116 58,116
Comprehensive income 333,347
Cash dividends $.32 per share (20,533) (20,533)
Purchases of treasury stock (91,672) (91,672)
Issuances of common stock 35,381 26,745 62,126
Exercise of stock options 1,500 (23,683) 43,323 19,640
Common stock issuable under
incentive plan 70,038 70,038
Other items, net (1,938) 4,201 4,201
Balance, December 31, 1998 66,556,792 $666 $599,498 $679,838 $60,655 $(70,251) $1,270,406
</TABLE>
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
<PAGE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31
(In Thousands) 1998 1997 1996
<S> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income $ 275,231 $ 189,381 $ 155,267
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash
provided by operating activities:
Provision for loan losses 267,028 262,837 167,246
Depreciation and amortization, net 108,173 72,674 61,235
Stock compensation plans 70,056 24,878 7,921
(Increase) decrease in interest receivable (141) 26,707 (23,017)
Increase in accounts receivable from securitizations (133,771) (86,261) (143,141)
Increase in other assets (121,951) (49,964) (31,379)
Increase (decrease) in interest payable 22,667 (11,914) 6,431
Increase in other liabilities 293,266 97,914 89,964
Net cash provided by operating activities 780,558 526,252 290,527
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of securities available for sale (1,251,713) (1,275,900) (947,478)
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale 112,277 483,592 773
Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale 606,532 450,787 490,040
Proceeds from securitizations of consumer loans 4,616,972 2,114,695 2,695,000
Net increase in consumer loans (6,144,640) (2,875,908) (4,264,026)
Recoveries of loans previously charged off 67,764 27,462 13,300
Additions of premises and equipment, net (153,024) (51,602) (74,871)
Net cash used for investing activities (2,145,832) (1,126,874) (2,087,262)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net increase in interest-bearing deposits 686,325 370,632 246,985
Net increase (decrease) in other borrowings 735,288 265,129 (278,820)
Issuances of senior and deposit notes 1,323,700 529,977 2,105,864
Maturities of senior and deposit notes (1,218,162) (891,436) (603,500)
Issuance of preferred beneficial interests 97,428
Dividends paid (20,533) (20,638) (20,573)
Purchases of treasury stock (91,672) (52,314)
Net proceeds from issuances of common stock 12,143 6,509 3,109
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 629 4,082 186
Net cash provided by financing activities 1,427,718 309,369 1,453,251
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 62,444 (291,253) (343,484)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 237,723 528,976 872,460
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year $ 300,167 $ 237,723 $ 528,976
</TABLE>
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
<PAGE>
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Currencies in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
NOTE A - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Capital One
Financial Corporation (the "Corporation") and its subsidiaries. The Corporation
is a holding company whose subsidiaries provide a variety of products and
services to consumers. The principal subsidiaries are Capital One Bank (the
"Bank"), which offers credit card products, and Capital One, F.S.B. (the
"Savings Bank"), which offers consumer lending products (including credit cards)
and deposit products. The Corporation and its subsidiaries are collectively
referred to as the "Company."
The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") that
require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts
reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results
could differ from these estimates. All significant intercompany balances and
transactions have been eliminated. Certain prior years' amounts have been
reclassified to conform to the 1998 presentation.
The following is a summary of the significant accounting policies used
in preparation of the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash and cash equivalents includes cash and due from banks, federal funds sold
and resale agreements and interest-bearing deposits at other banks. Cash paid
for interest for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, was $393,565,
$346,761 and $288,568, respectively. Cash paid for income taxes for the years
ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, was $202,112, $131,052 and $107,065,
respectively.
SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
Debt securities for which the Company does not have the positive intent and
ability to hold to maturity are classified as securities available for sale.
These securities are stated at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses,
net of tax, reported as a component of cumulative other comprehensive income.
The amortized cost of debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums
and accretion of discounts to maturity. Such amortization or accretion is
included in other interest income.
CONSUMER LOANS
During 1997, the Company began recognizing the estimated uncollectible portion
of finance charge and fee income receivables, which decreased loans and pre-tax
income by $50,200 in 1997. Previously, the accrued interest and fee portions of
a charged off loan balance were deducted from current period income at the time
of charge-off. In addition, during 1997, the Company modified its methodology
for charging off credit card loans (net of any collateral) to 180 days past-due,
from the prior practice of charging off loans during the next billing cycle
after becoming 180 days past-due. As a result, 1997 pre-tax income was decreased
by $23,141 for the reversal of previously accrued finance charges and fee
income, and reported charge-offs were increased by $11,477. Bankrupt consumers'
accounts are generally charged off within thirty days of receipt of the
bankruptcy petition. Annual membership fees and direct loan origination costs
are deferred and amortized over one year on a straight-line basis. Deferred fees
(net of deferred costs) were $140,242 and $98,619 as of December 31, 1998 and
1997, respectively.
ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
The allowance for loan losses is maintained at the amount estimated to be
sufficient to absorb probable future losses, net of recoveries (including
recovery of collateral), inherent in the existing reported portfolio. The
provision for loan losses is the periodic cost of maintaining an adequate
allowance. The amount of allowance necessary is determined primarily based on a
migration analysis of delinquent and current accounts. In evaluating the
sufficiency of the allowance for loan losses, management also takes into
consideration the following factors: recent trends in delinquencies and charge-
offs including bankrupt, deceased and recovered amounts; historical trends in
loan volume; forecasting uncertainties and size of credit risks; the degree of
risk inherent in the composition of the loan portfolio; economic conditions;
credit evaluations and underwriting policies.
<PAGE>
SECURITIZATIONS
The Company records gains or losses on the securitization of consumer loan
receivables on the date of sale based on the estimated fair value of assets sold
and retained and liabilities incurred in the sale. Gains represent the present
value of estimated cash flows the Company has retained over the estimated
outstanding period of the receivables. This excess cash flow essentially
represents an "interest only"("I/O") strip, consisting of the excess of finance
charges and past-due fees over the sum of the return paid to certificateholders,
estimated contractual servicing fees and credit losses. The I/O strip is carried
at fair value, with changes in the fair value reported as a component of
cumulative other comprehensive income. Certain estimates inherent in the
determination of the fair value of the I/O strip are influenced by factors
outside the Company's control, and as a result, such estimates could materially
change in the near term. The gains on securitizations and other income from
securitizations are included in servicing and securitizations income.
In June 1996, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 125, "Accounting for
Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of
Liabilities"("SFAS 125"), which was effective January 1, 1997. The Company
prospectively adopted the requirements of SFAS 125 for the securitization of
consumer loans. The incremental effect of applying the new requirements was to
increase servicing and securitizations income in 1997 by $32,000 ($19,840, net
of tax). Prior to 1997, no gains were recorded due to the relatively short
average life of the consumer loans securitized. Excess servicing fee income was
recorded over the life of each sale transaction.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The nature and composition of the Company's assets and liabilities and off-
balance sheet items expose the Company to interest rate risk. The Company's
foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities expose it to foreign
currency exchange rate risk. To mitigate these risks, the Company uses certain
types of derivative financial instruments. The Company enters into interest rate
swap agreements ("interest rate swaps") in the management of its interest rate
exposure. All of the Company's interest rate swaps are designated and effective
as hedges of specific existing or anticipated assets, liabilities or off-balance
sheet items. The Company enters into forward foreign currency exchange contracts
("f/x contracts") and currency swaps to reduce its sensitivity to changing
foreign currency exchange rates. All of the Company's f/x contracts and currency
swaps are designated and effective as hedges of specific assets or liabilities.
The Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading
purposes.
Swap agreements involve the periodic exchange of payments over the
life of the agreements. Amounts paid or received on interest rate and currency
swaps are recorded on an accrual basis as an adjustment to the related income or
expense of the item to which the agreements are designated. As of December 31,
1998, the related amount payable to counterparties was $2,463. As of December
31, 1997, the related amount receivable from counterparties was $2,771. Changes
in the fair value of interest rate swaps are not reflected in the accompanying
financial statements, where designated to existing or anticipated assets,
liabilities or off-balance sheet items and where swaps effectively modify or
reduce interest rate sensitivity.
F/x contracts represent an agreement to exchange a specified notional
amount of two different currencies at a specified exchange rate on a specified
future date. Changes in the fair value of f/x contracts and currency swaps are
recorded in the period in which they occur as foreign currency gains or losses
in other non-interest income, effectively offsetting the related gains or losses
on the items to which they are designated.
Realized and unrealized gains or losses at the time of maturity,
termination, sale or repayment of a derivative contract are recorded in a manner
consistent with its original designation. Amounts are deferred and amortized as
an adjustment to the related income or expense over the original period of
exposure, provided the designated asset, liability or off-balance sheet item
continues to exist, or in the case of anticipated transactions, is probable of
occurring. Realized and unrealized changes in the fair value of swaps or f/x
contracts, designated with items that no longer exist or are no longer probable
of occurring, are recorded as a component of the gain or loss arising from the
disposition of the designated item.
Interest rate and foreign currency exchange rate risk management
contracts are generally expressed in notional principal or contract amounts that
are much larger than the amounts potentially at risk for nonperformance by
counterparties. In the event of nonperformance by the counterparties, the
Company's credit exposure on derivative financial instruments is limited to the
value of the contracts that have become favorable to the Company. The Company
actively monitors the credit ratings of its counterparties. Under the terms of
certain swaps, each party
<PAGE>
may be required to pledge collateral if the market value of the swaps exceeds an
amount set forth in the agreement or in the event of a change in its credit
rating.
PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and
amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense are computed generally by
the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Useful
lives for premises and equipment are as follows: buildings and improvements --
5-39 years; furniture and equipment -- 3-10 years; computers and software -- 3
years.
MARKETING
The Company expenses marketing costs as incurred.
CREDIT CARD FRAUD LOSSES
The Company experiences fraud losses from the unauthorized use of credit cards.
Transactions suspected of being fraudulent are charged to non-interest expense
after a sixty-day investigation period.
INCOME TAXES
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between
the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and are
measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the
differences are expected to reverse.
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income"
("SFAS 130"). SFAS 130 established new rules for the reporting and display of
comprehensive income and its components. In 1998, the Company adopted the
requirements of SFAS 130, which require unrealized gains or losses on securities
available for sale and foreign currency translation adjustments to be included
in other comprehensive income. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 130, such amounts
were reported separately in stockholders' equity. The adoption of SFAS 130 had
no impact on the Company's net income or total stockholders' equity. As of
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, cumulative other comprehensive income net of
tax consisted of $63,260, $2,612 and $2,080 in unrealized gains on securities
available for sale and $(2,605), $(73) and $(132) in foreign currency
translation adjustments, respectively. The provisions of SFAS 130 were applied
retroactively.
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Earnings per share are calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 128, "Earnings per
Share" ("SFAS 128"). Pursuant to SFAS 128, basic earnings per share is based
only on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, excluding any
dilutive effects of options and restricted stock. Diluted earnings per share is
based on the weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares,
dilutive stock options or other dilutive securities outstanding during the year.
SEGMENTS
The Company maintains three distinct business segments: lending,
telecommunications and "other." The lending segment is comprised primarily of
credit card lending activities. The telecommunications segment consists
primarily of direct marketing cellular service. "Other" consists of various,
non-lending new business initiatives.
Management measures the performance of its business segments on a
managed basis and makes resource allocation decisions based upon several
factors, including managed revenue generated by the segment, net of direct costs
before marketing expenses. Lending is the Company's only reportable business
segment, based on the definitions provided in SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information." Substantially all of the
Company's reported assets, revenues and income are derived from the lending
segment in all periods presented.
All lending revenue is generated from external customers and is
predominantly derived in the United States. Lending revenues from international
operations comprised less than 6% of total managed lending revenues for the year
ended December 31, 1998.
<PAGE>
NOTE B - SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
Securities available for sale as of December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 were as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Maturity Schedule
Market Amortized
1 Year 1-5 5-10 Over 10 Value Cost
or Less Years Years Years Totals Totals
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
DECEMBER 31, 1998
Commercial paper $117,395 $ 117,395 $ 117,395
U.S. Treasury and other
U.S. government
agency obligations 125,831 $1,072,109 $17,051 1,214,991 1,196,313
Collateralized mortgage obligations 25,877 $401,443 427,320 426,485
Mortgage backed securities 8,337 7,265 15,602 15,210
Other 76 1,360 589 19,454 21,479 21,356
Total $243,302 $1,081,806 $43,517 $428,162 $1,796,787 $1,776,759
DECEMBER 31, 1997
Commercial paper $187,145 $ 187,145 $ 187,145
U.S. Treasury and other
U.S. government
agency obligations 400,929 $ 589,899 $ 2,506 993,334 989,707
Collateralized mortgage obligations $ 18,969 18,969 18,629
Mortgage backed securities 13,278 9,960 23,238 22,966
Other 330 526 19,128 19,984 20,008
Total $588,074 $ 603,507 $ 3,032 $ 48,057 $1,242,670 $1,238,455
DECEMBER 31, 1996
Commercial paper $ 84,297 $ 84,297 $ 84,297
U.S. Treasury and other
U.S. government
agency obligations 393,583 $ 354,680 748,263 745,174
Collateralized mortgage obligations $ 20,834 20,834 20,479
Mortgage backed securities 11,607 11,607 11,849
Other 12,850 12,850 12,850
Total $477,880 $ 354,680 $ 45,291 $ 877,851 $ 874,649
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Weighted Average Yields
1 Year 1-5 5-10 Over 10
or Less Years Years Years
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
DECEMBER 31, 1998
Commercial paper 6.52%
U.S. Treasury and
other U.S. government
agency obligations 5.87% 5.63% 5.20%
Collateralized mortgage obligations 5.68% 5.78%
Mortgage backed securities 7.27% 6.33%
Other 5.83% 3.81% 6.43% 6.26%
Total 6.19% 5.64% 5.50% 5.81%
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
NOTE C - ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
The following is a summary of changes in the allowance for loan losses:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31
1998 1997 1996
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at beginning of year $ 183,000 $ 118,500 $ 72,000
Provision for loan losses 267,028 262,837 167,246
Acquisitions/other 7,503 (2,770) (18,887)
Charge-offs (294,295) (223,029) (115,159)
Recoveries 67,764 27,462 13,300
Net charge-offs (226,531) (195,567) (101,859)
Balance at end of year $ 231,000 $ 183,000 $ 118,500
</TABLE>
NOTE D - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Premises and equipment as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 were as follows:
1998 1997
Land $ 10,168 $ 7,849
Buildings and improvements 126,205 90,960
Furniture and equipment 254,070 182,142
Computer software 41,084 28,693
In process 23,325 2,297
454,852 311,941
Less: Accumulated depreciation
and amortization (212,705) (149,215)
Total premises and equipment, net $ 242,147 $ 162,726
Depreciation expense was $75,005, $63,537 and $39,284, for the years ended
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
NOTE E - BORROWINGS
Borrowings as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 were as follows:
1998 1997
Year-End Year-End
Interest Interest
Outstanding Rate Outstanding Rate
INTEREST-BEARING
DEPOSITS $1,999,979 4.77% $1,313,654 4.49%
OTHER BORROWINGS
Federal funds
purchased and
resale agreements $1,227,000 5.53% $ 705,863 5.75%
Other 417,279 6.58 90,249 7.09
Total $1,644,279 $ 796,112
SENIOR NOTES
Bank fixed rate $3,268,182 6.29% $2,793,778 7.03%
Bank variable rate 146,998 5.89 414,000 6.19
Corporation 324,213 7.17 125,000 7.25
Total $3,739,393 $3,332,778
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
DEPOSIT NOTES
Fixed rate $ 224,996 6.71%
Variable rate 75,000 6.15
Total $ 299,996
</TABLE>
As of December 31, 1998, the aggregate amount of interest-bearing deposits
with accounts exceeding $100 was $451,076. In September 1997, the Savings Bank
completed the purchase of the national retail deposit franchise of JCPenney
National Bank. Retail deposit balances acquired under the agreement were
approximately $421,000.
In November 1996, the Company entered into a four-year, $1,700,000
unsecured revolving credit arrangement (the "Credit Facility"). The Credit
Facility is comprised of two tranches: a $1,375,000 Tranche A facility available
to the Bank and the Savings Bank, including an option for up to $225,000 in
multi-currency availability, and a $325,000 Tranche B facility available to the
Corporation, the Bank and the Savings Bank, including an option for up to
$100,000 in multi-currency availability. The borrowings of the Savings Bank are
limited to $750,000. All borrowings under the Credit Facility are based on
varying terms of the London InterBank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"). The Bank has
irrevocably undertaken to honor any demand by the lenders to repay any
borrowings which are due and payable by the Savings Bank but which have not been
paid. The facility is structured as a four-year commitment and is available for
general corporate purposes. The commitment terminates on November 24, 2000;
however, it may be extended for an additional one-year period. As of December
31, 1998 and 1997, the Company had no outstandings under the Credit Facility.
In August 1997, the Company entered into a three-year, $350,000 equivalent
unsecured revolving credit arrangement (the "UK/Canada Facility") to finance the
Company's expansion in the United Kingdom and Canada. The UK/Canada Facility is
comprised of two tranches: a Tranche A facility in the amount of (Pounds)156,458
($249,800 equivalent based on the exchange rate at closing) and a Tranche B
facility in the amount of C$139,609 ($100,200 equivalent based on the exchange
rate at closing). An amount of (Pounds)34,574 or C$76,910 ($55,200 equivalent
based on the exchange rates at closing) may be transferred between the Tranche A
facility and the Tranche B facility, respectively, upon the request of the
Company. All borrowings under the UK/Canada Facility are based on varying terms
of LIBOR. The Corporation serves as the guarantor of all borrowings under the
UK/Canada Facility. The facility is structured as a three-year commitment and
will be available for general corporate purposes. The commitment terminates on
August 29, 2000; however, it may be extended for two additional one-year
periods. As of December 31, 1998, the Company had a total of $166,345
outstanding under the UK/Canada Facility. There were no outstandings under the
UK/Canada Facility as of December 31, 1997.
In April 1997, the Bank increased the aggregate amount of bank notes
available under its bank note program. Under the program, the Bank from time to
time may issue up to $8,000,000 of senior bank notes at fixed rates or variable
rates tied to LIBOR with maturities from thirty days to thirty years. The bank
note program also permits the issuance of up to $200,000 of subordinated bank
notes (none issued as of December 31, 1998 and 1997) with maturities from five
to thirty years.
In October 1997, the Bank established a program for the issuance of debt
instruments to be offered outside of the United States. Under this program, the
Bank from time to time may issue instruments in the aggregate principal amount
of $1,000,000 equivalent outstanding at any one time ($5,000 and none
outstanding as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively). Instruments under
this program may be denominated in any currency or currencies.
The Corporation has two shelf registration statements under which the
Corporation from time to time may offer and sell (i) senior or subordinated debt
securities, consisting of debentures, notes and/or other unsecured evidences,
(ii) preferred stock, which may be issued in the form of depository shares
evidenced by depository receipts and (iii) common stock. The amount of
securities registered is limited to a $625,000 aggregate public offering price
or its equivalent (based on the applicable exchange rate at the time of sale) in
one or more foreign currencies, currency units or composite currencies as shall
be designated by the Corporation. The Corporation issued $200,000 of ten-year
fixed rate senior notes in July 1998 and $125,000 of seven-year fixed rate
senior notes in December 1996. The remaining amount of securities available for
issuance under the Corporation's shelf registrations is $300,000.
<PAGE>
In April 1996, the Bank established a deposit note program under which the
Bank from time to time may issue up to $2,000,000 of deposit notes with
maturities from thirty days to thirty years.
In January 1997, Capital One Capital I, a subsidiary of the Bank created as
a Delaware statutory business trust, issued $100,000 aggregate amount of
Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Capital Income Securities that mature on
February 1, 2027. The securities represent a preferred beneficial interest in
the assets of the trust. The net proceeds of the offering of $97,428 were lent
to the Bank for general corporate purposes. As of December 31, 1998, the
interest rate on these securities was 6.77%.
Interest-bearing deposits and senior notes as of December 31, 1998, mature
as follows (all other borrowings mature in 1999):
Interest-Bearing
Deposits Senior Notes Total
1999 $1,262,224 $ 799,371 $2,061,595
2000 264,687 780,082 1,044,769
2001 208,628 898,924 1,107,552
2002 36,652 111,682 148,334
2003 227,788 469,854 697,642
Thereafter 679,480 679,480
Total $1,999,979 $3,739,393 $5,739,372
NOTE F - ASSOCIATE BENEFIT AND STOCK PLANS
The Company sponsors a contributory Associate Savings Plan in which
substantially all full-time and certain part-time associates are eligible to
participate. The Company matches a portion of associate contributions and makes
discretionary contributions based upon the Company meeting a certain earnings
per share target. The Company's contributions to this plan were $16,357, $10,264
and $9,048 for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
The Company has three stock-based compensation plans. The Company applies
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees" ("APB 25") and related Interpretations in accounting for its stock-
based compensation plans. In accordance with APB 25, no compensation cost has
been recognized for the Company's fixed stock options, since the exercise price
equals the market price of the underlying stock on the measurement date of
grant, nor for the Associate Stock Purchase Plan (the "Purchase Plan"), which is
considered to be noncompensatory.
For the performance-based option plans discussed below, compensation cost
is measured as the difference between the exercise price and the target stock
price required for vesting and is recognized over the estimated vesting period.
SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS 123")
requires, for companies electing to continue to follow the recognition
provisions of APB 25, pro forma information regarding net income and earnings
per share, as if the recognition provisions of SFAS 123 were adopted for stock
options granted subsequent to December 31, 1994. For purposes of pro forma
disclosure, the fair value of the options was estimated at the date of grant
using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average
assumptions and is amortized to expense over the options' vesting period.
Year Ended December 31
ASSUMPTIONS 1998 1997 1996
Dividend yield .32% .82% .90%
Volatility factors of expected
market price of stock 40% 40% 32%
Risk-free interest rate 5.44% 6.27% 5.90%
Expected option lives (in years) 5.2 4.5 6.0
PRO FORMA INFORMATION
Net income $287,637 $186,003 $151,853
<PAGE>
Basic earnings per share $ 4.39 $ 2.82 $ 2.29
Diluted earnings per share $ 4.13 $ 2.74 $ 2.27
Under the 1994 Stock Incentive Plan, the Company has reserved 10,620,880
common shares as of December 31, 1998, for issuance in the form of incentive
stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted
stock and incentive stock. The exercise price of each stock option issued to
date equals the market price of the Company's stock on the date of grant. Each
option's maximum term is ten years. The number of shares available for future
grants was 726,223; 97,814 and 1,508,352 as of December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively. Other than the performance-based options discussed below, options
generally vest annually over three to five years and expire beginning November
2004. All options vest immediately upon a change in control of the Company.
In June 1998, the Company's Board of Directors approved a grant to senior
management ("EntrepreneurGrant III"). Included in this grant as of December 31,
1998, were 870,632 performance-based options granted to certain key managers
(including 666,680 options to the Company's Chief Executive Officer ("CEO") and
Chief Operating Officer ("COO")) at the then market price of $101.31 per share.
The Company's CEO and COO gave up 100,000 and 66,670 vested options (valued at
$8,760 in total), respectively, in exchange for their EntrepreneurGrant III
options. Other members of senior management gave up future cash compensation for
each of the next three years in exchange for the options. All options made under
this grant will vest if the Company's stock reaches $175 per share for at least
ten trading days in a thirty consecutive calendar day period by June 11, 2001,
or immediately upon a change in control of the Company.
In April 1998, upon stockholder approval, a 1997 stock option grant to
senior management became effective at the December 18, 1997, market price of
$48.75 per share. This grant included 1,143,221 performance-based options
granted to certain key managers (including 685,755 options to the Company's CEO
and COO), which vested in April 1998 when the market price of the Company's
stock remained at or above $84.00 for at least ten trading days in a thirty
consecutive calendar day period. The grant also included 223,900 options which
vest in full, regardless of the stock price, on December 18, 2000, or
immediately upon a change in control of the Company.
In April 1998, the Company granted 445,084 options to all associates not
granted options in the above mentioned grants. Certain associates were granted
options in exchange for giving up future compensation. Other associates were
granted a set number of options. These options were granted at the then market
price of $95.13 per share and vest, in full, on April 30, 2001, or immediately
upon a change in control of the Company.
In April 1996, upon stockholder approval, a 1995 stock option grant to the
Company's CEO and its COO became effective. This grant was for performance-based
options to purchase 2,500,000 common shares at the September 15, 1995, market
price of $29.19 per share. Vesting of the options was dependent on the fair
market value of the common stock remaining at or above specified levels for at
least ten trading days in any thirty consecutive calendar day period. Fifty
percent of the options vested in January 1997 when the Company's stock reached
$37.50 per share; 25% vested in October 1997 when the stock reached $43.75 per
share; and the remaining 25% vested in January 1998 when the stock reached
$50.00 per share.
The Company recognized $70,038, $24,772 and $7,728 of compensation cost
relating to its associate stock plans for the years ended December 31, 1998,
1997 and 1996, respectively.
The Company maintains a non-associate directors stock incentive plan. This
plan authorizes a maximum of 500,000 shares of the Company's common stock for
the automatic grant of restricted stock and stock options to eligible members of
the Company's Board of Directors. As of December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996,
347,500; 382,500 and 417,500 shares were available for grant under this plan,
respectively. The options vest after one year and their maximum term is ten
years. The exercise price of each option equals the market price of the
Company's stock on the date of grant. As of December 31, 1998, there was no
outstanding restricted stock under this plan.
<PAGE>
A summary of the status of the Company's options as of December 31, 1998,
1997 and 1996, and changes for the years then ended is presented below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
Weighted Weighted Weighted
Average Average Average
Options Exercise Price Options Exercise Price Options Exercise Price
(000s) Per Share (000s) Per Share (000s) Per Share
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Outstanding at beginning of year 7,125 $27.67 5,894 $23.92 3,315 $19.67
Granted 3,450 83.90 1,590 40.88 2,694 29.04
Exercised (742) 20.27 (215) 20.76 (12) 16.40
Canceled (120) 51.96 (144) 30.16 (103) 21.82
Outstanding at end of year 9,713 $47.96 7,125 $27.67 5,894 $23.92
Exercisable at end of year 5,966 $30.47 3,815 $24.43 1,196 $18.98
Weighted average fair value of options
granted during the year $35.45 $16.03 $11.22
</TABLE>
The following table summarizes information about options outstanding as of
December 31, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Options Outstanding Options Exercisable
Number Weighted Average Weighted Average Number Weighted Average
Range of Outstanding Remaining Exercise Price Exercisable Exercise Price
Exercise Prices (000s) Contractual Life Per Share (000s) Per Share
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$16.00 - $24.99 1,688 5.93 years $ 16.43 1,358 $16.53
$25.00 - $33.99 3,179 6.73 29.10 3,133 29.12
$34.00 - $49.99 2,639 8.72 44.46 1,465 46.04
$50.00 - $123.99 2,207 9.60 103.43 10 65.95
</TABLE>
Under the Company's Purchase Plan, associates of the Company are eligible
to purchase common stock through monthly salary deductions of a maximum of 15%
and a minimum of 1% of monthly base pay. The amounts deducted are applied to the
purchase of unissued common or treasury stock of the Company at 85% of the
current market price. An aggregate of 1,000,000 common shares has been
authorized for issuance under the Purchase Plan, of which 586,556 shares were
available for issuance as of December 31, 1998.
On November 16, 1995, the Board of Directors of the Company declared a
dividend distribution of one Right for each outstanding share of common stock.
Each Right entitles a registered holder to purchase from the Company one one-
hundredth of a share of the Company's authorized Cumulative Participating Junior
Preferred Stock (the "Junior Preferred Shares") at a price of $150, subject to
adjustment. The Company has reserved 1,000,000 shares of its authorized
preferred stock for the Junior Preferred Shares. Because of the nature of the
Junior Preferred Shares' dividend and liquidation rights, the value of the one
one-hundredth interest in a Junior Preferred Share purchasable upon exercise of
each Right should approximate the value of one share of common stock. Initially,
the Rights are not exercisable and trade automatically with the common stock.
However, the Rights generally become exercisable and separate certificates
representing the Rights will be distributed, if any person or group acquires 15%
or more of the Company's outstanding common stock or a tender offer or exchange
offer is announced for the Company's common stock. Upon such event, provisions
would also be made so that each holder of a Right, other than the acquiring
person or group, may exercise the Right and buy common stock with a market value
of twice the $150 exercise price. The Rights expire on November 29, 2005, unless
earlier redeemed by the Company at $0.01 per Right prior to the time any person
or group acquires 15% of the outstanding common stock. Until the Rights become
exercisable, the Rights have no dilutive effect on earnings per share.
In July 1997, the Company's Board of Directors voted to repurchase up to
two million shares of the Company's common stock to mitigate the dilutive impact
of shares issuable under its benefit plans, including its Purchase Plan,
dividend reinvestment plan and stock incentive plans. In July 1998, the
Company's Board of Directors voted to increase this amount by an additional 1.5
million shares of the Company's common stock. For the years ended December 31,
1998 and 1997, the Company repurchased 895,800 and 1,318,641 shares,
respectively, under this program. Certain treasury shares were reissued in
connection with the Company's benefit plans.
<PAGE>
NOTE G - OTHER NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
Year Ended December 31
1998 1997 1996
Professional services $ 66,591 $ 47,671 $ 43,968
Collections 59,503 23,216 9,783
Bankcard association
assessments 23,163 16,074 15,045
Fraud losses 10,278 16,749 26,773
Other 82,270 47,570 36,614
Total $241,805 $151,280 $132,183
NOTE H - INCOME TAXES
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of
the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 1998 and
1997, were as follows:
1998 1997
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for loan losses $ 75,738 $ 60,900
Finance charge and fee income
receivables 45,605 17,570
Stock incentive plans 35,949 11,466
State taxes, net of federal benefit 7,310 2,694
Other 37,078 16,890
Subtotal 201,680 109,520
Valuation allowance (14,168)
Total deferred tax assets 187,512 109,520
Deferred tax liabilities:
Securitizations 29,728 26,822
Tax-deferred revenue 10,255 10,167
Other 7,814 9,133
Total deferred tax liabilities 47,797 46,122
Net deferred tax assets before unrealized
gains on securities available for sale 139,715 63,398
Unrealized gains on securities available for sale (38,772) (1,602)
Net deferred tax assets $100,943 $ 61,796
During 1998, the Company established a valuation allowance related to
certain federal, state and international loss carryforwards acquired or
generated during the year. The net operating losses expire between 2002 and
2018.
Significant components of the provision for income taxes attributable to
continuing operations were as follows:
Year Ended December 31
1998 1997 1996
Federal taxes $244,536 $138,877 $119,027
State taxes 471 393 1,715
Deferred income taxes (76,317) (23,198) (27,529)
Income taxes $168,690 $116,072 $ 93,213
<PAGE>
The reconciliation of income tax attributable to continuing operations computed
at the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to income tax expense was:
Year Ended December 31
1998 1997 1996
Income tax at statutory
federal tax rate 35.00% 35.00% 35.00%
Other, primarily state taxes 3.00 3.00 2.50
Income taxes 38.00% 38.00% 37.50%
NOTE I - EARNINGS PER SHARE
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per
share:
Year Ended December 31
(Shares in Thousands) 1998 1997 1996
Numerator:
Net income $275,231 $189,381 $155,267
Denominator:
Denominator for basic earnings
per share --
Weighted average shares 65,590 66,070 66,228
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options 3,996 1,578 790
Restricted stock 2 3 8
Dilutive potential
common shares 3,998 1,581 798
Denominator for diluted
earnings per share --
Adjusted weighted average
shares 69,588 67,651 67,026
Basic earnings per share $ 4.20 $ 2.87 $ 2.34
Diluted earnings per share $ 3.96 $ 2.80 $ 2.32
Options to purchase 2,145,281; 949,484 and 20,725 shares of common stock
during 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively, were not included in the computation
of diluted earnings per share because the options' exercise prices were greater
than the average market price of the common shares and, therefore, their
inclusion would be antidilutive.
NOTE J - PURCHASE OF SUMMIT ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION
On July 31, 1998, the Company acquired Summit Acceptance Corporation ("Summit"),
based in Dallas, Texas. Summit is an indirect automobile finance lender with
approximately 180 employees and managed loans of approximately $263,000 as of
the purchase date. The acquisition price of $53,585 was paid through the
issuance of approximately 476,000 shares of the Company's common stock from
treasury. The acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase business
combination. The purchase price has been allocated based on estimated fair
values at the date of acquisition, resulting in goodwill of approximately
$68,000 to be amortized on a straight-line basis over fifteen years. The results
of Summit have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements since the
date of acquisition.
<PAGE>
NOTE K - REGULATORY MATTERS
The Bank and the Savings Bank are subject to capital adequacy guidelines adopted
by the Federal Reserve Board (the "Federal Reserve") and the Office of Thrift
Supervision (the "OTS") (collectively, the "regulators"), respectively. The
capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective
action require the Bank and the Savings Bank to maintain specific capital levels
based upon quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and off-balance
sheet items. The inability to meet and maintain minimum capital adequacy levels
could result in the regulators taking actions that could have a material effect
on the Company's consolidated financial statements. Additionally, the regulators
have broad discretion in applying higher capital requirements. Regulators
consider a range of factors in determining capital adequacy, such as an
institution's size, quality and stability of earnings, interest rate risk
exposure, risk diversification, management expertise, asset quality, liquidity
and internal controls.
The most recent notifications received from the regulators categorized the
Bank and the Savings Bank as "well-capitalized." To be categorized as "well-
capitalized," the Bank and the Savings Bank must maintain minimum capital ratios
as set forth in the table below. As of December 31, 1998, there were no
conditions or events since the notifications discussed above that management
believes would have changed either the Bank or the Savings Bank's capital
category.
Minimum for To Be "Well-
Capital Capitalized" Under
Adequacy Prompt Corrective
Ratios Purposes Action Provisions
DECEMBER 31, 1998
Capital One Bank
Tier 1 Capital 11.38% 4.00% 6.00%
Total Capital 13.88 8.00 10.00
Tier 1 Leverage 10.24 4.00 5.00
Capital One, F.S.B.(1)
Tangible Capital 9.46% 1.50% 6.00%
Total Capital 13.87 12.00 10.00
Core Capital 9.46 8.00 5.00
DECEMBER 31, 1997
Capital One Bank
Tier 1 Capital 10.49% 4.00% 6.00%
Total Capital 13.26 8.00 10.00
Tier 1 Leverage 10.75 4.00 5.00
Capital One, F.S.B.(1)
Tangible Capital 11.26% 1.50% 6.00%
Total Capital 17.91 12.00 10.00
Core Capital 11.26 8.00 5.00
(1) Until June 30, 1999, the Savings Bank is subject to capital requirements
that exceed minimum capital adequacy requirements, including the requirement
to maintain a minimum Core Capital ratio of 8% and a Total Capital ratio of
12%.
During 1996, the Bank received regulatory approval and established a branch
office in the United Kingdom. In connection with such approval, the Company
committed to the Federal Reserve that, for so long as the Bank maintains a
branch in the United Kingdom, the Company will maintain a minimum Tier 1
Leverage ratio of 3.0%. As of December 31, 1998 and 1997, the Company's Tier 1
Leverage ratio was 13.49% and 13.83%, respectively.
Additionally, certain regulatory restrictions exist which limit the ability
of the Bank and the Savings Bank to transfer funds to the Corporation. As of
December 31, 1998, retained earnings of the Bank and the Savings Bank of
$117,191 and $16,189, respectively, were available for payment of dividends to
the Corporation without prior approval by the regulators. The Savings Bank,
however, is required to give the OTS at least thirty days advance notice of any
proposed dividend and the OTS, in its discretion, may object to such dividend.
NOTE L - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
As of December 31, 1998, the Company had outstanding lines of credit of
approximately $49,200,000 committed to its customers. Of that total commitment,
approximately $31,800,000 was unused. While this amount represented the total
available lines of credit to customers, the Company has not experienced, and
does not anticipate, that all of its customers will
<PAGE>
exercise their entire available line at any given point in time. The Company
generally has the right to increase, reduce, cancel, alter or amend the terms of
these available lines of credit at any time.
Certain premises and equipment are leased under agreements that expire at
various dates through 2008, without taking into consideration available renewal
options. Many of these leases provide for payment by the lessee of property
taxes, insurance premiums, cost of maintenance and other costs. In some cases,
rentals are subject to increase in relation to a cost of living index. Total
rental expense amounted to $18,242, $13,644 and $12,603 for the years ended
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
Future minimum rental commitments as of December 31, 1998, for all non-
cancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more
are as follows:
1999 $ 19,097
2000 17,943
2001 16,687
2002 15,884
2003 14,934
Thereafter 24,980
Total $109,525
In connection with the transfer of substantially all of Signet Bank's
credit card business to the Bank in November 1994, the Company and the Bank
agreed to indemnify Signet Bank (which was acquired by First Union on November
30, 1997) for certain liabilities incurred in litigation arising from that
business, which may include liabilities, if any, incurred in the purported class
action case described below.
During 1995, the Company and the Bank became involved in a purported class
action suit relating to certain collection practices engaged in by Signet Bank
and, subsequently, by the Bank. The complaint in this case alleges that Signet
Bank and/or the Bank violated a variety of California state statutes and
constitutional and common law duties by filing collection lawsuits, obtaining
judgements and pursuing garnishment proceedings in the Virginia state courts
against defaulted credit card customers who were not residents of Virginia. This
case was filed in the Superior Court of California in the County of Alameda,
Southern Division, on behalf of a class of California residents. The complaint
in this case seeks unspecified statutory damages, compensatory damages, punitive
damages, restitution, attorneys' fees and costs, a permanent injunction and
other equitable relief.
In early 1997, the California court entered judgement in favor of the Bank
on all of the plaintiffs' claims. The plaintiffs appealed the ruling to the
California Court of Appeals First Appellate District Division 4. In early 1999,
the Court of Appeals affirmed the trial court's ruling in favor of the Bank on
six counts, but reversed the trial court's ruling on two counts of the
plaintiffs' complaint. The Bank intends to petition for further appellate review
of the ruling on the two remaining counts.
Because no specific measure of damages is demanded in the complaint of the
California case and the trial court entered judgement in favor of the Bank
before the parties completed any significant discovery, an informed assessment
of the ultimate outcome of this case cannot be made at this time. Management
believes, however, that there are meritorious defenses to this lawsuit and
intends to defend it vigorously.
The Company is commonly subject to various other pending and threatened
legal actions arising from the conduct of its normal business activities. In the
opinion of management, the ultimate aggregate liability, if any, arising out of
any pending or threatened action will not have a material adverse effect on the
consolidated financial condition of the Company. At the present time, however,
management is not in a position to determine whether the resolution of pending
or threatened litigation will have a material effect on the Company's results of
operations in any future reporting period.
NOTE M - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In the ordinary course of business, executive officers and directors of the
Company may have consumer loans issued by the Company. Pursuant to the Company's
policy, such loans are issued on the same terms as those prevailing at the time
for comparable loans to unrelated persons and do not involve more than the
normal risk of collectibility.
<PAGE>
NOTE N - SECURITIZATIONS
The Company securitized $4,616,972 ($245,752 international), $2,114,695 and
$2,695,000 of consumer loan receivables for the years ended December 31, 1998,
1997 and 1996, respectively. As of December 31, 1998, receivables under
securitizations outstanding consisted of $1,309,518 of retained ("seller's")
interests and $11,742,081 of investors' undivided interests, maturing from 1999
to 2008.
The terms of securitizations require the Company to maintain a certain
level of assets, retained by the trust, to absorb potential credit losses. The
amount available to absorb potential credit losses was included in accounts
receivable from securitizations and was $263,426 and $231,809 as of December 31,
1998 and 1997, respectively.
NOTE O - OFF-BALANCE SHEET FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Company has entered into interest rate swaps to effectively convert certain
interest rates on bank notes from variable to fixed. The pay-fixed, receive-
variable swaps, which had a notional amount totaling $157,000 as of December 31,
1998, will mature from 2001 to 2007 to coincide with maturities of the variable
bank notes to which they are designated. The Company has also entered into
amortizing notional interest rate swaps to effectively convert certain interest
rates on fixed rate consumer loans from fixed to variable, thereby reducing the
interest rate sensitivity of loan securitizations. These pay-fixed, receive-
variable interest rate swaps, which had an amortizing notional amount totaling
$2,877,000 as of December 31, 1998, will amortize through 2004 and 2005 to
coincide with the estimated attrition of the fixed rate consumer loans to which
they are designated. The Company also had a pay-fixed, receive-variable interest
rate swap with an amortizing notional amount of C$225,000, which will amortize
through 2003 to coincide with the estimated attrition of the fixed rate Canadian
dollar consumer loans to which it is designated.
The Company has also entered into currency swaps that effectively convert
fixed rate pound sterling interest receipts to fixed rate U.S. dollar interest
receipts on pound sterling denominated assets. These currency swaps had notional
amounts totaling $260,000 as of December 31, 1998, and mature from 2001 to 2005,
coinciding with the repayment of the assets to which they are designated.
The Company has entered into f/x contracts to reduce the Company's
sensitivity to foreign currency exchange rate changes on its foreign currency
denominated assets and liabilities. As of December 31, 1998, the Company had f/x
contracts with notional amounts totaling $1,005,000, which mature in 1999 to
coincide with the repayment of the assets to which they are designated.
In 1997, the Company entered into swaps to effectively offset certain pay-
variable, receive-fixed swaps which were designated to fixed rate bank notes and
securitization liabilities. The offsetting swaps had maturities and terms which
paid-fixed and received variable rates to match the original swaps. As of
December 31, 1998 and 1997, the original swaps had notional amounts totaling
$291,000 and $1,041,000, respectively. The offsetting swaps also had notional
amounts totaling $291,000 and $1,041,000 as of December 31, 1998 and 1997,
respectively. As of December 31, 1998, the variable rate payments on the
original and offsetting swaps were matched and will continue to offset each
other through the swaps' maturities in 1999 and 2000.
<PAGE>
NOTE P - SIGNIFICANT CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
The Company is active in originating consumer loans, primarily in the United
States. The Company reviews each potential customer's credit application and
evaluates the applicant's financial history and ability and willingness to
repay. Loans are made primarily on an unsecured basis; however, certain loans
require collateral in the form of cash deposits. International consumer loans
are originated primarily in Canada and the United Kingdom. The geographic
distribution of the Company's consumer loans was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31
1998 1997
Percentage Percentage
GEOGRAPHIC REGION Loans of Total Loans of Total
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
South $ 5,868,386 33.74% $ 5,061,414 35.57%
West 3,609,952 20.75 3,361,556 23.62
Northeast 3,032,061 17.43 2,835,256 19.92
Midwest 2,992,334 17.20 2,533,469 17.80
International 1,892,393 10.88 439,320 3.09
17,395,126 100.00% 14,231,015 100.00%
Less securitized balances (11,238,015) (9,369,328)
Total $ 6,157,111 $ 4,861,687
</TABLE>
NOTE Q - DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The following discloses the fair value of financial instruments as of December
31, 1998 and 1997, whether or not recognized in the balance sheets. In cases
where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates
using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are
significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and
estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates
cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases,
could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instrument. As required
under GAAP, these disclosures exclude certain financial instruments and all non-
financial instruments. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented
do not represent the underlying value of the Company.
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in
estimating the fair value of its financial instruments as of December 31, 1998
and 1997:
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
The carrying amounts of cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and resale
agreements and interest-bearing deposits at other banks approximated fair value.
SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
The fair value of securities available for sale was determined using current
market prices. See Note B.
CONSUMER LOANS
The net carrying amount of consumer loans, including the Company's seller's
interest in securitized consumer loan receivables, approximated fair value due
to the relatively short average life and variable interest rates on a
substantial number of these loans. This amount excluded any value related to
account relationships.
INTEREST RECEIVABLE
The carrying amount approximated fair value.
INTEREST ONLY STRIPS
The fair value of the I/O strips was determined using discounted cash flow
calculations. Cash flows are estimated based on the latest forecast for the
activity related to securitized loans.
<PAGE>
BORROWINGS
The carrying amounts of interest-bearing deposits, other borrowings and deposit
notes approximated fair value. The fair value of senior notes was $3,769,000 and
$3,351,000 as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively, and determined based
on quoted market prices.
INTEREST PAYABLE
The carrying amount approximated fair value.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The fair value was the estimated net amount that the Company would have
(paid)/received to terminate the interest rate swaps, currency swaps and f/x
contracts at the respective dates, taking into account the forward yield curve
on the swaps and the forward rates on the currency swaps and f/x contracts. As
of December 31, 1998 and 1997, the estimated fair value was $(64,713) and
$5,800, respectively.
NOTE R - RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
In June 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS 133"), which is required to be
adopted in years beginning after June 15, 1999. SFAS 133 permits early adoption
as of the beginning of any fiscal quarter after its issuance. SFAS 133 will
require the Company to recognize all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair
value. Derivatives that are not hedges must be adjusted to fair value through
earnings. If the derivative is a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge,
changes in the fair value of derivatives will either be offset against the
change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities or firm commitments
though earnings or recognized in other comprehensive income until the hedged
item is recognized in earnings. The ineffective portion of a derivative's
change in fair value will be immediately recognized in earnings. The Company has
not yet determined what the effect of SFAS 133 will be on the earning and
financial position of the Company.
In March 1998, the America Institute of Certified Public Accountants
issued Statement of Position ("SOP") 98-1, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer
Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use" ("SOP 98-1"), which is required
to be adopted in the years beginning after December 15, 1998. The Company plans
to adopt SOP 98-1 on January 1, 1999. SOP 98-1 will require the capitalization
of certain costs incurred after the date of adoption in connection with
developing or obtaining software for internal use. The Company currently
expenses such costs as incurred. As a result of adopting the new SOP, the
Company expects to capitalize certain internal use software costs in 1999 that
otherwise would have been expensed as incurred; however, the effect on 1999 net
income is not expected to be material. The expected impact of the adoption of
SOP 98-1 is based on estimates of future activity, which could change materially
in the near term.
NOTE S - CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31
BALANCE SHEETS 1998 1997
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents $ 10,887 $ 203
Investment in subsidiaries 1,211,255 818,518
Loans to subsidiaries(1) 375,396 207,507
Other 62,316 5,001
Total assets $1,659,854 $1,031,229
LIABILITIES:
Senior Notes $ 324,213 $ 125,000
Borrowings from subsidiaries 54,000 3,300
Other 11,035 9,670
Total liabilities 389,448 137,970
Stockholders' equity 1,270,406 893,259
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity $1,659,854 $1,031,229
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
STATEMENTS OF INCOME 1998 1997 1996
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Interest from temporary investments $ 12,485 $ 11,352 $ 2,296
Interest expense 18,212 11,067 3,013
Dividends, principally from bank subsidiaries 260,000 228,000 117,400
Non-interest income 893 56
Non-interest expense 2,700 409 571
Income before income taxes and equity in
undistributed earnings from subsidiaries 252,466 227,932 116,112
Income tax benefit 2,863 25 490
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries 19,902 (38,576) 38,665
Net income $ 275,231 $ 189,381 $ 155,267
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 1998 1997 1996
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income $ 275,231 $ 189,381 $ 155,267
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
cash provided by operating activities:
Equity in undistributed earnings
of subsidiaries (19,902) 38,576 (38,665)
(Increase) decrease in other assets (56,682) (2,183) 2,079
Increase in other liabilities 1,365 3,290 6,380
Net cash used for investing activities 200,012 229,064 125,061
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Increase in investment in subsidiaries (172,119) (83,366) (119,502)
Increase in loans to subsidiaries (167,889) (102,507) (105,000)
Net cash used for investing activities (340,008) (185,873) (224,502)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Increase in borrowings from subsidiaries 50,900 3,300
Issuance of senior notes 199,213 125,000
Dividends paid (20,533) (20,638) (20,573)
Purchases of treasury stock (91,672) (52,314)
Net proceeds from issuances of common stock 12,143 6,509 3,109
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 629 4,082 186
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities 150,680 (59,061) 107,722
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 10,684 (15,870) 8,281
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 203 16,073 7,792
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year $ 10,887 $ 203 $ 16,073
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
BOARD OF DIRECTORS EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
<S> <C>
Richard D. Fairbank Richard D. Fairbank
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Capital One Financial Corporation
Nigel W. Morris Nigel W. Morris
President and Chief Operating Officer President and Chief Operating Officer
Capital One Financial Corporation
W. Ronald Dietz* Marjorie M. Connelly
Managing Partner Sr. Vice President, Credit Card Operations
Customer Contact Solutions, LLC
James A. Flick, Jr.* Matthew J. Cooper
President and Chief Executive Officer Sr. Vice President
Dome Corporation
Patrick W. Gross* James P. Donehey
Founder and Chairman, Executive Committee Sr. Vice President and Chief Information Officer
American Management Systems, Inc.
James V. Kimsey** John G. Finneran, Jr.
Founding CEO and Chairman Emeritus Sr. Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate
America Online, Inc. Secretary
Stanley I. Westreich** Dennis H. Liberson
President Sr. Vice President, Human Resources
Westfield Realty, Inc.
William J. McDonald
Sr. Vice President, Brand Management
Peter A. Schnall
* Audit Committee Sr. Vice President, Marketing and Analysis
** Compensation Committee
David M. Willey
Sr. Vice President, Finance and Accounting
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
CORPORATE INFORMATION
CORPORATE OFFICE
2980 Fairview Park Drive, Suite 1300
Falls Church, VA 22042-4525
(703) 205-1000
www.capitalone.com
ANNUAL MEETING
Thursday, April 29, 1999, 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time
Fairview Park Marriott Hotel
3111 Fairview Park Drive
Falls Church, VA 22042
PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL CONTACT
Paul Paquin
Vice President, Investor Relations
Capital One Financial Corporation
2980 Fairview Park Drive, Suite 1300
Falls Church, VA 22042-4525
(703) 205-1039
Copies of Form 10-K filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission are available without
charge upon written request to Paul Paquin
at the above address.
COMMON STOCK
Listed on New York Stock Exchange
Stock Symbol COF
Member of S&P 500
CORPORATE REGISTRAR/TRANSFER AGENT
First Chicago Trust Company of New York
c/o Equiserve.com
P.O. Box 2500
Jersey City, NJ 07303-2500
Telephone: (800) 446-2617
Fax: (201) 222-4892
For hearing impaired:
(201) 222-4955
E-mail: [email protected]
Internet: www.equiserve.com
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
Ernst & Young LLP
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 21
CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT
1. Capital One Bank -- Incorporated in the Commonwealth of Virginia
2. Capital One, F.S.B. -- Federal Savings Bank
3. Capital One Services, Inc. -- Incorporated in the State of Delaware
4. America One Communications, Inc. -- Incorporated in the State of Delaware
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 23
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K)
of Capital One Financial Corporation of our report dated January 19, 1999,
included in the 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders of Capital One Financial
Corporation.
We also consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration
Statements of Capital One Financial Corporation of our report dated January 19,
1999, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Capital One
Financial Corporation incorporated by reference in the Annual Report (Form 10-K)
for the year ended December 31, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Registration Statement
Number Form Description
---------------------- ---- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
33-80263 Form S-8 Marketing and Management
Services Agreement
33-86874 Form S-8 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
33-86876 Form S-8 Employee Savings Plan
33-86986 Form S-8 1994 Stock Incentive Plan
33-91790 Form S-8 1995 Non-Employee Directors
Stock Incentive Plan
33-97032 Form S-8 Amendment to 1994 Stock
Incentive Plan
33-99748 Form S-3 Dividend Reinvestment and
Stock Purchase Plan
333-3580 Form S-3 Debt Securities, Preferred Stock
and Common Stock in the
amount of $200 million
333-42853 Form S-8 1994 Stock Incentive Plan
333-45453 Form S-8 Associate Savings Plan
333-51639 Form S-8 1994 Stock Incentive Plan,
Tier 5 Special Option Program
333-51637 Form S-8 1994 Stock Incentive Plan
333-57317 Form S-8 1994 Stock Incentive Plan,
1998 Special Option Program
333-58577 Form S-3 Debt Securities, Preferred Stock
and Common Stock in the
amount of $500 million
333-60831 Form S-3 Acquisition of Summit
Acceptance Corporation
333-70305 Form S-8 1994 Stock Incentive Plan,
Supplemental Special
Option Program
</TABLE>
ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Washington, D.C.
March 25, 1999
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 9
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<S> <C> <C> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> YEAR YEAR YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> DEC-31-1998 DEC-31-1997 DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START> JAN-01-1998 JAN-01-1997 JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END> DEC-31-1998 DEC-31-1997 DEC-31-1996
<CASH> 15,974 5,039 48,724
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS> 22,393 59,184 30,252
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD> 261,800 173,500 450,000
<TRADING-ASSETS> 0 0 0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE> 1,796,787 1,242,670 877,851
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING> 0 0 0
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET> 0 0 0
<LOANS> 6,157,111 4,861,687 4,343,902
<ALLOWANCE> (231,000) (183,000) (118,500)
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 9,419,403 7,078,279 6,467,445
<DEPOSITS> 1,999,979 1,313,654 943,022
<SHORT-TERM> 1,644,279 796,112 530,983
<LIABILITIES-OTHER> 667,425 344,816 258,816
<LONG-TERM> 3,739,393 3,632,774 3,994,233
0 0 0
0 0 0
<COMMON> 666 666 663
<OTHER-SE> 1,269,740 892,593 739,728
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY> 9,419,403 7,078,279 6,467,445
<INTEREST-LOAN> 1,003,122 619,785 592,088
<INTEREST-INVEST> 0 0 0
<INTEREST-OTHER> 108,414 98,200 68,395
<INTEREST-TOTAL> 1,111,536 717,985 660,483
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT> 67,479 41,932 56,272
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 416,754 334,847 294,999
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET> 694,782 383,138 365,484
<LOAN-LOSSES> 267,028 262,837 167,246
<SECURITIES-GAINS> 0 0 0
<EXPENSE-OTHER> 1,472,116 883,978 713,182
<INCOME-PRETAX> 443,921 305,453 248,480
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY> 443,921 305,453 248,480
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0 0 0
<CHANGES> 0 0 0
<NET-INCOME> 275,231 189,381 155,267
<EPS-PRIMARY> 4.20 2.87 2.34
<EPS-DILUTED> 3.96 2.80 2.32
<YIELD-ACTUAL> 15.38 12.48 13.76
<LOANS-NON> 0 0 0
<LOANS-PAST> 98,798 99,667 111,791
<LOANS-TROUBLED> 0 0 0
<LOANS-PROBLEM> 0 0 0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN> 183,000 118,500 72,000
<CHARGE-OFFS> (294,295) (223,029) (115,159)
<RECOVERIES> 67,764 27,462 13,300
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE> 231,000 183,000 118,500
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC> 198,419 174,659 116,429
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN> 32,581 8,341 2,071
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED> 0 0 0
</TABLE>
